Integrated Business Planning IBP

PUBLIC
Document Version: 1.2 – 2020-02-28
What's New in Previous Releases of SAP

Integrated Business Planning
© 2020 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.
THE BEST RUN

Content
1 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

1.1 How to Use the What's New Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
1.2 Identity and Access Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
IAM Key Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Maintain Deleted Business Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Compare Business Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.3 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Navigation to Web-Based Apps and Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Email Transmission Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Notifications for Scheduled Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Integrating SAP Cloud Identity Access Governance with IBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Additional Parameters for the Purge Key Figure Data Application Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1.4 Data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
OData Service for Extracting Planning Calendar Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Importing Key Figure Data and Extracting Master Data Using OData Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.5 Model Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
New App: Copy Operator Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Normalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible Input Planning Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Switch to Calculation View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Check for Base Planning Levels with Different Sets of Non-Root Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Suppressible Errors Expiring in 2005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Rolling Aggregation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Period Shift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Changes to the Unified Planning Area (SAPIBP1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Configuration App Phased Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Deleting Planning Areas with Dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Comparing Planning Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Viewing Details and Progress of Last Check or Activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Specifying Period for Attributes as Key Figures Created from Attributes of External Master
Data Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Usability Enhancements for the Planning Areas App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.6 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Copy Operator (Advanced). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

2 PUBLIC Content
Hashtags for Key Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.7 Web-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
New Features and Improvements in the Web-Based Planning App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Reason Codes and Comments in the Web-Based Planning App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Enhanced Refreshing and Loading of Data for the Planning View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Dynamic Selection of Attribute Values in the Web-Based Planning App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.8 Process Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Timing of Process Automation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Enhancements to the Process Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.9 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Visibility of Reference Products and Forecast Dates in the IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lag-Based Segmentation Measures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Micro Charts Showing Change Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
User-Defined Outlier Periods in the Past. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Disabling Baseline Demand Balancing for Periods with Negative Bias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
More Attributes Supported by Demand Sensing in New Product Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.10 Inventory Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Validity Dates for Sources of Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Periods of Coverage for Lot Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Changes to Inventory Global Configuration Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1.11 Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Outlier Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Calculation Horizon in Days. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Filtering Capability for the Calculate Average Daily Usage Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Generating Push Supply Orders on Decoupling Points Based on Netflow and ADU. . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Removal of Old DDR Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
1.12 Driver-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Key Figures Used in Driver-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maximum Number of Planning Objects for a Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
New Features and Improvements in the Driver-Based Planning App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Enhanced Refreshing and Loading of Data for the Planning View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Dynamic Selection of Attribute Values in the Driver-Based Planning App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
1.13 Time-Series-Based Supply Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
New App: Settings for TS Supply Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Forecast Consumption Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Inbound Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
New Primary Parameters in S&OP Operator Profiles App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Demand Categories for Independent Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Finite Heuristic Enhancements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
1.14 Order-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Content PUBLIC 3
Planning with Subnetworks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Additional Information in View Projected Stock App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Link to Custom Sequence in Planning Run Profiles App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Aggregation of Gating Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Changes to Layout in Manage Versions and Scenarios App. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Periods of Dates Visible in Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Error Type User Error for Additional Application Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Version Selector in Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
New OpenAPI Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Change of Default Value for EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Deprecation of 1708 OpenAPI Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Technical Week and Month in the SAP7 Time Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Key Figure Changes in SAP7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
New Data Source for Supply Pegging in SAP7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Renaming the IBP Factory Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
New Global Parameter EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_PRECHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1.15 Cross Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Planning Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Change History for Driver-Based Planning App and Copy Operator (Advanced) Operator. . . . . . . 104
1.16 Exception Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Monitor Custom Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1.17 End-to-End Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
New App: Intelligent Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1.18 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Chart Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Dashboard Enhancements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.19 Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Content Security Policy (CSP) Switched to Blocking Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
TLS Protocol Hardening in IBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Display Security Audit Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Copying Attribute Permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

2.1 How to Use the What's New Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
2.2 Data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.3 Model Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2.4 Web-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
2.5 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
2.6 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Data Lifecycle Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
2.7 Process Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

4 PUBLIC Content
2.8 Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.9 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
2.10 Driver-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.11 Inventory Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
2.12 Time-Series-Based Supply Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.13 Order-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
2.14 Exception Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
2.15 Identity and Access Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
Copy Version Operator and Delete Version Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Planning Calendars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
2.17 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2.18 Support of Content Security Policy (CSP) Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2.19 Supply Chain Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1908. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

3.2 Identity and Access Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
SAP Fiori Launchpad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
3.4 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Data Lifecycle Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
3.5 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
3.8 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.9 Inventory Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.14 Driver-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
3.15 Web-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
3.16 SAP Analytics Cloud Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
3.17 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
3.18 Supply Chain Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
3.19 Attribute Permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
3.20 Collaboration with Business Partners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
3.21 SAP Cloud Platform Identity Provisioning Service Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
4 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

4.1 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Content PUBLIC 5
Change History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Web-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
4.5 Attribute Permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
4.7 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
4.12 Driver-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
4.13 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
4.15 Exception Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Custom Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Content Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
4.16 Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
5 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1902. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

5.4 Business Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
5.5 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Copy Operator and Disaggregation Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Change History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Web-Based Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Copying Planning Notes Between Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
Target Unit of a Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Job Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Default Planning Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
Group Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Snapshot Key Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
5.10 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

6 PUBLIC Content
5.13 System Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
5.15 Custom Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
5.16 Content Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
5.17 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
5.18 Business Network Collaboration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

6.2 IBP Excel Add-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
SAP CoPilot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532
Application Job Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Change History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Group Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Copy Operator and Disaggregation Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
6.8 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
6.13 Manage Navigation to Other Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

7.2 SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In for Microsoft Excel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
7.3 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711
Application Job Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Application Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713
7.10 Demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

Content PUBLIC 7
7.14 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
7.15 Custom Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745
7.16 Group Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745
7.17 Secure Communication for Inbound Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

8.3 Content Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
8.4 Application Job Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
OData Service for Master Data Extraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
Message Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
8.11 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
8.13 Time-Series Based Supply Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
8.15 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
8.17 Custom Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
8.18 ABC/XYZ Segmentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800

9.3 Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
Permission Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
Application Job Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
Application Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
9.7 Change-History-Based Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
9.9 Demand Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838

8 PUBLIC Content
9.13 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
9.15 Lag-Based Snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
9.16 ABC/XYZ Segmentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
9.17 SAP CoPilot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
9.18 Secure Communication for Inbound Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .856

Content PUBLIC 9
1 What's New in SAP Integrated Business
Planning 2002
About this version
Product SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002, including Hotfix

Collection (HFC) 5
Document Information 1.2 - February 2020
New Software Features in HFC 5
None
Software Corrections in HFCs
See SAP Note 2810207 (patch collection information

note)
Documentation Enhancements and Corrections in this

Version
Miscellaneous enhancements and corrections
Important SAP Notes 2836308 (central note)
2836266 (release restriction note)
2836383 (release information note)
2836365 (patch collection information note)
2870939 (documentation corrections)
2135948 (prerequisites for the installation of the IBP Ex

cel add-in)
2394311 (version information for the IBP Excel add-in)
Licensing Information Applications and Features of SAP Integrated Business Plan

ning
What's new in 2002, and what you need to do after the upgrade to 2002?
The What's New table below lists all news and changes. You can filter the table according to your needs, in
particular, to find the tasks that you need to perform immediately after the upgrade. Just click the blue Filter in
the column header. For more information, see How to Use the What's New Table [page 36].

10 PUBLIC What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002
What's New
What's
Business Target New - De
Topics Types Groups Impact What's New - Headline tails
Admin New Admin Web UI In the Manage Navigation to Other Systems app, you Navigation
istra istrator/ can now configure the navigation from SAP Inte to Web-
tion configu
grated Business Planning apps to Web-based applica Based Apps
ration
tions and Web pages. This allows users, for example, and Web
expert
to display an analytic chart by product, select a prod Pages
uct in the chart, and navigate to the system where the [page 41]
product is maintained, view more information about
the product, and take action to solve any issues.
Admin New Admin Web UI In the Display Email Transmissions app, you can now Email
istra istrator/ Role/ monitor the queue for emails that are sent out. A new Transmis
tion configu busi business catalog is available that includes this app. sion Moni
ration ness
toring [page
expert catalog
41]
Admin New Admin Web UI To create a new attribute permission, you can now Copying At
istra istrator/ copy an existing one in the Manage Attribute tribute Per
tion configu
Permissions app. missions
Data in ration
[page 111]
tegra expert
tion
Model
configu-
ration
IBP Ex
cel add-
in
Cross
applica
tions
Analyt
ics
Secur
ity

What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002 PUBLIC 11
What's
Admin New Admin Applica The system can now trigger a notification when a Notifica-
istra istrator/ tion job scheduled application job has failed, ended because tions for
tion configu Global of user error, or the job was cancelled during execu Scheduled
ration configu-
tion. Jobs [page
expert ration
42]
param In addition to the notification that’s visible in the noti
eter fications area in the SAP Fiori launchpad, you can also
Web UI enable email notifications to be sent to the users af
fected by the job status..
A new global parameter

JOB_NOTIFICATION_USER_GROUP has been created
that allows you to define the user groups to which no
tifications can be sent when application jobs fail.
Admin New Admin New You can use the new User Login Statistics for IBP User Login
istra istrator/ SAP Excel Add-In card within the System Monitoring app to Statistics
tion configu Fiori
display a list of users who are still using older versions for IBP Ex
ration app
of the IBP Excel add-in. cel Add-In
expert Web UI
[page 42]
IBP Ex You can also use the Go To User Login Statistics for
cel add- IBP Excel Add-In link available within the Session Session
in Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card in System Statistics
Monitoring. This allows you to navigate to the User for IBP Ex
Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card for more de cel Add-In
tails on users using older versions of the IBP Excel [page 43]
add-in.
Admin New Admin Integra You can now use a new communication scenario to Integrating
istra istrator/ tion SAP Cloud
connect SAP Cloud Identity Access Governance with
tion configu Identity Ac
SAP Integrated Business Planning.
ration cess Gover
expert This allows you to replicate IBP data (business users nance with
IBP [page
and roles) to SAP Cloud Identity Access Governance.
44]

What's
Admin Change Admin Applica The Purge Key Figure Data application job template Additional
istra d istrator/ tion job has been enhanced with new parameters that admin Parameters
tion configu for the
istrators can use to fine-tune the deletion of key fig-
ration Purge Key
ure data. You can now delete key figure data for which Figure Data
expert
no key figure values exist or for which key figure val Application
ues are 0. This is useful if you want to delete key fig- Job [page
ure data for statistical forecasting. In addition, you 45]
can decide whether the application job should check
whether there are any key figure values in versions or
in scenarios. This can help prevent you from deleting
data for scenarios that you want to keep.
The user interface for this application job has been

adapted accordingly.
Web- New Busi Web UI The following features are now available in the Web- New Fea
based ness Based Planning app: tures and
plan user
Improve
ning ● In the planning view, you can now view planning
ments in
notes that have been created in the IBP Excel
the Web-
add-in to get more contextual information about
Based Plan
key figure values.
ning App
● In the list of planning views, you can now filter for
[page 63]
multiple planning areas.
● You can now view decimal places of key figures
as defined in configuration.
● Personal data in the planning view is now indi
cated by an icon.
● If you use the ad hoc filter to look for an attribute
value, you can now search for characters that are
contained in the value. This way you don’t need
to remember the exact name of the attribute
value you’re looking for.
Web- New Busi Web UI When you save data in the planning view, you can now Reason Co
based ness SAP select reason codes and write comments. These are des and
plan user Jam then shown in the change history, or they can be Comments
ning
shared with a SAP Jam group. Reason codes and in the Web-
Cross
comments help you state reasons for changes and Based Plan
applica
tions give additional information. ning App
[page 65]

What's
Web- Change Admin Web UI Attribute values can now be loaded dynamically for Dynamic
based d istrator/ Global the value help. Using an existing global configuration Selection of
plan configu configu- parameter, you can define how many attribute values Attribute
ning ration ration
are shown by default. Any attribute values that go be Values in
expert param
yond this threshold are then read dynamically from the Web-
eter
the database. Based Plan
ning App
[page 66]
Web- Change Busi Web UI To improve performance when refreshing data for the Enhanced
based d ness planning view, we’ve changed the way planners can Refreshing
plan user
refresh and load data for the planning view. and Load
ning
ing of Data
for the
Planning
View [page
65]
Driver- New Admin Web UI The Driver-Based Planning app now supports more Key Figures
based istrator/ Model aggregation modes, disaggregation modes, and pro Used in
plan configu configu- portionalities for key figures. This way, you can use a Driver-
ning ration ration
wider range of key figures for driver-based planning. Based Plan
expert
ning [page
81]
Driver- New Busi Web UI The following features are now available in the Driver- New Fea
based ness Based Planning app: tures and
plan user
Improve
ning ● In the list of planning views, you can now filter for
ments in
multiple planning areas.
the Driver-
● You can now view decimal places of key figures
Based Plan
as defined in configuration.
ning App
● If you use the ad hoc filter to look for an attribute
[page 82]
value, you can now search for characters that are
contained in the value. This way you don’t need
to remember the exact name of the attribute
value you’re looking for.
● We have made some performance improve
ments to save you time when saving key figure
values for multiple drivers and loading the driver
planning view.

What's
Driver- Change Busi Web UI New Fea

The editability set in the key figure definition is now
based d ness tures and
checked proactively in the Driver-Based Planning app.
plan user Improve
Cells and fields containing the value are shown as
ning ments in
non-editable, accordingly. the Driver-
Based Plan
ning App
[page 82]
Driver- Change Admin Web UI To help prevent performance issues that can happen Maximum
based d istrator/ when the system needs to generate a large number of Number of
plan configu
planning objects when you create a driver, we’ve lim Planning
ning ration
ited the number of planning objects that the system Objects for
expert
generates for a driver. a Driver
Busi
ness [page 81]
user
Driver- Change Admin Web UI Attribute values can now be loaded dynamically for Dynamic
based d istrator/ Global Selection of
the value help. Using an existing global configuration
plan configu configu- Attribute
parameter, you can define how many attribute values
ning ration ration Values in
are shown by default. Any attribute values that go be the Driver-
expert param
yond this threshold are then read dynamically from Based Plan
eter
the database. ning App
[page 84]
Driver- Change Busi Web UI To improve performance when refreshing data for the Enhanced
based d ness Refreshing
planning view, we’ve changed the way planners can
plan user and Load
refresh and load data for the planning view.
ning ing of Data
for the
Planning
View [page
83]
Driver- New Admin Web UI You can now track key figure changes made in the Change
based istrator/ IBP Ex Driver-Based Planning app and key figure changes History for
plan configu cel add- that originate from the Copy Operator (Advanced) op Driver-
ning ration in Based Plan
erator using the change history. ning App
Cross expert Applica
applica Busi and Copy
tion job Note that key figure changes from Driver-Based
tions ness Operator
Planning on the aggregated level are not tracked.
user (Advanced)
Operator
[page 104]

What's
Data in Change Admin Integra Key figure data can now be imported from SAP Ana Importing
tegra d istrator/ tion lytics Cloud to IBP via OData services. Key Figure
tion configu
Data and
ration Using the same service, you can now extract simple,
Extracting
expert compound, virtual, and reference master data from
Master
IBP to SAP Analytics Cloud.
Data Using
OData
Services
[page 46]
Model Prepare Admin Model A new normalized data model is going to be intro Normaliza
configu- next re istrator/ configu- duced to improve performance, memory utilization, tion [page
ration lease configu ration
robustness, and scalability in the upcoming releases. 48]
ration
To be ready for normalization, please make sure that
expert
your planning model fulfills the following require
ments:
● In calculation definitions, an input planning level

where the stored value of a key figure is used
must contain the same set of root and non-root
attributes as the base planning level.
● Key figures that you marked as input/output for
supply planning during model configuration
must be valid for the S&OP operator.
To find out if a planning area has already been nor

malized, open the log of an activation that took place
after the upgrade to IBP 2002. If the log contains the
message Planning area activation is running in a
normalized data model., the planning area has already
been normalized.

What's
Model Prepare Admin Model As part of the normalization project, we provide acti Checks for
configu- next re istrator/ configu- vation checks that help you to spot and fix errors in Stored Key
your configuration that would prevent the normaliza Figures
ration
tion of your data model. These checks indicate if Read from
expert
there are calculation definitions where the stored Incompati
value of a key figure is used at an input planning level ble Input
other than its base planning level, and whether the in Planning
put planning level does not have the same set of root Levels
and non-root attributes as the base planning level, [page 49]
which is not allowed.
In calculation definitions, an input planning level

where the stored value of a key figure is used must
contain the same set of root and non-root attributes
as the base planning level.
This is an existing modeling requirement, which is

supported by five activation checks, implemented as
suppressible errors. That is, you can only activate a
planning area that contains such calculation defini-
tions if you suppress these errors and activate the
planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary
solution, available for a couple of releases. SAP rec
ommends that you correct the invalid calculation def
initions as soon as possible.
Model Prepare Admin Model In the upcoming releases, the calculation view will re Switch to
configu- next re istrator/ configu- place the analytic view as the data source of the cal Calculation
culation scenario. The calculation view is needed to View [page
ration
enable further features and to improve performance. 53]
expert
The switch to the calculation view is going to be rolled
out to all IBP systems in waves.
To find out if calculation views are already used as

data sources, open the log of an activation that took
place after the upgrade to IBP 2002.
Model Admin Model

configu-  Must istrator/
Suppressible error *S* PL &1 and PL &2: Both cannot
configu- be used as base PL of stored key figures will turn into
Check for
Base Plan
ration know configu ration
error in the upcoming IBP releases. After that, you ning Levels
ration
can no longer activate your planning area with limited with Differ-
expert
scope if this error occurs. Correct the invalid configu- ent Sets of
ration to be able to activate your planning area. Non-Root
Attributes
[page 54]

What's
Model Prepare Admin Admin The following suppressible errors will turn into errors Suppressi
configu- next re istrator/ istrator/ ble Errors
with IBP 2005. This means that after the upgrade to
ration lease configu configu Expiring in
IBP 2005, you can no longer activate your planning
ration ration 2005 [page
areas with limited scope if these errors occur. Correct 55]
expert expert
the invalid configurations to be able to activate your
planning areas.
● *S* Attribute &1 doesn't exist at PL &2, but has

transformation.
● *S* Calc. &1@&2: Attr. &3 in expression, but not
available from input.
● *S* Calculation &1@&2: Expression doesn't start
with aggregation function
● *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs,
are read from PL &1
● *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 doesn't
contain root attr. of base PL.
Model New Admin Model Rolling aggregation is now available to aggregate key Rolling Ag
configu- istrator/ configu- figures across several time periods, for a specified gregation
ration configu ration
time window. You can use the IBP_RAGGR function to [page 55]
ration
expert configure rolling aggregation in one step.
Model New Admin Model Period shift is now available to shift key figure values Period Shift
configu- istrator/ configu- by time periods and display them in another key fig- [page 56]
ure. You can use the IBP_PERIODSHIFT function to
ration
expert configure period shift in one step.

What's
Model Change Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains mis Changes to
configu- d istrator/ configu- the Unified
cellaneous updates and improvements in the follow
ration New configu ration
ing areas: Planning
De ration Plan
Area (SA
mand expert ning op ● Master data types were introduced and changed
PIBP1)
plan Busi erator in time-series-based supply planning.
ning ness [page 57]
● New attributes were introduced in inventory opti
Inven user
mization.
tory op
timiza ● Key figures were removed from inventory optimi
tion zation.
Time- ● Change point detection was added to the
series- SAPIBP1 forecast automation profile.
based
● The Customer Forecast
supply
plan (CUSTOMERFORECAST) key figure was introduced
ning for customer collaboration via web-based plan
Web- ning.
based ● Planning levels were aligned with regard to IO at
plan tributes.
ning
● Disaggregation operators were migrated to new
copy operator profiles.
● When you copy the unified planning area
(SAPIBP1) using the Create New with
Dependencies option, you can now also select
the Copy Analytics and Alerts option to copy
sample analytics and alerts. Using these sample
analytics and alerts, you can now reduce the
manual configuration work for the processes de
scribed in the SAP Best Practices for SAP Inte
grated Business Planning.
● Key figures were changed in time-series-based
supply planning.
For a detailed description of these changes, see the

IBP 2002 for Cross Topics: SAPIBP1 Planning Model
Template document.

What's
Model Special Admin Model As announced previously, as of 1911 you need to use Configura-
configu- note istrator/ configu- the Planning Areas app to create and configure plan tion App
ration configu ration Phased Out
ning areas. The Planning Areas app is the successor
ration [page 58]
Web UI app of the Configuration app, which was finally
expert
phased out in 1911 after a transition period when both
apps were available.
Accordingly, you can no longer switch back to the

Configuration app in the standard system by deselect
ing the Use Planning Areas App checkbox.
There still might be exceptional cases where a techni

cal difficulty blocks you from performing the desired
action in the Planning Areas app. If you find it abso
lutely necessary to use the old Configuration app, you
can be granted access, either temporarily so that you
can fix the issue, or, in very rare cases, for the current
release.
For exceptional access to the Configuration app,

please contact SAP referring to the SCM-IBP-CNF-
PAR component.
Model New Admin Model You can now delete a planning area together with its Deleting
configu- istrator/ configu- time profile and all its dependent master data types, Planning
ration configu ration unless the dependent objects are used in other ob Areas with
ration jects. Dependen
Web UI
expert cies [page
58]
Model New Admin Model You can compare the configuration of any two plan Comparing
configu- istrator/ configu- ning areas available in your system (sample or cus Planning
ration configu ration tom planning areas), downloading the differences in Areas [page
ration CSV files. 59]
Web UI
expert
Model New Admin Model You can view the status, progress and other details of Viewing De
configu- istrator/ configu- a check or activation that you are performing on your tails and
ration configu ration planning area. Progress of
ration Last Check
Web UI
expert or Activa
tion [page
59]

What's
Model New Admin Model To improve performance, you can now specify a time Specifying
configu- istrator/ configu- period for a new attribute as key figure that you cre Period for
ration configu ration ate from an attribute of an external master data type. Attributes
ration as Key Fig
Web UI
expert ures Cre
ated from
Attributes
of External
Master
Data Types
[page 60]
Model New Admin Model Several usability enhancements have been imple Usability
configu- istrator/ configu- mented in the Planning Areas app concerning key fig- Enhance
ration configu ration ure configuration and key figure search. ments for
ration the Plan
Web UI
expert ning Areas
App [page
61]
Model New Admin Model In the Planning Areas app you now have the option to
configu- istrator/ configu- delete an attribute as key figure definition without de
leting the related key figure (the key figure defined
ration
Web UI from the attribute).
expert
Model New Admin New You can use the new Copy Operator Profiles app to New App:
configu- istrator/ SAP Copy Oper
configure the new Copy Operator (Advanced) opera
ration configu Fiori ator Profiles
tor. This operator is used to copy key figure values
ration app [page 47]
within a planning area as well as between two plan
expert
ning areas. If necessary, source key figure values are
aggregated and target key figure values are disaggre
gated.
The Copy Operator (Advanced) operator combines

the features of the existing operators Copy (COPY)
Operator and Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator and
offers a simplified configuration using the Copy
Operator Profiles app. We recommend using the Copy
Operator (Advanced) operator. You can copy or mi
grate your existing operators using the Copy Operator
Profiles app.

What's
Cross New Admin Web UI You can now create planning calendars in IBP. Planning
applica istrator/ Global Calendars
tions configu configu- Using exceptional days, you can specify working and
[page 102]
Time- ration ration non-working days that overwrite the underlying fac
series- expert param tory calendar. This way, you can achieve more accu OData
based Busi eter rate planning by reflecting the diversity of the working Service for
supply ness Model schedule of your locations. Extracting
plan user configu- Planning
ning ration A new OData service is available to extract planning
Calendar
Order- Integra calendar data to SAP Analytics Cloud..
Data [page
based tion
plan The related business catalog and restriction have 46]
ning been extended, and there are new global configura-
Using plan
Data in tion parameters as well.
ning calen
tegra
The following apps consider planning calendars: dars in or
tion
● Order-based planning der-based
planning:
● Time-series-based supply planning
Defining
Calendars
and Dura
tions
Using plan
ning calen
dars in
time-series-
based sup
ply plan
ning:
Forecast
Consump
tion Calen
dars [page
86]
Inbound
Calendars
[page 87]
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex Admins can now assign hashtags to key figures ac Hashtags
cel add- istrator/ cel add- cording to particular characteristics. In the Excel add- for Key Fig
in configu in
in planners can use the hashtags to find related key ures [page
ration Model
figures. 62]
expert configu-
Busi ration
ness
user

What's
Process New Admin Model Using a new global configuration parameter, you can Timing of
man istrator/ configu- now control how frequently automated actions in Process Au
age configu ration
process automation are triggered, such as the start tomation
ment ration
or end of a process step. This can help reducing wait [page 67]
expert
ing time.
Process Change Busi Web UI The header area of the process chart has been Enhance
man d ness harmonized to match the header area of analytics ments to
age user
charts and alert charts. the Process
ment
Chart [page
Analyt
68]
ics
De Change Admin Plan The coefficient of variation (CV) is now calculated
mand d istrator/ ning op based on the sample standard deviation during XYZ
plan configu erator
segmentation and time series analysis. The new for
ning ration
mula will result in more accurate estimations.
expert
Busi
ness
user
De New Busi Applica Key figures that have the lag attribute as a root in Lag-Based
mand ness tion job their base planning levels are now available for selec Segmenta
plan user Web UI tion as segmentation measures. tion Meas
ning
ures [page
Note that only one lag can be used in each segmenta
69]
tion profile.
For this reason, filtering for a lag may be required in

the application jobs that are based on such profiles.
De New Busi Web UI You can now see micro charts in the Manage Forecast Micro
mand ness Automation Profiles app. They give you an impression Charts
plan user
of the sales history and the positions of the change Showing
ning
points that were observed in the time series. Change
Points
[page 70]

What's
De New Admin Model You can now tag periods in the past as periods in User-De
mand istrator/ configu- which exceptional events skewed the demand pat fined Out
plan configu ration
terns. The demand sensing algorithms will then treat lier Periods
ning ration Plan
the data in such periods as outliers and disregard in the Past
expert ning op
them during the calculation of the sensed demand. [page 70]
Busi erator
ness Integra You can tag the relevant periods manually in the IBP
user tion Excel add-in or upload the tags using a data integra
IBP Ex tion job.
cel add-
in
De New Admin Model You can now set the demand sensing algorithms not Disabling
mand istrator/ configu- to reduce the sensed demand values during baseline Baseline
plan configu ration demand balancing for periods where negative bias is
Demand
ning ration Plan detected (in other words, under-forecasting or over
selling can be expected). This helps you ensure that Balancing
expert ning op
the forecasted demand does not fall below the cur for Periods
Busi erator
ness rent level of open orders. with Nega
user tive Bias
[page 71]
De Change Busi Web UI Demand sensing now supports any attributes of the More At
mand d ness Plan Customer or Location master data type as assign
tributes
plan user ning op ment levels 2 and 3 in new product introduction.
Supported
ning erator Choosing two attributes from the same master data
type is also supported. by Demand
Sensing in
New Prod
uct Intro
duction
[page 72]
De New Busi Model There are three new external data sources that allow Visibility of
mand ness configu- you to display product assignments and forecast Reference
plan user ration
dates from the Manage Product Lifecycle app in the Products
ning Admin IBP Ex
IBP Excel add-in. To ensure compatibility with the de and Fore
istrator/ cel add-
livered product attribute PRDID, the product key cast Dates
configu in
ration fields in these new data sources have a length of 40 in the IBP
expert characters. They also contain fields for the descrip Excel Add-
tions. In [page
68]

What's
Inven New Admin Model You can now include validity dates for sources of sup Validity
tory op istrator/ configu- ply in your inventory optimization planning area. This Dates for
timiza configu ration
allows you to run simulations with the Decomposed Sources of
tion ration Plan
(single-stage) inventory optimization operator and Supply
expert ning op
use attribute filters that include cyclical sourcing. [page 72]
Busi erator
ness If you want to use this feature, you must enhance
user
your planning area accordingly.
Inven New Admin Model You can now define periods of coverage for lot sizes in Periods of
tory op istrator/ configu- both production and transportation sourcing in your Coverage
inventory optimization planning area. This allows in for Lot
tion ration Plan
ventory targets to be adjusted to cases where pro Sizes [page
expert ning op
duction or transportation cycles are greater than one 75]
Busi erator
ness week and provides greater consistency to inventory
user target plans with long production and transportation
cycles.
If you want to use this feature, you must enhance

your planning area accordingly.
Inven Admin Global

tory op  Must istrator/ configu-
In past releases, we introduced several new features
for inventory optimization that were optional and
Changes to
Inventory
timiza know configu ration
could be switched on and off by configuring global Global Con
tion Prepare ration param
configuration parameters. These changes will be figuration
next re expert eter
lease come part of the inventory operators to simplify oper Parameters
Busi Plan
ness ning op ator operation and provide better inventory optimiza [page 75]
user erator tion results for all customers.
As a first step, in release 2002, the default values for

the affected global configuration parameters have
been set to their final values. You should review these
changes, as some default values have changed and
may impact the results of you inventory optimization
planning runs.
In release 2005, the affected global configuration pa

rameters will be deprecated and the operators will
use the final values for all customers.

What's
De New Admin Plan Push supply orders on decoupling points are now Generating
mand- istrator/ ning op generated in SAP ERP based on the projection of the Push Sup
driven configu erator
netflow and the average daily usage, taking order ply Orders
replen ration Integra
spikes and open confirmed supplies outside the de on Decou
ishment expert tion
coupled lead time into consideration. This ensures pling Points
Busi
ness that data in IBP and SAP ERP is in sync, enabling Based on
user more accurate planning. Netflow and
ADU [page
79]
De New Admin Plan You can now configure outlier detection when calcu Outlier De
mand- istrator/ ning op lating the average daily usage. Outlier detection al tection
lows you to detect and exclude outliers from the aver [page 77]
replen ration Web UI
age daily usage and coefficient of variation calcula
ishment expert
tions, which can lead to a more accurate calculation.
Busi
ness
user
De Change Admin IBP Ex The Calculate Average Daily Usage operator now sup Filtering
mand- d istrator/ cel add- ports filtering. You can optionally choose a filter for Capability
driven configu in
the operator in either the SAP add-in for Microsoft Ex for the Cal
replen ration Applica
cel or the Application Jobs app. culate Aver
ishment expert tion job
age Daily
Busi Plan
ness Usage Op
ning op
user erator erator
Web UI [page 79]
De New Admin Plan You can now set the calculation horizon in days for Calculation
mand- istrator/ ning op the Calculate DDMRP Buffer Levels and Recommend Horizon in
Decoupling Points (Solve) operators. By default, these Days [page
operators use the weekly planning horizon value con 78]
ishment expert
figured for the planning area. Configuring the calcula
Busi
ness tion horizon provides you with more flexibility when
user using these calculations.

What's
De Change Admin Plan As announced in 1911, the Demand-Driven Removal of

mand- d istrator/ ning op Replenishment Profile app replaced planning operator Old DDR
configuration using the Configuration app, previously Operators
used to configure planning operators of the type DDR. [page 80]
ishment expert
Busi At that time, all existing DDR operators assigned to a
ness planning area were automatically migrated to the new
user app and no new operators of type DDR could be cre
ated.
Since the way the demand-driven replenishment op

erators are configured changed in 1911, in 2002, plan
ning operators of type DDR (the no-longer-used oper
ators) have been removed from the UI.
Time- New Admin New We deliver the new Settings for TS Supply Planning New App:
series- istrator/ SAP Settings for
app. You can use it to assign attributes and key fig-
based configu Fiori TS Supply
ures different from the SAP standard ones to busi
supply ration app Planning
ness meanings in supply planning. You can also set a [page 85]
plan expert Model
ning conversion factor for the aggregated constraints for
configu-
ration inventory in this app.
Role/
busi  Note
ness
Please note that the functions of this app are only
catalog
available for normalized planning areas that are
enabled for supply planning and that contain at
least one supply key figure.
To find out if a planning area has already been

normalized, open the log of an activation that
took place after the upgrade to IBP 2002. If the
log contains the message Planning area
activation is running in a normalized data model.,
the planning area has already been normalized.
There's a new business catalog to give users access

to the new app.
Time- New Admin Web UI You can optionally define forecast consumption cal Forecast
series- istrator/ Model endars to specify the planning periods in which you Consump
based configu configu- don’t expect sales orders and forecasts, that is, the tion Calen
supply ration ration
periods in which no forecast consumption would hap dars [page
plan expert Plan
ning pen. 86]
ning op
erator
Integra
tion

What's
Time- New Admin Web UI You can now use inbound calendars in time-series- Inbound
series- istrator/ Model based supply planning for the supply planning heuris Calendars
based configu configu- tic and the supply planning optimizer. You define a pe [page 87]
riod as working or non-working, enabling you to spec
plan expert Plan
ning ify when a receiving location for a location source of
Busi ning op
ness supply is open or closed, that is, when it can and can’t
erator
user Integra receive goods.
tion You can also use the finite heuristic with inbound cal
endars as of 2002 HFC4.
Time- New Admin Web UI We've introduced two new parameters in the Primary New Pri
series- istrator/ Plan Parameters section of the S&OP Operator Profiles mary Pa
based configu ning op app. rameters in
supply ration erator
S&OP Op
plan expert The Lot Sizing parameter lets you include negative
ning erator Pro
Busi and positive inventory corrections in your lot-sizing
ness files App
procedures. This parameter is only available for the
user [page 89]
supply planning heuristic (type Infinite Without
Shortages).
The Use Infinite Shelf Life for Negative Projected

Inventory parameter enables you to assign an infinite
shelf life (zero) to supplies from negative inventory.
This parameter is only available for the shelf life plan
ning heuristic.
Time- New Admin Web UI You can now use the Demand Category master data Demand
series- istrator/ Plan Categories
type to prioritize your independent demands as well
based configu ning op
as your consensus demands. This feature is only for Inde
available with the time-series-based supply planning pendent
plan expert
ning heuristic, the time-series-based shelf life planning Demand
Busi
ness heuristic, and the time-series-based supply propaga [page 90]
user tion heuristic.
Time- New Admin Web UI We've enhanced the time-series-based supply plan Finite Heu
series- istrator/ Plan ning finite heuristic to support more features, includ ristic En
based configu ning op ing the static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure, hance
subperiods of supply, and certain maximum and min ments
plan expert
ning imum key figures. [page 90]
Busi
ness You can also use the finite heuristic with inbound cal
user
endars as of 2002 HFC4.

What's
Order- New Admin Web UI You can now use subnetworks in order-based plan Planning
based Change istrator/ IBP Ex ning. Subnetworks include a subset of location mate with Sub
plan d configu cel add- rials from the overall supply chain network. networks
ning ration in [page 91]
expert Model Planning with subnetworks can be useful if you want
Busi configu- to keep parts of the plan stable, split the network ac
ness ration cording to business responsibilities, or use different
user Plan algorithms for different parts of the network, for ex
ning op ample.
erator
Applica To use this function, you need to add the new subnet
tion job work master data attribute and new master data
Integra types to your planning area. Furthermore, you require
tion version 2002.0.0_FULL or higher of the OpenAPI for
inbound integration.
Order- New Busi Web UI In the View Projected Stock app, columns, filters, and Additional
based ness extra information were added. Information
plan user
in View Pro
ning
jected
Stock App
[page 93]
Order- Change Admin Web UI When you maintain demand prioritization rules in the Link to Cus
based d istrator/ Planning Run Profiles app, you can now review custom tom Se
plan configu
sequences, if defined for a sort attribute that is used quence in
ning ration
in a demand sequence segment, via a link to the Planning
expert
Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values app. Run Profiles
Busi
ness App [page
user 94]
Order- Change Busi Web UI In the Order Network view, gating factors are now ag Aggrega
based d ness gregated rather than displayed individually. tion of Gat
plan user
ing Factors
ning
[page 94]
Order- Change Busi Web UI In the Manage Versions and Scenarios app, a new icon Changes to
based d ness tells you which planning areas and versions are oper Layout in
plan user
ative, and the entries are now arranged in a three- Manage
ning
level hierarchy. Versions
and Scenar
ios App
[page 95]

What's
Order- New Busi Web UI In the View Confirmations and View Gating Factors Periods of
based ness Dates Visi
apps, you can now see the week, month, quarter, and
plan user ble in Apps
so on in which certain dates lie.
ning [page 95]
Order- Change Busi Applica The User Error error type is now displayed for addi Error Type
based d ness tion job tional application jobs. You can now more easily iden User Error
plan user tify what went wrong when running an application job for Addi
ning template that has several steps. tional Appli
cation Jobs
[page 96]
Order- New Busi Web UI In the View Projected Stock, View Confirmations, Version Se
based ness lector in
Analyze Supply Usage, and View Gating Factors apps,
plan user Apps [page
you can now switch directly to a different planning
ning 96]
area version or scenario.
Order- Change Admin Web UI As of release 2002, calendars assigned to schedule Defining
based d istrator/ Calendars
plant activities in SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA on
plan configu and Dura
premise systems - previously called factory calendars
ning ration tions
- are called production calendars.
expert
Busi The change of name allows you to make an easy dis
ness tinction between the factory calendars within your
user
on-premise system and the calendars you use for
production scheduling in IBP.
Order- New Admin Integra The following new inbound OpenAPI versions are now New Open
based istrator/ tion available:
API Ver
plan configu ● 2002.0.0_FULL sions [page
ning ration
● 2002.0.0_TRANS 96]
expert
You can use the 2002.0.0_FULL version to integrate
subnetwork data from IBP integration add-ons to IBP.
Both versions have been enhanced with several new
validation checks.
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the fol

lowing versions of the IBP integration add-ons are re
quired:
SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP In

tegrated Business Planning: 1.1 SP12
SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for

SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.0 SP09

What's
Order- Admin Integra As announced in SAP Integrated Business Planning

based  istrator/ tion 1905, the following OpenAPI versions have been dep
Depreca
tion of 1708
plan Manda configu
recated and are now no longer available: OpenAPI
ning tory ration
task af ● Inbound: 1708.0.0_FULL and Versions
expert
ter up 1708.0.0_TRANS [page 98]
grade ● Planning Results Extraction: 1708.0.0
Any jobs that still use these OpenAPI versions will fail
after the upgrade to the 2002 release of SAP Inte
grated Business Planning. We therefore strongly rec
ommend that you cancel or delete any scheduled
jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and replace
them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
Order- Admin Applica As announced in HFC 3 for 1911, the default value for
based  istrator/ tion job the EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT global
Change of
Default
plan Manda configu Global configuration parameter has now been changed from
Value for
ning tory ration configu- -1 to 0. It means that by default only one Order-
task af Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External EXT_PLE
expert ration
ter up VEL_UP
param Planning Level job can run for the same planning area.
grade eter If the Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for LOAD_LOC
External Planning Level job is currently running for K_TIME
 Must your planning area and you start another Order-Based OUT [page
know Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning
97]
Level job to run in parallel, the job will fail and an error
message will be displayed.
Order- New Admin Model The time profile delivered with the SAP7 sample plan Technical
based istrator/ configu- ning area now includes technical week and month. Week and
plan configu ration
Month in
ning ration
the SAP7
expert
Time Profile
[page 99]
Order- New Admin Model We have simplified calculations in several capacity Key Figure
based istrator/ configu- key figures. To do this, we have introduced a new Changes in
plan configu ration helper key figure and a new planning level
SAP7 [page
ning ration
100]
expert

What's
Order- New Admin Model You can now display the integrated supply pegging New Data
based Prepare istrator/ configu- data in the IBP Excel add-in even if some of the root Source for
plan next re configu ration
attributes of your data are empty. To enable this, the Supply Peg
ning lease ration IBP Ex
new data source STD_MALO_ASU_V2 is now available ging in
expert cel add-
at the PERPRODLOCASU planning level and you can SAP7 [page
in
configure your OBP planning area to use it. 101]
You will still be able to use the old data source

STD_MALO_ASU if you have already used it in previous
releases, but we are planning to deprecate it in the fu
ture. We recommend that you switch to the new data
source as soon as possible.
Order- Prepare Admin Web UI In 1911, the demand prioritization feature was en Enhance
based next re istrator/ Role/ ment of De
hanced.
plan lease configu busi mand Pri
ning ration ness oritization
 Remember Feature sec
expert catalog
Busi Since 1911 , you have to maintain demand prioriti tion in Or
New
ness zation rules in the Planning Run Profiles app. For der-Based
SAP
user Planning
Fiori this purpose, we have added a new tab in the
app Planning Run Profiles app called Demand
Prioritization Rule. With the upgrade to the 2005
release, the Rules for Demand Prioritization app
will no longer be available.
Your existing demand prioritization rules cannot

be transferred to the Planning Run Profiles app
because, among other things, the segment con
dition editor also received a complete redesign.
We kindly ask you to re-create any previous de
mand prioritization rules using the new condition
editor with all its new features.
In 1911, we also delivered a new version of the

View Demands by Priority app. To the older View
Demands by Priority app that is based on rule se
lection, we have added the subtitle Version To Be
Deprecated. With the upgrade to the 2005 re
lease, it will no longer be available.

What's
Order- Prepare Admin Plan New Appli

based next re istrator/ ning op
 Remember cation Job
plan lease configu erator Templates
Since 1911, you have to maintain demand prioriti
ning ration Applica for Planning
zation rules and optimizer parameters in the
expert tion job Runs sec
Planning Run Profiles app. Application jobs re tion in Or
Busi
quire the assignment of a planning run profile. der-Based
ness
user Planning
This is why new job templates for the following
jobs have been introduced in 1911:
● Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run

● Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run as
Operator
● Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast
Run
Run as Operator
Run Using Optimizer
● Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run
● Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run as
Operator
In 1911, we have added To Be Deprecated to the name

of the old job templates. With the upgrade to the
2005 release, they will no longer be available.
Order- New Admin Applica You can now run a preliminary check to determine a New Global
based istrator/ tion job number of records to be uploaded with the Order- Parameter
plan configu Global Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External
EXT_PLE
ning ration configu- Planning Level application job using a new global pa
rameter EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_PRECHECK. VEL_UP
expert ration
LOAD_PRE
param
eter CHECK
[page 102]

What's
Analyt New Busi Web UI The following features are now available in the Chart Op
ics ness Analytics – Advanced app: tions [page
user 107]Dash
● You can now change the font size for the value
board En
axis, category axis, and data labels on your ana
hance
lytics charts.
ments
● You can now display only the minimum and maxi
[page 108]
mum value labels for all key figures on your
chart.
● You can now display only the first and last value
labels on your charts.
The following enhancement has been made in the

Dashboards - Advanced app:
● When you now navigate to the source app of an

individual chart on your dashboard, a new tab
opens. This saves time when you navigate back
to the dashboard so you don't have to wait for all
of your charts to load at once.
Identity Change Admin Web UI With this feature you can display the common fea Compare
and ac d istrator/ tures and the differences between business roles on Business
cess configu
the Compare Business Roles screen. Roles [page
man ration
40]
age expert
ment
Identity New Admin New With this feature you can get a quick overview of your IAM Key
and ac istrator/ SAP business users, for example by checking if they are Figures
cess configu Fiori
locked or inactive. The relevant information is dis [page 39]
man ration app
played in detailed charts so you can view the required
age expert
ment figures at a glance.
Identity New Admin New With this feature you can display details of deleted Maintain
and ac istrator/ SAP business users, such as the retention period, and al Deleted
cess configu Fiori
low or block their re-creation. Business
man ration app
Users [page
age expert
ment 40]

What's
Excep New Busi Web UI The following features are now available in the Monitor
tion ness Monitor Custom Alerts app:
Custom
man user ● The custom alerts for which you have a subscrip Alerts
age
tion or which have been shared with you are now [page 105]
ment
not displayed automatically. You can filter the
Web-
custom alerts so that only the ones that interest
based
you the most are displayed.
plan
ning ● You now have the option to snooze or activate
any shared alerts for all users and user groups.
This way, alerts are snoozed or activated once
for all users who can view them.
● You can now refresh specific alert subscriptions.
This saves you time because you don't have to
wait for all your subscriptions to refresh at once.
● You now have the option to navigate to the Web-
Based Planning app to quickly change your data
or resolve your alerts.
End-to- New Admin New The Intelligent Visibility app can be used to view and New App:
End Vis istrator/ SAP monitor internal and external supply chain processes Intelligent
ibility configu Fiori
and exceptions on a geographic map or in a table. Visibility
ration app
[page 106]
expert Role/ The Intelligent Visibility app captures and uses data
Busi busi from different sources to provide real-time visibility.
ness ness The app allows business users to react quickly, and to
user catalog
make decisions to solve supply chain issues.
A new business catalog is available that includes this

app.
Secur Admin Web UI

ity  Must istrator/
As already announced in the 1911 release for SAP In Content Se
tegrated Business Planning, the Content Security Pol curity Policy
know configu
icy support introduced with 1911 has now switched (CSP)
ration
 expert
from report mode to blocking mode. Switched to
Blocking
Manda In blocking mode, violations are not only reported but
Mode [page
tory execution of violating code is additionally blocked by
task af 108]
the browser. If you have developed your own HTML or
ter up
JavaScript code that is served from the SAP Inte
grade
grated Business Planning backend (for example, to
enhance SAP apps or to create your own applica
tions), you need to ensure that this code complies
with the policy. Inline scripts need to be removed and
additional sources of resources need to be listed in
the trusted site lists of the Manage Content Security
Policy app.

What's
Secur New Admin New With the new Display Security Audit Log app, you can Display Se
ity istrator/ SAP take a detailed look at what occurs in IBP. curity Audit
configu Fiori
Log [page
ration app The Display Security Audit Log app is active by default
110]
expert and keeps a record of security-relevant events.
Secur Admin Integra As announced in 1905, IBP has now disabled the TLS
ity  Must istrator/ tion 1.0 encryption protocol in your IBP non-production
TLS Proto
col Harden
know configu
and production environments. ing in IBP
ration
[page 110]
expert TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 versions are no longer supported
and any connections to IBP that rely on older versions
than TLS 1.2 will fail.
New features introduced in previous releases
If you are interested in what has happened in previous releases, please check the following places:
● What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1802 [page 802]

1.1 How to Use the What's New Table
Learn how you can use the What's New table for a new release. In particular, find the tasks that you need to
perform immediately after the upgrade to a new release, even if you do not plan to use any new features.
The table in the section What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning <release> lists all news and changes
that come with a new release and can be extensive.

 Recommendation
Start with identifying the items that require an immediate follow up after the upgrade. To do so, use the
respective filter values in the Types column. Just click the blue Filter in the column header, as shown in the
following animation:

Here an overview of the tasks and filter values:
Filter Value in Types

Column Task Urgency Details
Accomplish the manda Manda Post-upgrade activities are sometimes required because al
Mandatory task af tory post-upgrade tasks. tory
though we try, we cannot always avoid “disruptive”
ter upgrade changes. Post-upgrade activities may include changing
configuration or other settings to make sure that the proc
esses you were using previously are running in the same
way after the upgrade. They may also require using a new
app for existing business processes.
 Note
In general, the upgrade does not require you to reacti
vate your planning area or install a new version of the
IBP Excel add-in. This typically only happens with new
features. But there might be exceptions, which you can
find in the table by filtering for Mandatory task after
upgrade. The need for a planning area enhancement or
a new version of the IBP Excel add-in is highlighted
where required.
Take note of changes Manda In some cases, a disruptive change does not have an im
Must know that require a changed
approach later after the
tory
pact on your existing objects or running processes (like
items classified with Mandatory task after upgrade). Only if
upgrade.
you create objects or start processes later after the up
grade, you need to handle things differently than before the
upgrade. For this reason, you need to take note of these
changes immediately after the upgrade.
Prepare next release Start preparing the next Highly Sometimes, we plan disruptive changes for the next re
(!) release. recom
lease. Typical examples include replacing the remaining
mended
apps that are based on an older UI technology with SAP
Fiori apps or replacing a planning operator by an applica
tion job template. We want to let you know about such
changes one release ahead, so that your company can pre
pare for the changes before they become effective.
Changed Take note of smaller im Recom This category can include, for example, rearranged user in
provements and round- mended
terface elements or changed user interface texts, improved
offs of the user interface
checks, and more. You might want to draw your business
or features that you are
already using. users' attention to these items because they need to famili
arize themselves with the changes. This category does not
include new features that enhance the functional scope of
IBP. To list changed features, just filter the Types column in
the What's New table by Changed.

New Identify the new features Optional, Using the new features, you can enhance your business
and enhancements that on de processes
might be interesting for mand
you.
Grouping according to the type – and business topic of course – is a little coarse-grained when it comes to
planning your next activities for handling the new release. Therefore, each change comes with tags in the filter
in the Impact column that help you to determine your post-upgrade activities according to various criteria. You
might ask yourself: For which new features would I have to enhance and reactivate my planning areas? Which
new features require the installation of the new IBP Excel add-in? Are there any new SAP Fiori apps that can
help to improve my business processes - but also require training my business users?
To deep-dive into the details for a particular change, please click the link in the respective table row.
 Note
What’s New information is also available in the SAP Fiori apps that have been enhanced, to inform business
users about changes directly in the apps they work with.
1.2 Identity and Access Management
1.2.1 IAM Key Figures
With this feature you can get a quick overview of your business users, for example by checking if they are
locked or inactive. The relevant information is displayed in detailed charts so you can view the required figures
at a glance.
Technical Details
Types New
Available as of 2002
Related Information
IAM KeyFigures

1.2.2 Maintain Deleted Business Users
With this feature you can display details of deleted business users, such as the retention period, and allow or
block their re-creation.
Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Maintain Deleted Business Users
1.2.3 Compare Business Roles
With this feature you can display the common features and the differences between business roles on the
Compare Business Roles screen.
Technical Details
Types Changed
Related Information
Compare Business Roles

1.3 Administration
1.3.1 Navigation to Web-Based Apps and Web Pages
An overview of the enhanced features in the Manage Navigation to Other Systems app in 2002.
Navigation to Web-Based Applications and Web Pages
In the Manage Navigation to Other Systems app, you can now configure the navigation from SAP Integrated
Business Planning apps, such as Monitor Custom Alerts and Analytics - Advanced, to Web-based applications
and Web pages. This will allow users, for example, to display an analytic chart by product, select a product in
the chart, and navigate to the system where the product is maintained, view more information about the
product, and take action to solve any issues.
Related Information
Manage Navigation to Other Systems
1.3.2 Email Transmission Monitoring
You can now use this app to display the queue of emails that are sent out, for example, emails for custom alerts
or application jobs.
Technical Details
Type New
Effects on System Administration
The Output Management - Email Queue (SAP_CORE_BC_OM_EQ) business catalog is now available and must be
assigned to the relevant business role to access the Display Email Transmissions app.

Related Information
Business Catalogs
Display Email Transmissions
1.3.3 User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In
You use the User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card within the System Monitoring app to display a list of
users who are still using older versions of the IBP Excel add-in.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can also navigate to the User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card from the Session Statistics for IBP
Excel Add-In card if you need to check details about the IBP Excel add-in versions in use.
You can use the email feature of this card to communicate upgrade recommendations to the users still using
older versions of the IBP Excel add-in.
Related Information
User Login Statistics for Excel Add-In
1.3.4 Notifications for Scheduled Jobs
The system sends a notification when a scheduled application job encounters one of the following conditions:

● The job has failed
● The job has ended because of user error
● The job was cancelled during execution
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
The notification is sent to the user who scheduled the job and to one or multiple assigned user groups. The
user groups relevant for job notifications have to be set in the global parameter
JOB_NOTIFICATION_USER_GROUP.
To view notifications for application jobs that have failed, that were cancelled or that require your attention,
check the notifications window of the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Effects on Configuration
This notification can be set up for one or more user groups. If you want to notify multiple user groups, the
values must be separated by a semicolon (;).
Related Information
Receiving Notifications for Scheduled Jobs
1.3.5 Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In
You can use the new Go To User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In feature to navigate to the User Login
Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card available within the System Monitoring app.

Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can view details of users using the IBP Excel add-in for a specific version during a specific week.
Related Information
Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In
1.3.6 Integrating SAP Cloud Identity Access Governance with

IBP
The new communication scenario SAP_COM_0066 allows you to connect to SAP Cloud Identity Access
Governance with SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
Using this communication scenario, you can replicate the IBP data (business users and roles) to SAP Cloud
Identity Access Governance.

If the you need to connect to SAP Identity Access Governance, you, as the system administrator, must
configure the scenario in Communication Management.
Related Information
Integrating SAP Cloud Identity Access Governance with IBP
1.3.7 Additional Parameters for the Purge Key Figure Data

Application Job
In earlier releases, you could delete key figure data for which no key figure values existed using the If All KFs in
Version Are Null parameter. This parameter checks if any key figure values exist in the selected versions, and if
there are no key figure values, the job deletes the key figure data in the versions as well as in the scenarios
based on these versions. If the scenarios contained any key figure values that you wanted to keep, there was no
way to preserve them. Also, there was no option to delete key figure data for which values were 0. This means
that if you had a large amount of 0 values in your system, you couldn’t delete the associated key figure data
even though this data was of no use to you. In these cases, you had to ask SAP for help with deleting these
values.
As of 2002, you can now use a new template parameter that checks the key figure values in scenarios. If any
key figure values exist in a scenario, the Purge Key Figure Data application job does not delete any key figure
data, even if there are no key figure values in the selected versions. This way you can avoid deleting key figure
values in scenarios that you want to keep. For example, if your scenario contains key figure data for the
introduction of new products. In addition, you now also have the option to delete key figure data with 0 values.
This is especially useful if you do statistical forecasting that creates a large amount of key figure data with null
or 0 values. You can now to delete this key figure data yourself without having to contact SAP.
Technical Details
Types Changed
The application job template has been adapted in the following way: A new section for key figure values has
been introduced. Here you have two options: You can either decide to delete data if all key figure values are null,

or if all key figure values are null or 0. Note that you need to decide on one option. Within this option, you need
to decide whether the key figure values should be checked only for the selected versions, just like in previous
releases, or whether they should also be checked in the scenarios.
There’s no need to change existing application job templates unless you want to use these new parameters.
Using this new feature is optional.
1.4 Data Integration
1.4.1 OData Service for Extracting Planning Calendar Data
You can use the new /IBP/CALENDAR_API_SRV OData service to extract planning calendar data to SAP
Analytics Cloud.
Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Extracting Planning Calendar Data
1.4.2 Importing Key Figure Data and Extracting Master Data

Using OData Services
Using the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData service, key figure data can now be imported from SAP Analytics
Cloud to IBP.
Using the same service, you can now extract simple, compound, virtual, and reference master data from IBP to
SAP Analytics Cloud.

Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
One key figure can be requested at a time, and it can only be imported in non-normalized planning areas.
Imported data is always written in the baseline version of the key figure.
Related Information
Extracting and Importing Key Figure and Master Data
1.5 Model Configuration
1.5.1 New App: Copy Operator Profiles
You can use this app to configure the Copy Operator (Advanced). This operator is used to copy key figure values
within a planning area and between two planning areas. If necessary, source key figure values are aggregated
and target key figure values are disaggregated.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
The Copy Operator (Advanced) combines the features of the existing Copy (COPY) Operator and Disaggregation
(DISAGG) Operator and offers a simplified configuration using the Copy Operator Profiles app. The long-term
goal is to replace the existing operators by the advanced operator in a non-disruptive way. You can continue to

use the existing operators without any change. However, to benefit from the advantages of the new operator,
we recommend using the Copy Operator (Advanced). You can copy/migrate your existing operators using the
Copy Operator Profiles app.
The main benefits of the Copy Operator (Advanced) include:
● Greater flexibility: For every key figure pair, you can define a copy level and decide if missing periods shall
be created and/or target key figure values shall be cleared. This allows you to copy all key figures that are
required for a certain process step with one copy operator run.
● More features: The full range of features of two operators is now combined in one. Dedicated views help
you to create profiles for copying key figure values within one planning area and between two planning
areas.
● Improved usability: The new app allows you to easily define all settings required for a copy operator run. A
variety of checks ensures profile consistency. Changes to copy operator profiles are automatically saved as
drafts.
● Competitive performance: Several performance optimization measures help to ensure efficient processing.
To work with the new app, your administrator has to assign the business catalog
SAP_IBP_BC_COPYOPRPROFILE_PC to your role.
Related Information
Copy Operator Profiles
1.5.2 Normalization
A new normalized data model is going to be introduced to improve performance, memory utilization,
robustness, and scalability in the upcoming releases.
Technical Details
Types Prepare next release

To be ready for normalization, you have to make sure that your planning model fulfills the following
requirements:
● In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain
the same set of root and non-root attributes as the base planning level.
For more information, see section Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible Input Planning
Levels [page 49] below.
● Key figures that you marked as input/output for supply planning during model configuration must be valid
for the S&OP operator.
In a normalized data model, planning area activation might take more time as objects are created on the level
of planning levels.
All planning areas will be migrated to this normalized data model in cooperation with the customers in the
upcoming releases.
To find out if a planning area has already been normalized, open the log of an activation that took place after
the upgrade to IBP 2002. If the log contains the message Planning area activation is running in a normalized
data model., the planning area has already been normalized.
1.5.3 Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible

Input Planning Levels
As part of the normalization project, we provide activation checks that help you to spot and fix erroneous
configuration that would prevent the normalization of your data model. These checks indicate if there are
calculation definitions where the stored value of a key figure is used at an input planning level other than its
base planning level; and whether the input planning level does not have the same set of root and non-root
attributes as the base planning level, which is not allowed.
Technical Details
In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain the
same set of root and non-root attributes as the base planning level.
This is an existing modeling requirement, which is now supported by five activation checks, implemented as
suppressible errors. That is, you can only activate a planning area that contains such calculation definitions if

you suppress these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution,
available for a couple of releases. We recommend that you correct the invalid calculation definitions as soon as
possible.
 Note
You will only be able to use the new normalized data model if you correct the invalid calculation definitions
in all planning areas. We recommend that you delete all planning areas that you do not use anymore so that
you'll only have to fix these issues in the active planning areas.
Stored Values of Key Figures, with Different Base Planning Levels, Are Read from the Same
Planning Level
Message: *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs, are read from PL &1
In multiple key figure calculations, where the stored values of key figures are used at the same input planning
level, the key figures cannot have different base planning levels.
All key figures that are used as stored inputs at the same planning level must have the same base planning
level.
As of the 1911 release, you can only activate a planning area that contains such calculation expressions if you
suppress these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution that is
available before the 2005 release. SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calculation expressions, if
there are any, as soon as possible.
To identify and correct the invalid calculation expressions, proceed as follows:
1. In the Planning Areas app, select a planning area, and choose Check.
2. Open the log for the check.
You can navigate to the log from the Planning Areas app, or you can find the corresponding log in the
Application Logs app by filtering for the external identifier, which is PA: <ID of the planning area>.
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs, are read from PL &1, where &1
stands for the ID of the input planning level.
4. Before making any corrections, check your activation log and look for the error message Stored key figure
read from an incompatible planning level. If you have run into this error during activation as well, fix it first
as it might solve the problem of stored key figures with different base planning levels.
If the problem still persists, proceed as follows:
The attachment of the messages in the activation log contains a list of calculations divided into the
sections below:
○ Calculations where the input planning level of stored key figures is their base planning level.
○ Calculations where the input planning level of stored key figures does not match their base planning
levels.
Depending on your business requirements, make one of the following changes:
○ Use the base planning level of the key figures as the input planning level in the calculation definitions.
Change only the calculations where the input planning level (where the stored value of a key figure is
used) is not the base planning level of the key figure. As result, all stored key figures will be sourced
from their base planning levels, which is the recommended approach.
○ If your business requirements justify that you use the stored values of key figures at a planning level
other than their base planning levels, create a copy of each base planning level (with the same set of
root and non-root attributes), and use the stored value of the key figure at this compatible planning
level.

As a result, all stored key figures will be sourced from a planning level that is compatible with their base
planning level, that is, they share the same root and non-root attributes.
○ Select one of the base planning levels listed in the attachment, and for each key figure use it as its base
planning level.
As a result, all stored key figures sourced from the same input planning level will have the same base
planning level.
5. Perform a consistency check on the planning area.
6. Activate the planning area.
Input Planning Level Has More Attributes than Base Planning Level
Message: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 has more attr. than base PL &4
In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used cannot have
more attributes than the base planning level of the given key figure. That is, the input planning level of a
calculation cannot contain attributes that cannot be sourced from the base planning level.
available before the 2011 release. SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calculation expressions, if there
are any, as soon as possible.
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 has more attr. than base PL &4, where &1
stands for the ID of the key figure,&2 stands for the ID of the planning level, &3 stands for the ID of the input
key figure, and &4 stands for the base planning level.
4. For each listed calculation, make one of the following changes depending on your modeling requirements:
○ Use the base planning level of the key figure as the input planning level.
○ If you want to use the extra attributes that are not available from the base planning level, create a
calculation (if not yet available) and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of the stored
value.
○ Remove these extra attributes from the planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used.
○ Use a planning level that has the same attributes as the base planning level.
Input Planning Level Does Not Contain All Root Attributes of Base Planning Level;
Calculation Doesn't Exist
Message: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 doesn't contain root attr. of base PL.
In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain all
root attributes of the base planning level of the given key figure.

3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 doesn't contain root attr. of base PL., where
&1 stands for the ID of the key figure,&2 stands for the ID of the planning level, and &3 stands for the ID of
the input key figure.
○ Create a calculation on the input planning level and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of
the stored value. If the aggregation level of the input key figure is lower, use Split Factor Calculation; if it
is higher, use an aggregation.
Calculation Exists
○ Since there is a calculation already defined on the input planning level, use the calculated value of the
key figure instead of the stored value.
Calculation Is Not Used

Furthermore, the calculation is not used in any REQUEST level calculation in the calculation graph.
available before the 2011 release. SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calculation expressions, if there
are any, as soon as possible.
4. If you do not want to create a REQUEST level calculation in the calculation graph that is based on this
calculation, delete this calculation and all other calculations that are built on it.
If you want to use the calculation, make one of the following changes depending on your business
requirements:
○ Create a calculation (for example, an aggregation) on the input planning level and use the calculated
value of the key figure instead of the stored value.
1.5.4 Switch to Calculation View
In the upcoming releases, calculation view will replace analytic view as data source of the calculation scenario.
It is needed to enable further features and to improve performance. The switch to the calculation view is going
to be rolled out to all IBP systems in waves.
Technical Details

Additional Details
To find out if calculation views are used as data sources, open the log of an activation that took place after the
upgrade to IBP 2002. If the log contains the message Activation generates calculation views as data sources.,
the system already uses calculation views. If the log contains the message Activation generates analytic views
as data sources., analytic views are still used in calculation scenarios.
1.5.5 Check for Base Planning Levels with Different Sets of

Non-Root Attributes
Suppressible error *S* PL &1 and PL &2: Both cannot be used as base PL of stored key figures will turn into error
in the upcoming IBP releases. After that, you cannot activate your planning area with limited scope if this error
occurs. Correct the invalid configuration to be able to activate your planning area.
Technical Details
Types Must know
To identify and correct the invalid configuration, proceed as follows:
1. In the Planning Areas app, select a planning area and choose Check.
3. Look for the following entry: PL &1 and PL &2: Both cannot be used as base PL of stored key figures, where
&1 stands for the ID of the first planning level, and &2 stands for the ID of the second planning level.
4. For each listed configuration, depending on your modeling requirements, make one of the following
changes:
○ Change one of the planning levels, so that they have the same set of root attributes and the same set
of non-root attributes. Only attributes from master data types are taken into consideration, the time
attributes don't need to match.
○ Decide which of the planning levels you want to use as the base planning level of stored key figures.
Choose a different base planning level for each stored key figure whose base planning level is the other
planning level. Each planning level that is used as the base planning level of stored key figures must
have a different set of root attributes.

1.5.6 Suppressible Errors Expiring in 2005
The following suppressible errors will turn into errors with IBP 2005. This means that after the upgrade to IBP
2005, you cannot activate your planning areas with limited scope if these errors occur. Correct the invalid
configurations to be able to activate your planning areas.
● *S* Attribute &1 doesn't exist at PL &2, but has transformation.

● *S* Calc. &1@&2: Attr. &3 in expression, but not available from input.
● *S* Calculation &1@&2: Expression doesn't start with aggregation function
● *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs, are read from PL &1
● *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 doesn't contain root attr. of base PL.
Technical Details
Available as of 1905 and 1911
Additional Details
For more information about how to fix these errors, see section Suppressible Errors in the Model Configuration
Guide.
1.5.7 Rolling Aggregation
Rolling aggregation is available to aggregate key figures across several time periods for a specified time
window.
Technical Details
Types New

Instead of requesting L-code to create an aggregation, you can now use the IBP_RAGGR function to configure
rolling aggregation in one step.
Example
AGGREGATEDDEMAND@PERPRODLOC = IBP_RAGGR ("DEMAND@PERPRODLOC" , ''SUM'' , -1 , 3 ,

''PASTCURRENTFUTURE'')
In this example, you can calculate the summary of the demand for the previous, actual, and upcoming months.
For more information about how to use rolling aggregation, see the Rolling Aggregation section in the Model
Configuration Guide.
1.5.8 Period Shift
Period shift is available to shift key figure values by time periods.
Technical Details
Types New
Instead of using complicated attribute transformations, you can now use the IBP_PERIODSHIFT function to
configure period shift in one step: IBP_PERIODSHIFT(<KEY FIGURE@PLANLEVEL>,<NUMBER OF
PERIODS>)
Example
ACTUALSQTYOFFSET@REQUEST = SUM("ACTUALSQTYOFFSET@MTHPRODLOC")
ACTUALSQTYOFFSET@MTHPRODLOC = IBP_PERIODSHIFT("ACTUALSQTY@MTHPRODLOC", 12)

In this example, you can shift the value of actual quantity by 12 months into the future.
For more information about how to use period shift, see the Period Shift section in the Model Configuration
Guide.
1.5.9 Changes to the Unified Planning Area (SAPIBP1)
The following changes were made in the SAPIBP1 sample planning area:
● The Production Source Item Validity master data type was introduced and the master data type
Production Source Validity was changed.
● The Transportation Lot Size Periods of Coverage (TLOTSIZECOVERAGE) and Production
Lot Size Periods of Coverage (PLOTSIZECOVERAGE) attributes were introduced for inventory
optimization.
● The Non-Stocking Allocation Horizon (NONSTOCKALLOCATIONHORIZON) attribute was introduced
for inventory optimization.
● The IO Network ID (NETWORKID) attribute was introduced for inventory optimization.
● The Demand Value (node) (NODEDEMANDVAL) key figure was removed from inventory optimization.
● Change point detection was added to the SAPIBP1 forecast automation profile.
● The Customer Forecast (CUSTOMERFORECAST) key figure was introduced for customer collaboration
via web-based planning.
● Planning levels were aligned with regards to the Stocking Node Type Indicator (STOCKINGNODETYPE),
Service Level Type Indicator (SERVICELEVELTYPE), and Distribution Type (G or N) (DISTRIBUTIONTYPE)
IO attributes.
● Disaggregation operators were migrated to new copy operator profiles.
● The Demand Sensing: Weeks to Exclude from Learning (SENSEDDEMANDEXCLUDE) key figure
was introduced for demand sensing.
● When you copy the unified planning area (SAPIBP1) using the Create New with Dependencies option, you
can now also select the Copy Analytics and Alerts option to copy sample analytics and alerts. Using these
sample analytics and alerts, you can now reduce the manual configuration work for the processes
described in the SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
To copy analytics and alerts, select the checkbox. The following content types are copied:
○ Sample alert definitions
○ Sample alert subscriptions
○ Sample alert overviews
○ Sample dashboards
○ Sample analytics charts
○ Sample supply chain network charts
● Various input/output key figures in time-series-based supply planning were changed to output key figures.
● The Adjusted Production Receipts (ADJUSTEDPRODUCTION) key figure in time-series-based supply
planning was changed.
For a detailed description of these changes, see the IBP 2002 for Cross Topics: SAPIBP1 Planning Model
Template document.

1.5.10 Configuration App Phased Out
As announced previously, as of 1911 you need to use the Planning Areas app to create and configure planning
areas. The Planning Areas app is the successor app of the Configuration app, which was finally phased out in
1911 after a transition period when both apps were available.
Accordingly, you can no longer switch back to the Configuration app in the standard system by deselecting the
Use Planning Areas App checkbox.
There still might be exceptional cases when some technical difficulty blocks you from performing the desired
action in the Planning Areas app. If you find it absolutely necessary to access the old Configuration app, you can
be granted access temporarily so that you can fix the issue, or, in very rare cases, for the current release.
For exceptional access to the Configuration app, please contact SAP referring to the SCM-IBP-CNF-PAR
component.
Technical Details
Type Not applicable
1.5.11 Deleting Planning Areas with Dependencies
You can use this feature to delete planning areas together with their dependent objects, ensuring that no
orphan objects stay in the system after a planning area deletion and that the database remains clean without
any extra efforts.
If you select the planning area to be deleted on the Planning Areas screen and either click Delete or select
Delete Dependencies from the dropdown, all the dependent master data types and the time profile of the
planning area are deleted together with the planning area.
Technical Details
Types New

Additional Details
Deletion with dependencies is not possible if any of the dependencies are used in other objects. The dependent
objects that are used elsewhere are listed in a warning message, which also guides you to the relevant apps
where you can delete the assignments. Then you can delete the planning area with dependencies.
If all objects (the planning area and its dependencies) are inactive you can delete them in one step, while active
objects are first set to Pending Deletion status and you need to activate them in the relevant app to complete
the deletion. In the case of inactive objects with an active instance existing in the system, the inactive instances
are deleted and the active instances are set to Pending Deletion.
1.5.12 Comparing Planning Areas
You can compare the configuration details of any two planning areas using the Compare Planning Areas option
that is available in the Planning Areas app and in the Sample Model Entities app.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can compare any combination of sample and custom planning areas by downloading the differences in
CSV files. You can choose whether the output should list differences between items with the same ID or items
that are only available in either planning area but not in the other.
Comparing your planning area with the sample planning area that you have copied to create yours allows you to
keep track of enhancements in the sample planning area that SAP delivers, and to easily judge which of these
enhancements you would like to implement in your own planning area.
1.5.13 Viewing Details and Progress of Last Check or

Activation
You can check the details and progress of a check or activation that you are performing on your planning area
by clicking the Last Action Status link in the Planning Areas app.

Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
If the last action performed is a check or activation, clicking the link opens a dialog, where your can view the
details of the action and check its progress while it is running. The status and progress of a running action is
automatically updated in the dialog every 5 seconds. You can also update it manually using the Refresh button,
which becomes active 5 seconds after each refresh.
From the dialog, you can navigate to the Application Logs app and view all logs or display the log details for the
current item.
If the last action is copy, clicking the link directly takes you to the Application Logs app.
1.5.14 Specifying Period for Attributes as Key Figures

Created from Attributes of External Master Data
Types
In the Planning Areas app, you can specify a time period for a new attribute as key figure that you create from
an attribute of an external master data type.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
The From Period and To Period fields are now active in the New Attribute as Key Figure dialog even if the Value by
Reference checkbox is selected, which allows you to specify an exact period.

If you leave the From Period and To Period fields blank when creating an attribute as key figure from an attribute
of an external master data type, the full planning horizon for your planning area is used. To improve
performance, make sure you specify a period for such key figures.
1.5.15 Usability Enhancements for the Planning Areas App
Usability enhancements have been implemented in the Planning Areas app to support the configuration of key
figures and to make key figure search more efficient.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
Enhancements include the following:
● In the key figure calculation definitions section of the Key Figures tab, calculation levels (KF@PL) as
additional inputs that originate from attribute transformation are displayed as existing ones (no orange
color coding) and are marked with a truck icon. When adding such calculation levels (KF@PL) as additional
inputs, they are offered in the selection dialog and are accepted if entered manually. Also, when you display
the key figure details for a key figure that is the output of any existing attribute transformations, attribute
transformations are shown as uneditable indirect calculations at the end of the list of calculations.
● In the Disaggregation Expression field, input help is offered (just like in calculation definitions). To call input
help, enter a double quotation mark in the field. The system offers attributes and key figures as inputs but
not calculation levels (KF@PL forms). Placeholders are offered if you enter $.

● Key figure search has been enhanced so that now you have the following search options:
Fields with predefined val

ues (e.g. Proportionality,
Edit Allowed)
 Note
If the values are repre
sented by icons in the
column, use the tool Characteristics enabled
Free input fields (e.g. ID, tip text.
Base Planning Level) (e.g. Change History, Fixing)
<text> Search for KFs with values Search for KFs with values Search for KFs enabled for
that contain the text that start with the text characteristics that start
with the text
<text*> Search for KFs with values Search for KFs with values Search for KFs enabled for
that start with the text that start with the text characteristics that start
with the text
<*text> Search for KFs with values n.a. n.a.

that end with the text
<”text”> Exact search Exact search Exact search
1.6 IBP Excel Add-In
1.6.1 Copy Operator (Advanced)
You can schedule the new Copy Operator (Advanced) from the Excel add-in ribbon. For more information about
the new operator, see Copy Operator (Advanced).
Technical Details
Types New
1.6.2 Hashtags for Key Figures

As an administrator you can now assign hashtags to a key figure in the Configuration app. The hashtags are
then displayed in the tooltips of the Edit Planning View window, and in the Planning Objects with Key Figure Data
dialog box of the Master Data Workbook, also when you are using the Version Copy operator. Planners can
select a hashtag to find key figures that share a particular characteristic.
For example, the Actual Price key figure is in local currency and Sales Revenue is in Euros. The administrator
adds the hashtag #eurocurrency to Sales Revenue. If you select the tag, you can get an overview of all key
figures that are also assigned to this hashtag.
Technical Details
Types New
1.6.3 User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-in
As an administrator you can use the User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-in app to list the users and the Excel
add-in version they logged on to. This allows you to contact users and recommend that they upgrade to the
latest version. For more information about this new app, see User Login Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In [page
42].
Technical Details
Types New
1.7 Web-Based Planning
1.7.1 New Features and Improvements in the Web-Based

Planning App
The Web-Based Planning app offers new features and improvements.

Planning Notes
You can use this feature to view planning notes that have been created in the IBP Excel add-in to get more
contextual information about key figure values.
Any existing planning notes for a key figure are automatically shown in the planning view.
 Caution
Planning notes are shown for all planning levels and switching them off is not possible. Depending on the
number of planning notes that need to be read and displayed, it may impact system performance.
If planning notes should impact the performance of your system, try to remove some key figures from your
planning view for which a lot of planning notes exist.
Filtering for Multiple Planning Areas in the Planning View List
Previously, you could filter the list of planning views only for a single planning area. To help support users who
work with planning views from different planning areas, we’ve now made it possible to filter for multiple
planning areas.
Display of Decimal Places for Key Figures
In the planning view, the decimal places of a key figure are now displayed as configured for the key figure.
Improved Attribute Value Search
When you search for an attribute value, you no longer need to enter the exact name of the attribute value. If you
just add part of it, the system will search for all the attribute values that contain the characters you entered.
Indication of Personal Data
A new icon in the column header indicates if a master data attribute in your planning view contains personal
data.
Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Web-Based Planning

1.7.2 Reason Codes and Comments in the Web-Based Planning
App
You can use this feature to select reason codes and write comments to provide more information about key
figure changes. These reason codes and comments are captured along with the key figure changes in change
history, or they can be shared with a SAP Jam group. This way, you can provide more background information
about the changes and make them transparent to other users. Using reason codes and comments is optional.
 Note
This feature is only available if you are assigned to a SAP Jam group or if your planning view contains key
figures that are enabled for change history.
Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Web-Based Planning
Reason Codes
1.7.3 Enhanced Refreshing and Loading of Data for the

Planning View
As of this release, you can refresh and load data for the planning view in the Web-Based Planning app in a more
selective way. You can decide to refresh only the key figure data together with any changed metadata, that is,
data that makes up the planning view such as names, descriptions, and values of planning level attributes,
names and descriptions of key figures, versions, scenarios, and time periods. Or, if required, you can decide to
refresh the key figure data together with the full set of metadata for the planning view.
Because key figure data changes frequently, you will want to get the latest data from the database quite often.
Metadata, however, does not change as frequently as the key figure data, which is why you may need to reload
the metadata only occasionally. Also, it takes more time to load the full set of metadata for the planning view.
Having these two separate options can help speed up refreshing and loading of data for the planning view.

 Note
If your planning view contains personal data, this data is always loaded from the database directly when
you open the planning view. For security reasons, personal data is never cached.
Technical Details
Types Changed
Effects on Business Users
To refresh key figure data together with any changed metadata, you can either choose the corresponding icon
as in previous releases, or you can choose the new Refresh Data for Planning View button from the dropdown
next to the refresh icon.
To refresh key figure data together with the complete set of metadata, you first need to reload the metadata by
choosing the new Reload Metadata button from the dropdown next to the icon that refreshes the planning view.
After the metadata has been reloaded, you need to choose the icon for refreshing the planning view or the
Refresh Data for Planning View button.
1.7.4 Dynamic Selection of Attribute Values in the Web-Based

Planning App
Up to now, the system only loaded as many attribute values for the value help in the ad hoc filter as configured
in the system. If there were more attribute values than the configured threshold allowed, there was no
possibility for the user to select these values. To make the remaining attribute values available, the
configuration expert had to increase the value of the MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter. This
parameter controls how many attribute values the system shows in the value help. Loading more attribute
values, however, could impact performance, because it increased loading time.
As of this release, the Web-Based Planning app supports the dynamic selection of attributes. This means that
the user can search for any attribute values that are not loaded because of the threshold set in the
MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter by searching for them. The system will then read these
attribute values dynamically from the database.

Technical Details
Types Changed
The MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter is also used for the IBP Excel add-in, so you may have
set this parameter in a previous release. If so, the system will display as many attribute values as you had set in
the parameter. If you hadn't set this global configuration parameter in a previous release, up to 100,000
attribute values are shown by default.
Related Information
Setting Up Web-Based Planning

Dynamic Selection of Values of Master Data Attributes
Global Configuration Parameters
1.8 Process Management
1.8.1 Timing of Process Automation
You can use this feature to control how frequently automated actions like the start or end of process steps are
triggered. By default, automated actions are triggered every 30 minutes. You can decrease the default value
down to a minimum 3 minutes to reduce the waiting time.
Technical Details
Types New

You can control how frequently automated actions are triggered with the new
PROCESS_MGMT_AUTO_FREQUENCY global configuration parameter. You can find the new global configuration
parameter in the SCHEDULING parameter group. You can enter any value between 3 and 30.
1.8.2 Enhancements to the Process Chart
The header area of the process chart has been harmonized to match the header area of analytics charts and
alert charts. The order of the icons for the chart functions in the top right corner has been changed. A new
button in the top left corner opens an info popup if you want to see the details of the process, such as the name
of the process, the selected step, or the status of the step.
Technical Details
Types Changed
1.9 Demand Planning
1.9.1 Visibility of Reference Products and Forecast Dates in

the IBP Excel Add-In
There are three new external data sources that allow you to display product assignments and forecast dates in
the IBP Excel add-in:
● SMD_FCSTASSIGN_DATES: Enables you to display all product lifecycle-related information in one master
data sheet.
● SMD_FCSTDASSIGN_V2: Enables you to display reference products, launch dimension values, forecast
dates, weighting factor, offset, and status information. The date format is displayed by years, months, and
days (YYYY-MM-DD).
● SMD_FCSTDATES_V2: Enables you to display product references, launch dimension values, phase-in and
phase-out dates and curves as well as forecast dates. The date format is displayed by years, months, and
days (YYYY-MM-DD).
To ensure compatibility with the delivered product attribute PRDID, the product key fields now have a length of
40 characters.

Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Display Reference Products and Forecast Dates in the IBP Add-In for Microsoft Excel
1.9.2 Lag-Based Segmentation Measures
Key figures that have the lag attribute as a root in their base planning levels are now available for being selected
as segmentation measures, but only one lag can be used in each segmentation profile.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
If such a segmentation measure is selected but the lag attribute is not contained in the calculation level or the
target master type, any application jobs that are based on the affected profile must contain a filter for a single
value of the lag attribute.
If two different segmentation measures are selected in a segmentation profile containing rules both for ABC
and XYZ segmentation and only one has the lag attribute as a root in its base planning level, then filtering for
the lag is mandatory but the filter is only applied to the segmentation measure with the lag attribute.
If both segmentation measures have the lag attribute as a root in their base planning levels, the filter is applied
to both input key figures even if the segmentation levels don’t contain the lag attribute.
For more information, see Using Planning Filters in ABC/XYZ Segmentation.

1.9.3 Micro Charts Showing Change Points
You can now see micro charts in the Change Points table of the Show Analysis Results screen of the Manage
Forecast Automation Profiles app. The charts give you an impression of the sales history and the positions of
the observed change points.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can select the row of any micro chart to see its details. The opening full-size chart shows how the time
series changed from one period to the other and which of these changes are identified by the system as change
points.
For more information, see Change Point Detection.
1.9.4 User-Defined Outlier Periods in the Past
You can now tag periods in the past as ones in which exceptional events skewed the demand patterns. The
demand sensing algorithms will then treat the data in such periods as outliers and disregard them during the
calculation of the sensed demand.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
Demand sensing already comes in with built-in outlier detection to automatically exclude periods that are
statistical outliers with a very low probability of recurrence. This new capability allows you to tag periods with

irregular activity that statistics and machine learning won’t be able to detect (for example, when a big
forecasted demand opportunity doesn’t materialize or issues with transportation partners limit the quantities
that can be shipped).
You can tag the relevant periods manually in the IBP Excel add-in or upload the tags using a data integration
job. In both cases, the value 1 means that a period is tagged as having an outlier with regard to a certain
planning object.
To allow the exclusion of historical periods with exceptional events from the learning phase, a key figure is
required in the planning area with the Weeks to Exclude from Learning business meaning assigned to it.
The SAPIBP1 and SAP6 sample planning areas now contain the SENSEDDEMANDEXCLUDE key figure for this
purpose.
1.9.5 Disabling Baseline Demand Balancing for Periods with

Negative Bias
You can now set the demand sensing algorithms not to reduce the sensed demand values for periods where
negative bias is detected (in other words, under-forecasting or overselling can be expected).
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
Baseline demand balancing tends to reduce the sensed demand for the weeks preceding or succeeding
periods of large orders that imply potential oversells and misalignment of expected demand timing. However,
the period for which the sensed demand is being reduced through baseline demand balancing may also be a
period when the consensus demand is predicted to show under-forecasting or overselling. The new
functionality prevents the demand sensing algorithms from reducing the sensed demand for periods in which
such a negative bias is expected.
For more information, see Outlier Detection in Demand Sensing.

The DISABLE_BASEBAL_FOR_NEGBIAS global configuration parameter was introduced in the

DEMAND_SENSING parameter group to allow the disabling of baseline demand balancing for weeks with a
negative bias.
The default value for this parameter is NO, which means that baseline demand balancing is permitted to reduce
the sensed demand values for the weeks with predicted negative bias.
If the value is set to YES for this parameter, baseline demand balancing will not reduce the sensed demand
values for the weeks where negative bias is predicted.
1.9.6 More Attributes Supported by Demand Sensing in New

Product Introduction
Demand sensing now supports any attributes of the Customer or Location master data type as assignment
levels 2 and 3 in new product introduction. You can also choose two attributes from the same master data type
if you wish.
Technical Details
Types Changed
1.10 Inventory Optimization
1.10.1 Validity Dates for Sources of Supply
You can now include validity dates for sources of supply in your inventory optimization planning area. This
allows you to run simulations with the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization , the Decomposed (single-
stage) inventory optimization, or the Calculate Target Inventory Components operator and use attribute filters
that include cyclical sourcing.

Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can define from and to dates for sources of supply over a planning horizon. You can define several valid
periods for a source of supply. For example, a source of supply can be valid from January to April and from
September to November, meaning the source of supply is implicitly invalid between May and August.
Validity dates for sources of supply have an impact on sourcing ratios, lead time, lead time variability,
propagation of demand, and demand variability.
To configure validity dates for sources of supply, add the following master data types and attributes to your
planing area. They have also been added to the SAP3 sample planning area, so you can use that as a reference.
SOURCEPRODUCTIONVALIDITY (Master Data Type ID: IBPSOURCEPRODUCTIONVALIDITY)
Production Source Validity master data specifies the periods of time (that is, from and to dates) for which a
production source of supply (PRATIO attribute) is valid.
Field Value
Name Production Source Validity
Description Production Source Validity
Type Simple
Attributes for Master Data Type Production Source Validity
Attributes Attribute Descrip Key (X) Required (X) Referenced At

tion tribute Notes
SOURCEID Source ID X X
PVALIDFR Production X X
Sourcing Valid
From

tion tribute Notes
PVALIDTO Production
Sourcing Valid To
SOURCELOCATIONVALIDITY (Master Data Type ID: IBPSOURCELOCATIONVALIDITY )
Location Source Validity master data specifies the periods of time (that is, from and to dates) for which a
location source of supply (TRATIO attribute) is valid.
Field Value
Name Location Source Validity
Description Location Source Validity
Type Simple
Attributes for Master Data Type Location Source Validity

tion tribute Notes
PRDID Product ID X X
LOCID Location ID X X
LOCFR Ship-From X X
Location ID
TVALIDFR Location Sourcing X X .

Valid From
TVALIDTO Location Sourcing

Valid To
 Note
For modes of transportation, when the Location Source Validity master data type has mode of
transportation defined, but mode of transportation is not defined in the Location Source master data type,
inputs from the Location Source Validity master data type are ignored. The business log contains the
following message: SOURCELOCATIONVALIDITY / MOTID ignored. Incompatible with
SOURCELOCATION.
When the Location Source master data type has mode of transportation defined, but mode of
transportation is not defined in the Location Source Validity master data type, inputs from the Location
Source Validity master data type are ignored. The business log contains the following message:
SOURCELOCATIONVALIDITY ignored. Incompatible with SOURCELOCATION / MOTID.
For more information, see Master Data Types.

1.10.2 Periods of Coverage for Lot Sizes
You can now define periods of coverage for lot sizes in both production and transportation sourcing in your
inventory optimization planning area. This allows inventory targets to be adjusted to cases where production or
transportation cycles are greater than one week and provides greater consistency to inventory target plans
with long production and transportation cycles.
Technical Details
Types New
To configure validity dates for sources of supply, add the following input key figures to your planing area. They
have also been added to the SAP3 sample planning area, so you can use that as a reference.
Input Key Figures
Key Figure ID Name Base Planning Level Definition
PLOTSIZECOVERAGE Production Lot Size Periods WKPRODLOCSRC Production lot size periods of
coverage
TLOTSIZECOVERAGE Transportation Lot Size WKPRODLOCLOCFR Transportation lot size peri

Periods ods of coverage
For more information, see Key Figures.
1.10.3 Changes to Inventory Global Configuration Parameters
In past releases, we introduced several new features for inventory optimization that were optional and could be
switched on and off by configuring global configuration parameters. These changes are becoming part of the
inventory operators to simplify operator operation and provide better inventory optimization results for all
customers.
As a first step, in release 2002, the default values for the affected global configuration parameters have been
set to their final values.
In release 2005, the affected global configuration parameters will be deprecated and the operators will use the
final values for all customers.

The affected global parameters are:
● DEMAND_PROPAGATION_SRC_SWITCH
● SMOOTH_SS_AROUND_SRC_CHANGE
● EXPOSURE_ROUNDING_FOR_BACKLOG
● NON_STOCKING_PUSH
Technical Details
Types Must know
Prepare next release
Additional Details
The following table explains the changes to the seeings for global configuration parameters from IBP 1911 to
IBP 2005:
Inventory Global Configuration Changes

Global Configuration Pa
rameter IBP 1911 Default Value IBP 2002 Default Value IBP 2005
DEMAND_PROPAGATION_SRC NO YES Deprecate parameter. Algo

_SWITCH rithm Default = YES
EXPOSURE_ROUNDING_FOR_ YES NO Deprecate parameter. Algo

BACKLOG rithm Default = NO
NON_STOCKING_PUSH YES YES Deprecate parameter. Algo

rithm Default = YES
SMOOTH_SS_AROUND_SRC_C NO YES Deprecate parameter. Algo

HANGE rithm Default = YES
For detailed information about these parameters, see the following sections:
● Inventory Target Settings with Time-Varying Binary Sourcing

● Exposure Period Handling
● Non-Stocking Push
● Smoothing for Continuously Binary Sourcing
If you are not currently using these target values, you may experience some differences in behavior, and for this
release, you have the option to switch the parameter value.

We suggest you review the settings to understand the impact the 2005 deprecation will have on your inventory
optimization implementation.
1.11 Demand-Driven Replenishment
1.11.1 Outlier Detection
You can now configure outlier detection when calculating the average daily usage. Outlier detection allows you
to detect and exclude outliers from the average daily usage and coefficient of variation calculations, which can
lead to a more accurate calculation.
The demand-driven replenishment profile for the Calculate Average Daily Usage in the Demand-Driven
Replenishment Profiles app now includes parameters to configure outlier detection when calculating the
average daily usage and the coefficient of variation. In addition, key figures have been added to store outlier
data.
Technical Details
Types New
To configure outlier detection, you must include the outlier detection parameters in the demand-driven
replenishment profile for the Calculate Average Daily Usage.
For detailed information about configuring these parameters, see Planning Profiles for Demand-Driven
Replenishment.
To use outlier detection, add the following output key figures to your planning area. They have also been added
to the SAP8 sample planning area, so you can use that as a reference.

Output Key Figures
Key Figure ID Name Base Planning Level Definition More Information
DDADUOUTLIER Outlier Periods for ADU DAYPRODLOC Outlier periods for Key figure to store val
ADU (1 = outlier, 0 = ues that are the result
non-outlier) of the outlier correc
tion for the ADU calcu
lation. (1 for an outlier,
0 for non-outliers)
DDCVOUTLIER Outlier Periods for CV DAYPRODLOC Outlier periods for CV Key figure to store val
(1 = outlier, 0 = non- ues that are the result
outlier) of the outlier correc
tion for the CV calcula
tion. (1 for an outlier, 0
for non-outliers)
1.11.2 Calculation Horizon in Days
You can now set the calculation horizon in days for the Calculate DDMRP Buffer Levels and Recommend
Decoupling Points (Solve) operators. By default, these operators use the weekly planning horizon value
configured for the planning area. Configuring the calculation horizon provides you with more flexibility when
using these calculations.
Technical Details
Types New
To set the calculation horizon in days, you must include the parameter in the demand-driven replenishment
profile for the Calculate DDMRP Buffer Levels or Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve) operator.
For detailed information about configuring these parameters, see Planning Profiles for Demand-Driven
Replenishment.

1.11.3 Filtering Capability for the Calculate Average Daily Usage
Operator
The Calculate Average Daily Usage operator now supports filtering. You can optionally choose a filter for the
operator in either the SAP add-in for Microsoft Excel or the Application Jobs app.
 Note
Filtering is not available for any other demand-driven replenishment operators.
For more information, see Using DDR Planning Operators.
Technical Details
Types Changed
1.11.4 Generating Push Supply Orders on Decoupling Points

Based on Netflow and ADU
Push supply orders on decoupling points are now generated in SAP ERP based on the projection of the netflow
and the ADU, taking order spikes and open confirmed supplies outside the DLT into consideration. This way,
data in IBP and SAP ERP gets in sync, enabling more accurate planning.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
In SAP ERP, for push supply generation after the end of DLT, demand and supply elements from the current day
to the end of the DLT are ignored, and today's netflow is reduced at the end of DLT by the total of ADU * DLT
coming from IBP. For order spikes outside of the DLT, as they are part of today's netflow, fake supply elements
are created at their planned date to ensure they don't reduce the projected netflow. On the other hand, for

open confirmed supply orders outside the DLT, which are part of today's netflow, fake demand elements are
created at the planned date to ensure they don't increase the projected netflow.
You can review the logic for generated push supply elements by opening the Element View under Monitor
DDMRP Planning Runs.
Effects on Data Integration
The data of netflow, ADU, and order spikes and open confirmed supplies outside the decoupled lead time is
integrated from IBP to SAP ERP. While netflow and ADU are integrated via the IBP_EDD_PL_FILL function
module, order spikes and open confirmed supplies are transferred via the IBP_EDD_COR_FILL function
module in SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
To use this feature, you need to configure the new IBP_EDD_COR_FILL function module, which fills the order
correction table, and reconfigure the IBP_EDD_PL_FILL function module. To do so, perform the following
steps:
1. Regenerate the web service binding of /IBP/EDD_INBOUND_INTERFACE in SOAMANAGER.

2. Reload the web service message definitions from the WSDL file in the CPI-DS data store.
3. Adapt the CPI-DS data flows as needed by updating the field mapping with the new web service definitions.
1.11.5 Removal of Old DDR Operators
As announced in 1911, the Demand-Driven Replenishment Profile app replaced planning operator configuration
using the Configuration app, previously used to configure planning operators of the type DDR. At that time, all
existing DDR operators assigned to a planning area were automatically migrated to the new app and no new
operators of type DDR could be created.
Since the way the demand-driven replenishment operators are configured changed in 1911, in 2002, planning
operators of type DDR (the no-longer-used operators) have been removed from the UI.
For more information about configuring demand-driven replenishment operators, see Planning Profiles for
Demand-Driven Replenishment.
Technical Details
Types Changed

1.12 Driver-Based Planning
1.12.1 Key Figures Used in Driver-Based Planning
Previously, the key figures that you could use for driver-based planning had to use the aggregation mode Sum
and the disaggregation mode Equal Distribution. It was also recommended not to use key figures with
proportional disaggregation.
We have enhanced the requirements for the properties of stored key figures. This gives you more options when
you configure driver-based planning or when you set up driver planning views because you can use a wider
range of key figures. As of now, you can also use key figures with aggregation modes such as Avg, Max, Min. In
this context, it is now also possible to use the disaggregation mode Copy Value for key figures such as Price,
Ratio, or Count. Also, proportional disaggregation is now supported for key figures used in driver-based
planning.
Technical Details
Types New
1.12.2 Maximum Number of Planning Objects for a Driver
Previously, there was no limitation for the number of planning objects that were generated when a planner
created a driver. In some cases, this missing limit could lead to too many planning objects having to be
generated. Creating drivers could therefore unintentionally affect performance.
To help prevent performance issues, we’ve limited the number of planning objects that can be generated during
driver creation to 1000. The system now prevents the planner from creating a driver for which more than 1000
planning objects would have to be generated. In this case, the planner can try removing planning level attribute
values or apply a filter to reduce the number of planning objects.

Technical Details
Types Must know
1.12.3 New Features and Improvements in the Driver-Based

Planning App
Filtering for Multiple Planning Areas in the Planning View List

Previously, you could filter the list of planning views only for a single planning area. To help support users who
work with planning views from different planning areas, we’ve now made it possible to filter for multiple
planning areas.
Display of Decimal Places for Key Figures

In the planning view, the decimal places of a key figure are now displayed as configured for the key figure.
Improved Attribute Value Search

When you search for an attribute value, you no longer need to enter the exact name of the attribute value. If you
just add part of it, the system will search for all the attribute values that contain the characters you entered.
Performance Improvements
We have made the following performance improvements to save you time when saving key figure values for
multiple drivers and loading the driver planning view:
● When you save key figure changes for multiple drivers in the summary, the system now saves your changes
all at the same time instead of one after the other.
● Loading of data for the summary view and the whole driver planning view in general has been improved.
Technical Details
Types New
Editability of Key Figures
Up to now, when you created or replaced a driver, or when you changed key figure values for a driver in the
summary view, you could change key figure values in periods which were not editable as per the key figure

definition. When you tried to save those invalid changes, the system would reject them to prevent the creation
of inconsistent data.
As of this release, the editability for a key figure is checked proactively throughout the Driver-Based Planning
app. If a key figure value cannot be edited in certain periods, the cells and fields containing the value are shown
as non-editable.
Technical Details
Types Changed
Available as of 2002 HFC4
1.12.4 Enhanced Refreshing and Loading of Data for the

Planning View
As of this release, you can refresh and load data for the planning view in the Driver-Based Planning app in a
more selective way. You can decide to refresh only the key figure data together with any changed metadata,
that is, data that makes up the planning view such as names, descriptions, and values of planning level
attributes, names and descriptions of key figures, versions, scenarios, and time periods. Or, if required, you can
decide to refresh the key figure data together with the full set of metadata for the planning view.
Because key figure data changes frequently, you will want to get the latest data from the database quite often.
Metadata, however, does not change as frequently as the key figure data, which is why you may need to reload
the metadata only occasionally. Also, it takes more time to load the full set of metadata for the planning view.
Having these two separate options can help speed up refreshing and loading of data for the planning view.
 Note
If your planning view contains personal data, this data is always loaded from the database directly when
you open the planning view. For security reasons, personal data is never cached.
Technical Details
Types Changed
Available as of 2002 HFC 3

To refresh key figure data together with any changed metadata, you can either choose the corresponding icon
as in previous releases, or you can choose the new Refresh Data for Planning View button from the dropdown
next to the refresh icon.
To refresh key figure data together with the complete set of metadata, you first need to reload the metadata by
choosing the new Reload Metadata button from the dropdown next to the icon that refreshes the planning view.
After the metadata has been reloaded, you need to choose the icon for refreshing the planning view or the
Refresh Data for Planning View button.
1.12.5 Dynamic Selection of Attribute Values in the Driver-

Based Planning App
Up to now, the system only loaded as many attribute values for the value help as configured in the system. If
there were more attribute values than the configured threshold allowed, there was no possibility for the user to
select these values. To make the remaining attribute values available, the configuration expert had to increase
the value of the MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter. This parameter controls how many
attribute values the system shows in the value help. Loading more attribute values, however, could impact
performance, because it increased loading time.
As of this release, the Driver-Based Planning app supports the dynamic selection of attributes. This means that
the user can search for any attribute values that are not loaded because of the threshold set in the
MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter by searching for them. The system will then read these
attribute values dynamically from the database.
Technical Details
Types Changed
The MAX_DIM_MEMBERS global configuration parameter is also used for the IBP Excel add-in, so you may have
set this parameter in a previous release. If so, the system will display as many attribute values as you had set in
the parameter. If you hadn't set this global configuration parameter in a previous release, up to 100,000
attribute values are shown by default.

Related Information
Setting Up Driver-Based Planning

Dynamic Selection of Values of Master Data Attributes
1.13 Time-Series-Based Supply Planning
1.13.1 New App: Settings for TS Supply Planning
You can use this new app for the following:
● For a flexible assignment of attributes and key figures: You can use attributes and key figures that are
different from the SAP standard ones to represent certain business meanings in supply planning.
● You can also set a conversion factor for the aggregated constraints for inventory in this app. The
conversion factor can represent the unit cost or volume of products, for example. It relates specific
products to the minimum and maximum aggregate values for inventory.
 Note
The functions of this app are only available for normalized planning areas that are enabled for supply
planning and that contain at least one supply key figure.
To find out if a planning area has already been normalized, open the log of an activation that took place
after the upgrade to IBP 2002. If the log contains the message Planning area activation is running in a
normalized data model., the planning area has already been normalized.
The new SAP_IBP_BC_TSSUPMAP_PC business catalog gives users access to the new app.
Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Settings for TS Supply Planning

1.13.2 Forecast Consumption Calendars
You can now use forecast consumption calendars in time-series-based supply planning.
You can use this new feature to specify the planning periods in which you don’t expect sales orders and
forecasts, that is, the periods in which no forecast consumption would happen. You define these periods as
non-working periods, typically holidays or weekends. The forecast consumption range (defined in the forecast
consumption mode) is extended by the number of non-working periods falling inside the range.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
If sales orders or forecasts occur in a non-working period, they aren't omitted; the forecast consumption
algorithm considers them as usual.
You can specify different forecast calendars for different locations, regions, and products, according to your
business needs.
Forecast consumption can happen at any qualified (consumption) level based on the input and output key
figures, and you can define a forecast consumption calendar for planning combinations of any subset of the
forecast consumption planning level, similar to the way in which you assign the forecast consumption mode.
You assign a forecast consumption calendar to a forecast consumption profile in the Forecast Consumption
Profiles app.
Using a forecast consumption calendar is optional.
See Data Integration, below.
You need to integrate factory calendars to SAP Integrated Business Planning (IBP) before you can create
planning calendars and use them as forecast consumption calendars, because planning calendars are based
on factory calendars. After the integration, planning calendars are automatically generated with the same data

as the factory calendars. As these generated calendars aren't editable, you must create new ones (based on
the integrated factory calendars' data) and then edit them to reflect your business needs.
For more information, see the administrator’s guide on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon
under Administrator’s Guide Configuration for Time-Series-Based Integration Integration of Factory
Calendars .
To set up forecast consumption calendars, you must create a calendar, a calendar attribute containing the ID of
your calendar, and a master data type for the forecast consumption calendar. Include the calendar attribute in
the forecast consumption master data type and then assign this master data type and calendar attribute to a
forecast consumption profile in the Forecast Consumption Calendar Assignment section of the Forecast
Consumption Profiles app.
Related Information
Forecast Consumption Calendars

Assigning a Forecast Consumption Calendar to a Forecast Consumption Profile
1.13.3 Inbound Calendars
You can now use inbound calendars in time-series-based supply planning.
You can use this feature to define whether a period is working or non-working, enabling you to specify when a
receiving location for a location source of supply is open or closed, that is, when it can and can’t receive goods.
Inbound calendars are only available for the time-series-based supply planning heuristic and the time-series-
based supply planning optimizer.
You can also use inbound calendars with the time-series-based supply planning finite heuristic as of 2002
HFC4.
Technical Details
Types New
2002 HFC4 for support of inbound calendars with the finite

heuristic.

Additional Details
Non-working periods in inbound calendars typically bring forward net demands and the corresponding
transport receipts to an earlier period so that transport receipts aren't planned for non-working periods of the
receiving location.
You can't use inbound calendars with aggregated constraints.
You can now see which periods are available for a receiving location and plan accordingly.
See Data Integration, below.
You need to integrate factory calendars to IBP before you can create planning calendars and use them as
inbound calendars, because planning calendars are based on factory calendars. After the integration, planning
calendars are automatically generated with the same data as the factory calendars. As these generated
calendars aren't editable, you must create new ones (based on the integrated factory calendars' data) and then
edit them to reflect your business needs.
You specify the calendar ID of the inbound calendar assigned to each location source in the location source
master data type.
For more information, see the administrator’s guide on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon
under Administrator’s Guide Configuration for Time-Series-Based Integration Integration of Factory
Calendars .
You assign inbound calendars to location sources on the planning levels LOCID, PRDID, and LOCFR and, if
you've defined means of transport, you can also use the MOTID planning level. The inbound calendar contains
the calendar ID that you want to assign to the location source.
To use inbound calendars, add the attribute INBOUNDCALID, of type calendar, to the location source master
data type.

Related Information
Inbound Calendars
Inbound Calendars and Lot-Sizing Procedures
1.13.4 New Primary Parameters in S&OP Operator Profiles App
We've introduced two new parameters in the Primary Parameters section of the S&OP Operator Profiles app.
You can use the Lot Sizing parameter to include negative and positive inventory corrections in your lot-sizing
procedures, and the Use Infinite Shelf Life for Negative Projected Inventory parameter to assign an infinite shelf
life (zero) to supplies from negative inventory.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
Using the Lot Sizing parameter to include inventory corrections means that the supply planning heuristic (type
Infinite Without Shortages) considers values in the Inventory Correction key figure in the coverage time span
when calculating net demand for lot-sizing procedures 1 (static periods of supply), 2 (dynamic periods of
supply), and 5 (dynamic periods of supply with safety stock).
This parameter is only available for the supply planning heuristic (type Infinite Without Shortages).
The Use Infinite Shelf Life for Negative Projected Inventory parameter assigns an infinite shelf life (zero) to
supplies from negative inventory instead of these supplies inheriting their remaining shelf life from the related
net demand. This means that you can implement a different approach to shelf life planning by being able to
distinguish whether inventories, transports, supplies, and receipts (that is, the quantities in all key figures)
originate from existing stock (stock on hand) or from new production or external receipts.
This parameter is only available for the shelf life planning heuristic.
Specify these parameters in the Primary Parameters section of the S&OP Operator Profiles app to change the
relevant heuristic behavior as described above.

1.13.5 Demand Categories for Independent Demand
We've extended demand categories to include independent demand.
You can now use the Demand Category master data type to prioritize your independent demands as well as
your consensus demands. This feature is only available with the the time-series-based supply planning
heuristic, the time-series-based shelf life planning heuristic, and the the time-series-based supply propagation
heuristic.
Technical Details
Types New
Changed
To set up demand categories for independent demand, follow the procedure in Configuring Planning Levels for
Demand Prioritization (Demand Categories).
Related Information
Demand Category
1.13.6 Finite Heuristic Enhancements
The time-series-based supply planning finite heuristic has been enhanced to support more features.
You can now use the finite heuristic with the static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure, subperiods of supply,
and certain minimum and maximum key figures.
You can also use the finite heuristic with inbound calendars as of 2002 HFC4.

Technical Details
Types New
2002 HFC1 for support of certain minimum and maximum

key figures as detailed below.
2002 HFC4 for support of inbound calendars.
Additional Details
The finite heuristic now supports the following:
● Static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure

● Subperiods of supply
● Minimum Customer Receipts, Minimum Production Receipts, Minimum External Receipts,
and Minimum Customer Supply key figures
● All maximum key figures except for Maximum Inventory.
● Capacity consumption policy = 1 for resources
● Inbound calendars (as of HFC4)
Additionally, Minimum Transport Supply now has the highest priority in planning.
Related Information
Time-Series-Based Supply Planning Finite Heuristic
1.14 Order-Based Planning
1.14.1 Planning with Subnetworks
You can now use subnetworks in order-based planning. Subnetworks include a subset of location materials
from the overall supply chain network.
You can use this new feature to keep parts of the plan stable, split the network according to business
responsibilities, or use different algorithms for different parts of the network, for example.

Subnetworks are supported by the following OBP planning runs, to which the subnetwork has been added as
an optional parameter:

● Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run
● Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer
These planning runs create, delete, and change supply elements only for the location materials of the
specified subnetwork. Supply for location materials of other subnetworks is considered as fixed and
constrained. Some other planning results are still calculated and updated for the complete network. For more
information, see 2866791 .
Technical Details
Types New
Changed
You can view the subnetwork assignment in the following apps:
● View Projected Stock

● Analyze Supply Usage
● View Confirmations
● View Gating Factors
● View Production Data Structures
● View Transportation Lanes
● View Location Materials
You can also view subnetworks in the IBP Excel add-in, if this has been configured (see below).
In the Order Network and in the Analyze Supply Usage and View Projected Stock apps, we have added a new
value for the Fixed for Planning column: If an order is not part of the subnetwork for which the last planning run
was performed, it is displayed as Yes (based on subnetwork selection).
To use this feature, you need version 2002.0.0_FULL or higher of the OpenAPI.
The Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Outbound) application job has been extended with the Subnetwork
field to limit data transfer accordingly.

The subnetwork to which a location material belongs is defined in the location material master data. Note that
the Subnetwork master data attribute has been added to the S7LOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. The new
reference master data types S7LOCTOPROD, S7LOCFROMPROD, and S7LOCATIONCOMP are now available in the
SAP7 sample planning area. You can use them to filter by subnetwork for specific transportation lanes,
production data structures, and PDS components in the IBP Excel add-in.
To enable subnetwork display in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new referenced column SUBNETWORK_ID that
has been added to the SMD_MALO external data source.
Related Information
Planning with Subnetworks
1.14.2 Additional Information in View Projected Stock App
Date and Time Columns
Columns were added to provide also the time of the goods receipt date and the requested or planned date. This
helps you to understand sub-daily issues impacting the projected stock after a planning run. For example, if a
fixed supply element does indeed arrive on the same day for which the demand was requested but is a few
hours too late, you can assess the situation and create an additional planned supply element for the same day
to still fulfill the demand.
The Goods Receipt Date/Time and Requested or Planned Date/Time columns were added in the Items table of
the Stock Projection view. In these columns, you can drill down even further than in the Goods Receipt Date or
Requested or Planned Date columns and additionally see the time, including the time zone, of the specific day.
Filtering of Planning-Relevant Column
We have added a filter option for the Planning-Relevant column.
Go to the settings of the Element View to either include or exclude planning-relevant items from the results that
are shown in the table.

New Information for Last Planning Run
We have added the Planning Run Profile and the Planning Start.
The new pieces of information are available in the Last Planning Run information section in the elements view
and in the daily view. To learn more about them, see Planning Run Profiles and Flexible Planning Start.
To make things clear, we have renamed two adjacent pieces of information:
● Planning Run Start is now called Job Execution Time.

● Planning Run End is now called Job End Time.
1.14.3 Link to Custom Sequence in Planning Run Profiles App
If a custom sequence is defined for a sort attribute that is used in a demand sequence segment, a link to the
custom sequence is now shown.
This way, you can now directly see whether a custom sequence has been defined. If you want, you can look at
the custom sequence in the Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values app with just one click.
1.14.4 Aggregation of Gating Factors
In the Order Network view, gating factors are now aggregated rather than displayed individually.
The entries in the Gating Factors table are now aggregated. Each entry comprises gating factors of the same
gating factor type with the same location material, resource location, or supplier material (depending on the
gating factor type), and with the same requested date and Planned for Fixed Receipt value. You can display or
navigate to the Order Network view in the following apps:
● View Demands by Priority
You can still find out which order network items are affected by the individual gating factors: Select a row in the
Gating Factors table on the left, and the relevant items are highlighted in the Order Network Items table on the
right. If you switch to the graph view, the individual gating factors are selected there as well.

1.14.5 Changes to Layout in Manage Versions and Scenarios
App
In the Manage Versions and Scenarios app, a new icon tells you which planning areas and versions are
operative, and the entries are now arranged in a three-level hierarchy.
The following changes have been made to improve usability and visibility:
● The Integration Profile column now provides additional information in the form of a new icon. If the 
(Operative Planning Area or Operative Version) icon is displayed next to an entry in the Integration Profile
column, this tells you that the planning area or version in this row is the operative planning area or version.
● In the table, planning areas are now displayed together with their versions and scenarios in a three-level
hierarchy. The planning area is the first level, its versions are the second level, and any scenarios are a third
level. Versions without a planning area are displayed together at the end of the list.
1.14.6 Periods of Dates Visible in Apps
In the View Confirmations and View Gating Factors apps, you can now see the week, month, quarter, and so on
in which certain dates lie.
In the View Confirmations app, you can see the period in which the dates in the Confirmed Date and Requested
Date columns lie. Here, the periods are displayed in the new Confirmed Date (Period) and Requested Date
(Period) columns.
In the View Gating Factors app, you can see the period in which the dates in the following columns lie:
● Gating Factor Date

● Requested Date
● Confirmed or Planned Date
● Planned Date of Supply
Here, the periods are displayed in the following new columns:
● Gating Factor Date (Period)

● Requested Date (Period)
● Confirmed or Planned Date (Period)
● Planned Date of Supply (Period)
You can manually add these columns in the settings or use the new Period Settings button. Using this button,
you can also choose the periodicity in which the dates are to be displayed, using one of the period types that
are available in the planning area's time profile.
You can customize the period descriptions that are displayed. For more information, see Creating Time Periods
from a Template.

1.14.7 Error Type User Error for Additional Application Jobs
The User Error error type is now displayed for additional application jobs. You can now more easily identify what
went wrong when running an application job template that has several steps.
We have introduced the User Error error type for non-technical errors in the following application jobs:
● Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data

● Order-Based Planning: Delete Version Data
If, for example, access by the system to a version is already locked by a conflicting process, this is now labeled
as User Error. With the introduction of this error type, job chains are now stopped if the application job of one of
the steps has such an error.
1.14.8 Version Selector in Apps
In the View Projected Stock, View Confirmations, Analyze Supply Usage, and View Gating Factors apps, you can
now switch directly to a different planning area version or scenario.
When you open these apps, the base version of the default planning area is automatically selected. Until now, if
you wanted to display the results for a different planning area version or scenario, you had two options:
● Change the default in the user preferences.

● Go to the Manage Versions and Scenarios app, select the planning area version or scenario there, and
choose Open In… to display it in the respective app.
This is still possible but you can now also switch to a different planning area version or scenario directly in the
app by selecting it from the Version/Scenario dropdown list. The results are updated immediately.
1.14.9 New OpenAPI Versions
The following new OpenAPI inbound versions are now available:
Component Version
INBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 2002.0.0_FULL
INBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 2002.0.0_TRANS
Technical Details
Types New

Additional Details
The 2002.0.0_FULL OpenAPI inbound version has been enhanced with a new column SUBNETWORK_ID in the
IBP_LOCATION_MATERIAL table, which you can use to integrate subnetwork data (see Planning with
Subnetworks [page 91]).
With the 2002.0.0_FULL and 2002.0.0_TRANS OpenAPI versions, the following new validations have been
introduced:
Before order data is intigrated, the new validations are introduced to check the following:
● The Stock Transfer Type value must be 0 (standard external procurement) if location for purchasing is not
empty and MRP element values are either BA or BE (purchase requisition receipt or purchase order
receipt).
● The Stock Transfer Type value must be 7 (stock transfer) if location for stock transfer is not empty and MRP
element values are either BA or BE (stock transfer requisition receipt or stock transport order receipt).
● If the Goods Receipt/Goods Issue field contains 0, it is filled with the value from the Planning-Relevant
Timestamp field.
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of the add-ons for IBP are required:
● SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.1 SP12
● SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.0 SP09
Related Information
Inbound Integration (Version 2002.0.0_FULL)

Inbound Integration (Version 2002.0.0_TRANS)
Detailed Descriptions of Fields for Timestamps and Quantities
1.14.10 Change of Default Value for

EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT
As announced in the HFC 3 for 1911 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning, the default value for the
EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT global configuration parameter has now been changed from -1 to 0. It
means that by default only one Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job can run
for the same planning area. If the Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job is
currently running for your planning area and you start another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for
External Planning Level job to run in parallel, the job will fail and an error message will be displayed.

Technical Details
Types Changed
Must know
If you would like to allow multiple Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level jobs to
run at the same time for the same planning area, you have to change the value to -1 (the default value for this
parameter in the 1911 release). Note that this setting can lead to the failure of the application job you started in
parallel.
You can also use an integer value between 30 and 600. In this case, the job will fail only after the maintained
timeout (in seconds) is reached and another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning
Level job is still running for the same planning area.
Related Information
1.14.11 Deprecation of 1708 OpenAPI Versions
As announced in the What's New for SAP Integrated Business Planning 1908, the following OpenAPI versions
have been deprecated and are now no longer available:
Component Version
1708.0.0_TRANS
OUTBOUND ANALYTICAL DATA MODEL 1708.0.0

Technical Details
Types Mandatory task after upgrade
Any jobs that still use these OpenAPI versions will fail after the upgrade to the 2002 release of SAP Integrated
Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that you cancel or delete any scheduled jobs that use
these OpenAPI versions, and replace them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
 Note
If you use ABAP adapter and want to switch to the higher OpenAPI version from the versions lower than
1902, you must first do the following:
● In the Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app, create a new remote source with a real logical system you
have defined for your external system.
● In the Integration Profiles app, assign your logical system to the integration profile.
Otherwise, the inbound integration job will abort and you will get an error message "Remote logical system
X does not match remote source configuration EXTERNAL".
Related Information
Version Information
1.14.12 Technical Week and Month in the SAP7 Time Profile
The time profile in the SAP7 sample planning area now includes technical week and month.
The time profile delivered with the SAP7 sample planning area now consists of the following levels:
● Day
● Week
● Technical week
● Month
You can use the new levels to enable month and week disaggregation.

Technical Details
Types New
Changed
Related Information
SAP7 Sample Planning Area
1.14.13 Key Figure Changes in SAP7
A new helper key figure HKFCAPACITYAVAILABLEFIN and a new helper planning level RESOURCEPRODUCT are
now available in the SAP7 sample planning area.
With the help of the new helper key figure and planning level, we have simplified the calculations in the following
key figures:
● Capacity Available (CAPACITYAVAILABLE)

● Capacity Available (Adjusted) (CAPACITYAVAILABLEADJ)
● Capacity Available (Final) (CAPACITYAVAILABLEFIN)
● Capacity Consumption Percentage (CAPACITYCONSPERSENTAGE)
The complicated part of the calculation in these key figures has been moved to the
HKFCAPACITYAVAILABLEFIN helper key figure. The new helper planning level does not contain periods, which
speeds up the calculation of HKFCAPACITYAVAILABLEFIN.
Technical Details
Types New
Changed
Related Information
Capacity Key Figures

1.14.14 New Data Source for Supply Pegging in SAP7
You can now display the integrated supply pegging data in the IBP Excel add-in even if some of the root
attributes of your data are empty: The planning objects for such empty root attributes are generated and the
attributes are displayed in the Excel add-in with the __N value. This allows you to always keep the planning
objects related to external planning levels in sync with the data in the OBP planning levels.
Technical Details
Types New
Changed
Prepare next release
Additional Details
To enable this, the new data source STD_MALO_ASU_V2 is now available at the PERPRODLOCASU planning level
and you can configure your OBP planning area to use it.
You will still be able to use the old data source STD_MALO_ASU if you have already used it in previous releases,
but we are planning to deprecate it in the future. We recommend that you switch to the new data source as
soon as possible.
For detailed information how to configure your planning area to use this new data source, please see SAP Note
2589262 .
1.14.15 Renaming the IBP Factory Calendar
As of release 2002, calendars assigned to schedule plant activities in SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA on-premise
systems - previously called factory calendars - are called production calendars.
The change of name allows you to make an easy distinction between the factory calendars within your on-
premise system and the calendars that you use for production scheduling in IBP.
For further information about IBP calendars, see Defining Calendars and Durations or Planning Calendars.

Technical Details
Types Changed
1.14.16 New Global Parameter

EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_PRECHECK
Using a new global parameter EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_PRECHECK, you can now run a preliminary check to
determine a number of records to be uploaded with the Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External
Planning Level application job. If no records are found, you save the time needed to execute the full job.
You can find the new global configuration parameter in the RESPONSE parameter group. By default, it is
inactive. To activate the parameter, set the value to X.
Technical Details
Types New
Available as of 2002 HFC 4
Related Information
1.15 Cross Applications
1.15.1 Planning Calendars
You can now create new planning calendars using the Planning Calendars app to achieve more accurate
planning by defining exceptional days, thus reflecting the diversity of the working schedule of your locations.
Planning calendars are now available for time-series-based supply planning, as well.

Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
You can create new planning calendars or copy existing ones to mark exceptional working and non-working
days that result in a deviation from the underlying factory calendar. You can also delete planning calendars that
you no longer need.
If planning calendars are assigned as calendars for transportation, shipping, receiving, or production, they are
used in planning runs in order-based planning. For more information, see Defining Calendars and Durations.
In time-series-based supply planning, planning calendars can now be used as forecast consumption calendars
and inbound calendars.
The Planning Basics business catalog and Calendars restriction type now have options related to changing
planning calendars.
There are two new global configuration parameters:
● DEFAULT_FACTORY_CALENDAR, which you can use to define a default factory calendar that serves as the
basis for existing planning calendars in case their related factory calendars are deleted
● NW_CAL_ODATA_INT, which you can use to enable the integration of factory calendar data to IBP to be
used in time-series-based supply planning
Time-Series-Based Supply Planning

For making planning calendars available for time-series-based supply planning in IBP, you need to configure the
integration of factory calendar data in SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business
Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning. For details,
see http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon under Administrator's Guide Configuration for Time-Series-Based
Integration Integrating Factory Calendars .
Order-Based Planning
You can now list planning calendars that you have defined in IBP when you assign them as shipping and
receiving calendars in the /IBP/ECC_LOCCAL transaction in SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP

Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business
Planning. Note that before you can do that, you have to set up an RFC destination for the calendars. For more
information, see Administrator's Guide at http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon or at http://help.sap.com/
ibp_s4hana_addon under Administrator's Guide Configuration for Order-Based Planning Integration
Setting Up the System Infrastructure .
Order-Based Planning
You can assign planning calendars as calendars for transportation, shipping, and receiving in your external
system or for production using a BAdI. For more information, see Defining Calendars and Durations.
You can set planning calendars as forecast consumption calendars and inbound calendars. For more
information, see Forecast Consumption Calendars and Inbound Calendars.
Related Information
Planning Calendars
1.15.2 Change History for Driver-Based Planning App and Copy

Operator (Advanced) Operator
You can now track key figure changes made in the Driver-Based Planning app and key figure changes that
originate from the new Copy Operator (Advanced) operator using the change history. This way you can capture
information for auditing purposes.
Technical Details
Types New

Additional Details
Original changes are not tracked in the Driver-Based Planning app when planners change the total key figure
value for a driver in the summary view, when they create a driver, when they copy a driver, or when they replace
it. Because they are not tracked, key figure changes cannot be seen in the original changes view in the IBP
Excel add-in. The total key figure value, however, is disaggregated, and this disaggregation is tracked by the
change history as the effect of the change. Planners can only look at this effect in the effects view.
When planners change key figure values in the detail view of the Driver-Based Planning app, these changes are
tracked by the change history and can be seen in the original changes view as well as in the effects view.
If you’re installing IBP for the first time with 2002 and your organization wants to track changes, you first have
to set up the change history. Changes made in the Driver-Based Planning app are tracked by default. If you
want to track changes from the Copy Operator (Advanced) operator, you need to actively select this source of
change in the Settings for Change History app.
As in the overview, if you’re upgrading from a lower release to IBP 2002 and you had enabled the change
history for any key figures in your planning area, changes from the Driver-Based Planning app are automatically
tracked for those key figures. Note that the Driver-Based Planning app cannot be deselected as a source of
change. If you want changes from the Copy Operator (Advanced) operator to be tracked, you need to actively
select it in the Settings for Change History app.
1.16 Exception Management
1.16.1 Monitor Custom Alerts
An overview of the enhanced features available in the Monitor Custom Alerts app for 2002.
Filtering Alerts
When you open the Monitor Custom Alerts app, the custom alerts for which you have a subscription or which
have been shared with you are now not displayed automatically. You can enter filter criteria, such as
subscription, severity, and planning area, for the custom alerts you would like to view and click Go. You can also
choose not to enter any filter criteria and click Go, then all custom alerts for which you have a subscription or
which have been shared with you will be displayed.

Snoozing Alerts for All Users and User Groups
In the Monitor Custom Alerts app, you now have the option to snooze or activate any shared alerts for all users
and user groups. This way, alerts are snoozed or activated once for all users who can view them.
Refreshing Your Alerts in the Alerts Monitor
In the Monitor Custom Alerts app, you now have the option to refresh specific alert subscriptions. This will help
you save time by not having to wait for all your subscriptions to refresh at once.
To refresh specific subscriptions from the alerts menu, choose Refresh By Subscription . Select the
subscriptions you want to refresh and then click the Refresh button.
Navigating to Web-Based Planning
In the Monitor Custom Alerts app, you now have the option to navigate to the Web-Based Planning app to
quickly change data or resolve your alerts. You can do so from the list or from the details section. When you
choose Go To Web-Based Planning , a new window opens so that you can continue to view your alerts at
the same time.
Related Information
Snoozing Alerts
Monitor Custom Alerts
1.17 End-to-End Visibility
1.17.1 New App: Intelligent Visibility
An app that can be used to view and monitor internal and external supply chain processes and exceptions on a
geographic map or in a table.
The Intelligent Visibility app captures and uses data from different sources to provide real-time visibility. The
app allows business users to react quickly and to make decisions to solve supply chain issues.
The Intelligent Visibility (SAP_IBP_BC_INTVIS_PC) business catalog is now available and must be assigned to
the relevant business role to access the new app.

Related Information
Intelligent Visibility
Business Catalogs
1.18 Analytics
1.18.1 Chart Options
An overview of the new features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 2002.
Changing Font Sizes on Your Analytics Charts
In Analytics - Advanced, you now have the option to change the font sizes for the value axis, category axis, and
data labels on your analytics charts with an axis. This feature makes it easier to view your data.
You can choose from a range of small (8pt) to extra large (28pt) font sizes.
Displaying First and Last Values on Your Analytics Charts
In Analytics - Advanced, you now have the option to only display the first and last values on your analytics
charts. This feature helps you view specific data.
For example, you can compare the consensus demand between the first and the last product on your chart.
Displaying Minimum and Maximum Values on Your Analytics Charts
In Analytics - Advanced, you now have the option to display the minimum and maximum value labels on for all
key figures on your chart. This feature allows you to view specific data.
For example,you can highlight your minumum and maximum sales.
Related Information
Creating Analytics Charts

1.18.2 Dashboard Enhancements
This is an overview of the new features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 2002.
Enhancements for Navigating to the Source App of the Analytics Chart on

Your Dashboard
When you choose to navigate to the source app of an individual chart on your dashboard, a new tab opens so
that you can quickly see details about that chart in the app it was created in. This saves time when you navigate
back to the dashboard because you can close the tab without having to reload all of your charts at once.
Related Information
Working with a Dashboard
1.19 Security
1.19.1 Content Security Policy (CSP) Switched to Blocking

Mode
As already announced in the 1911 release for SAP Integrated Business Planning, the CSP support introduced
with that release has now switched from report mode to blocking mode.
Content Security Policy (https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP3 ) is a standard which allows you to disable certain
HTML/JavaScript features to reduce the attack surface of applications running in a browser (for example, as a
second line of defense against cross-site scripting attacks). The policy uses an explicit whitelist of allowed
sources from where resources (scripts, styles and fonts) can be loaded.
Technical Details
Types Changed

Additional Details
In blocking mode, violations are not only reported but execution of violating code is additionally blocked by the
browser. If you have developed any own HTML or JavaScript code which is served from the SAP Integrated
Business Planning backend (for example to enhance SAP apps or to create own applications) you need to
ensure that this code is compliant with the policy. Inline scripts need to be removed and additional sources of
resources need to be listed in the trusted site lists of the Manage Content Security Policy app. Also the collected
logs can be displayed in that app.
 Note
Code which is not compliant with the policy will no longer work.
HTML pages loaded from:
● /ui
● /sap/bc/ui2/
● /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/
● /sap/bc/bsp/
will receive the following policy:
default-src 'self' ;
script-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS 'unsafe-eval' ;
style-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_STYLES 'unsafe-inline' ;
font-src 'self' data: $UI_RESOURCES_FONTS ;
img-src 'self' https: http: data: blob: ;
media-src 'self' https: http: data: blob: ;
object-src blob: ;
frame-src 'self' https: gap: data: blob: mailto: tel: ;
worker-src 'self' blob: $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS ;
child-src 'self' blob: $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS ;
connect-src 'self' https: wss: ;
base-uri 'self'
● /sap/bc/gui/
● /sap/bc/webdynpro/
will receive the same policy, except for the directive object-src which will be set to:
object-src 'self' blob: ;
● /
will receive the same policy, except for the directive script-src which will be set to:
script-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS $nonce 'unsafe-eval' 'unsafe-inline' ;
In this policy, the following placeholders contain the corresponding trusted site lists, which define from where
resources can be loaded:
● $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS: https://ui5.sap.com https://siteintercept.qualtrics.com

https://*.siteintercept.qualtrics.com https://*.api.here.com

● $UI_RESOURCES_STYLES: https://ui5.sap.com
● $UI_RESOURCES_FONTS: https://ui5.sap.com https://help.sap.com
 Note
For technical reasons, the whitelists might still contain the additional source
https://*.int.sap.hana.ondemand.com. This is planned to be removed with the next release.
In case of problems, it is possible to deactivate the policy. For further information, see the documentation for
the Manage Content Security Policy app.
Related Information
Manage Content Security Policy
1.19.2 TLS Protocol Hardening in IBP
As announced in the 1905 release for SAP Integrated Business Planning, IBP has now disabled TLS 1.0
encryption protocol in your IBP non-production and production environments.
TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 versions are no longer supported and any connections to IBP that rely on versions older
than TLS 1.2 will fail. For more information, see SAP Note 2723410 .
Technical Details
Types Must know
1.19.3 Display Security Audit Log
The Security Audit Log is now available. With the Security Audit Log you can take a detailed look at what occurs
in the SAP system. The Security Audit Log is active by default and keeps a record of security relevant events.

Technical Details
Types New
Related Information
Display Security Audit Log
1.19.4 Copying Attribute Permissions
You can use the copy feature in the Manage Attribute Permissions app to copy an existing attribute permission
and create a new one.
Technical Details
Types New
Additional Details
The copied version includes the values of sections that were set to true (enabled) in the Copy popup window.
The following values are set by default:
● Read Criteria = True

● Write Criteria = True
● User Assignment = False
● User Group Assignment = False
Related Information
Manage Attribute Permissions

Planning 1911
About this version
Product SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911, including Hotfix Col

lection (HFC) 6
Document Information 1.4 - January 2020
None

note)

Version

cel add-in)

ning
The What's New table below lists all news and changes. You can filter the table according to your needs, in
particular, to find the tasks that you need to perform immediately after the upgrade. Just click the blue Filter in
the column header.
For more information, see How to Use the What's New Table [page 36].

What's New
What's
Admin New Admin Applica A new preview function is available for the Purge Data Lifecy
istra istrator/ tion job Master Data application job. It allows administrators cle Manage
tion configu to check which master data is selected for deletion ment [page
ration before they run the application job. 164]
expert
Admin Admin Web UI Administra

istra  Must istrator/
The URL paths for the Application Jobs, Application
Applica Jobs Order-Based Planning, and the Application Logs tion [page
tion know configu tion job apps have been changed. 162]
ration
expert Users who have stored URLs containing information
Busi from the abovementioned apps, for example, in
ness browser favorites or bookmarks, have to manually up
user
date the URLs by deleting and re-creating them or by
adjusting the URL directly.
Admin New Admin Web UI The Resource Consumption External OData Service al Administra
istra istrator/ Integra lows you to retrieve the SAP HANA Memory and SAP tion [page
tion configu tion 162]
HANA CPU usage of your IBP system.
ration
expert
Admin Change Admin Web UI In the Manage Attribute Permissions app, you can now Administra
istra d istrator/ tion [page
copy contents from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet
tion configu 162]
and paste it into the different fields.
ration
expert
Admin New Admin Web UI The Monitor System Tasks External OData Service al Administra
istra istrator/ Integra lows you to retrieve the tasks that have completed ex tion [page
tion configu tion 162]
ecution.
ration
expert It contains the same information as the Monitor
System Tasks app but it does not contain any cur
rently running tasks or tasks that finished in the last
10 minutes.
Since it is a read-only service, you cannot create, up

date, or delete any tasks.

What's
Admin Change Admin Applica To improve system performance, application logs are Administra
istra d istrator/ tion job now automatically deleted based on the age and the tion [page
tion configu 162]
amount of disk space being used.
ration
expert The maximum allowable disk space that application
logs can use has been configured at 4 percent or a
minimum retention period of seven days, whichever is
reached first as part of the deletion process.
If logs use more than 4 percent of the system’s disk

space, the system starts deleting the oldest logs first
until the 4 percent disk space is achieved.
Regardless of the amount of disk space being used,

application logs are retained for a minimum of seven
days.
Data in New Admin Integra To narrow down data that you extract from IBP using Data Inte
tegra istrator/ tion gration
SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services, you
tion configu [page 252]
can now apply a filter on multiple time profile levels.
ration
This can help improve the runtime of the data flow.
expert
This feature was introduced with 1908 HFC4. For
more information and an example, see the What's
New information for 1908.
Data in Change Admin Web UI To improve system performance, data integration Data Inte
tegra d istrator/ Integra post processing is no longer executed as jobs, but as gration
tion configu tion [page 146]
RFC calls.
ration Applica
expert tion job This means that you can no longer see application
Busi jobs for post-processing in the Application Jobs. In
ness stead, you can see detailed reports of the post proc
user esses in the Data Integration app. Additionally, you
can check the application logs for post processes.
Data in New Admin IBP Ex You can now extract planning view template attrib Data Inte
tegra istrator/ cel add- utes from SAP Integrated Business Planning with the gration
tion configu in [page 146]
new /IBP/READ_TEMPLATE_SRV OData service.
ration Integra
expert tion
Busi
ness
user

What's
Model Change Admin Model As announced previously, the Configuration app is no Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- longer available. The Planning Areas app has become figuration
ration configu ration [page 147]
the default app for creating and configuring planning
ration Web UI
models. All the functions of the Configuration app are
expert
now available in the Planning Areas app.
There still might be exceptional cases when some

technical difficulty blocks you from performing the
desired action in the Planning Areas app. In such
cases, you can request temporary access to the old
Configuration app.
For exceptional access to the Configuration app,

please contact SAP referring to the SCM-IBP-CNF-
PAR component.
Model Prepare Admin Model A new normalized data model is going to be intro See section
configu- next re istrator/ configu- duced to improve performance, memory utilization, Normaliza
robustness, and scalability in the upcoming releases. tion in
New ration
To be ready for normalization, you have to make sure Model Con
expert
that your planning model fulfills the following require figuration
ments: [page 147].
● In calculation definitions, an input planning level

where the stored value of a key figure is used
must contain the same set of root and non-root
attributes as the base planning level.
For more information, see section Checks for
Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible In
put Planning Levels in Model Configuration
[page 147].
● Key figures that you marked as input/output for
supply planning during model configuration
must be valid for the S&OP operator.
For more information, see section S&OP Key
Figure Configuration Checks Now Raise Errors
for All Customers in Time-Series-Based Supply
Planning [page 187]
All customers will be migrated to this normalized data

model in the upcoming releases.

What's
Model Prepare Admin Model As part of the normalization project, we provide new See section
configu- next re istrator/ configu- activation checks in 1911 that help you to spot and fix Checks for
ration lease configu ration Stored Key
erroneous configuration that would prevent the nor
Change ration Figures
malization of your data model. These checks indicate Read from
d expert
if there are calculation definitions where the stored Incompati
value of a key figure is used at an input planning level ble Input
other than its base planning level; and the input plan Planning
Levels in
ning level does not have the same set of root and non-
Model Con
root attributes as the base planning level, which is not
figuration
allowed. [page 147].
In calculation definitions, an input planning level
where the stored value of a key figure is used must
contain the same set of root and non-root attributes
as the base planning level.
This is an existing modeling requirement, which is

now supported by five activation checks, imple
mented as suppressible errors. That is, you can only
activate a planning area that contains such calcula
tion definitions if you suppress these errors and acti
vate the planning area with limited scope. This is a
temporary solution, available for a couple of releases.
SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calcula
tion definitions as soon as possible.
Model New Admin Model In the upcoming releases, calculation view will replace See section
configu- istrator/ configu- analytic view as data source of the calculation sce Switch to
ration configu ration Calculation
nario. It is needed to enable further features and to
ration View in
improve performance. The switch to the calculation Model Con
expert
view is going to be rolled out to all IBP systems in figuration
waves. [page 147]
To find out if calculation views are used as data sour

ces, open the log of an activation that took place after
the upgrade to IBP 1911. If the log contains the mes
sage Activation generates calculation views as data
sources., the system already uses calculation views. If
the log contains the message Activation generates
analytic views as data sources., analytic views are still
used in calculation scenarios.

What's
Model Prepare Admin Model You can suppress error *S* PL &1 and PL &2: Both See section
configu- next re istrator/ configu- cannot be used as base PL of stored key figures and Check for
ration lease configu ration Base Plan
activate your planning area with limited scope before
ration ning Levels
the 2002 release. with Differ
expert
ent Sets of
Non-Root
Attributes
in Model
Configura-
tion [page
147]
Model Change Admin Model See section

configu- d istrator/ configu-
 Note Enhanced
ration configu ration Relevant only for customers who started before Version of
ration 1811. Planning
expert Area Acti
vation in
An enhanced version of the planning area activation
Model Con
has been enabled for all customers as of 1911.
figuration
This change is also depicted in the activation log. [page 147]
Open the log of an activation that took place after the

upgrade to IBP 1911. Message Activation of &1
selected objects started (enhanced activation). (&1
stands for the number of objects) indicates that the
system uses the enhanced version of planning area
activation.
The enhanced activation not only provides a faster,

more stable and robust activation of the planning
area, but forms the basis of certain new features,
such as simplified key figure calculations, as well.
New Admin Model When you try to activate a planning area that is al Model Con
istrator/ configu- ready being activated by another user you can find figuration
configu ration this user in the error message and navigate to the ac [page 147]
ration tivation log of the blocking activation directly.
expert
Model New Admin Model A new "focus mode" is available in the Planning Areas Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- app. As an enhanced alternative to the Key Figures figuration
tab, it enables you to edit existing key figures in quick
ration
Web UI succession while displaying the list of editable key fig-
expert
ures available in the planning area, or to create new
key figures.

What's
Model New Admin Model As of 1911, you can add an attribute to multiple plan Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- ning levels at once on the Attributes tab of the figuration
Planning Areas app, to speed up the model configura-
ration
Web UI tion process.
expert
Model New Admin Model In the Planning Areas app, you can now introduce Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- hashtags and assign them to sets of key figures so figuration
that you can filter them out from the rest based on
ration
Web UI your personally defined criteria.
expert
Model New Admin Model Several usability improvements have been imple Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- mented for apps involved in model configuration. figuration
ration In the Planning Areas app, new features are available
Web UI
expert on the following tabs:
● Key Figures
● Planning Levels
● Attributes
● Versions
Other enhancements include the following:
● You can now display the active instance of your

planning area in the Planning Areas app.
● The layout of the Key Figure (details) screen in
the Sample Model Entities app has been changed
to ensure consistency with the corresponding
screen in the Planning Areas app.
● Several apps involved in model configuration
have been enhanced to display the PERIODID(n)
attribute of time profile levels.

What's
Model New Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains mis Model Con
configu- Change istrator/ configu- figuration
cellaneous updates and improvements in the follow
ration d configu ration [page 147]
ing areas:
Inven ration
tory op expert ● Key figures and the planning area have been ad
timiza Busi justed for a smoother activation.
tion ness
● The unified planning area has been closer
De user
aligned with the SAP3 sample planning area.
mand
plan ● UoM conversion is now possible for certain key
ning figures in the area of inventory optimization.
Time- ● In the area of time-series-based supply planning,
series- lot-sizing procedures were enhanced.
based
supply For a detailed description of these changes, see the
plan section Enhancements to the unified planning area
ning and to SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Busi
ness Planning (release 1911) in Innovation
Discovery.
Cross Change Busi Applica As of 1911, you can select time-independent key fig- Copy Ver
applica d ness tion job ures to copy or delete them using the application job sion Opera
tions user Plan tor and De
templates for the Copy Version Operator and the
ning op lete Version
Delete Version Operator. Being able to select time-in Operator
erator
dependent key figures saves you from having to con [page 206]
figure a time-dependent calculation for the time-inde
pendent key figures to make them available in these
two application job templates, which was required in
earlier releases.
Cross Change Busi With 1911, we’ve cleaned up the key figure types that Copy Ver
applica d ness Applica you can select for the Copy Version Operator and sion Opera
tions user tion job Delete Version Operator in the IBP Excel add-in. Previ tor and De
Order- lete Version
IBP Ex
ously, you were able to select external key figures for Operator
based cel add-
these operators even though you couldn’t copy them [page 206]
plan in
ning using the Copy Version Operator or delete them using
the Delete Version Operator. As of 1911, you can no
longer select these key figures for these operators. To
copy external key figure values in order-based plan
ning, you must use the Order-based Planning: Copy
Version Data application job.

What's
Cross New Admin New You can use the new Planning Calendars app to dis Planning
applica istrator/ SAP Calendars
play planning calendars. Using this app, you can view
tions configu Fiori [page 207]
the number of working and non-working days in the
Order- ration app
current and previous years, and display workday-re
based expert Role/
lated information of the factory calendar on which the
plan Busi busi
ning ness ness planning calendar is based.
user catalog
Model As of this release of IBP, when you use the Data
configu- Model
Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM,
ration configu-
Currency) application job to integrate calendar data,
ration
planning calendars are automatically created in IBP
Integra
tion for the existing factory calendars.
Applica To support the new planning calendars, the following
tion job
new attribute types are now available for planning
models:
● Calendar attribute
● Time zone attribute
There's a new business catalog and a restriction to

provide users access to the new app.
Note that planning calendars are currently used in or

der-based planning only.
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex Tooltips are now available not only for key figures, but IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- also for attributes and versions. When you set up or Add-In
in configu in edit your planning view, you can hover over these ele [page 160]
ration ments in the Edit Planning View window to display
expert their details and you can go into more detail by select
Busi ing the items that are bolded.
ness
user
IBP Ex Change Admin IBP Ex When you select the Save Data option, the system im IBP Excel
cel add- d istrator/ cel add- mediately starts saving your data while you are still Add-In
in configu in entering the reason code or a comment. As a result, [page 160]
ration the saving process can be completed faster.
expert
Busi
ness
user

What's
IBP Ex Change Admin IBP Ex The icons of the IBP Excel add-in ribbon have been IBP Excel
cel add- d istrator/ cel add- updated to be in line with those used in the Fiori web Add-In
in configu in applications of SAP Integrated Business Planning. [page 160]
ration This update also supports the use of Microsoft Office
expert themes on the ribbon.
Busi
ness
user
IBP Ex Change Admin IBP Ex Parallel forecasting is now also available for the IBP IBP Excel
cel add- d istrator/ cel add- Excel add-in. With this, the forecasting jobs can be Add-In
in configu in executed faster because the data is divided into pack [page 160]
ration ages that are processed in parallel.
expert
Busi
ness
user
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex In the Settings and Administrator Settings, you can IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- now disable the connection speed notification or set a Add-In
in configu in custom threshold for the response time above which [page 160]
ration notifications are shown.
expert
Busi
ness
user
IBP Ex Admin IBP Ex As previously announced, the new minimum IBP Ex IBP Excel
cel add-  istrator/ cel add- cel add-in version that is required to log on to the IBP Add-In
in Manda configu in backend is set to 1808.2.0. This is the first version [page 160]
tory ration that supports the changed authenticating standards
task af expert for SAP Integrated Business Planning from the 1911
ter up version onwards. If users have an older version instal
grade led, they cannot log on to the IBP backend after the
update.
Change
d
Web- New Busi Web UI To protect key figure values from unintentional Web-Based
based ness Planning
changes, you can now fix and unfix key figure values
plan user [page 159]
in the planning view.
ning

What's
Driver- New Admin Web UI To improve performance, we’ve made the following Web-Based
based istrator/ changes: Planning
plan configu
[page 159]
ning ration ● By default, when you now open the entry screen
Web- expert of the Driver-Based Planning app or the Web- Driver-
based Busi Based Planning app, a stored variant filters for Based Plan
plan ness planning views from your default planning area. ning [page
ning user This helps to load the list of planning views 176]
faster. You can see planning views from other
planning areas by selecting another variant.
● Data for the planning view in the Driver-Based
Planning app and the Web-Based Planning app is
now cached, which allows faster loading of the
planning view.
Admin Admin Web UI

istra  istrator/
The following apps now support attribute permis
sions:
Driver-
Based Plan
tion Manda configu
ning [page
Secur tory ration ● Web-Based Planning
task af 176]
ity expert ● Web-Based Planning - Customers
Driver- ter up
● Web-Based Planning - Suppliers Web-Based
based grade
● Driver-Based Planning Planning
plan [page 159]
ning To make sure users or user groups can see the mas
Web- ter data attributes they need to work with, you need
based to check whether they have the relevant attribute per
plan missions as follows:
ning
● For the Web-Based Planning app, the Web-Based
Planning – Customers app, and the Web-Based
Planning – Suppliers app, users need read per
mission.
● For the Driver-Based Planning app, users need
read and write permission.
If any of the relevant permissions have not been as

signed, you need to grant them to the business users.

What's
Driver- New Admin Web UI The Driver-Based Planning app has been enhanced to Driver-
based istrator/ Based Plan
allow planners to do the following:
plan configu ning [page
ning ration ● Charts for driver analysis: To get additional in 176]
expert formation beyond the data that is provided in the
Busi driver planning view, you can now add charts
ness that help you understand the potential impact of
user the drivers.
● Editing multiple drivers: You can change multi
ple driver attributes directly in the driver plan
ning view. This saves you from navigating away
from the driver-planning view to do the changes.
● Version support: You can create drivers for ver
sions other than the base version.
Process New Admin Web UI We’ve enhanced the Manage Process Templates app Process
man istrator/ Manage
with the following new features:
age configu ment [page
ment ration ● With 1911, we’re providing an additional option 165]
expert for process automation. For a process step that
is configured to start automatically after the pre
vious step is complete, process template owners
can now specify the previous steps explicitly. In
earlier releases, the system determined this
based on the dates of the steps. With this new
option, process template owners have greater
flexibility when configuring steps that use this
kind of step dependency.
● Process template owners can now change the
display order of process steps in the process
template. This is especially useful if you have
parallel steps in your process template and want
to change their display order.

What's
De New Admin Web UI Change point detection is now available in the Demand
mand istrator/ Planning
Manage Forecast Automation Profiles app.
plan configu [page 172]
ning ration The following changes can be detected:
expert
● Level shifts, when the mean of the time series
Busi
values alters significantly
ness
user ● Trend changes, when the direction or the slope of
a trend alters significantly
You can specify thresholds to limit the number of

change points that are identified.
Change points can currently only be used as informa

tion that helps identify the reasons why certain fore
cast models can predict the future less accurately
than others.
De New Busi Web UI You can now activate the aggregation of lifecycle plan Demand
mand ness Planning
ning for phase-in and phase-out periods in the
Manage Forecast Model app.
ning
This is useful if you want to generate forecasts on a
higher level than the product ID, for example because
the data on product group level is less fluctuating or
because the aggregation enables you to set up fore
casting for many products in one go.
De New Busi Web UI The promotion sales lift elimination algorithm has Demand
mand ness Planning
been enhanced with the following:
ning ● It can now be used in a forecast model by itself or
combined with any other preprocessing and
forecasting algorithms.
● It can be run at a monthly level in addition to the
daily and weekly levels that were previously avail
able. The input key figures can be configured
with other periodicities in this case, but their val
ues are always aggregated to a monthly level
when promotion elimination is run.
● If you're working with demand sensing, you can
now choose to eliminate promotion-related sales
lifts also for new product introductions. The sys
tem then removes the sales lifts from the history
before it calculates the forecast for new products
based on the data of the reference products.

What's
De Change Busi Applica The demand sensing algorithm has been enhanced to Demand
mand d ness tion job allow more accurate forecasts, faster calculations, Planning
and the logging of problematic demand streams with
ning
the entire jobs still being executed.
De New Busi Web UI You can now control the postprocessing steps of de Demand
mand ness Planning
mand sensing using new settings in the Manage
Forecast Model app. These steps follow a backward-
ning
forward forecast consumption logic to balance short-
term demand expectations around the latest open or
ders and forecasts considering both the baseline de
mand and promotion uplifts.
De Admin Model As anounced previously, Change History snapshots De

mand  istrator/ configu- have been discontinued, which means that you can mand
plan Manda configu ration not configure, upload, or take Change History snap Plan
ning tory ration Web UI shots anymore for demand sensing. You must re-con ning
task af expert figure any planning areas already using such snap [page
Integra
ter up shots to use lag-based snapshots instead. 172]
tion
grade Data In
tegra
tion
[page
146]
De Admin Model Demand

mand  istrator/ configu-
You must now add an HCONV helper key figure to your
planning area if you want to run demand sensing ap
Planning
plan Manda configu ration [page 172]
plication jobs using a forecast model in which a key
ning tory ration
task af expert figure has unit of measure (UoM) conversion config-
ter up ured.
grade
This prerequisite has been introduced to prevent the
calculation of incorrect end results.
De New Busi Web UI The overview page of the Manage Product Lifecycle Demand
mand ness Planning
app now offers a new Forecast Dates tab that allows
you to display and filter for all forecast dates at once.
ning
De New Busi Web UI Aggregated lifecycle planning enables you to run fore Demand
mand ness Planning
casts for the phase-in and phase-out of products at
an aggregated level, for example on product group or
ning
product family level.
De Change Busi Web UI In the Manage Product Lifecycle app, you can now up Demand
mand d ness Planning
load the descriptions for products and second and
third level attributes directly. The synchronization
ning
step, which was previously required, is now obsolete.

What's
De Change Admin IBP Ex You can now display the validity dates of a product as Demand
mand d istrator/ cel add- signment in the IBP Excel add-in. To enable this inte Planning
plan configu in [page 172]
gration, your administrator has to configure a new ex
ning ration
ternal master data type based on the external data
expert
source SMD_FCSTASSIGN and assign it in the rele
Busi
ness vant planning area. If you are already working with an
user external master data type based on the external data
source SMD_FCSTASSIGN, please copy the new fields
STARTDATE and ENDDATE to your external master
data type.
De New Busi Web UI The Analyze Promotions app has been enhanced as Demand
mand ness Planning
follows:
ning ● The new filter Created By is now available to
search for promotions by contact name.
● When creating a new promotion from within the
Analyze Promotions app, you can now specify
values for up to five additional fields.
De New Busi Web UI The Manage Realignment Rules app was enhanced as Demand
mand ness Planning
follows:
ning ● You can now specify more easily, which key fig-
ures shall be processed in the realignment run.
● The processing options for source and target key
figure values have been enhanced.
● You can now use the attributes of reference mas
ter data types to adjust key figure values.
De New Admin Model To reduce memory consumption, master data Demand
mand istrator/ configu- changes triggered by a realignment run are now proc Planning
plan configu ration [page 172]
essed in packages. Accordingly, log messages with
ning ration
Web UI large attachments are split into several messages to
expert
prevent errors caused by large attachments. Using
Busi
ness global configuration parameter
user LOG_ATTACHMENT_LIMIT, you can limit the package
and log attachment size.

What's
De Admin Web UI

mand-  Must istrator/ New
The new Demand-Driven Replenishment Profile app
allows profiles to be configured for the demand-
Demand-
Driven Re
driven know configu SAP driven replenishment operators. The new app repla plenish
replen New ration Fiori
ces planning operator configuration using the ment [page
ishment expert app
Configuration app, which was previously used to con 166]
Busi Role/
ness figure planning operators of the type DDR.
busi
user ness
Note the following:
catalog
Plan ● All existing DDR operators assigned to a planning
ning op area will be automatically migrated to the new
erator app and will be available as demand-driven re
plenishment profiles.
● All DDR planning operators created before 1911
will still be available in display mode in the IBP
Configuration-Operator app. However, the DDR
planning operator type can no longer be used to
configure planning operators for demand-driven
replenishment algorithms.
● As opposed to the DDR operators, demand-
driven replenishment profiles are not automati
cally transported with the planning area. When
transporting a planning area with the Transport
Model Entities app, you need to select the pro
files explicitly.
● The only post-upgrade activity required is for
configuration experts to familiarize themselves
with the new app and with the transporting of de
mand-driven replenishment profiles (previous
point).
De New Admin Plan In 1911, we have delivered two new operators, one Demand-
mand- istrator/ ning op that maps decoupling points, and one that calculates Driven Re
the average daily usage. They can be configured in plenish
replen ration Model
the Demand-Driven Replenishment Profile app. ment [page
ishment expert configu-
166]
Busi ration The functions provided by these new operators come
ness with changes and additions to configuration objects
user (master data types, key figures, attributes).
If you want to use these new operators, you need to

change your planning areas accordingly.
The SAP8 sample planning area has been changed to

support these new operators and can be used as an
example configuration for this new functionality.

What's
De Change Admin Web UI How you run scenarios and use filters in the DDMRP Demand-
mand- d istrator/ Buffer Analysis app has changed as follows: Driven Re
driven configu
plenish
replen ration ● When you run a scenario, there must now be a
ment [page
ishment expert planning profile selected. The field is populated
166]
automatically.
● Rather than having separate filters for product,
location, and subnetwork, there is now a single
filter that allows you to filter by any attribute in
the planning area.
● You can now use planning filters.
De Admin Integra In SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP
mand-  istrator/ tion Integrated Business Planning 1.1 support package 11,
Demand-
Driven Re
driven Manda configu
the web service for integration from IBP to SAP ERP plenish
replen tory ration
task af and the interface of the DDMRP ERP inbound func ment [page
ishment expert
ter up tion modules have been changed. Note that these 166]
grade changes require adjustments in your integration set
tings after the upgrade to keep your processes run
ning.
Inven Change Admin Plan As announced in the 1908 release, the two DDMRP Inventory
tory op d istrator/ ning op operators Calculate DDMRP buffer levels and Optimiza
timiza configu erator
Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve) have been tion [page
tion ration
moved to IBP for demand-driven replenishment and 178]
expert
deprecated in IBP for inventory.
Busi
ness In 1911, these operators have been removed from IBP
user
for inventory.
Inven Change Admin Plan As announced in the 1905 and 1908 releases, the Inventory
tory op d istrator/ ning op Expected lost demand operator has been deprecated Optimiza
and no longer functions. In the 1911 release, it has tion [page
tion ration
been removed from the application UI completely. 178]
expert
Busi The output key figure for the operator,
ness LOSTCUSTOMERDEMANDMEAN, is also an output of the
user
Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator.
Therefore, customers who used Expected lost
demand need to use the Global (multi-stage)
inventory optimization operator to populate this key
figure.

What's
Inven New Admin Model Inventory optimization now supports unit of measure Inventory
tory op istrator/ configu- conversion. You can plan inventory for finished goods, Optimiza
work in progress, and raw materials using applicable tion [page
tion ration Web UI
units of measure. 178]
expert
Busi The unit of measure conversion feature come with
ness changes and additions to configuration objects (mas
user
ter data types, key figures, attributes).
If you want to use this feature, you need to change

your planning areas accordingly.

support this new feature and can be used as an exam
ple configuration for this new functionality.
In addition, if you want to use existing profiles created

in the Manage Forecast Error Calculations for
Inventory Optimization app with unit of measure con
version, they must be updated with a Target UoM in
put type for accurate calculation of forecast error
measures.
Inven New Admin Model To simplify the configuration for customers that use Inventory
tory op istrator/ configu- both inventory optimization and time-series based Optimiza
supply planning, the two master data type attributes tion [page
tion ration
Plan used in time-series based supply planning for lot- 178]
expert
ning op sized rounding inputs for transportation and produc
Busi erator
ness tion have been added to inventory optimization.
user
The inventory optimization operators can now use
these inputs as well. You no longer have to maintain
the same data in separate inputs for inventory optimi
zation.
If you use both inventory optimization and time-ser

ies based supply planning, we recommend updating
your planning area accordingly to take advantage of
this simplification.
If you only use inventory optimization or do not wish

to take advantage of this simplification, you don't
need to update your planning area.

support this simplification and can be used as an ex
ample configuration.

What's
Inven New Busi Plan You can now use attribute-based filter selections in Inventory
tory op ness ning op the Excel add-in planning view for the Global (multi- Optimiza
timiza user erator
stage) inventory optimization and Calculate Target tion [page
tion IBP Ex
Inventory Components operators. 178]
cel add-
in
Inven Change Admin Plan The following inventory operators now complete opti Inventory
tory op d istrator/ ning op mization runs, even when erroneous input data ex Optimiza
ists: tion [page
tion ration
178]
expert ● Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization
Busi ● Decomposed (single-stage) inventory
ness optimization
user
● Calculate Target Inventory Components
The operators exclude erroneous input data related

to a subnetwork, log the information, and continue
the optimization run for the inputs of the remaining
subnetworks.
Inven Change Busi Plan The Global (Multi-Stage) Inventory Optimization oper Inventory
tory op d ness ning op ator has been enhanced to detect periods of demand Optimiza
timiza user erator
ramp-down or phase out. tion [page
tion
178]
This enhancement come with additions to configura-
tion objects (key figures).

support this enhancement and can be used as an ex
ample configuration.
Time- New Admin Web UI We've introduced a new heuristic type for the time- Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Plan series-based supply planning heuristic, called the fi- ies-Based
based configu ning op nite heuristic. It creates a supply plan based on priori Supply
tized demand, taking certain supply and resource Planning
plan expert
ning constraints into account. [page 187]
Busi
ness This new heuristic is the only one that enables you to
user
create a supply plan based on priorities and, unlike
the optimizer, prioritizes demand over costs.

What's
Time- New Admin Web UI Now you can automatically sync the Minimum Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Plan Transport Supply and Minimum Transport Receipts in ies-Based
based configu ning op put key figures for the supply planning heuristic, sup Supply
ply planning optimizer, check mode, and local up Planning
plan expert
ning dates S&OP operator algorithms. Previously you had [page 187]
Busi
ness to enter relevant information manually.
user
You can switch on automatic sync using a new param
eter in the algorithm settings.
Time- New Admin Web UI When using the static and dynamic periods of supply Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Plan lot-sizing procedures, you can now exclude depend ies-Based
based configu ning op ent location demand and dependent production de Supply
mand. Previously you could only exclude customer Planning
plan expert
ning demand. [page 187]
Busi
ness
user
Time- New Admin Web UI You can now use an alternative approach for shelf life Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Plan planning, where you separate quantities that you al ies-Based
based configu ning op ready have in stock (stock on hand) from quantities Supply
arising from new production receipts or external re Planning
plan expert
ning ceipts anywhere in the supply chain network. [page 187]
Busi
ness This means you can see the origin of such quantities
user
(stock on hand or new production or external re
ceipts) in the IBP Excel add-in.
To support this approach, there's a new parameter for

the supply planning shelf life heuristic, which you
must first add to the Additional Parameters section of
the Shelf Life Planning heuristic type in the S&OP
Operator Profiles app.
Time- Admin Web UI

series-  istrator/ Model
Certain S&OP operator checks introduced in 1902 as
warnings, converted to errors for new customers in
Time-Ser
ies-Based
based Manda configu configu- 1905, and remaining as warnings for existing custom Supply
supply tory ration ration
task af ers in 1908, have now been converted to errors for Planning
plan expert
ning ter up existing customers too. [page 187]
Busi
grade ness Existing customers must take action to adjust their
user
planning areas after the upgrade to 1911.

What's
Time- New Busi Web UI We have made the following usability improvement to
series- ness Applica the S&OP Operator, S&OP Forecast Consumption,
based user tion job and S&OP Optimizer Explanation application job tem
supply
plates: To assign an S&OP operator profile to an ap
plan
ning plication job based on one of these templates, you
can now search for existing profile IDs (as shown in
the S&OP Operator Profiles app).
Time- New Admin Web UI In the profile for the TS-Based Supply Optimizer, new Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Plan parameters are available, which you can use to im ies-Based
based configu ning op prove the runtime of the algorithm or the quality of Supply
the results. Planning
plan expert
ning [page 187]
Busi
ness
user
Order- Change Admin Model Order-

based d istrator/ configu-
 Remember
Based Plan
plan Prepare configu ration Since 1908, key figures can be read using the pe ning [page
ning next re ration Web UI riod types that are available from the time profile 190]
lease expert
that is assigned to your planning area.
Busi
ness
user

What's
Order- New Admin Web UI Maintenance of Demand Prioritization Rules in Dif Order-
based Change istrator/ Role/ ferent App Based Plan
plan d configu busi ning [page
ning ration ness You now have to maintain demand prioritization rules
 Must expert catalog in the Planning Run Profiles app. For this purpose, we
190]
know Busi New have added a new tab in the app called Demand
ness SAP Prioritization Rule. Assign the
user Fiori SAP_IBP_BC_PLAN_PROF_PC business catalog to
app
the business roles of the colleagues who had already
been using the Rules for Demand Prioritization app, so
that they can start using the Planning Run Profiles
app. With the upgrade to the 2005 release, the Rules
for Demand Prioritization app will no longer be availa
ble.
Your existing demand prioritization rules cannot be

transferred to the Planning Run Profiles app because,
among other things, the segment condition editor
also received a complete redesign. We kindly ask you
to re-create any previous demand prioritization rules
using the new condition editor with all its new fea
tures.
New Rule Vocabulary
When crafting demand prioritization rules, you can

make use of a new rule vocabulary for segment condi
tions and sort attributes.
New App for Custom Sequences of Sort Attribute

Values
You can now use the Define Sequence of Sort

Attribute Values app. With this app you can define
custom sequences for the values of sort attributes for
demands, for example, for non-numeric values.
Assign the Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values

(SAP_IBP_BC_SSAV_PC) business catalog to the rel
evant business roles to use the new app.
New Version of the View Demands by Priority App
We deliver a new version of the View Demands by

Priority app. Instead of a version ID (for the planning
area) and a rule, you need to provide a version ID, a
planning run profile, a planning start date, and a time
zone to view the ranked demands.

What's
To the older View Demands by Priority app that is

based on rule selection, we have added the subtitle
Version To Be Deprecated. With the upgrade to the
2005 release, it will no longer be available.
Order- New Admin Plan Since the maintenance of demand prioritization rules Order-
based Change istrator/ ning op and optimizer parameters has moved to the Planning Based Plan
plan d configu erator
Run Profiles app, application jobs now require the as ning [page
ning ration Applica
signment of a planning run profile. 190]
expert tion job
Busi This is why we have introduced new job templates for
ness the following jobs:
user
● Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run as
Operator
as Operator
Using Optimizer
● Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run as
Operator
We have added To Be Deprecated to the name of the

old job templates. You can still use them for now, but
they will no longer be available after the upgrade to
2005.

What's
Order- New Admin Plan Order-based planning now supports separate calen Order-
based istrator/ ning op dars for transportation, goods issue, and goods re Based Plan
plan configu erator
ceipt (the latter for stock transfer and purchasing). ning [page
ning ration Integra
190]
expert tion Previously, there was no calendar for transportation
Busi Applica scheduling, that is, all days were considered working
ness tion job days. The factory calendar was used to schedule
user
goods issues and goods receipts.
As of 1911, the newly added shipping, receiving, and

transportation calendars support you with scheduling
goods issue dates, planning duration of goods re
ceipts, and calculating transportation time – all tak
ing non-working days into consideration.
Transportation calendars can be accessed from the

View Transportation Lanes app. They support calcu
lating the duration of transportation on a transporta
tion lane, taking into consideration time zone-related
constraints that impact the schedule. For each
Transportation Calendar, a Transportation Calendar
Time Zone can be defined, which reflects the source
or the target location’s time specifics, which you can
set based on your business requirements.
Order- New Admin Web UI Planning run profiles now include optimizer parame Order-
based istrator/ Plan ters for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Based Plan
plan configu ning op Forecast Run Using Optimizer. These consist of pa ning [page
ning ration erator
rameters that were previously available in the job 190]
expert Applica
template for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained
Busi tion job
ness Forecast Run Using Optimizer, and of new cost set
user tings: You can set quota violation costs, and you can
decide whether the optimizer should derive demand
costs from demand prioritization or from demand
cost rules.
In this context, we have introduced a new application

job template for the Order-Based Planning:
Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer. See the
entry about the new application job templates.

What's
Order- New Admin Applica In the Integration Profiles app, you can now assign Order-
based istrator/ tion job multiple logical systems to an integration profile. You Based Plan
plan configu Integra can now add, replace, or remove logical systems in ning [page
ning ration tion 190]
your integration profile.
expert
Busi This way, you can, for example, integrate master data
ness and transactional data from different logical systems
user
into the same planning area or supplement the data
in your planning area with a data set from a different
source.
 Note
To integrate data from different external systems
to the same OBP planning area, you must do the
following:
● Install and configure one of the following ver

sions of the IBP add-on:
○ SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Plan
ning: 1.1 SP11
○ SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration
add-on for SAP Integrated Business
Planning: 1.0 SP08
● Run initial stock load for all materials that
you need to integrate (transaction /IBP/
ECC_INT_TRANS). You have to run this
transaction every time before integrating
this data to IBP.
● Integrate data using either the
1911.0.0_FULL or 1911.0.0_TRANS
OpenAPI version.
We recommend that you do not select the
Erase Prev. Integrated Data checkbox when
running the Data Integration using SAP
HANA SDI (Inbound) application job to pre
vent possible data loss in case master data
across your external systems is not harmon
ized.

What's
Order- New Admin Applica In apps that display master data and transactional Order-
based istrator/ tion job data, you can now display the logical system defined Based Plan
plan configu Integra for the external system from which the data is im ning [page
ning ration tion
ported to order-based planning. 190]
expert
Busi
ness
user
Order- New Admin Applica You can now use version 1911.0.0 of the planning re Order-
based istrator/ tion job sults extraction. The results now include the logical Based Plan
plan configu Integra system defined for the external system from which ning [page
ning ration tion
the data was imported to order-based planning. 190]
expert
Busi
ness
user
Order- New Busi Web UI In the Manage Versions and Scenarios app, you can Order-
based ness now share your scenarios with user groups as well as Based Plan
plan user
individual users. ning [page
ning
190]
Order- New Busi Web UI The Period Settings button was added in the View Order-
based ness Projected Stock and Analyze Supply Usage apps. It Based Plan
plan user
displays columns that show the period in which the ning [page
ning
dates in the corresponding columns lie, using one of 190]
the period types that are available in the planning
area's time profile.
Order- New Admin Web UI With the new Source of Supply Selection Profiles app, Order-
based istrator/ New you can set up profiles to define whether sources of Based Plan
plan configu SAP supply are used in order of priority or are alternated, ning [page
ning ration Fiori
or are selected based on quotas. 190]
expert app
Busi Role/
ness busi
user ness
catalog
Order- New Busi Web UI We have added the new Delay - Receipt (Days) col Order-
based ness umn to the Supply Usage and Resource Usage tables Based Plan
plan user
in the Analyze Supply Usage app. ning [page
ning
190]

What's
Order- New Admin To make our terminology more consistent, we have Order-
based Change istrator/ replaced the term "primary demand" with the term Based Plan
plan d configu
"independent demand" in the application help, in the ning [page
ning ration
in-app help, and in system messages for order-based 190]
User expert
planning. We have introduced the term "planned in
assis Busi
tance ness dependent demand". The latter refers specifically to
user forecasts.
Order- Prepare Admin Integra The 1711.0.0_OUTBOUND OpenAPI version will no Order-
based next re istrator/ tion Based Plan
longer be available as of SAP Integrated Business
plan lease configu
Planning 1911. ning [page
ning ration
190]
expert If you are using this OpenAPI version, you will get a
warning about the deprecation, but you can continue
to use it in the 1911 and 2002 releases of SAP Inte
grated Business Planning. Note that this OpenAPI
version will cease to function as of the 2005 release
and any jobs that use this OpenAPI version will fail af
ter the upgrade to the 2005 release of SAP Integrated
Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend
that you cancel or delete any scheduled jobs that use
this OpenAPI version, and replace them with jobs us
ing newer OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used this OpenAPI version, you

will not be able to schedule a job using it as of the 1911
release of SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Order- New Admin Integra The following new inbound OpenAPI versions are now Order-
based istrator/ tion available: Based Plan
plan configu
● 1911.0.0_FULL ning [page
ning ration
190]
expert ● 1911.0.0_TRANS
These versions have been enhanced with new and up

dated fields and checks to allow you to integrate cal
endars and SoS selection profile data. The previous
versions of OpenAPI have also been enhanced with a
new check to support calendar integration.

lowing versions of the ERP add-ons for IBP are re
quired:
● SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for

● SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on
for SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.0 SP08

What's
Order- New Admin Model It is now possible to display the integrated master Order-
based Prepare istrator/ configu- data for sales order field catalogs in the IBP Excel Based Plan
plan next re configu ration
add-in even if some of the root attributes of your data ning [page
ning lease ration IBP Ex
are empty: the planning objects for such empty root 190]
expert cel add-
attributes are generated and the attributes are dis
in
played in the Excel add-in with the __N value. This al
Applica
tion job lows you to keep the planning objects related to exter
nal planning levels always in sync with the data in the
OBP planning levels.
To enable this, the new SMD_SFC V2 data sources are

now available and you can configure your OBP plan
ning area to use them.
Also, a new data source STD_SFC_V2 will replace the

combination of the STD_SFC and the STD_SFC_EXT
data sources.
You will still be able to use the old data sources (with
out _V2 in the names) if you have already used them
in previous releases, but we are planning to deprecate
them in future. If you are a new customer, the old data
sources will not be displayed for you as of 2002 re
lease of IBP. We recommend that you switch to the
new data sources as soon as possible.
If you use SMD_SFC V2 data sources in your OBP

planning area, the external data is not deleted auto
matically when you delete the corresponding SFC. To
delete this external data, you can use the new appli
cation job Order-Based Planning: Purge Unused SFC
Combinations.
Order- Change Admin Model As announced in the previous release of SAP Inte Order-
based d istrator/ configu- grated Business Planning, the SAP74 sample plan Based Plan
plan configu ration
ning area is no longer available. ning [page
ning ration
190]
Time- expert Instead of SAP74, we recommend that you use a
series- combination of the SAP7 and SAP4 sample planning
based
areas, or SAPIBP1 as described in SAP Best Practices
supply
plan for SAP Integrated Business Planning. For more infor
ning mation, see http://rapid.sap.com/bp/rds_ibp .

What's
Order- New Admin Model New key figures are available that allow you to specify Order-
based istrator/ configu- minimum and maximum quotas at the production Based Plan
plan configu ration data structure and transportation lane level. If you
ning [page
ning ration want to use these key figures, assign them to your
productive planning areas. We have also added these 190]
expert
key figures to the SAP7 planning area.
Order- Admin Integra As announced in SAP Integrated Business Planning

based  istrator/ tion 1905, the following OpenAPI versions have been dep
Order-
Based Plan
plan Manda configu
recated and are now no longer available: ning [page
ning tory ration
task af 190]
expert ● Inbound: 1705.0.0_FULL and
ter up 1705.0.0_TRANS
grade
● Outbound: 1705.0.0_OUTBOUND
Any jobs that still use these OpenAPI versions will fail
grated Business Planning. We therefore strongly rec
ommend that you cancel or delete any scheduled
jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and replace
them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
Order- Prepare Admin Applica As of 2002 release of SAP Integrated Business Plan Order-
based next re istrator/ tion job ning, the default value for the Based Plan
plan lease configu
Global EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT global pa ning [page
ning ration
configu- rameter will be changed from -1 to 0. It means that 190]
expert
ration
by default only one Order-Based Planning: Key Figure
param
Upload for External Planning Level job can run for the
eter
same planning area. If the Order-Based Planning: Key
Figure Upload for External Planning Level job is cur
rently running for your planning area and you start
another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for
External Planning Level job, the job will fail and an er
ror message will be displayed.
If you would like to allow multiple Order-Based

Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning
Level jobs to run at the same time for the same plan
ning area, you will have to change the value to 0 (the
current default value). Note that this setting can lead
to the failure of the job you started in parallel.

What's
Secur New Admin New SAP Integrated Business Planning now supports a Support of
ity Prepare istrator/ SAP policy that disables inline scripting and uses an ex Content Se
next re configu Fiori
plicit whitelist of allowed sources from where resour curity Policy
lease ration app
ces (scripts, styles and fonts) can be loaded. (CSP)
expert
Standard
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911, the fol
[page 209]
lowing policy is used in report-only mode. This means
that any violation of the policy will only be reported
(shown in the browser console and additionally col
lected in the backend). These collected logs can be
displayed with the new Manage Content Security
Policy app.
It is planned to switch to a blocking policy with SAP

Integrated Business Planning 2002. In blocking
mode, violations will not only be reported but execu
tion of violating code will additionally be blocked by
the browser.
If you have developed your own HTML or Javascript

code that is served from the SAP Integrated Business
Planning backend (for example to enhance SAP apps
or to create your own applications) you need to check
whether this code is compliant with the policy: inline
scripts need to be removed, additional sources of re
sources need to be listed in the trusted site lists of the
Manage Content Security Policy app.
 Note
Code which is not compliant with the policy will
no longer work after the blocking mode has been
enabled in SAP Integrated Business Planning
2002.

What's
Analyt New Busi Web UI The Analytics-Advanced app has been enhanced as Analytics
ics ness follows: [page 208]
user ● You can now add threshold ranges to your com
parison charts in order to highlight important or
specific data.
● When you create or edit an analytics chart, you
can now choose to show the time when the ana
lytics chart is refreshed in absolute or relative
format, for example, MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MM:SS
or Yesterday.
● You can now filter your data on the dashboard
using Version/Scenario to compare your data.
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Supply Chain Network app, you can now choose Supply
ics ness Chain Net
whether the chart is displayed horizontally (default)
user work [page
or vertically.
211]
In addition, unit of measure conversion and currency
information is now displayed on the chart.
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Dashboards - Advanced app, when you create Analytics
ics ness or edit a dashboard, you can now choose to show the [page 208]
user
time when dashboard tiles are refreshed in absolute
or relative format, for example, MM/DD/YYYY,
HH:MM:SS or Yesterday.
Identity New Admin Web UI With this feature you can define a business master Identity and
and ac istrator/ Access
role and then derive other business roles from it. This
cess configu Manage
enables you to transfer general restrictions that apply
man ration ment [page
to the derived roles too and thereby reduces the man 205]
age expert
ment ual effort.
User Change Busi Web UI Information about news and changes in an app is now
assis d ness called and presented differently. To call it, click the ?
tance user (question mark) in the top right corner. For an app
Admin that has changed in a release, you can then switch to
istrator/ the What's New view by clicking What's New at the to
configu top of the side panel, which makes the content of the
ration side panel change: It now lists one or more multiple
expert entries related to features or UI elements that have
changed. If you hover over them, they get highlighted
in orange. To switch back to the normal (green) in-
app help, click What's New again.

What's
Excep New Busi Web UI For custom alerts, the following new features are Exception
tion ness available: Manage
man user ment [page
● You can now navigate to the View Gating Factors
age 204]
app from the Monitor Custom Alerts app.
ment
● In the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts
Order- app, you can now copy an existing subscription
based within an alert definition.
plan
● In the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts
ning
app, you can now define alert rules that can com
pare key figures using a time-period offset.
Excep New Busi Web UI You can now receive notifications and emails when Exception
tion ness Applica custom alerts have been calculated. Manage
man user tion job ment [page
age Admin Global An administrator/configuration expert can now
204]
ment istrator/ configu- schedule the new Custom Alert Notifications applica
configu ration tion job to trigger notifications for users or user
ration param groups who have custom alerts that require their at
expert eter tention.
An administrator/configuration expert can now define

the email sender address and name for the custom
alert notification emails using the two new global con
figuration parameters.
Excep New Admin Web UI In the Define Custom Alerts Overview app, you now Exception
tion istrator/ have the option to show the number of active and Manage
man configu snoozed alerts on a chart. ment [page
age ration 204]
ment expert
User New Admin Web UI The new guide Setting a Custom Theme for the SAP
assis istrator/ Fiori Launchpad is available (EN only).
tance configu
ration
expert


 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note
Change History Snapshots No Longer Selectable in Data Integration Jobs

App
Because change history snapshots are no longer supported as of this release, you can no longer select this
snapshot type as data source in the Data Integration Jobs app when you download a template or upload a CSV
file with data.
Filtering on Multiple Time Profile Levels In SAP Cloud Platform Integration for
Data Services
To narrow down data that you extract from IBP using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services, you can
now apply a filter on multiple time profile levels. This can help improve the runtime of the data flow. This feature
has been introduced 1908 HFC4. For more information and an example, see the What's New information for
1908 [page 252].

Improved Performance for Post Processing of Data Integration Jobs
Post processing for data integration jobs could be previously viewed on the Application Jobs UI. To improve
system performance, the data integration post processes are no longer executed as jobs, but as RFC calls. This
means that in the future, you won't see the application jobs for post-processing in the Application Jobs app.
Instead, you can now see detailed reports of the post processes in the Data Integration app. Additionally, you
can check the application logs for post processes.
Extracting Planning View Template Attributes Using OData Service
You can now extract planning view template attributes from SAP Integrated Business Planning with the
new /IBP/READ_TEMPLATE_SRV OData service.
With this service, you can get the attributes and filters defined for your planning view template used in SAP
Integrated Business Planning add-in for Microsoft Excel. The output of the /IBP/READ_TEMPLATE_SRV service
then can be used to extract data from the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV service to simulate what you can see in
an Excel add-in.
An overview of the new features available for model configuration in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 1911.
Configuration App Phased Out
The Configuration app is no longer available; that is, you cannot turn off the Use Planning Areas App switch
anymore. The Planning Areas app has become the default app for creating and configuring planning models.
The functions of the Configuration app are now available in the Planning Areas app.
If you still need access to the Configuration app, contact SAP referring to the SCM-IBP-CNF-PAR component.
Focus Mode in the Planning Areas App
The Planning Areas app has been enhanced with a new "focus mode", which you can use for creating and
editing key figures in quick succession. You can still create and edit key figures on the Key Figures tab, but the
focus mode, which has the same set of functions, provides an improved alternative for performing those
actions.
Use the new Focus Mode button to enter focus mode from any tab of the Planning Areas app. In focus mode, all
the editable key figures of your planning area (and only the editable ones) are listed on the left-hand side of the
screen and you can make changes to individual key figures while displaying the list.

To edit an existing key figure in focus mode, proceed as follows:
1. Choose Focus Mode from any tab of the Planning Area (details) screen.
2. Select the key figure that you want to change from the key figure list on the left.
As a result, the details of the key figure will be shown in edit mode on the right-hand side.
3. Make your changes.
You can perform the same actions in each section of the new edit screen as in the corresponding section of
the Key Figures tab.
4. Save your changes and proceed by selecting the next key figure that you want to edit.
To create a new key figure in focus mode, proceed as follows:
1. Enter focus mode.

2. Click the New button above the list of editable key figures, or, in the case of a helper key figure, an attribute
transformation, or an alert key figure, select the relevant type from the dropdown next to the button.
3. Configure your key figure and save it by choosing Save.
If you want to proceed by creating the next key figure of the same type, you can also choose Save and New.
Adding an Attribute to Multiple Planning Levels
As of 1911, you can add an attribute to multiple planning levels at once on the Attributes tab of the Planning
Areas app, which considerably speeds up the model configuration process.
To assign an attribute that is already added to your planning area to multiple planning levels, proceed as
follows:
1. On the Attributes tab, select the attribute from the list and choose Assign to Planning Levels.
2. On the Assign Attribute to Planning Levels screen, select the planning levels that you want to assign your
attribute to and choose Assign.
To assign an attribute that you have not yet added to your planning area, proceed as follows:
1. Choose Add on the Attributes tab.

2. In the Add Attributes dialog, select a single attribute from the list and choose Add and Assign to Planning
Levels.
 Note
If you select more than one attribute in the dialog, you can add them all to your planning area at once (using
the Add button); however, the Add and Assign to Planning Levels button will not be active.
In the dialog for planning level selection, the planning levels are now grouped in the following way:
● Planning levels with attributes from the master data type containing the attribute in question (but not the
attribute itself)
● Planning levels with no attributes from the master data type containing the attribute
● Planning levels with the attribute in question already assigned (grayed out)
If you select a planning level from the list, values for the Input PLs and Output PLs columns will be displayed.
The values are clickable and of the format X/Y, where X and Y have the following meanings:

● Y in the Input PLs column shows the total number of input planning levels in key figure calculations where
the planning level selected is in the output (that is, all the planning levels that the planning level selected
depends on).
● Y in the Output PLs column shows the total number of planning levels that depend on the selected planning
level in a similar way.
● The X values show the number of input/output planning levels where the attribute being added to the
planning level selected is already added.
If you click on the values or the row containing them, a list of all input and output planning levels (for the
relevant planning level) will be displayed in a new dialog. In the dialog, the planning levels currently selected (or
already assigned) are marked in the checkboxes next to the items. You can deselect any of the planning levels
marked but you can also select further ones to ensure that attribute sourcing requirements are fulfilled. When
you go back to the previous dialog, the list will be updated accordingly.
The new Fully Sourced column shows whether the input planning levels fulfil the sourcing requirements for the
attribute.
Hashtags
Besides various filtering criteria offered on the Key Figures tab of the Planning Areas app, you can now also
define your personal filtering criteria in the form of hashtags. You can assign hashtags to any key figures for
which characteristics are available.
You can define a hashtag when creating a new key figure or assign one to already existing key figures in the
Characteristics section of the Key Figure (details) screen.
You can introduce a new hashtag or reuse existing ones and you can assign several hashtags to the same key
figure.
Hashtags are not case-sensitive, always start with the hashtag symbol (#), and can only contain alphanumeric
characters and underscores. You can type your hashtag with the hashtag symbol at the beginning or without it,
in which case the system will add it to your string.
 Note
The #IBP* and #SAP* namespaces are reserved by SAP, so you cannot create any hashtags beginning with
these strings.
Calendar and Time Zone Attribute Types
To support planning calendars in SAP Integrated Business Planning, the following new attribute types are
available:
● Calendar attribute
● Time zone attribute
For more information, see Planning Calendars [page 207].

Usability Improvements Implemented for Various Apps Involved in Model
Configuration
Usability Improvements on the Key Figures Tab of the Planning Areas App
The following new features are available on the Key Figures tab:
● If you have specified values for the Convert Using field and the Base Planning Level field, or have changed
either value, the system identifies the conversion planning level based on standard (best-practice)
conversions. You can display the conversion planning level offered by the system using the Information
button next to the Convert Using field, but you may decide not to use it for your conversion.
● To ensure that you can easily find previously used key figures when defining the conversion expression,
previously used key figures are now grouped together in the selection dialog for the Convert Using field.
● You can now display the active instance of key figures using the Show Active Instance button available on
the Key Figure (details) screen. The button is only active if the key figure has an active instance and clicking
on it will open the active instance on a new browser tab.
● If your planning area has multiple versions (not just the baseline version), a new Versions section is
available on the Key Figure (details) screen, which in display mode lists all the versions that the key figure is
assigned to. When creating or editing a key figure, you can assign the key figure to versions in the Versions
section, which lists all available versions. Assigning the key figure to versions does not change the status of
the key figure; however, selecting or deselecting a version or changing the Version-Specific Key Figure or
Baseline Key Figure column will make the version inactive.
The Versions section is not available for helper key figures and attribute transformations.
Key figure calculations have been enhanced as follows:
● Color coding has been introduced so that you can easily identify non-existing key figure calculation levels
(KF@PL) and those pending deletion. Non-existing key figure calculation levels and those pending deletion
are now displayed in orange in the calculation definition.
A seemingly non-existing key figure calculation level (for example, KFx@PLy) will be treated as an existing
one (no color coding applied), if there is at least one attribute transformation calculation which uses KFx as
its input (direct or additional) and has PLy as its output planning level.
● Key figure calculations involving attribute transformations are now marked with a new attribute
transformation icon. You can display the relevant calculations from the attribute transformations involved
by clicking the icon.
● The selection screen for the output planning level field in calculation definitions has been enhanced to
ensure that you can easily identify the following commonly used output planning levels:
○ The base planning level
○ If the system can identify one, the conversion planning level (the planning level based on the base
planning level for the key figure in question and the base planning level for the key figure in the Convert
Using field, at which outputs are calculated for standard conversions)
○ Undefined key figure calculation levels (planning levels at which no calculation has been defined for the
key figure being edited, but which are already used as the input for calculation definitions of other key
figures)
These commonly used planning levels will be now offered as Proposed Planning Levels.
● When you call up suggestions for the Input field for calculation definitions by entering ” in the field, the
items offered will be listed in the following order:
1. The key figure being edited
2. Key figure at request level
3. Key figure at base planning level

4. Key figure at conversion planning level
5. Other key figure calculation levels defined
● When you are defining a conversion calculation for a key figure where the conversion planning level has
been identified by the system, the system will automatically enter a default calculation in the calculation
definition.
● When you create or edit an attribute transformation, the selection screen for the output planning level is
now filtered by the attribute that is the basis for the attribute transformation. If the attribute is not
assigned to the planning level with assignment status Active or Inactive, the planning level will not be listed.
● If a parameter is changed for a request level calculation, for example, aggregation mode is changed from
Sum to Min, the relevant part of the calculation is now updated.
Usability Improvements on Various Tabs of the Planning Areas App
The following changes have been made to the Planning Areas app to improve usability:
● On the Planning Levels tab, the Conversion Source and Conversion Target columns are now displayed by
default in the Attributes section of the Planning Level (details) screen if a conversion source/ conversion
target attribute exists.
● On the Attributes tab, the root attributes are displayed first in every merged table. If there are multiple root
items in the table, they are sorted by ID.
● On the Versions tab, all available key figures are listed in the Add Key Figure dialog. You can add all key
figures to the version at once by selecting the checkbox in the table header and choosing Select.
● You can now display the active instance of your planning area using the new Show Active Instance button
under Operations. The button is available on all tabs of the Planning Areas app but it is only active if the
planning area has an active instance. Clicking on the button will open the active instance on a new browser
tab.
● You can now create attributes as key figures from the Key Figures tab using the dropdown next to the New
button.
● If you use the Attributes as Key Figures tab to create new attributes as key figures, you can create several in
quick succession using the Save and New button now available in the New Attribute as Key Figure dialog.
Consistent Layout of Key Figure (details) Screens in Sample Model Entities App and
Planning Areas App
The layout of the Key Figure (details) screen in the Sample Model Entities app has been changed to reflect the
corresponding screen in the Planning Areas app. Consistency between the two screens allows you to compare a
key figure in a sample planning model and one in your own planning area more conveniently.
The following changes have been made to the Sample Model Entities app:
● In the Characteristics section, the following fields are hidden in display mode if they are empty:
○ Period Weight Factor
○ Planning Level for Planning Notes
○ External Key Figure Quantity
● The Calculation Definitions section has been changed to reflect the layout of the same section in the
Planning Areas app. It now includes the Disaggregation Expressions field, which was formerly part of the
Characteristics section in the Sample Planning Entities app.
● The Disaggregation Expressions field is only visible if there is a disaggregation expression for the key figure.
● A new Versions section has been added to the Key Figure (details) screen just as for the corresponding
screen in the Planning Areas app.

PERIODID(n) Attribute Displayed for Time Profile Levels
To make the modeling of attribute transformations easier to manage, the following apps have been enhanced
to display the PERIODID(n) attribute of time profile levels:
● In the Planning Areas app and the Sample Model Entities app, a new PERIODID(n) column has been added
to the Time Attributes section of the Planning Level details screen.
The information is now also available on the Time Profile Level popover displayed upon clicking each time
profile level listed in the Time Attributes section.
● In the Time Profiles app, you can now add the PERIODID(n) column to the Levels section on the Time Profile
Levels tab of the Time Profile (details) screen. The column is hidden by default.
Activation-Related Enhancements
When you try to activate a planning area that is already being activated by another user you can now find this
user in the error message and navigate to the activation log of the blocking activation directly. To do so, in the
Activate popup, choose the Open Blocking Activation Log button.
Normalization
A new, normalized data model is going to be introduced to improve performance, memory utilization,
robustness, and scalability in the upcoming releases.
To be ready for normalization, you have to make sure that your planning model fulfills the following
requirements:
● In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain
the same set of root and non-root attributes as the base planning level.
For more information, see section Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible Input
Planning Levels below.
● Key figures that you marked as input/output for supply planning during model configuration must be valid
for the S&OP operator.
For more information, see section S&OP Key Figure Configuration Checks Now Raise Errors for All
Customers in Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page 187].
All customers will be migrated to this normalized data model in the upcoming releases.
Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible Input Planning Levels
As part of the normalization project, we provide new activation checks in 1911 that help you to spot and fix
erroneous configuration that would prevent the normalization of your data model. These checks indicate if
there are calculation definitions where the stored value of a key figure is used at an input planning level other
than its base planning level; and the input planning level does not have the same set of root and non-root
attributes as the base planning level, which is not allowed.

In calculation definitions, an input planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain the
same set of root and non-root attributes as the base planning level.
This is an existing modeling requirement, which is now supported by five activation checks, implemented as
suppressible errors. That is, you can only activate a planning area that contains such calculation definitions if
you suppress these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution,
available for a couple of releases. SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calculation definitions as soon
as possible.
 Note
You will only be able to use the new normalized data model, if you correct the invalid calculation definitions
in all planning areas. We recommend that you delete all planning areas that you do not use anymore, so that
you'll only have to fix these issues in the active planning areas.
Stored Values of Key Figures, with Different Base Planning Levels, Are Read from the Same
Planning Level
Message: *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs, are read from PL &1
In multiple key figure calculations, where the stored values of key figures are used at the same input planning
level, the key figures cannot have different base planning levels.
All key figures that are used as stored inputs at the same planning level must have the same base planning
level.
suppress these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution, available
before the 2005 release. SAP recommends that you correct the invalid calculation expressions, if there are any,
as soon as possible.
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Stored values of KFs, with different base PLs, are read from PL &1, where &1
stands for the ID of the input planning level.
4. Before making any corrections, check your activation log and look for the error message Stored key figure
read from an incompatible planning level. If you have run into this error during activation as well, fix it first
as it might solve the problem of stored key figures with different base planning levels.
If the problem still persists, proceed as follows:
The attachment of the messages in the activation log contains a list of calculations divided into the
sections below:
○ Calculations where the input planning level of stored key figures is their base planning level.
○ Calculations where the input planning level of stored key figures does not match their base planning
levels.
Depending on your business requirements, make one of the following changes:
○ Use the base planning level of the key figures as the input planning level in the calculation definitions.
Change only the calculations where the input planning level (where the stored value of a key figure is
used) is not the base planning level of the key figure. As result, all stored key figures will be sourced
from their base planning levels, which is the recommended approach.

○ If your business requirements justify that you use the stored values of key figures at a planning level
other than their base planning levels, create a copy of each base planning level (with the same set of
root and non-root attributes), and use the stored value of the key figure at this compatible planning
level.
As a result, all stored key figures will be sourced from a planning level that is compatible with their base
planning level, that is, they share the same root and non-root attributes.
○ Select one of the base planning levels listed in the attachment, and for each key figure use it as its base
planning level.
As a result, all stored key figures sourced from the same input planning level will have the same base
planning level.
Message: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 has more attr. than base PL &4
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calc. &1@&2: PL of input KF &3 has more attr. than base PL &4, where &1
stands for the ID of the key figure,&2 stands for the ID of the planning level, &3 stands for the ID of the input
key figure, and &4 stands for the base planning level.
○ If you want to use the extra attributes that are not available from the base planning level, create a
calculation (if not yet available) and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of the stored
value.
○ Remove these extra attributes from the planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used.

○ Create a calculation on the input planning level and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of
the stored value. If the aggregation level of the input key figure is lower, use Split Factor Calculation; if it
is higher, use an aggregation.
Calculation Exists
○ Since there is a calculation already defined on the input planning level, use the calculated value of the
key figure instead of the stored value.

4. If you do not want to create a REQUEST level calculation in the calculation graph that is based on this
requirements:
○ Create a calculation (for example, an aggregation) on the input planning level and use the calculated
value of the key figure instead of the stored value.
Switch to Calculation View
In the upcoming releases, calculation view will replace analytic view as data source of the calculation scenario.
It is needed to enable further features and to improve performance. The switch to the calculation view is going
to be rolled out to all IBP systems in waves.
To find out if calculation views are used as data sources, open the log of an activation that took place after the
upgrade to IBP 1911. If the log contains the message Activation generates calculation views as data sources., the
system already uses calculation views. If the log contains the message Activation generates analytic views as
data sources., analytic views are still used in calculation scenarios.

Check for Base Planning Levels with Different Sets of Non-Root Attributes
The system checks if there are planning levels that share the same set of root attributes (not considering the
time attribute), but they have different sets of non-root attributes (not considering the time attribute). Both
planning levels are used as the base planning level of one or more stored key figures.
As of the 1905 release, you can only activate a planning area that contains such base planning levels if you
suppress these errors (message *S* PL &1 and PL &2: Both cannot be used as base PL of stored key figures)
and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution, available before 2002. SAP
recommends that you correct the invalid calculation expressions, if there are any, as soon as possible.
changes:
Enhanced Version of Planning Area Activation
 Note
Relevant only for customers who started before 1811.
An enhanced version of the planning area activation has been enabled for all customers as of 1911.
This change is also depicted in the activation log. Open the log of an activation that took place after the
upgrade to IBP 1911. Message Activation of &1 selected objects started (enhanced activation). (&1 stands for the
number of objects) indicates that the system uses the enhanced version of planning area activation.
The enhanced activation not only provides a faster, more stable and robust activation of the planning area, but
forms the basis of certain new features, such as simplified key figure calculations, as well.

 Recommendation
Depending on your model and the uploaded data, there might be differences between the old version and
the enhanced version of planning area activation. We recommend that you perform your regular tests
before and after the activation of a planning area.
Pay attention to the specific modeling cases described below.
Aggregation of a Key Figure Other Than the Output Key Figure
 Example
KF1@REQUEST = SUM(KF111@PERS1), and KF111 is specified as the input key figure.
This case is relevant only in planning areas that were created earlier than IBP 1705.
To identify the affected calculation definitions, in the activation log, or in the log of the consistency check of the
planning area, look for messages of this type: Calculation &1@&2 must not contain aggregation of a different key
figure., where &1 stands for the ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID ofReview the calculation definitions
listed in the log.
To have the same values for the affected key figures as before, modify the calculation definition so that the key
figure in the calculation expression is identical with the key figure marked as input, and with the output key
figure.
Using Calculated Key Figure Value Even If Stored Value Exists
 Example
Let's take the SKF@BASEPLLEVEL stored key figure, and the CKF@PL1 calculated key figure.
Calculation 1 is a defaulting: SKF@BASEPLLEVEL=IF(ISNULL(SKF),1,0), where SKF is specified as a

stored input.
Calculation 2: CKF@PL1 = KF1@BASEPLLEVEL * SKF@BASEPLLEVEL, where both KF1@BASEPLLEVEL

and SKF@BASEPLLEVEL are specified as stored inputs, even though a calculation for SKF@BASEPLLEVEL
exists.
planning area, look for warning messages of this type: Calculation &1@&2: Calculation for KF &3 exists, but
stored value is used., where &1 stands for the ID of the key figure, &2 stands for the ID of the planning level, and
&3 stands for the ID of the input key figure.
Case by case, review the listed calculation definitions, and make corrections if needed.
In the previous version of activation, sometimes (typically in calculations at base planning level) the calculated
value of the input key figure was used, even if a stored value existed, and was specified as input for the
calculation. With the enhanced version of activation, the system consistently uses the stored value if that was
specified as input for the calculation. From the different behaviors of the activation versions, differences may
occur in the output key figure values of the affected calculations.
If there is a difference, and you want to go on with the values that were calculated previously using the
calculated value of the input key figure, change the inputs of the calculation by not selecting the input as
stored.

Changes to the Unified Planning Area (SAPIBP1)
The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains miscellaneous updates and improvements, including the
following:
● The planning area received configuration changes, for example, to smoothen activation.
● The planning area has been closer aligned with the SAP3 sample planning area by adding and removing
planning levels and changing key figures.
● In the area of inventory optimization, for certain key figures, UoM conversion is now possible. As a
consequence, new helper key figures were added. For more information, see Inventory Optimization [page
178].
● In the area of time-series-based supply planning, lot-sizing procedures were enhanced. You can now
exclude dependent location demand and dependent production demand when using the static and
dynamic periods of supply lot-sizing procedures. For more information, see Time-Series-Based Supply
Planning [page 187].
For a detailed description of these changes, see the materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning area
and SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning – release 1911 innovation in Innovation Discovery
at https://go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/ .
Key Figure Fixing in Web-Based Planning
Up to this release, you could see information about fixed and partially fixed key figure values in the planning
view. However, fixing or unfixing key figure values was only possible in the IBP Excel add-in.
As of this release, you can now also fix and unfix key figure values in the Web-Based Planning app. By fixing key
figure values, you can protect them against unintentional changes resulting from disaggregation, data
integration, planning operators, or manual changes done by other planners.
Just like in the IBP Excel add-in, you can fix and unfix values one at a time or several at once.
Support of Attribute Permissions
As of this release, the Web-Based Planning app, the Web-Based Planning – Customers app, and the Web-Based
Planning – Suppliers app support attribute permissions. To make sure business users can see the master data
attributes they need to work with, you need to check whether they have the required read permission. If the
relevant permission has not been assigned, you need to grant it to the business users. For more information,
see Manage Attribute Permissions.

To improve performance, we've made the following changes:
● If you have specified a default planning area, a stored variant containing this default planning area will now
be applied to the list of driver planning views. This means that if you open the entry screen of the Web-
Based Planning app, only driver planning views from this default planning area are now loaded by default.
This way, driver planning views can be loaded faster. If you want to see driver planning views from other
planning areas, just select another variant.
● Data for the planning view is now cached when you open a planning view. If you open a planning view and
there’s cached data that is not older than 30 minutes, the data is loaded from the cache. This allows faster
loading of a planning view. If there’s no cached data available or the cached data is older than 30 minutes,
the system loads the data from the database and updates the cache.
Note that to get the latest data from the database, you need to refresh the data manually to update the
data in the planning view. This also updates the data in the cache.
Related Information
Web-Based Planning
Fixing of Key Figure Values
An overview of the new and changed features delivered in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911 for the IBP
Excel add-in.
New Version of the IBP Excel Add-In
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911, the IBP Excel add-in 1911.2.0 is available. For more information
about the versions of the IBP Excel add-in, see SAP Note 2394311 .
 Note
In general, an upgrade to 1911 does not require that you install the new version of the IBP Excel add-in. You
can decide to install it at any point in time when you wish to use the new functions; however when you do,
please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new prerequisite for the IBP Excel add-in 1911. The new functions
that become available with the IBP Excel add-in 1911.2.0 are described in this document.

Change in the Authenticating Standards
As already announced in the What's New for 1902 (see IBP Excel Add-In [page 384]), a stepwise update and
subsequent phase-out of older versions of the underlying protocols and authenticating standards for SAP
Integrated Business Planning is currently taking place. This also affects the IBP Excel add-in. The new
minimum IBP Excel add-in version that is required to log on to the IBP backend is set to 1808.2.0. This is the
first version that supports the changed authenticating standards for SAP Integrated Business Planning from
the 1911 version onwards.
It is always recommended to upgrade to the latest version of the IBP Excel add-in.
Administrators can check which IBP Excel add-in version their users have installed in the System Monitoring
app and whether any action is necessary.
All IBP customers were sent detailed information and action items in a separate email in February 2019.
Changes in the Tooltips
Tooltips are now available not only for key figures, but also for attributes and versions. When you set up or edit
your planning view, you can hover over these items in the Edit Planning View window to display their details.
The tooltips show information about how these elements are defined. You can go into more detail by selecting
the items in bold. You can go back one step at a time by using the arrow in the top left corner.
The key figures tooltip now also shows the key figure ID and whether it is an external key figure or not, just like
in the order-based planning.
Improved Saving Process
When you select the Save Data option, the system immediately starts saving your data while you are still
entering the reason code or a comment. As a result, the saving process can be completed faster. Select Save to
complete the data saving process. Select Cancel to interrupt data saving and to continue to work on your
planning view.
Icon Updates on the User Interface
The icons of the IBP Excel add-in ribbon have been updated to be in line with those used in the Fiori web
applications of SAP Integrated Business Planning. With this update we now support the use of Microsoft Office
themes on the ribbon.

Parallel Execution of Forecast Calculations
Parallel forecasting is now also available for the IBP Excel add-in. With this feature, forecasting jobs can now be
executed faster since the data is divided into packages that are processed in parallel. In the Statistical
Forecasting application jobs, parallel forecasting is the default setting, but you can turn it off by selecting the
Disable Parallelization and Packages checkbox.
Setting Connection Speed Notification
You can now disable the connection speed notification or set a custom threshold for the response time above
which notifications are shown. This is available in the Display Options section of the Settings and the
Administrator Settings windows.
Cleanup of the Copy Version Operator and Delete Version Operator
In the past, when using the Copy Version Operator and Delete Version Operator in a planning area that
contained external key figures, the system would let you select these. The Copy Version Operator and Delete
Version Operator didn't have any effect on these key figures.
With this new development the external key figures aren't available for selection.
Related Information
Copy Version Operator and Delete Version Operator [page 206]
2.6 Administration
An overview of the new features available for administration in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 1911.
New Details Page for Monitoring System Tasks
You can now view details of IBP system tasks in the Monitor System Tasks app.
The new details page displays an overview of the job parameters and a list of indicators when available for a
selected task.

New Paste Feature in Attribute Permissions App
In the Manage Attribute Permissions app, you can now copy contents from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet and
paste it into the different fields.
 Note
The current formatting expects you to have an empty column adjacent to every column that has data in it
for copy and paste operation to be performed correctly.
Change in the URL Path for Application Jobs, Application Jobs Order Based
Planning and Application Logs Apps
The URL path for the Application Jobs, Application Jobs Order Based Planning and the Application Logs apps
have been changed.
 Example
The previous URL path for the Application Jobs app was:
https://myxxxxxx.scmibp.ondemand.com/ui#ApplicationJob-show%3FJobCatalogEntryName=
%26v4_JobRunList
The new URL path for the Application Jobs app is:
https://myxxxxxx.scmibp.ondemand.com/ui#IBPApplicationJob-show%3FJobCatalogEntryName=
%26v4_JobRunList
Similarly, the previous URL path for Application Logs was:
https://myxxxxxx.scmibp.ondemand.com/ui#ApplicationLog-display
The new URL path for the Application Logs app is:
https://myxxxxxx.scmibp.ondemand.com/ui#IBPApplicationLog-display
Users who have stored URLs containing information from Application Jobs, Application Jobs Order Based
Planning, and Application Logs apps, for example, in browser favorites or bookmarks, have to manually update
the URLs by deleting and re-creating them or by adjusting the URL directly.
New External OData Service for Resource Consumption
The Resource Consumption External OData Service (/IBP/RES_CONS_STATS_API_SRV) allows you to retrieve
the SAP HANA Memory and HANA CPU usage of your IBP system. The values are expressed as a percentage
for a given timestamp (timestamps are stored in UTC).

New External OData Service for Monitoring System Tasks
The Monitor System Tasks External OData Service ((/IBP/TASKMON_EXT_SRV) allows you to retrieve the
tasks that have completed execution.
It contains the same information as the Monitor System Tasks app but it does not contain any currently running
tasks or tasks which finished in the last 10 minutes.
Since it is a read-only service, you cannot create, update or delete any tasks.
Retention Period for Application Logs Enhanced for Improved Performance
To improve system performance, application logs are now automatically deleted based on the age and the
amount of disk space being used.
The maximum allowable disk space that application logs can use has been configured at 4 percent or a
minimum retention period of 7 days, whichever is reached first as part of the deletion process.
If logs use more than 4 percent of the system’s disk space, the system starts deleting the oldest logs first until
the 4 percent disk space is achieved.
Regardless of the amount of disk space being used, application logs are retained for a minimum of 7 days.
Related Information
Monitor System Tasks

Deleting Application Logs
2.6.1 Data Lifecycle Management
New Preview Function for Purge Master Data Application Job
To help administrators get a rough idea of what the Purge Master Data application job will delete when they do a
purge run, they can now use the new preview function before they run the job.
To create the preview, you need to select the new Preview checkbox in the application job template. When you
schedule the job, no data is deleted, but the system identifies the master data records that will be selected for
deletion by the system when the job is executed. This is done for each master data type individually. If you use
version-specific master data, it is also done separately for each version. Note however, that the preview does
not identify which related master data, planning objects, and key figure data will be deleted along with the

master data records. Keep in mind that the purge run of this job will delete more data than is shown in the
preview.
If you’re interested in the number of master data records that will be deleted, you can check the job log in the
Application Jobs app and the Application Logs app. If you want to see the master data records that are selected
for deletion, you can find a list for each master data type in the attachment files for the job in the Application
Logs app. Remember that this list doesn’t include any information about dependent data.
Related Information
Data Lifecycle Management
Enhancement for Process Automation: Specifying Previous Steps for a

Process Step
Up to now, if you had a process step that was configured to start automatically once the previous step was
complete, the process template owner could not specify exactly which process step was the previous step. In
the running process, the system determined which was the previous step based on the dates of the steps. If
you had a process with multiple steps that all had the same start dates (parallel steps), the system would
consider all of these steps as the previous step. As soon as one of the parallel steps was completed, the
process step with the dependency on this previous step would start, without waiting for the remaining previous
steps to be completed. If you wanted to make sure that this process step waited for all the previous steps to be
completed, you had to change the dates of the previous steps to put them into a sequence.
As of 1911, process template owners can explicitly specify which steps need to be completed before a step with
a dependency on these previous steps can start. You can specify one or multiple steps as previous steps. If you
specify multiple steps, all of these steps in the process need to be completed before the step with the
dependency on the previous step can start. Explicitly specifying previous steps gives you greater flexibility
when configuring steps with this kind of step dependency.
This new setting is optional, so if you don’t specify any steps, the system determines the previous step based
on the dates just like in previous releases.
 Example
You have a process with three steps: step A, step B, and step C. Step A and step B have the same start and
end dates. If you want step C to start when step A is complete, you need to configure step A as the previous
step for step C.

If you don’t specify which step exactly is the previous step that needs to be completed before step C can
start, step C starts when either step A or step B is complete. You can use this setting if it is not important
which previous step completes first.
Changing the Display Order of Process Steps in the Process Template
Previously, if you had parallel steps in a process template and you wanted to change the order in which these
steps were displayed, you had to adjust the relative start and end dates of the steps. To save process owners
from having to do this, we’ve made it possible to change the display order of process steps in the steps list of
the process template in the Manage Process Templates app. Changes to the display order are reflected in the
Manage Processes app and the process chart as well.
Note that changing the display order does not have any influence on the settings you made for process
automation. If you have a step that depends on the completion of a previous step and you change the display
order of the steps, the system picks the previous step on the basis of the settings you made, not on the basis of
the display order.
New Demand-Driven Replenishment Profiles App
The new Demand-Driven Replenishment Profiles app allows profiles to be configured for the demand-driven
replenishment operators. The new app replaces planning operator configuration using the Planning Operators
app, which was previously used to configure planning operators of the type DDR.
To be able to create or edit profiles, your business role must contain the business catalog
SAP_IBP_BC_DDR_PC.
Demand-driven replenishment profiles define how the demand-driven operators work. For the following
operators, there are no operator settings to define, but profiles for these operators must be created to use
them in your planning area:
● Calculate DDMRP Buffer Levels

● Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve)
● Map to Decoupling Points
For the Calculate Average Daily Usage operator, the Demand-Driven Replenishment Profiles app allows you to
define the historical demand signal and the future demand signal inputs for the average daily usage calculation,
and options for outputting the average daily usage and coefficient of variation.
Please note the following:
● All existing DDR operators assigned to a planning area will be automatically migrated to the new app and
will be available as demand-driven replenishment profiles.

● All DDR planning operators created before 1911 will still be available in display mode in the Planning
Operators app. However, the DDR planning operator type can no longer be used to configure planning
operators for demand-driven replenishment algorithms.
● As opposed to the DDR operators, demand-driven replenishment profiles are not automatically
transported with the planning area. When transporting a planning area with the Transport Model Entities
app, you need to select the profiles explicitly.
● The only post-upgrade activity required is for configuration experts to familiarize themselves with the new
app and with the transporting of demand-driven replenishment profiles (previous point).
For more information about the Demand-Driven Replenishment Profiles app, see Demand-Driven
Replenishment Profiles.
New Demand-Driven Replenishment Operators
In conjunction with the new Demand-Driven Replenishment Profiles app, there are two new demand-driven
replenishment operators:
● Map to Decoupling Points

You use the Map to Decoupling Points operator to identify the downstream decoupling points for each
product location, whether it's a decoupling point or not.
● Calculate Average Daily Usage
You use the Calculate Average Daily Usage operator to calculate the average daily usage and coefficient of
variation for each product-location.
For more information about the operators, see DDR Planning Operators.
Changes to the DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
The following changes have been made to the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app:
● When you run a scenario, there must now be a planning profile selected. The field is populated
automatically.
● Rather than having separate filters for product, location, and subnetwork, there is now a single filter called
Ad Hoc Filter. This allows you to filter by any attribute in the planning area.
● Planning filter support has been added. You can apply any planning filter for the selected planning area.
For more information about the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, see DDMRP Buffer Analysis.
Model Configuration Changes
The following model configuration changes have been made to support the new operators. They have also been
made to the SAP8 sample planning area. We recommend that you change your demand-driven replenishment
planning areas accordingly to take advantage of these new features.

 Note
If you want to use these features, please add all of the following changes to your planning area. If you do not
add these changes, the new operators will not work correctly and you will receive errors.
New Decoupling Point Mapping Master Data

The master data type IBPDECOUPLINGPOINTSMAP has been added to support the new Map to Decoupling
Points operator.
DECOUPLINGPOINTSMAP (Master Data Type ID: IBPDECOUPLINGPOINTSMAP)
Field Value
Name Decoupling Point Mapping
Description Decoupling Point Mapping
Type Simple
Attributes for Master Data Type Decoupling Point Mapping

tion tribute Notes
LOCID Location ID X X
LOCIDMAPDCPPT Target Decoupling X X

Point Location ID
PRDIDMAPDCPPT Target Decoupling X X

Point Product
Identifier
New attributes added to IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT

The following two attributes have been added to the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type to support the
new operators.
Attributes for Master Data Type Location Product

tion tribute Notes
COVHORIZON Coefficient of
Variation Horizon
DECOUPLEPOINTI Decoupling Points

NPUT User Inputs
New Input Key Figure

The following new input key figure was added to SAP8.

Input Key Figure
DDSUPORDERNONCONF Non-Confirmed supply DAYPRODLOC Non-Confirmed supply Contains all non-con

QTY order quantity order quantity firmed (push) supply
orders from the ECC,
and is used for inven
tory projection as well
as for providing visibil
ity into future planned
supplies.
Removed Helper Key Figures

The following helper key figures were removed from SAP8.
DDPROJECTEDONHAND Projected on-hand DAYPRODLOC Projected on-hand in

INV inventory (Helper) ventory (Helper)
HKFCOUNTADUDEMAND HKFCOUNTADUDEMA DAYPRODLOC Helper key figure Intermediate / helper

ND calculation.
HKFDDBLENDEDDEMAN HKFDDBLENDEDDEM Helper key figure Intermediate / helper

DFORADU ANDFORADU calculation.
HKFDDMOQDLTSHIFT HKFDDMOQDLTSHIFT DAYPRODLOC Helper key figure Intermediate / helper

calculation.
HKFDDMOQDLTSHIFT0 HKFDDMOQDLTSHIFT DAYPRODLOC Helper key figure Intermediate / helper

0 calculation.
HKFDDPERINDICATOR HKFDDPERINDICATOR DAYPRODLOC Helper key figure Intermediate / helper

calculation.
Modified Key Figures

The following key figures were modified in SAP8.
Key Figure ID Name Base Planning Level Modification
DDORDERREC Order recommendation DAYPRODLOC Updated to use MOQ as input

instead of
HKFDDMOQDLTSHIFT0, which
was removed.

HKFNETONHANDCHANGE HKFNETONHANDCHANGE DAYPRODLOC Updated to take

DDSUPORDERNONCONFQTY
into account for future stock
projections.
DDPROJONHANDINV Projected on-hand inventory DAYPRODLOC Updated to be a simplified

key figure. Also now provides
inventory projection beyond
the end of the decoupled
lead time.
DDGREENFINAL Green Zone Final DAYPRODLOC Updated to read from the ad
justed key figures when they
exist. Previously, the adjust
ments were being used as
delta on top of the operator
results, and now they are
used to replace the operator
results
DDREDFINAL Red Zone Final DAYPRODLOC Updated to read from the ad
ment were being used as
results
DDYELLOWFINAL Yellow Zone Final DAYPRODLOC Updated to read from the ad
ment were being used as
results
DDTOTALADU DD Total Average Daily Usage DAYPRODLOC Updated to be a stored key

figure populated by the
Calculate Average Daily
Usage operator rather than a
calculated key figure. In addi
tion, the key figure is set to
system editable from non-
editable and the disaggrega
tion mode to copy.

DDADJUSTEDADU DD Adjusted Average Daily DAYPRODLOC Updated to be a calculated

Usage key figure instead of a stored
and calculated key figure, as
DDTOTALADU is now a stored
key figure instead of a calcu
lated one.
DDTOTALADUCV Demand Coefficient of PRODLOC Updated because

Variation DDTOTALADU is now a stored
key figure rather than a cal
culated one. In addition, the
name and description has
been updated to Demand
Coefficient of Variation in
stead of ADU Coefficient of
Variation.
DDTOTALADUSTDEV DD Total Demand Standard DAYPRODLOC Updated to be a calculated

Deviation key figure instead of stored
and calculated key figure, as
DDTOTALADU is now a stored
key figure instead of a calcu
lated one.
HKFDDLOWPROJOHWITHINDL HKFDDLOWPROJOHWITHIN DAYPRODLOC Changed to ensure that the

value is calculated only
T DLT
within the decoupled lead
time periods.
Changes to Integration to SAP ERP
In SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning 1.1 support package 11, the
web service for integration from IBP to SAP ERP has been changed. Certain fields have been removed and
others have been added in the interface of DDMRP ERP Inbound function modules.
The table row structure of the function modules IBP_EDD_BLT_FILL, IBP_EDD_PL_FILL, and
IBP_EDD_DS_DCP_FILL has changed. Obsolete fields such as client have been removed and new fields such
as buffer status have been added.
To ensure that the above changes do not impact data integration back to SAP ERP, please do the following:
1. Regenerate the web service binding of /IBP/EDD_INBOUND_INTERFACE in SOAMANAGER

2. Reload the web service message definitions from the WSDL file in the CPI-DS data store
3. Adapt the CPI-DS data flows as needed by updating the field mapping with the new web service definitions

2.9 Demand Planning
Statistcal Forecasting
Change Point Detection

The change point detection functionality is now available in the Manage Forecast Automation Profiles app.
Change points are data points at which significant long-term changes can be observed in the characteristics of
the time series. The following changes may occur:
● Level shift, when the mean of the time series values alters significantly
● Trend change, when the direction or the slope of a trend alters significantly
For each forecast automation profile, you can specify thresholds in order to limit the number of change points
that are identified in the time series.
The number of identified change points is shown in a table for each planning object. A pie chart can also be
opened to show how this number is distributed among the planning objects.
Change points can currently only be used as information that helps identify the reasons why certain forecast
models can predict the future less accurately than others.
For more information, see Creating a Forecast Automation Profile and Change Point Detection.
New General Setting

You can now activate the aggregated lifecycle planning for phase-in and phase-out periods in the Manage
Forecast Model app. If you do so, the forecasts can be calculated for the phase-in and phase-out of products on
a product group or product family level even though the forecast dates are specified for individual products.
Demand Sensing
Demand Sensing Algorithm Has Been Enhanced

The promotion sales lift elimination algorithm and some postprocessing steps of demand sensing have been
fine-tuned to increase forecast accuracy and enable faster forecast calculations. Furthermore, demand sensing
now logs and skips demand streams with problematic data (for example, duplicates and odd data
combinations that create numerical issues) instead of failing the entire run. For each skipped demand stream,
it logs both the issue and the default values that were used to complete the run.
New Settings for Postprocessing Steps

Previously, the postprocessing steps of demand sensing could be controlled via the configuration of the
Customer master data type. Now, you can control the same parameters in the Manage Forecast Model app.
These postprocessing steps follow a backward-forward forecast consumption logic to balance short-term
demand expectations around the latest open orders and forecasts considering both the baseline demand and
promotion uplifts.

The following new settings can be specified:
● Disable Balancing and Open Order Matching

If this checkbox is selected, demand sensing will not run the balancing and open order matching steps.
● Default Uplift Balancing Periods
The number of weeks before and after a week with planned promotions in which high sales signals should
be associated with planned promotions. This setting allows the algorithm to balance the impact of
promotions across the periods where they may impact sales. It can only be edited if the promotion sales lift
elimination algorithm is added to the forecast model.
● Default Baseline Demand Balancing Periods
The number of weeks that the algorithm should consider before and after every week in the planning
horizon while balancing the baseline demand by analyzing oversell-undersell patterns. Balancing can
prevent double-counting of the baseline demand when orders are requested in the weeks before or after
the planned consensus demand.
● Default Maximum Baseline Demand Balancing %
The percentage of the consensus forecast that baseline demand balancing is allowed to consume during
the “edge” weeks (that is, the weeks on the outer ends of the baseline demand balancing periods).
The settings are available both for the demand sensing (full) and demand sensing (update) algorithm.
Change History Snapshot Type Discontinued

You cannot configure, upload, or take Change History snapshots anymore for demand sensing. Any planning
areas where change history snapshots were already configured should be re-configured to use lag-based
snapshots.
Helper Key Figure Is Mandatory for UoM Conversion

If an input key figure has unit of measure (UoM) conversion configured, an HCONV helper key figure now needs
to be added to the planning area for demand sensing to run. This prerequisite has been introduced to prevent
the calculation of incorrect end results.
Promotion Sales Lift Elimination

The following ehancements were made to the promotion sales lift elimination preprocessing algorithm:
● The algorithm can now stand alone in a forecast model and can also be combined with any other
preprocessing and forecasting algorithms.
● The algorithm can now also be run at a monthly level. The input key figures can be configured with other
periodicities in this case, but their values are always aggregated to a monthly level when promotion
elimination is run. The output key figure needs to be on a monthly level in this case.
Note that each monthly promotion plan is used to calculate baseline sales for that month only, meaning
that no cross-month associations are made and no default uplift balancing periods can be defined for
demand sensing.
● If you're working with demand sensing, you can now choose to eliminate promotion-related sales lifts also
for new product introductions. The system then removes the sales lifts from the history before it calculates
the forecast for new products based on the data of the reference products.

Manage Product Lifecycle
New Overview for Forecast Dates
The overview page of the Manage Product Lifecycle app now offers a new Forecast Dates tab that allows you to
display and filter for all forecast dates at once. The Forecast Dates tab offers the following features:
● You get a complete overview of the forecast dates for all products and launch dimensions.
● You can use the filter options to find specific forecast dates.
● You can add new forecast dates that aren't related to a product assignment.
● You can generate phase-out curves.
● You can delete forecast dates.
● You can upload and download forecast dates from/to a CSV file.
If you don’t work with product assignments at all, you can ask your administrator to deactivate the Use Product
Assignments feature in the Settings for Product Lifecycle app. Likewise, if you don’t work with the forecast
dates, you can ask your administrator to deactivate the Use Phase-In and Use Phase-Out features in the
Settings for Product Lifecycle app.
Aggregated Lifecycle Planning for Phase-in and Phase-out
Aggregated lifecycle planning enables you to run forecasts for the phase-in and phase-out of products at an
aggregated level, for example on product group or product family level.
If your administrator activates the Aggregated Lifecycle Planning option in the Manage Forecast Model app, the
forecast run also considers forecast dates in a forecast level higher than the definition level product ID - launch
dimension.
New Filter Options
On the overview screen, you can filter your product assignments and forecast dates according to any product
attribute defined as search attribute in the settings profile that is assigned to you in the Settings for Product
Lifecycle app.
Improved Upload of Forecast Dates and Product Assignments
You can now upload the descriptions for products and second and third level attributes directly. The
synchronization step, which was previously required, is now obsolete.
When uploading forecast dates, the system now generates wildcard entries for all products contained in the
file. As a consequence, the forecast is now by default executed for all launch dimension values, even for those
products where no value was specified in the upload file.
Display Validity Dates in the IBP Excel Add-In
You can now display the validity dates of a product assignment in the IBP Excel add-in. To enable this
integration, your administrator has to configure a new external master data type based on the external data
source SMD_FCSTASSIGN and assign it in the relevant planning area. If you are already working with an
external master data type based on the external data source SMD_FCSTASSIGN, please copy the new fields
STARTDATE and ENDDATE to your external master data type.

Data Realignment
Key Figure Selection

You can now specify more easily which key figures shall be processed in the realignment run. The option
Process All Applicable Key Figures was renamed and enhanced. The following options are available:
● All Key Figures

● All Key Figures Except Conversion Key Figures
● All Key Figures Except Selected Key Figures
● Selected Key Figures
The list of key figures available for selection contains only those key figures that match the attributes specified
under Attribute Mapping. You can now select multiple key figures at the same time.
Key Figure Processing

The option Keep Source Key Figure Values was renamed to Adjust Source Key Figure Values and now offers the
following processing options:
● Delete Values: Deletes the source key figure values.

● Delete Values and Planning Combinations: Deletes source values and time series records. As a
consequence, the planning combinations are no longer visible, for example in the IBP Excel add-in. This
option is only available if the option All Key Figures or All Key Figures Except Conversion Key Figures is
selected.
● Keep Values: Leaves the source key figure values untouched.
● Reduce Values: Reduces the source key figure values according to the selected adjustment of the target
key figure values. This option allows you to transfer, for example, a part of the source key figure values (for
example 50%) to the target key figure. Resulting source key figure vales of "0" aren't deleted. This option is
only available for the key figure adjustment options Sum Up Source and Sum Up Source and Target.
The option Key Figure Calculation is now called Adjust Target Key Figure Values.
Realignment of Key Figure Values for Referenced Master Data Types

You can now use the attributes of reference master data types to adjust key figure values.
Packaged Processing
To reduce memory consumption, master data changes triggered by a realignment run are now processed in
packages. Accordingly, log messages with large attachments are split into several messages to prevent errors
caused by large attachments.
Using global configuration parameter LOG_ATTACHMENT_LIMIT, you can limit the package and log attachment
size. The default and maximum value is 500,000. This means that once the limit of 500,000 data records in a
realignment run has been reached, the system splits the records to be processed into two or more log
messages with attachments of 500,000 records. For example, if the realignment run processes 2,000,000
records, you’ll see four messages in the application log.

Analyze Promotions
Enhancements in the Analyze Promotions App

The new filter Created By is now available to search for promotions by contact name.
When creating a new promotion from within the Analyze Promotions app, you can now specify values for up to
five additional fields.
Related Information
Change Point Detection

Aggregated Lifecycle Planning for Phase-In and Phase-Out
Lag-Based Snapshots
The Driver-Based Planning app has been enhanced to allow the following:
Charts for Driver Analysis
To help planners better understand the potential impact of the drivers they created, you can now add charts
that were created in the Analytics app or the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app to the definition of a
driver planning view. The charts you add can also be unrelated to the data in the driver planning view, which
means that you can get additional information beyond the data shown in the driver planning view. For example,
if your planning view contains the RO Agg Sales Qty key figure, you can add an analytics chart that
visualizes data for the RO Agg Sales Qty key figure and the Consensus Demand key figure. This way, you
can see the relation between these two key figures and get an idea of how the drivers in your planning view can
impact the consensus demand.
Charts you add are shown above the grid on the driver planning view. Each chart can be zoomed, shown in an
alternative table view, and refreshed to see the most recent data. You can also navigate to the Analytics app or
the Monitor Custom Alerts app from a chart to get further information.
Editing Multiple Drivers in the Driver Planning View
If you want to change any attribute values for a driver, you can now make your changes directly in the driver
planning view. This way, there’s no need to navigate away from the planning view to do the changes, which is
especially useful if you want to edit multiple drivers in one go. To help facilitate editing of multiple drivers, you

can now apply a change that you made to one attribute of a driver to the attribute of other drivers by dragging
and dropping the attribute value.
Creating Drivers for Different Versions
Planners can now create drivers for versions other than the base version. To enable planners to do that, you
can just select a different version when you create a driver planning view. Note that only one version can be
used for the planning view. It is not possible to add multiple versions at a time to a driver planning view.
 Note
Versions that use version-specific master data types are not supported.
To improve performance, we've made the following changes:
● If you have specified a default planning area, a stored variant containing this default planning area will now
be applied to the list of driver planning views. This means that if you open the entry screen of the Driver-
Based Planning app, only driver planning views from this default planning area are now loaded by default.
This way, driver planning views can be loaded faster. If you want to see driver planning views from other
planning areas, just select another variant.
● Data for the driver planning view is now cached when you open a driver planning view. If you open a driver
planning view and there’s cached data that is not older than 30 minutes, the data is loaded from the cache.
This allows faster loading of a driver planning view. If there’s no cached data available or the cached data is
older than 30 minutes, the system loads the data from the database and updates the cache.
Note that to get the latest data from the database, you need to refresh the data manually to update the
data in the driver planning view. This also updates the data in the cache.
Support of Attribute Permissions
As of this release, the Driver-Based Planning app supports attribute permissions. To make sure that business
users can see the master data attributes they need to work with, you need to check whether they have the
required read and write permissions. If the relevant permissions have not been assigned, you need to grant
them to the business users. For more information, see Manage Attribute Permissions.

Unit of Measure Conversion Support
Inventory optimization now supports unit of measure conversion. You can plan inventory for finished goods,
works in progress, and raw materials using applicable units of measure.
Key Figure Requirements

All quantity-based input key figures must have the same base unit of measure inputs. These input key figures
are:
● IOFORECAST
● IOSALES
● IOMINSTOCKREQUIREMENT
● IOMAXINVENTORY
● TMINLOTSIZE
● TINCLOTSIZE
● TROUNDING
● PMINLOTSIZE
● PINCLOTSIZE
● PROUNDING
● OUTPUTCOEFFICIENT
● COMPONENTCOEFFICIENT
 Caution
Incomplete unit of measure configuration can lead to erroneous results. If a configuration is incomplete,
you'll receive warning messages like the following example: HCONV keyfigure does not exist.
Manage Forecast Error Calculations for Inventory Optimization Support

If you want to use existing profiles created in the Manage Forecast Error Calculations for Inventory Optimization
app with unit of measure conversion, they must be updated with a Target UoM input for accurate calculation of
forecast error measures. For more information, see Forecast Error Calculations.
Model Configuration Changes
The following model configuration changes have been made to support unit of measure conversion. It is
recommended that you update your planning areas accordingly so that you can use this new feature. The
changes have also been made to the SAP3 sample planing area.

● Addition of IBPUOMTO and IBPUOMCONVERSIONFACTOR master data types
● Seven new planning levels
● Twenty-three helper key figures with the prefix HCONV for conversion transformation of input key figures
● Addition of the UOMCONVERSIONFACTOR attribute to quantity-based input and output key figures
● Modification of the request calculation of quantity-based input and output key figures.
For more information, see Sample Planning Area for Inventory Optimization.
UOMTO (Master Data Type ID: IBPUOMTO)
You can use the unit of measure to master data type to set unit of measure conversion information.
Field Value
Name Target UoM
Description Target UoM
Type Simple
Attributes for Master Data Type Unit of Measure To

tion tribute Notes
UOMTOID Target UoM X X
UOMTODESCR Target UoM Desc.
UOMCONVERSIONFACTOR (Master Data Type ID: IBPUOMCONVERSIONFACTOR)
You can use the unit of measure conversion factor master data type to set the unit of measure conversion
factor information.
Field Value
Name UoM Conversion Factor
Description UoM Conversion Factor
Type Compound, component master data types: IBPPRODUCT

and IBPUOMTO.
Attributes for Master Data Type Unit of Measure Conversion Factor

tion tribute Notes
UOMTOID Target UoM X X

tion tribute Notes
UOMCONVERSIONF UOM Conversion

ACTOR Factor
New Planning Levels

The following planning levels have been added to SAP3:
● PRODUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUPUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCLOCFRUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCSRCUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCCOMPSRCUOMTO
● WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAGUOMTO
New Helper Key Figures

The following helper key figures have been added to SAP3:
Helper Key Figures for Input Key Figures
HCONVIOFORECAST Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCCUSTGROU Helper key figure sup

P porting UOM conver
sion for input key fig-
ure IOFORECAST.
HCONVIOMAXINVENTO Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOC Helper key figure sup

RY porting UOM conver
ure IOMAXINVENTORY.
HCONVIOMINSTOCKRE Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOC Helper key figure sup

QUIREMENT porting UOM conver
ure
IOMINSTOCKREQUIRE
MENT.
HCONVIOSALES Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCCUSTGROU Helper key figure sup

P porting UOM conver
ure IOSALES.

HCONVPINCLOTSIZE Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

porting UOM conver
ure PINCLOTSIZE.
HCONVPMINLOTSIZE Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

porting UOM conver
ure PMINLOTSIZE.
HCONVTINCLOTSIZE Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

porting UOM conver
ure TINCLOTSIZE.
HCONVTMINLOTSIZE Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

porting UOM conver
ure TMINLOTSIZE.
Helper Key Figures for Output Key Figures
HCONVCALCPINCLOTS Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

IZE porting UOM conver
sion for the output key
figure
CALCPINCLOTSIZE.
HCONVCALCPMINLOTS Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

figure
CALCPMINLOTSIZE.
HCONVCALCTINCLOTS Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

figure
CALCTINCLOTSIZE.
HCONVCALCTMINLOTS Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

figure
CALCTMINLOTSIZE.

HCONVDEPENDENTLOC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

ATIONDEMANDMEAN porting UOM conver
figure
DEPENDENTLOCATION
DEMANDMEAN.
HCONVDEPENDENTLOC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

ATIONDEMANDSTDD porting UOM conver
figure DEPENDENTLO
CATIONDE
MANDSTDD.
HCONVDEPENDENTLOC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCCOMPSRC Helper key figure sup

TOPRDDEMANDMEAN porting UOM conver
figure
DEPENDENTLOCTOPRD
DEMANDMEAN.
HCONVDEPENDENTLOC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCCOMPSRC Helper key figure sup

TOPRDDEMANDSTDD porting UOM conver
figure
DEPENDENTLOCTOPRD
DEMANDSTDD.
HCONVDEPENDENTSRC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

TOLOCDEMANDMEAN porting UOM conver
figure
DEPENDENTSRCTOLOC
DEMANDMEAN.
HCONVDEPENDENTSRC Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

TOLOCDEMANDSTDD porting UOM conver
figure
DEPENDENTSRCTOLOC
DEMANDSTDD.

HCONVOUTGOINGBACK Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

LOGMEAN porting UOM conver
figure
OUTGOINGBACKLOGME
AN.
HCONVOUTGOINGBACK Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCLOCFR Helper key figure sup

LOGSTDDEV porting UOM conver
figure
OUTGOINGBACKLOGST
DDEV.
HCONVOUTGOINGSRCT Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

OLOCBACKLOGMEAN porting UOM conver
figure
OUTGOINGSRCTOLOCB
ACKLOGMEAN.
HCONVOUTGOINGSRCT Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOCSRC Helper key figure sup

OLOCBACKLOGSTDD porting UOM conver
figure
OUTGOINGSRCTOLOCB
ACKLOGSTDD.
HCONVRECOMMENDEDS Helper Key Figure WKPRODLOC Helper key figure sup

AFETYSTOCK porting UOM conver
figure
RECOMMENDEDSAFETY
STOCK.
Align Lot Size Rounding Inputs with Time-Series Based Supply Planning
To simplify the configuration for customers that use both inventory optimization and time-series based supply
planning, inventory optimization now includes the master data type attributes PROUNDING in the
IBPSOURCEPRODUCTION master data type and TROUNDING in the IBPSOURCELOCATION master data type.
These attributes are also used by time-series based supply planning.
These changes have also been made to the SAP3 sample planning area. We recommend updating your
planning areas accordingly.

Providing inputs for PROUNDING and TROUNDING replaces the requirement to provide inputs for the attributes
as key figures PINCLOTSIZE and TINCLOTSIZE, respectively.
Inputs for PROUNDING and TROUNDING have the same effect in inventory optimization as inputs for
PINCLOTSIZE and TINCLOTSIZE. If PROUNDING and TROUNDING have no inputs, the algorithms use the inputs
for PINCLOTSIZE and TINCLOTSIZE, as in previous releases.
The following inventory planning operators use PROUNDING and TROUNDING:
● Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization

● Decomposed (single-stage) inventory optimization
For more information, see:
● Sample Planning Area for Inventory Optimization

● Inventory Optimization Planning Operators
Support for Ramp-Down and Phase-Out Periods
The Global (Multi-Stage) Inventory Optimization operator has been enhanced to support inventory ramp-downs
and phase-outs.
The operator automatically detects periods of demand ramp-down or phase-out and indicates the states with
the following output key figures:
● Demand Ramp-Down Indicator (DEMANDRAMPDOWNIND)

Detected for a period when the period’s demand falls below a threshold proportional to the demand
moving average. Once detected, the demand ramp-down period is at least as long as the exposure period,
that is, lead time plus periods between review.
● Demand Phase-Out Indicator (DEMANDPHASEOUTIND)
Detected when all consecutive periods have zero demand, including the end of the planning horizon.
To have visibility into this feature, these key figures should be added to your planning area even if you do not
plan to use phase-out or ramp-down. They have been added to the SAP3 sample planning area, as follows:
Output Key Figures
DEMANDPHASEOUTIND Demand Phase-Out WKPRODLOC Demand Phase-Out In

Indicator dicator
DEMANDRAMPDOWNIND Demand Ramp-Down WKPRODLOC Demand Ramp-Down

Indicator Indicator
For more information, see Demand Ramp-Down and Phase-Out.

Attribute-Based Filtering for Inventory Optimization Now Available in the
Excel Add-In Planning View
You can now use attribute-based filter selections in the Excel add-in planning view for the Global (multi-stage)
inventory optimization and Calculate Target Inventory Components. To use attribute-based filtering, you must
do the following:
● Configure the planning area to include the IO Network ID (NETWORKID) master data type attribute,
including in planning levels that have the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. Attribute-based filter
selections in the Excel UI Planning View link to the corresponding IO Network ID outputs.
● A baseline batch run of the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization planning operator must have
completed successfully.
 Note
Attribute-based filter selections are not applied after 200 linked IO Network ID attributes.
Log messages indicate when attribute-based filters are not applied to a scenario, or a planning view contains
invalid combinations of planning unit filters and planning view filters.
The technical global configuration parameter USE_PLANNING_VIEW_FILTER controls this feature. By default,
it is set to YES.
Improved Operator Resiliency when Processing Erroneous Input Data
The following inventory operators now complete optimization runs, even when erroneous input data exists.

The operators exclude erroneous input data related to a subnetwork and continue the optimization run for the
inputs of the remaining subnetworks.
 Note
If erroneous data exists in all subnetworks, the algorithm fails.
The following information is logged:
● Warnings for subnetworks that have erroneous input data

● Errors when all networks have erroneous input data
In addition, for the following operators:

● Calculate Forecast Error CV
If the output key figure value exceed eighteen numerals, including six decimal digits, that is any value greater
than 999,999,999,999.999999, inventory optimization set such outputs to NULL. The application logs a

message during the operator run (when run in either the Excel add-in or the Application Jobs app) similar to the
following: One or more Key Figures for PRDID FG1, LOCID LOC1, CUSTGROUP A were set to
NULL due to Numerical Overflow.
This applies to all inventory optimization output key figures.
Deprecation of the Expected Lost Demand Operator
As announced in 1905 and in 1908, the Expected lost demand operator has been deprecated and no longer
functions.
In 1911, the Expected lost demand operator has been removed from the following parts of IBP:
● The list of planning operators for existing planning areas

● The SAP3 and SAPIBP1 sample planning areas
● The IBP Fiori UI
● The IBP Excel add-in
The output key figure for the operator, LOSTCUSTOMERDEMANDMEAN, is also an output of the Global (multi-
stage) inventory optimization operator, therefore customers who used Expected lost demand must switch to
using the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator to populate this key figure.
Deprecation of the Inventory Optimization DDMRP Operators
As announced in the 1908 release, the following inventory optimization (IO) DDMRP operators were
deprecated in the 1908 release:
Operator Name Algorithm Type
Calculate DDMRP buffer levels DDMRP_BUFFER
Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve) DDMRP_SIP
The deprecated IO DDMRP operators have been removed in the 1911 release.
New versions of these operators can be found in IBP for demand-driven replenishment. For more information
about the Demand-Driven Replenishment DDMRP operators, see DDR Planning Operators.

Here you can see which changes in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911 affect time-series-based supply
planning.
Planning Area Changes
In this release, new sample model entities have been introduced for time-series-based supply planning, as
described in the Lot-Sizing Procedures: Excluding Dependent Location Demand and Dependent Production
Demand section below. They’ve already been added to the SAP4 sample planning area.
Please note that the SAP74 sample planning area will not be available as of 1911 (see SAP74 Has Been Removed
as of This Release [page 190]
New Heuristic Type: Finite Heuristic
We've introduced a new heuristic type for the time-series-based supply planning heuristic, called the finite
heuristic. It creates a supply plan based on prioritized demand, taking certain supply and resource constraints
into account. Priorities are derived from the costs of demand and sources of supply (higher costs mean higher
priority for demands, lower costs means higher priority for sources of supply).
This new heuristic is the only one that enables you to create a supply plan based on priorities and, unlike the
optimizer, prioritizes demand over costs.
The finite heuristic satisfies demand for each location depending on priority, unless one of the following apply:
● You've defined adjusted key figure values that prevent the system from fulfilling the entire demand.
● Lead times prevent delivery in time for the first few periods of the planning horizon.
● Missing supply options (for example, material restrictions).
● Capacity restrictions.
The finite heuristic doesn't generate any shortages, as it propagates insufficient supply of a location product in
a downstream direction, for example, from a distribution center to a customer.
Some features and constraints are out of scope for the finite heuristic.
For more information, see Time-Series-Based Supply Planning Finite Heuristic.
New Optimizer Parameters
In the profile for the TS-Based Supply Optimizer, the following new parameters are available, which you can use
to improve the runtime of the algorithm or the quality of the results:
● Use finite heuristic as start solution

● Discount non-delivery and late delivery costs
● Numerical Focus, Numerical Scaling, and Numerical Pre-Optimization
For existing profiles, the new parameters are switched off by default. For more information about their use, see
Optimizer Parameters.
New S&OP Operator Parameter: Minimum Transport Handling Policy
This new parameter, available in the Primary Parameters section of the S&OP Operator Profiles app, lets you
control synchronization of the Minimum Transport Supply and Minimum Transport Receipts input key figures.
Now you can choose to sync them automatically by selecting Coupled, instead of manually having to enter the
quantity that leaves the ship-from location in Minimum Transport Supply for the respective period, and the
quantity that arrives at the ship-to location in Minimum Transport Receipts for the respective period.
The default behavior is that these key figures aren't synchronized automatically as Uncoupled is the default, so
make sure you choose Coupled to sync them automatically.
For more information, see Minimum Transport Handling Policy in Primary Parameters for the supply planning
heuristic, or the equivalent topic for the optimizer, check mode, and local updates algorithms.
New Parameter for Shelf Life Planning Heuristic
There's a new parameter USE_INFINITE_SHELF_LIFE_FOR_NEGATIVE_PROJECTED_INVENTORY for the

supply planning shelf life heuristic. You can use this parameter to support an alternative approach for shelf life
planning, where you separate quantities that you already have in stock (stock on hand) from quantities arising
from new production receipts or external receipts anywhere in the supply chain network, so that you can see in
the IBP Excel add-in whether they originate from existing stock (stock on hand) or from new production or
external receipts. To do this, set the parameter to Y (Yes).
If you don't want to separate stock on hand from planned production or external receipts, that is, if you want to
consider the actual remaining shelf life of future production receipts and external receipts, set the parameter to
N or leave it as the default value (blank) and set the PREMSHELFLIFE attribute to its actual shelf life value.
To set this parameter, you must first add it to the Additional Parameters section of the Shelf Life Planning
heuristic type in the S&OP Operator Profiles app.
For more information, see Different Approaches to Shelf Life Planning and subtopics.
Lot-Sizing Procedures: Excluding Dependent Location Demand and

Dependent Production Demand
You can now exclude dependent location demand and dependent production demand when using the static
and dynamic periods of supply lot-sizing procedures. You do this in the Location Product master data type by
setting the IGNOREDEPLOCDEM (Ignore Dependent Location Demand) attribute or the IGNOREDEPPRODDEM
(Ignore Dependent Production Demand) attribute (as appropriate) to X.

For more information, see Excluding Different Types of Demand in Periods of Supply.
S&OP Key Figure Configuration Checks Now Raise Errors for All Customers
The following S&OP operator checks introduced in 1902 as warnings, converted to errors for new customers in
1905, and remaining as warnings for existing customers in 1908, have now been converted to errors for
existing customers too:
● Key figures that you marked as input/output for supply planning during model configuration are valid for
the S&OP operator.
● Each planning level's key figure root attributes are correct and consistent.
If you are an existing customer and, as a result of these checks, you see such error messages after the upgrade
to 1911, you must take action to adjust your planning areas as described in the following subsections.
Key Figures Not Recognized

If you get an error message that a key figure is not recognized by the S&OP operator and will be ignored, take
one of the following options to correct your planning area:
● If you don't need the key figure, delete it from planning area.
● If it's an aggregated constraint key figure but you didn't mark it as such, ensure you do mark it as an
aggregated constraint key figure.
● In key figure configuration under Input/Output of Supply Planning, select Indirect Input instead of Input,
Input/output, or Output.
● If the key figure isn't relevant for the S&OP operator, set Input/Output of Supply Planning to blank.
Attribute Not Expected in Key Figure's Base Planning Level

If you get an error message that there's an unexpected attribute in the key figure's base planning level, take one
of the following options to correct your planning area:
● Adjust the key figure's planning level by ensuring the attribute isn't a root attribute.
Attribute Missing from Key Figure's Base Planning Level

If you get an error message that there's an attribute missing from the key figure's base planning level, take one
of the following options to correct your planning area:
● Adjust the key figure's planning level by adding the attribute as a root attribute.
Search for S&OP Operator Profile ID Enabled in Three Application Job

Templates
We have made the following usability improvement to the S&OP Operator, S&OP Forecast Consumption, and
S&OP Optimizer Explanation application job templates: To assign an S&OP operator profile to an application
job based on one of these templates, you can now search for existing profile IDs (as shown in the S&OP
Operator Profiles app).

SAP74 Has Been Removed as of This Release
As announced in the previous release of SAP Integrated Business Planning, the SAP74 sample planning area is
no longer available.
Instead of SAP74, we recommend that you use a combination of the SAP7 and SAP4 sample planning areas, or
SAPIBP1 as described in SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning. For more information, see
http://rapid.sap.com/bp/rds_ibp .
Here you can see which changes in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911 affect order-based planning.
Sample Planning Area Updates
In this release, new and changed sample model entities are delivered for order-based planning as described in
the section about New Key Figures for Inbound Quotas [page 202].
To use the sample model entities, make sure they're added to your company's planning areas. They've already
been added to the SAP7 sample planning area for order-based planning.
Please note that the SAP74 sample planning area will not be available as of 1911 (see SAP74 Has Been Removed
as of This Release [page 202]).
New App: Source of Supply Selection Profiles
You can now set up source of supply selection profiles to define how the planning engine selects sources of
supply to meet demand. Up until 1908, the planning engine selected sources of supply based purely on their
priority. As of 1911, three different selection modes are available:
● Priority
Sources of supply are selected in order of priority.
● Alternating
The planning engine switches between sources of supply to meet demand, switching to sources with a
lower priority if necessary to fulfill demand as late as possible.
● Quota
Sources of supply are selected to meet quotas over a particular time period. These quotas are defined
using the new key figures for inbound quotas.
You use a source of supply selection profile to define which of these selection modes the planning engine
should use. You have to create a source of supply selection profile in two places:
● In the new Source of Supply Selection Profiles app.

● In SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA,
supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning in the /IBP/ECC_MDSET
transaction.
 Note
● Assign the Source of Supply Selection Profile (SAP_IBP_BC_RM_SOS_SEL_PRF_PC) business catalog

to the relevant business roles to use the new app.
● You need at least the 1911.0.0_FULL version of the OpenAPI to integrate source of supply selection
profiles.
You assign a source of supply selection profile to location materials using transaction /IBP/ECC_LOCMAT or
the mass maintenance transaction MASSD.
You can view the source of supply selection profiles assigned to your location materials or use SoS Selection
Profile as a filter in the View Location Materials app. To view the profiles in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new
referenced column SOS_SELECTION_PROFILE that has been added to the SMD_MALO and SMD_MALO_S
external data sources. Note that SoS Selection Profile has been added to the S7LOCATIONPRODUCT master
data type, but not to the SAP7 sample planning area itself. This attribute can be edited in the IBP Excel add-in if
there is external version-specific master data.
For more information about the app and the other steps, see Source of Supply Selection Profiles and Setting
Up Source of Supply Selection Profiles.
Assigning Multiple Logical Systems to an Integration Profile
It is now possible to assign multiple logical systems to one integration profile. This enhancement makes new
use cases possible, for example:
● Integrate master data and transactional data from different logical systems into the same planning area
and create a supply plan based on all this data.
● Supplement the data in your planning area with a data set from a different source at a later point in time.
 Note
To integrate data from different external systems to the same OBP planning area, you must do the
following:
● Install and configure one of the following versions of the IBP add-on:
○ SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.1 SP11
○ SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning: 1.0 SP08
● Run initial stock load for all materials that you need to integrate (transaction /IBP/ECC_INT_TRANS).
You have to run this transaction every time before integrating this data to IBP.
● Integrate data using either the 1911.0.0_FULL or 1911.0.0_TRANS OpenAPI version.
We recommend that you do not select the Erase Prev. Integrated Data checkbox when running the Data
Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound) application job to prevent possible data loss in case master
data across your external systems is not harmonized.
Since the supply plan considers data from different sources, you get a clearer picture of which demands can
actually be fulfilled and, thus, have a more reliable supply plan.

This enhancement means that there are new fields and functions in the following apps:
New Buttons in Integration Profiles App

The Integration Profiles app now allows you to assign multiple logical systems to an integration profile. There
are new buttons under Integration Settings that enable you to add, replace, and remove logical systems. There
is also an Undo button, which you can use to undo a logical system change that has not yet been activated.
Working with multiple logical systems means that you now need to be aware of the following when activating
your profile:
● You have to activate an integration profile when you add a logical system for the first time.
● If you replace a logical system and activate the profile, this replacement is reflected in the referencing data,
which will be updated from the new logical system with the next integration run.
● If you want to remove a logical system, you have to delete the referencing data before you can activate the
profile.
New Column in Master Data and Transactional Data Apps

In the following master data and transactional apps, you can now display a Logical System column that displays
the logical system defined for the external system from which the data is imported to order-based planning:
 Note
This column is not displayed by default. You have to go into your Settings and select it from there.
● View Materials
● View Locations
● View Resources
● View Customers
● View Suppliers
In this app, you can only display the Logical System column in the details of a location material. Select a
location material in the list first to see the detailed view, and then select the column from the Settings.
● View Demands by Priority
In this app, there are two separate columns Logical System - Demand and Logical System - Receipt.
You can also adapt the filters at the top of the screen in the apps to include Logical System (except for View
Projected Stock and View Demands by Priority).
In order to view the Logical System column in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new referenced column LOGSYS that
has been added to the following external data sources:
● SMD_CUST
● SMD_LOC
● SMD_LOC_S

● SMD_MALA
● SMD_MALAMOT
● SMD_MALA_MAT
● SMD_MALA_S
● SMD_MALO
● SMD_MALO_S
● SMD_MAT
● SMD_PDS_S_V2
● SMD_PDS_V2
● SMD_RES
● SMD_RES_S_V2
● SMD_SUMA
● SMD_SUMALA
● SMD_SUPL
Note that Logical System has been added to the master data types that you can display throughout the above
listed apps, but not to the SAP7 sample planning area itself.
Enhancement of Demand Prioritization Feature
Maintenance of Demand Prioritization Rules in Different App
You now have to maintain demand prioritization rules in the Planning Run Profiles app. For this purpose, we
have added a new tab in the app called Demand Prioritization Rule. Assign the SAP_IBP_BC_PLAN_PROF_PC
business catalog to the business roles of the colleagues who had already been using the Rules for Demand
Prioritization app, so that they can start using the Planning Run Profiles app. With the upgrade to the 2005
release, the Rules for Demand Prioritization app will no longer be available.
Your existing demand prioritization rules cannot be transferred to the Planning Run Profiles app because,
among other things, the segment condition editor also received a complete redesign. We kindly ask you to re-
create any previous demand prioritization rules using the new condition editor with all its new features.
While in the Rules for Demand Prioritization app you could save and reuse segments as well as sequences of
sort attributes as collections, you can now copy entire planning run profiles including the complete demand
prioritization rule. One use case could be that you create a template planning run profile that contains a
template demand prioritization rule that you use as a basis for other planning run profiles and rules.
Alternatively, for example, you can copy a planning run profile that contains a very specific demand
prioritization rule and then extend or change this rule.
New Rule Vocabulary
When crafting demand prioritization rules, you can make use of a new rule vocabulary for segment conditions
and sort attributes.

You can find an overview of the attributes, which object they are part of, whether they can be used to prioritize
sales orders or forecasts, as well as an explanation of the business semantics under Attributes in Demand
Prioritization.
New App to Define Custom Sequences of Sort Attribute Values

You can now use the Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values app. With this app you can define custom
sequences for the values of sort attributes for demands, for example, for non-numeric values.
Assign the Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values (SAP_IBP_BC_SSAV_PC) business catalog to the relevant
business roles to use the new app.
For more information, see Define Sequence of Sort Attribute Values.
New Version of the View Demands by Priority App

We deliver a new version of the View Demands by Priority app. Instead of a version ID (for the planning area)
and a rule, you need to provide a version ID, a planning run profile, a planning start date, and a time zone to view
the ranked demands.
To the older View Demands by Priority app that is based on rule selection, we have added the subtitle Version To
be Deprecated. With the upgrade to the 2005 release, it will no longer be available.
The planning start date enables you to define the point in time that is considered as “now” by the simulated
planning performed with this app. It influences a variety of planning data, such as the date offset defined in
segment conditions for demand prioritization, the point in time when key figures are read, lead time
calculations, the freeze horizons, and the plan deletion horizon.
New Application Job Templates for Planning Runs
In the context of the Enhancement of Demand Prioritization Feature [page 193] and Optimizer Parameters in
Planning Run Profiles [page 197] topics, we have introduced new application job templates. We have added To
Be Deprecated to the names of the old job templates. You can still use them for now, but they will no longer be
available after the upgrade to 2005.
Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer

The new job template doesn’t have the horizon and cost parameters any more, and the planning run profile is a
mandatory parameter. Instead of most cost parameters, you can use the catch-all segments of the respective
cost rules in planning run profiles. The Non-Delivery Cost Rate and the Late Delivery Cost Rate from the job
parameters have been replaced by the Non-Delivery Cost Weight and the Late Delivery Cost Weight. You can set
these in the optimizer parameters of the planning run profile if you choose to determine demand costs by
demand prioritization.
All Application Job Templates for Planning Runs

Since you now have to select a planning run profile to apply your rules during planning runs, the following
application job templates have been enhanced:

● Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run as Operator

● Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run as Operator
● Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run as Operator
The new application job templates have the mandatory Planning Run Profile parameter instead of the
mandatory Rule parameter.
Note that if you plan to run the Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run as Operator, Order-Based Planning:
Constrained Forecast Run as Operator, or Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run as Operator application jobs
from the IBP Excel add-in, you have to do the following when saving the template:
● Fill in the Planning Area field

● Leave the Version and Filter fields empty
Handling After the Upgrade

The easiest approach for handling applications jobs that you scheduled using the previous version of one of
these application job templates or copies of them would be to re-create these application jobs using the new
template and assign a planning run profile. If you want to keep the scheduled jobs, please keep the following in
mind:
 Note
● If a rule as well as a planning run profile were assigned in the application job when you scheduled it, the
rule will overrule the demand prioritization rule of the planning run profile while the other settings of
the planning run profile are respected.
● As for the optimizer parameters, jobs based on the old job templates take the more specific cost
settings from the planning run profile (as they already did in the last release), while they take the
horizon settings from the job parameters.
Calendar Usage Updates in OBP
Calendars for Shipping, Receiving, Transportation and Factories

Order-based planning now supports separate calendars for transportation, goods issue, and goods receipt (the
latter for stock transfer and purchasing).
Previously, there was no calendar for transportation scheduling, that is, all days were considered working days.
The factory calendar was used to schedule goods issues and goods receipts.
As of 1911, the newly added shipping, receiving, and transportation calendars support you with scheduling
goods issue dates, planning duration of goods receipts, and calculating transportation time – all taking non-
working days into consideration. For more information, see Scheduling of Planned Orders, Stock Transfer and
Purchase Requisitions.
You can view the shipping and receiving calendars assigned to your location materials or use Shipping Calendar
or Receiving Calendar as filters in the View Location Materials app.
To view these calendars in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new referenced columns SHIPPING_CALENDAR or
RECEIVING_CALENDAR that have been added to the SMD_MALO and SMD_MALO_S external data sources.
For referenced column FACTORY_CALENDAR, use the SMD_LOC or SMD_LOC_S external data sources.

Note that the shipping, receiving, or factory calendars have been added to the S7LOCATIONPRODUCT master
data type, but not to the SAP7 sample planning area itself.
Transportation calendars support calculating the duration of transportation on a transportation lane taking
into consideration time zone-related constraints that impact the schedule. Transportation calendars can be
displayed or used as a filter in the View Transportation Lanes app. To view these calendars in the IBP Excel add-
in, use the new referenced column TRANSPORTATION_CALENDAR that has been added to the SMD_MALA,
SMD_MALA_S, and SMD_MALAMOT external data sources. The settings for Transportation Calendar Time Zone
reflect the source or the target location’s time specifics, which you can set based on your business
requirements. To view calendar time zone settings in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new referenced column
USE_SOURCE_LOCATION_TIME_ZONE that has been added to the SMD_MALA, SMD_MALA_S, and SMD_MALAMOT
external data sources.
Note that both the Transportation Calendar and the Transportation Calendar Time Zone attributes have been
added to the S7LANEPRODUCT master data type, but not to the SAP7 sample planning area itself.
For more information on how to change the time zone for a specific transportation calendar or modify other
calendar assignments, see Defining Calendars and Durations.
 Note
You need the 1911.0.0_FULL version of the OpenAPI to use the newly supported calendars.
If you use the new OpenAPI and integrate data using the file adapter, you have to maintain the
transportation, shipping, and receiving calendars. Otherwise, all days are considered working days.
If you integrate data from the IBP add-on using the 1911 OpenAPI versions with ABAP adapter and you do
not maintain the shipping and receiving calendars in the transaction /IBP/ECC_LOCCAL, the location
factory calendar values will be used by default. If you do not maintain one of these calendars in this
transaction, all days are considered to be working days for the unmaintained calendar.
If you don’t use the new OpenAPI, the location factory calendar will be copied to the new shipping and
receiving calendars. Transportation will continue to be scheduled without a calendar.
We recommend that you integrate calendars only from one source system to maintain consistency of the
data.
Calendar Maintenance
The transportation, shipping, and receiving calendars can be maintained in the SAP ERP, supply chain
integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or in the SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
More precisely, you can maintain the transportation calendar on the level of the mode of transport
(transaction /IBP/ECC_MOTDECISION) or of the transportation lane (transaction /IBP/ECC_TLANE). The
shipping and receiving calendars are maintained on location level, but they are integrated to the location
material level in IBP.
You can use the /IBP/ECC_SAVE_MATERIAL BAdI to change the calendar assignment on location material
level.

Change in the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency)
Application Job
As of this release of IBP, when you use the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency)
application job to integrate calendar data, planning calendars are automatically created in IBP for the existing
factory calendars. See also: Planning Calendars [page 207].
Optimizer Parameters in Planning Run Profiles
Planning run profiles now include optimizer parameters for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast
Run Using Optimizer. These consist of the following:
● Some parameters that were previously available in the job template for the Order-Based Planning:
Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer, that is, the maximum runtime, the planning horizon, and
horizons related to lot sizes and fixed costs. Note that the default planning horizon has changed from 365
to 180 days.
● Cost settings where you can set quota violation costs, which is a completely new function. In addition, you
can decide whether the optimizer should derive demand costs from demand prioritization or from demand
cost rules.
In this context, we have introduced a new application job template for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained
Forecast Run Using Optimizer. For more information, see New Application Job Templates for Planning Runs
[page 194].
Period Settings Button Added
The Period Settings button was added in the View Projected Stock and Analyze Supply Usage apps. It displays
columns that show the period in which the dates in the corresponding columns lie, using one of the period
types that are available in the planning area's time profile.
You can customize the period descriptions that are displayed. For more information, see Creating Time Periods
from a Template.
● In the View Projected Stock app, the button was added in the Stock Projection section.
Using this button, you can now display the Requested or Planned Date (Period) and Goods Receipt Date
(Period) columns, which show the period in which the dates in the Requested or Planned Date and Goods
Receipt Date columns lie.
● In the Analyze Supply Usage app, the button was added in the Items section. The following columns have
been added:
○ Confirmed or Planned Date - Receipt (Period)
○ Confirmed or Planned Date - Demand (Period)
○ Confirmed or Planned Start Date - Receipt (Period)
○ Requested Date - Receipt (Period)
○ Requested Date - Demand (Period)
○ Requested Start Date - Receipt (Period)

New OpenAPI Versions
New OpenAPI Inbound Versions

Component Version
The 1911.0.0_FULL OpenAPI inbound version has been enhanced as follows:
● New columns REC_CALENDAR, and SHIP_CALENDAR in the IBP_LOCATION_MATERIAL table that you can
use to integrate receiving and shipping calendars
● New columns SRC_LOC_TZ_X, and TRANS_CALENDAR in the IBP_TRANSPORTATION_LANE table that you
can use to integrate transportation calendars and time zones to be used for these calendars
● New column SOS_PROFILE_ID in the IBP_LOCATION_MATERIAL table that you can use to integrate
source of supply (SoS) profile data
● Number of characters you can enter in the FABKL column in the IBP_LOCATION table has been changed
from 2 to 32.
With this OpenAPI version, the following new validations have been introduced:
● A new validation is introduced to check all columns in all tables for the following special characters that are
not allowed: > < ‘ “ and CR, CR-LF, Tab, empty line. In exceptional cases (for example, for customer
attribute fields, and for description fields), these special characters are changed to the underscore, or a
white space character, but otherwise the integration stops with an error message. For more information,
see SAP Note 2133072 .
● Before location data is integrated, a validation runs to identify if a planning calendar exists in IBP for this
plant. If it does not exist, the integration stops.
● Before data for receiving, shipping, and transportation calendars is integrated, a validation runs to identify
if planning calendars exist in IBP for these calendars. If they do not exist, the integration proceeds with
warnings.
● Customer locations are checked if the location name is __N. This value is used as a null value in the
planning. A warning is written to the log if this happens.
● If the procurement priority value is negative, the record will not be integrated, but the integration job will
proceed with a warning.
The following validation has been introduced in the 1911.0.0_FULL and 1911.0.0_TRANS OpenAPI inbound
versions:
Before order data is integrated, the validation runs to check if the vendor and customer locations are filled in
for sales orders, outbound deliveries, purchase orders, and stock transfer orders. If left empty, the entry is
removed from the staging table, and a warning is displayed.
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of the ERP add-ons for IBP are required:

New OpenAPI Planning Results Extraction Version
The following new OpenAPI version for the planning results extraction is now available:
Component Version
There is a new LOGSYS column in the IBP_ANALYTIC_ORDER and IBP_STOCK _OUT analytical data tables that
tells you the name of the logical system defined for the external system from which data was imported to
order-based planning.
 Note
This column can be empty.
New Validation in the Previous Versions of OpenAPI Inbound
Before location data is integrated, a validation runs to identify if a factory calendar exists in IBP for this plant. If
it does not exist, the integration stops.
Sharing Scenarios with User Groups
In the Manage Versions and Scenarios app, you can now share your scenarios with user groups as well as
individual users. To do this, you select one or more user groups from the dropdown list in the User Groups field,
which contains all the user groups that have been defined in the User Groups app.
Reading Key Figures Using Period Types
 Remember
Since 1908, key figures can be read using the period types that are available from the time profile that is
assigned to your planning area.
Through this enhancement, you can now generally use the following period types in order-based planning:
● Day
● Technical Week
● Week
● Month
● Quarter
● Year
To start using the period types of the time profile, you have to disable the periodicity mapping in the Settings for
Order-Based Planning app under Time Profile Levels. Then, for the individual key figures or groups of key figures

that are mapped in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app, you have to select the period types that are
available in the respective time profile. If you want to use other period types than those you used in the past,
you have to adjust the time profile in the Time Profiles app.
For some of the key figures, you can't select the period type in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app. For
these key figures, which are used for forecasts, product allocation, and fair-share portion sizes, the period type
settings are independent of versions and even planning areas and you select the period type in the respective
app for profile maintenance. To select the period type for these key figures, you must go to the following apps:
● Fair-Share Set Profiles

● Forecast Consumption Profiles
● Product Allocation Profiles
You can select all period types that can now generally be used in order-based planning in these apps. However,
the selected period type also has to be available in the planning areas in which you perform the planning runs
that use these profiles.
 Note
Once you've disabled the periodicity mapping in one planning area, it is recommended that you also disable
it in all other planning areas that you're using. This is because fair-share set profiles, forecast consumption
profiles, and product allocation profiles are independent of planning areas.
New Column in Analyze Supply Usage App
We have added the new Delay - Receipt (Days) column to the Supply Usage and Resource Usage tables in the
Analyze Supply Usage app.
The Delay - Receipt (Days) column shows if a specific receipt is causing the delay for an independent demand.
Previously, the delay information was available on demand level only (Delay - Demand (Days) column). The
content of the new column is calculated as the difference between the Confirmed or Planned Date - Receipt and
Requested Date - Receipt.
Term "Primary Demand" Replaced by "Independent Demand" in User

Assistance
To make our terminology more consistent, we have replaced the term "primary demand" with the term
"independent demand" in the application help, in the in-app help, and in system messages for order-based
planning. Independent demands are requirements for items that are not directly linked to demands for other
items. Sales orders and forecasts are considered independent demands.
We have introduced the term "planned independent demand" to refer to forecasts specifically.

Displaying Integrated Master Data in IBP Excel Add-In When Root Attributes
Are Empty
It is now possible to display the integrated master data for sales order field catalogs in IBP Excel add-in even if
some of the root attributes of your data are empty: the planning objects for such empty root attributes are
generated and the attributes are displayed in the Excel add-in with the __N value. This allows you to keep the
planning objects related to external planning levels always in sync with the data in the OBP planning levels.
 Example
You have an attribute that is used in forecasting but this attribute is not filled in for all sales orders in SAP
ERP. With the__N value, the sales quantities for such sales orders will be displayed correctly in the IBP Excel
add-in.
To enable this, the following new data sources are now available and you can configure your OBP planning area
to use them:
● SMD_SFC_V2
● SMD_SFC_BUSINESS_AREA_V2
● SMD_SFC_COMPANY_CODE_V2
● SMD_SFC_CUSTOMATTR1_V2 - SMD_SFC_CUSTOMATTR7_V2
● SMD_SFC_CUSTOMATTR10_V2
● SMD_SFC_CUSTOMER_CLASS_V2
● SMD_SFC_CUSTOMER_GROUP_V2
● SMD_SFC_CUSTOMER_REGION_V2
● SMD_SFC_DELIVERY_GROUP_V2
● SMD_SFC_DELIVERY_PRIORITY_V2
● SMD_SFC_DEST_COUNTRY_V2
● SMD_SFC_DOCUMENT_TYPE_V2
● SMD_SFC_ITEM_CATEGORY_V2
● SMD_SFC_MATERIAL_HIERARCHY_V2
● SMD_SFC_ORDER_TYPE_V2
● SMD_SFC_SALES_DISTRICT_V2
● SMD_SFC_SHIP_TO_PARTY_V2
● SMD_SFC_SOLD_TO_PARTY_V2
Also, a new data source STD_SFC_V2 will replace the combination of the STD_SFC and the STD_SFC_EXT data
sources. For more information, see SAP Note 2633495 . This SAP Note also describes the required
configuration steps to use SMD_SFC_V2 data sources.
You will still be able to use the old data sources (without _V2 in the names) if you have already used them in
previous releases, but we are planning to deprecate them in future. If you are a new customer, the old data
sources will not be displayed for you as of 2002 release of IBP. We recommend you to switch to the new data
sources as soon as possible.
New Application Job Order-Based Planning: Purge Unused SFC Combinations

If you use SMD_SFC V2 data sources in your OBP planning area (see the list above), the external data is not
deleted automatically when you delete corresponding SFC. To delete this external data, you can use the Order-

Based Planning: Purge Unused SFC Combinations application job. This job deletes sales order field catalogs
(SFCs) from the external data sources if the field combinations do not have any sales orders or forecast
associated with them in any existing planning area of the same integration profile.
If required, you can also use this job to delete version-specific master data for such field combinations. If you
use the new SMD_SFC_V2 external master data source in your OBP planning area, you can use this application
job to delete planning objects that are not used anywhere.
 Note
Note the following:
● To delete unused planning objects with this application job, you first have to do the following:
1. Assign the CVC_IS_VALID reference column to an attribute for the external master data type with
the SMD_SFC_V2 data source.
2. Add this attribute to your planning area and change the attribute category to mandatory.
● If you use single-column SMD_SFC V2 data sources, you cannot delete the unused planning objects
with this application job, please use the Purge Non-Conforming Data application job instead.
If you use SMD_SFC V2 data sources in your OBP planning area, we recommend to run this job monthly.
SAP74 Has Been Removed as of This Release
As announced in the previous release of SAP Integrated Business Planning, the SAP74 sample planning area is
New Key Figures for Inbound Quotas
We have added new key figures to the SAP7 sample planning area that allow you to specify minimum and
maximum quotas at the production data structure and transportation lane levels:
● Minimum Quota for Production (MINPDSQUOTA): Minimum quota for sourcing the net demand for a
location product via production sources. This input key figure specifies the minimum value (percentage as
decimal value in range 0 – 1) at which PDS should be used.
● Maximum Quota for Production (MAXPDSQUOTA): Maximum quota for sourcing the net demand for a
location product via production sources. This input key figure specifies the maximum value (percentage as
decimal value in range 0 – 1) at which PDS should be used.
● Minimum Quota for Transportation Lane (MINTLANEQUOTA): Minimum quota for sourcing the net demand
for a location product from various locations by means of stock transfers. This input key figure specifies
the minimum value (percentage as decimal value in range 0 – 1) at which transportation lane should be
used.
● Maximum Quota for Transportation Lane (MAXTLANEQUOTA): Maximum quota for sourcing the net demand
for a location product from various locations by means of stock transfers. This input key figure specifies

the maximum value (percentage as decimal value in range 0 – 1) at which transportation lane should be
used.
You assign these key figures in the new Quotas for Source of Supply section in the Settings for Order-Based
Planning app. For more information, see Settings for Order-Based Planning.
Deprecation of OpenAPI Versions
The 1711.0.0_OUTBOUND OpenAPI version will no longer be available as of SAP Integrated Business Planning
1911:
Component Version
OUTBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 1711.0.0_OUTBOUND
If you are using this OpenAPI version, you will get a warning about the deprecation, but you can continue to use
it in the 1911 and 2002 releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning. Note that this OpenAPI version will cease
to function as of the 2005 release and any jobs that use this OpenAPI version will fail after the upgrade to the
2005 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that you cancel or delete
any scheduled jobs that use this OpenAPI version, and replace them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used this OpenAPI version, you will not be able to schedule a job using it as of the 1911
have been deprecated and are now no longer available:
Component Version
1705.0.0_TRANS
Default Value for EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT Will Change in 2002

Release of IBP
As of 2002 release of Integrated Business Planning, the default value for the
EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT global parameter will be changed from -1 to 0. It means that by default
only one Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job can run for the same planning
area. If the Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job is currently running for your

planning area and you start another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job,
the job will fail and an error message will be displayed.
If you would like to allow multiple Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level jobs to
run at the same time for the same planning area, you will have to change the value to 0 (the current default
value). Note that this setting can lead to the failure of the job you started in parallel.
2.14 Exception Management
An overview of the new features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 1911
Navigating to the View Gating Factors App from the Monitor Custom Alerts
App
You can now navigate to the View Gating Factors app from the Monitor Custom Alerts app.
 Note
This navigation feature is only available for alerts based on an order-based planning area.
Copying Your Subscriptions to Define New Alerts
In the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app, you can now copy an existing subscription within an alert
definition to speed up the alert subscription creation process.
Comparing Key Figures from Different Time Periods
In the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app, you can now define alert rules that compare key figures using
a time-period offset.
For example, you can compare the difference between the current value of a key figure against its value from
two months ago: Consensus Demand <200% of the Consensus Demand (two months ago).
Receiving Notifications and Emails for Custom Alerts
If you want to stay informed and not miss an alert while you are performing other tasks in other SAP Integrated
Business Planning apps, you can now receive notifications for your active and snoozed custom alerts in the

Notifications area in the launchpad shell bar. In addition, you can now also choose to receive an email
notification for your active and snoozed custom alerts. You can navigate to the Monitor Custom Alerts app and
take further action both from a notification and from an email.
The administrator/configuration expert can now schedule the Custom Alert Notifications application job to
trigger notifications for users or user groups who have custom alerts and subscriptions.
The administrator/configuration expert can now set the following new global parameters in the new
OUTPUT_MANAGEMENT parameter group:
● EMAIL_SENDER_ADDRESS
Defines the email address of the sender of a custom alert notification email.
● EMAIL_SENDER_NAME
Defines the name of the sender of a custom alert notification email.
Showing Active and Snoozed Alerts on Your Custom Alerts Overview
In the Define Custom Alerts Overview app, you now have the option to show the number of active and snoozed
alerts on a chart to help you distinguish your alerts.
Related Information

Subscribing to Custom Alert Definitions
Receive Notifications and Emails for Custom Alerts
Predefined Application Job Templates
Show Active and Snoozed Alerts in the Custom Alerts Overview
Defining Rules to Trigger Alerts
An overview of the new features available for identity and access management in SAP Integrated Business
Planning for 1911.
Maintain Business Roles
With this feature you can define a business master role and then derive other business roles from it. This
enables you to transfer general restrictions that apply to the derived roles too and thereby reduces the manual
effort.

Related Information
How to Create Master and Derived Business Roles
2.16.1 Copy Version Operator and Delete Version Operator
Copying and Deleting of Time-Independent Key Figures
In previous releases, time-independent key figures could not be copied using the application job templates for
the copy version operator and delete version operator. The only way the configuration expert could make time-
independent key figures available for copying and deleting was by configuring a request-level calculation for
those key figures that was time-dependent.
To save you from having to configure this kind of calculation, we’ve now made time-independent key figures
available for selection by default. Note that time-independent key figures can only be selected in the
application job templates, not in the IBP Excel add-in. If you want to copy or delete time-independent key
figures in the IBP Excel add-in, you still need to configure a time-dependent calculation for them.
Cleanup of Selectable Key Figure Types in IBP Excel Add-In
Until now, you were able to select external key figures in the IBP Excel add-in for the copy version operator and
delete version operator, even though these operators don’t support this key figure type.
With 1911, we’ve also cleaned up the key figure types that you can select for the copy version operator and
delete version operator in the IBP Excel add-in. As of this release, you can no longer select external key figures
for these operators.
If you want to copy external key figure values, you must use the Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data
application job. This application job is specifically used for external key figures from order-based planning.

Related Information
Settings for Copying Between Versions
2.16.2 Planning Calendars
New App for Viewing Planning Calendars
If you have assigned factory calendars in your SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA on-premise system for use as factory,
shipping, receiving, or transportation calendars in order-based planning, these can be integrated into IBP via
SAP HANA Smart Data Integration. When you start to use SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911, planning
calendars are created based on these integrated factory calendars.
You can use the new Planning Calendars app to display planning calendars. Using this app, you can view the
number of working and non-working days in the current and previous years, and display workday-related
details of the factory calendar on which the planning calendar is based.
The new Planning Basics business catalog and Calendars restriction type can be used to provide users with
access to the app.
 Note
Planning calendars can be used in order-based planning only.
Change in the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency)
Application Job
As of this release of IBP, when you use the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency)
application job to integrate calendar data, planning calendars will be automatically created in IBP for the
existing factory calendars.
New Attribute Types
To support planning calendars in SAP Integrated Business Planning, two new attribute types are available as of
1911. You can now create attributes of the types "calendar" and "time zone", which have the following fixed
properties:
● Calendar attribute:
○ Data type: NVARCHAR

○ Length: 32
● Time zone attribute:
○ Data type: NVARCHAR
○ Length: 6
The attributes of the new types are editable but you cannot change their data type or length.
2.17 Analytics
An overview of the new features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for 1911.
Filtering Your Dashboard for a Version or Scenario
You can now filter your data on the dashboard by version or scenario to compare your data.
Choosing Refresh Time Format for Analytics Charts
When you create or edit an analytics chart, you can now choose to show the time when the analytics chart is
refreshed in absolute or relative format, for example, MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MM:SS or Yesterday.
Choosing Refresh Time Format for Dashboard Tiles
When you create or edit a dashboard, you can now choose to show the time when dashboard tiles are refreshed
in absolute or relative format, for example, MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MM:SS or Yesterday
Adding Threshold Ranges to Comparison Charts in Analytics
In the Analytics-Advanced app, you can now add threshold ranges to your comparison charts in order to
highlight important or specific data.
Related Information
Dashboard List

2.18 Support of Content Security Policy (CSP) Standard
Content Security Policy (https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP3 ) is a standard that allows you to disable certain
HTML/Javascript features to reduce the attack surface of applications running in a browser (for example, as
second line of defense against Cross-Site Scripting attacks).
SAP Integrated Business Planning now supports a policy that disables inline scripting and uses an explicit
whitelist of allowed sources from where resources (scripts, styles and fonts) can be loaded.
Additional Details
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911, the following policy is used in report-only mode. This means that
any violation of the policy will only be reported (shown in the browser console and additionally collected in the
backend). These collected logs can be displayed with the Manage Content Security Policy app.
It is planned to switch to a blocking policy with SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002. In blocking mode,
violations will not only be reported but execution of violating code will additionally be blocked by the browser.
If you have developed your own HTML or Javascript code that is served from the SAP Integrated Business
Planning backend (for example to enhance SAP apps or to create your own applications) you need to check
whether this code is compliant with the policy: inline scripts need to be removed, additional sources of
resources need to be listed in the trusted site lists of the Manage Content Security Policy app.
 Note
Code which is not compliant with the policy will no longer work after the blocking mode has been enabled in
SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002.
Effects on Existing Data
HTML pages loaded from
● /ui
● /sap/bc/ui2/
● /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/
● /sap/bc/bsp/
will get the following policy:
default-src 'self' ;
script-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS 'unsafe-eval' ;
style-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_STYLES 'unsafe-inline' ;
font-src 'self' data: $UI_RESOURCES_FONTS ;

img-src 'self' https: http: data: blob: ;
media-src 'self' https: http: data: blob: ;
object-src blob: ;
frame-src 'self' https: gap: data: blob: mailto: tel: ;
worker-src 'self' blob: $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS ;
child-src 'self' blob: $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS ;
connect-src 'self' https: wss: ;
base-uri 'self'
● /sap/bc/webdynpro/
● /sap/bc/gui/
will get the same policy, except for the directive object-src, which will be set to
object-src 'self' blob: ;
● /
will get the same policy, except for the directive script-src, which will be set to
script-src 'self' $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS $nonce 'unsafe-eval' 'unsafe-inline' ;
In this policy, the placeholders contain the corresponding trusted site lists, which defines from where resources
can be loaded:
● $UI_RESOURCES_SCRIPTS: https://ui5.sap.com https://siteintercept.qualtrics.com

https://*.siteintercept.qualtrics.com
● $UI_RESOURCES_STYLES: https://ui5.sap.com
● $UI_RESOURCES_FONTS: https://ui5.sap.com https://help.sap.com
For technical reasons the whitelists might contain the additional source https://*.int.sap.hana.ondemand.com.
This is planned to be removed with the next release.
Related Information
Manage Content Security Policy

2.19 Supply Chain Network
New Layout Dropdown
You can now choose whether the chart displays horizontally or vertically by selecting either Horizontal or
Vertical from the Layout dropdown. By default, the chart displays horizontally. For more information, see
Creating a Supply Chain Network Chart.
Additions to the Chart Tool Tip and Heat Maps
When you hover over a node or arc on the network chart, in addition to attribute descriptions, the chart now
displays the UOMTOID and CURRID attributes for the applicable key figures.
The UOMTOID and CURRID attributes now display in the heat map legend for the applicable key figures.

Planning 1908
Overview of new and enhanced features that are available after an upgrade from SAP Integrated Business
Planning from 1905 to 1908. Particularly, please check this section for mandatory activities that you need to
perform immediately after the upgrade.
About this version
Product SAP Integrated Business Planning 1908, including Hotfix Collection (HFC) 7
Document Information 1.5 - October 2019
You can now prevent running of multiple Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for
External Planning Level application jobs for the same planning area at the same time
using a new global parameter EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT in the RESPONSE
group.
See SAP Note 2756552 (patch collection information note)
Documentation Enhancements and Corrections in the Version
2135948 (prerequisites for the installation of the IBP Excel add-in)
Licensing Information Applications and Features of SAP Integrated Business Planning

Filter the table below according to your needs, in particular, to find the tasks that you need to perform
immediately after the upgrade. (To call the filter for a column, click the blue Filter in the column header.) For
more information, see How to Use the What's New Table [page 36].
 Caution
In 1908, we've introduced the new type Must know. We use it for disruptive changes that do not require an
immediate follow-up after the upgrade (like items classified with Mandatory task after upgrade) but that
you need to have in mind if you create objects or start processes after the upgrade. For this reason, you
need to take note of these items immediately after the upgrade.
What's New
Business Target More Infor

Topics Types Groups Impact What's New mation
Cross Change Busi Web UI The new SAP Fiori 3 layout has been introduced on SAP Fiori
applica d ness the launchpad. This has resulted in changes such as a Launchpad
tions user new default theme, new and redesigned icons, and [page 247]
Admin new areas where you can see the list of your fre
istrator/ quently used apps and recent activities. The notifica-
configu tion area and the sign showing your online status
ration have been removed.
expert
Identity New Admin New With the new Display Authorization Trace SAP Fiori Identity and
and ac istrator/ SAP app, you can analyze authorization trace data per Access
cess configu Fiori user to check if any adjustments need to be made, for Manage
man ration app example, if authorizations are missing or are insuffi- ment [page
age expert cient. 244]
ment
Admin New Admin New With the new Monitor System Tasks app, you can dis Administra
istra istrator/ SAP play details associated with different types of tasks tion [page
tion configu Fiori (processes) executed in the IBP system, for example, 248]
ration app Excel, Fiori apps, jobs and job chains, steps, technical
expert jobs, and so on.

Admin New Admin IBP Ex You can now use the Manage Attribute Permissions Attribute
istra istrator/ cel add- app to set up write permission (in addition to read at Permis
tion configu in sions [page
tribute permission) for business users to be able to
Data in ration Web UI 286]
modify certain master data attributes.
tegra expert Integra
tion tion
Model
configu-
ration
IBP Ex
cel add-
in
Cross
applica
tions
Analyt
ics
Secur
ity
Admin New Admin IBP Ex You can now use the new Manage Attribute Attribute
istra istrator/ cel add- Permissions OData service /IBP/ATTPERM_API_SRV Permis
tion configu in sions [page
to create and modify attribute permissions and as 286]
Data in ration Web UI
expert sign them to users and user groups from your exter
tegra Integra
tion nal system.
tion
Model
configu-
ration
IBP Ex
cel add-
in
Cross
applica
tions
Analyt
ics
Secur
ity

Admin Admin Applica Running multiple Purge Key Figure Data application Data Lifecy
istra  istrator/ tion job jobs for the same planning area at the same time is cle Manage
tion Manda configu ment [page
no longer possible. If you already have a Purge Key
tory ration 248]
task af Figure Data application job running, any other jobs of
expert
ter up this kind that are submitted while that job is running
grade are canceled. You then need to reschedule those
other jobs. This is to help prevent out-of-memory
problems.
If you have multiple Purge Key Figure Data application

jobs scheduled to run regularly at the same time for
the same planning area, you need to schedule those
jobs to run at a different time after the upgrade.
Admin Change Admin Applica We have renamed the If All KF Values Are Null param Data Lifecy
istra d istrator/ tion job eter in the Purge Key Figure Data application job tem cle Manage
tion configu ment [page
plate. This parameter is now called If All KFs in Version
ration 248]
Are Null. This change is to make it clearer that the pa
expert
rameter only considers key figure values in the se
lected versions, but not in the scenarios based on
those versions. Data records that contain key figure
values can therefore be deleted in the scenario when
there are no key figure values in the version.
Admin New Admin Web UI In the Application Jobs app, you can now use the new Administra
istra istrator/ Applica search help function in the job template Data tion [page
tion configu tion job Integration Using Cloud Platform Integration for data 248]
ration
services. The search function is now available for all
expert
the fields in the template, namely Agent Group, Agent
Name, Task Name, System Configuration, and Global
Variables.
This improvement minimizes the risk of erroneous

entries and enhances usability.
Admin New Admin Integra You can now use the SAP_COM_0193 communication SAP Cloud
istra istrator/ tion scenario to integrate SAP Integrated Business Plan Platform
tion configu ning with SAP Cloud Platform Identity Provisioning Identity
ration Service. Provision
expert ing Service
Integration
[page 288]

Data in New Admin Integra When you extract key figure data from IBP using SAP Data Inte
tegra istrator/ tion Cloud Platform Integration for data services, you can gration
tion configu now filter for data on multiple time profile levels. This [page 252]
ration is useful, if you want to extract key figure data that is
expert stored on a low time profile level and limit that data to
a period of a higher time profile level. For example,
you can use this filter when you want to extract fore
cast data from the current day until the last day of the
current year.
Data in Busi Integra As announced in SAP Integrated Business Planning SAP Analyt
tegra  ness tion release 1902, the JSON OData service /IBP/
ics Cloud
tion Manda user Integration
EXTRACT_SRV has been deprecated. If you haven’t [page 284]
tory
task af done so already, please replace the deprecated OData
ter up service with the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData
grade service.
Data in Prepare Admin Web UI Because it is planned to discontinue snapshots of the Data Inte
tegra next re istrator/ Integra Change History type as of SAP Integrated Business gration
tion lease configu tion [page 252]
Planning 1911, the data type Snapshot will no longer
ration
be available for selection in the Data Integration Jobs
expert
app as of 1911.
Data in Admin Web UI Data Inte

tegra  istrator/
When you delete or replace data in the system using
Integra the Data Integration Jobs app, you now need to con gration
tion Manda configu tion [page 252]
firm your action before you can submit the data inte
Process tory ration
task af gration job. Because you can remove more data from
man expert
ter up the system than you intended by deleting or replacing
age
ment grade data, we’ve introduced this additional step to make
you aware of this risk. If you had automated replace
and delete operations using robotic process automa
tion, or if you were using automated tests to test de
lete and replace operations in the Data Integration
Jobs app, you now need to adapt your processes and
tests to the changed behavior and include this addi
tional confirmation step.

Data in New Admin Integra SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for Data Inte
SAP Integrated Business Planning, and SAP ERP, sup
ply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Busi
De ration
ness Planning have been enhanced with the new ex
mand expert
tractor /IBP/TOTAL_DEMAND_QTY_CI_KF, which
plan
ning you can use to integrate total demand quantity to
Time- planning areas for demand-driven replenishment.
series-
In addition, the following templates in SAP Cloud Plat
based
supply form Integration for data services (CPI-DS) have been
plan enhanced using the additional features in the IBP
ning add-ons:
● The template IBP_KF_S4_ERP_AddOn now sup

ports initial inventory and minimum receipt (rele
vant for both IBP add-ons).
● The template IBP_DDR_KF_ERP_AddOn now
supports total demand and confirmed orders.
● The template IBP_DDR_MD_ERP_AddOn now
reads the production data structure header data
using only one data flow and thus can be run
faster by choosing Begin post-processing
After task run is completed .
Data in Admin Integra The aggregation of data for some key figure extrac Data Inte
tegra  Must istrator/ tion tors in the IBP add-ons is now faster since it is done
gration
tion know configu [page 252]
on the database level. You can customize the behav
De ration
ior using parameter AGGREGATEONDB if needed.
mand expert
plan
ning
 Caution
Time- The behavior of the selection of a time profile by
series- setting a filter has been changed. Previously, you
based
were able to select time-dependent data with a
supply
date or timestamp outside of the uploaded time
plan
ning interval of the time profile. Those entries were
sent to the IBP system with the original date. If
the time profiles in IBP and SAP ERP or SAP S/
4HANA systems were in sync, the entries would
then be rejected during the post-processing in
IBP. As of 1.0 SP7 of SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain
integration add-on for IBP, and 1.1 SP10 of SAP
ERP, supply chain integration add-on for IBP, en
tries outside of the time profile time interval will
no longer be selected.

Data in New Admin Integra You can now use a new transaction /IBP/ Data Inte
ETS_REPL_TEST (/N/IBP/ETS_REPL_TEST) for lo
cal tests of data sources (extractors) in SAP S/
De ration
expert 4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Inte
mand
plan grated Business Planning, and SAP ERP, supply chain
ning integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Plan
Time- ning. This transaction is tailored to the data sources
series- of the IBP add-ons, looks the same in all supported
based SAP ERP and S/4HANA releases, and supports set
supply ting filters and projections (requested fields).
plan
ning
Data in New Busi Integra You can now export data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP Analyt
tegra ness tion SAP Integrated Business Planning. ics Cloud
tion user Integration
[page 284]
Data in New Busi Integra You can now filter attributes from a specific master SAP Analyt
tegra ness tion data type. ics Cloud
tion user Integration
[page 284]
Model Admin Model Model Con

configu-  Must istrator/
The Planning Areas app has become the default app
configu- for creating and configuring planning models. The figuration
ration know configu ration [page 255]
Configuration app is still available but will be phased
ration
out and deprecated in a later release.
expert
A switch has been introduced in the Configuration
app to manage this transition. The Use Planning Areas
App switch is turned on by default on the starting
page of the Configuration app.
You can now perform the following tasks in the

Planning Areas app:
● Assign Operators to Planning Areas

● Copy Planning Levels
● Manage Key Figures
● Manage Versions
● Download Configuration History
As the Planning Areas app has become the default

configuration app, if you click on the links under
Planning and Configure Planning Area on the starting
page of the Configuration app, you will be directed to
the worklist of the Planning Areas app.

Model Change Admin Model For managing planning operators and configuring Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- snapshots, the following new tiles are available on the figuration
SAP Fiori launchpad:
ration Web UI
expert Plan ● Planning Operators
ning op ● Snapshots
erator
 Note
You can still access the respective functions via
the Configuration app, but once this app is no lon
ger available (planned for a future release, see
above), you will need to use the tiles.
Model Change Admin Model In the Sample Model Entities and Planning Areas Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- apps, you can now specify the integration profile of figuration
the target planning area when you copy a planning
ration
area enabled for external time series using the Create
expert
New with Dependencies option.


configu-  Must istrator/ configu-
 Note figuration
ration know configu ration Relevant only for customers who started before [page 255]
ration 1811.
expert
An enhanced version of the planning area activation
is now available, and it's being rolled out to all IBP
systems in waves. Customers who started with IBP
1811, or with a newer release, already have the en
hanced version of activation in their systems. Now
we'll roll out the enhanced activation in waves to cus
tomers who started before 1811.
To find out if a system uses the enhanced version of

planning area activation, open the log of an activation
that took place after the upgrade to IBP 1908. If the
second message in the log is Activation of &1 selected
objects started (enhanced activation). (&1 stands for
the number of objects), the system already uses the
enhanced version of planning area activation.

However, there are few specific modeling cases where

the enhanced version of activation may interpret spe
cific ambiguous modeling cases differently. All these
cases are covered by consistency checks. You can
find out from the check log or from the activation log
if the planning area is affected. If yes, you must check
if the enhanced activation returns the same key figure
values, and adjust the configuration if needed.


configu-  istrator/
In key figure configuration, only some combinations
configu- of aggregation and disaggregation modes make figuration
ration Manda configu ration [page 255]
sense from a business perspective. If you use other
tory ration
IBP Ex combinations and you change data in the IBP Excel
task af expert
cel add- add-in on an aggregated level, the results after disag
ter up
in
grade gregation and aggregation may not be identical.
As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during plan

ning area activation for key figures with invalid combi
nations of aggregation and disaggregation modes.
If you activate a planning area after the upgrade,

please check if it contains key figures with combina
tions that are not permitted and adjust either the ag
gregation or the disaggregation mode. If you do not
fix an invalid combination, you will receive an error
during planning area activation, and the activation will
fail.

You can now configure aggregation mode, disaggre
configu- gation mode, and proportionality for key figures in figuration
the Planning Areas app.
tory ration
task af expert If you have configured an invalid combination of ag
ter up
gregation and disaggregation modes in the
grade
Configuration app, it will be automatically corrected if
you call up and edit the key figure in the Planning
Areas app. If you do not correct an invalid combina
tion, you will receive an error message during plan
ning area activation, and your activation will fail.
Model Change Admin Model For an L script calculation, the system now checks Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- that all root attributes of the input planning level are figuration
specified as both inputs and outputs in the L script.
ration
expert As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during plan
ning area activation for L script calculations where
the input planning level contains root attributes that
are not specified as both inputs and outputs in the L
script.
After the upgrade, please check if you have such in

put planning levels and correct them, if needed. If you
do not fix the erroneous input planning levels, you will
receive an error message during activation, and your
activation will fail.

Model Prepare Admin Model The system checks if there are planning levels that Model Con
configu- next re istrator/ configu- share the same set of root attributes (not considering figuration
ration lease configu ration [page 255]
the time attribute), but they have different sets of
ration
non-root attributes (not considering the time attrib
expert
ute). Both planning levels are used as the base plan
ning level of one or more stored key figures.
As of the 1905 release, you can only activate a plan

ning area that contains such base planning levels if
you suppress these errors and activate the planning
area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution,
only available in the Planning Areas app, and with a
limited timeframe.
The grace period of this suppressible error has been

extended by one release, that is, you can suppress
this error and activate with limited scope before the
1911 release. SAP recommends that you correct the
incomplete or erroneous configuration as soon as
possible.

The system checks if there are syntax errors in the
configu- calculation expressions that make the calculation figuration
expressions invalid.
tory ration
task af expert As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during plan
ter up
ning area activation for invalid calculation expres
grade
sions.
When you activate a planning area after the upgrade,

please check if there are syntax errors in the calcula
tion expressions and correct them, if needed. If you
do not fix the erroneous calculations, you will receive
an error message during activation, and your activa
tion will fail.
Model Prepare Admin Model The system checks that only key figures that have the Model Con
configu- next re istrator/ configu- same base planning level can be stored inputs of cal figuration
culation definitions at the same planning level (which
ration
is different from their base planning level). This is a
expert
new modeling requirement, which is needed for plan
ned enhancements in activation. If this check fails,
and gives you a warning, we recommend that you cor
rect your model as soon as you can, because this
check will turn from warning to error in a later release
of IBP.

Model Change Admin Model To ensure the correct configuration for planning Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- notes, we have added two new checks to the set of figuration
checks that run when you activate a planning area, or
ration
perform a consistency check on a planning area.
expert
The system now checks the following for the planning
level of planning notes:
● You cannot enable an external key figure for plan

ning notes.
● The planning level of planning notes must con
tain a subset of attributes from the base plan
ning level of the key figure, and mustn't contain
attributes that are not included in the base plan
ning level of the key figure.
If you do not fix these issues, you will receive an error

message during activation, and your activation will
fail.
Model Prepare Admin Model Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompati Model Con
configu- next re istrator/ configu- ble Input Planning Levels figuration
ration The system checks if there are calculation definitions
expert where the stored value of a key figure is used at an in
put planning level other than its base planning level;
and the input planning level does not have the same
set of root and non-root attributes as the base plan
ning level, which is not allowed. In calculation defini-
tions, an input planning level where the stored value
of a key figure is used must contain the same set of
root and non-root attributes as the base planning
level. This is an existing modeling requirement, which
is now supported by four new activation checks.
As of the 1911 release, the warnings will turn into sup

pressible errors, that is, you can only activate a plan
ning area that contains such calculation definitions if
you suppress these errors and activate the planning
area with limited scope. This is going to be a tempo
rary solution, available for a couple of releases. SAP
recommends that you correct the invalid calculation
definitions, if there are any, as soon as possible.

Model Change Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains mis Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- figuration
cellaneous updates and improvements in the area of
inventory optimization, time-series-based planning,
Inven ration
expert and various modeling changes, such as changed key
tory op
timiza figures.
tion
Time-
materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning
series-
area and SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Busi
based
supply ness Planning – release 1908 innovation in Innovation
plan Discovery at https://go.support.sap.com/innovation
ning discovery/ .
Model New Admin Model Last period aggregation is now available to display Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- the key figure value for the last period in a given time figuration
period (for example, the last month of a quarter or
ration
the last month of a year). Use the IBP_LPA function
expert
to configure last-period aggregation in the Planning
Areas app.
Model New Admin Model You can now schedule the activation of time profiles, Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- master data types, and planning area using the pre figuration
defined Planning Model Activation template in the
ration Applica
Application Jobs app.
expert tion job
Cross Change Admin Model The User Preferences app, which was used to set the Cross Ap
applica d istrator/ configu- default planning area up to 1811, and which has been plications
tions configu ration [page 245]
obsolete since 1902, has finally been removed from
ration Web UI
the business catalogs where it was still included, and
expert
from the SAP Fiori Launchpad. The Basic Functions
Busi
ness group in the SAP Fiori Launchpad that only included
user this app is no longer available.
 Note
Since 1902, you set the default planning area in
the User Actions menu of the SAP Fiori
Launchpad (formerly known as the Me area).
Model Change Admin Model As of 1908, if you want to create a new alert key fig- Cross Ap
configu- d istrator/ configu- ure, choose New and select Alert Key Figure from the plications
dropdown on the Key Figures screen of the Planning
ration Web UI
Areas app.
expert
Busi
ness
user

Web- New Busi Web UI We’ve enhanced the Web-Based Planning app with Web-Based
based ness Planning
the following features:
ning ● You can now do basic simulations on-the-fly to
see the effect of your changes to dependent key
figures in the planning view.
● You can use and manage scenarios.
● Miscellaneous new features in the grid add to the
usability of the grid, such as column filters or dis
play of fixed and partially fixed key figure values.
Cross New Admin Web UI You can now collaborate with your business partners Collabora
applica istrator/ New tion with
directly in IBP. This is useful for planning processes in
tions configu SAP Business
which you want to capture input from your business
ration Fiori Partners
partners directly in your IBP system, such as your [page 287]
expert app
customers’ demand for a certain product.
Busi Role/
ness busi You can set up collaboration by providing your busi
user ness ness partner access to your IBP system and to one of
catalog
the two new SAP Fiori apps, Web-Based Planning -
Integra
Customers or Web-Based Planning - Suppliers. You
tion
can then share a planning view with your business
partner that contains the data set you want to collab
orate on. Your business partner can then log on to
your IBP system with their business user, open the
planning view that contains the key figures you
shared with them, and provide their input. For exam
ple, you could include one of your customers in your
demand planning process and have them commit any
required quantities directly in the system.
Driver- New Busi Web UI In the Driver-Based Planning app, the grid for the Driver-
based ness driver planning view has been enhanced with miscel Based Plan
plan user laneous new features that add to the usability of the ning [page
ning grid. 283]
Driver- Change Busi Web UI We’ve changed the Edit button on the driver planning Driver-
based d ness Based Plan
view screen to Replace to make it clearer that when
plan user ning [page
you save changes to a driver in the object view, the
ning 283]
system deletes the driver and completely recreates it
with your changes, that is, it replaces the driver.

Cross Change Busi Plan Up to now, if you wanted to copy key figure values Cross Ap
applica d ness ning op from one version to another version using the copy plications
tions user erator [page 245]
version operator, you were able to select external key
Order- Applica
figures from order-based planning as well, although
based tion job
external key figure values cannot be copied using this
plan
ning operator. With 1908, we’ve removed the possibility to
select external key figures in the application job tem
plate. To copy external key figure values in order-
based planning, you must use the Order-based
Planning: Copy Version Data application job.
Note that you can still select external key figures in

the IBP Excel add-in, but those key figures won’t be
copied.
Cross Change Busi Plan Up to now, when you copied master data and you Cross Ap
applica d ness ning op specified an attribute filter for the copy version opera plications
tions user erator [page 245]
tor or the delete version operator, that attribute filter
was taken into account even if it was not configured
correctly. That is, it was taken into account even if it
contained a specific value for an attribute that was
not part of the selected master data type. In this case,
the operators copied or deleted data from all the at
tributes of the master data type, even if you hadn't
specified them in the attribute filter. In case of the de
lete version operator, this could lead to unintended
data loss. To help prevent this, the handling of attrib
ute filters has been changed.
IBP Ex Change Busi Plan The copy version operator can now copy planning Cross Ap
cel add- d ness ning op notes for key figure values if one or both versions use plications
in user erator version-specific master data. [page 245]
Cross IBP Ex
applica cel add-
tions in
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex In general, an upgrade to 1908 does not require that IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- you install the new version of the IBP Excel add-in. Add-In
in configu in You can decide to install it at any point in time when [page 249]
ration you wish to use the new functions; however, when you
expert do, please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new pre
requisite for the IBP Excel add-in since the 1902 re
lease.

IBP Ex Prepare Admin IBP Ex As already announced in the What's New for 1902, we IBP Excel
cel add- next re istrator/ cel add- plan a stepwise update and subsequent phase-out of Add-In
in lease configu in older versions of the underlying protocols and au [page 249]
ration thenticating standards for SAP Integrated Business
expert Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel add-in. As of
July 2019, the 1711.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in
is the lowest possible version that users can use to
log on to IBP. With IBP 1911, we will raise this lowest
allowed version once again - to the 1808.2.0 version
of the IBP Excel add-in.
Please use the System Monitoring app to check the

IBP Excel add-in versions your users are using to log
on to the IBP system, and whether you need to take
action.
Note that it is always recommended to upgrade to the

latest version of the IBP Excel add-in.
All IBP customers have received detailed information

and action items in a separate email in February 2019.
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex You can now centrally change the location where the IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- workbooks are downloaded to and stored when users Add-In
in configu in open templates or favorites planning views. [page 249]
ration
expert
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex You can remove planning combinations where all key IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- figures are empty or zero by choosing the option All Add-In
in configu in Selected Key Figures in the value-based filter section. [page 249]
ration
expert
Busi
ness
user
IBP Ex Change Admin IBP Ex The IBP Excel add-in user interface has been simpli IBP Excel
cel add- d istrator/ cel add- fied. Tooltips for key figures in the Edit Planning View Add-In
in configu in window have been added to help gain information [page 249]
ration about the key figure definition.
expert
The Advanced group is now called Application Jobs
Busi
and the Web Apps menu has been moved under the
ness
About group.
user

IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex In the Edit Planning View window, the tab Planning IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- Level is now called Attributes. Add-In
in configu in [page 249]
The Attributes and Key Figures tabs have been up
ration
dated with a list grouping feature called strong and
expert
light match, which can be enabled in the Settings. The
Busi
ness strong and light match grouping for attributes or key
user figures is used where the previously selected items,
such as attributes, time periods or key figures would
lead to a full coverage in case of a strong match or in
case of a light match, a partial coverage on the plan
ning view. Depending on what has already been se
lected in the Time, Attributes, or Key Figures tabs, the
strong and light match groups are automatically ad
justed.
IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex When downloading the 1908.2.0 release of the IBP IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ cel add- Excel add-in, a pop-up window is displayed by the Na Add-In
in configu in tive Image Generator, also known as Ngen.exe. [page 249]
ration
No action is required; the message is only shown for
expert
information purposes.
Busi
ness
user
Process New Admin Web UI You can now use custom alerts in process automa Process
man istrator/ Manage
tion. This way, you can stop the process if any prob
age configu ment [page
lems with planning data arise during the process. If
ment ration 282]
you don't want to use custom alerts in process auto
expert
mation, you can also configure them in the process
Busi
ness template to be shown for information purposes. This
user allows users who are involved in the process to re
solve the issues before the process can continue.
In the context of this new feature, several UI field

names have been renamed in the steps settings area
of the Manage Process Templates and the Manage
Processes app to improve usability.
De New Busi Global The LOG_ATTACHMENT_LIMIT global configuration Model Con
mand ness configu- figuration
parameter is now available in the REALIGNMENT pa
plan user ration [page 255]
rameter group. Use this parameter to limit the num
ning param
eter ber of rows in the attachments of log messages of re
alignment runs.

De New Busi Web UI The Manage Product Lifecycle app has been en Demand
mand Change ness Planning
hanced with the following new features:
plan d user [page 330]
ning ● You can now navigate directly from the Upload
File window to the Application Log app to check
the result of the last upload.
● A wildcard is now used as the default attribute
value on the Forecast Dates tab, to which the sys
tem automatically assigns the current date as
the forecast date.
● You can now delete all assignments that meet
the selected filter criteria (for example, all as
signments where the reference product is
HT_001).
The following feature has been changed:
● It is no longer mandatory to specify the launch

dimension when you create a new assignment.
For example, if you don’t want to work with fore
cast dates, you can choose to leave the Launch
Dimension field empty. You can specify this set
ting later on.
De New Admin Web UI The Settings for Product Lifecycle app has been en Demand
mand Change istrator/ Planning
hanced with the following new features:
plan d configu [page 330]
ning ration ● You can now specify if you want planners to use
expert curves at all in the Manage Product Lifecycle app.
● You can also specify if you allow master data val
ues to be used in assignments in the Manage
Product Lifecycle app. If you allow such values,
the planners can create assignments for master
data values for which no planning objects exist
yet. They can create planning objects for those
master data values later on.
The following feature has been changed:
● The Define Assignment Levels button has been

renamed Planning Area Settings.
De New Busi Web UI You can now navigate directly from the Analyze Demand
mand ness Planning
Promotions app to the corresponding list of logs in
the Application Log app.
ning

De Change Busi Web UI In the Manage Realignment Rules app, you can now Demand
mand d ness navigate to the log of the realignment run from the re Planning
plan user alignment project. This enables you to get informa [page 262]
ning tion about the realignment run more quickly.
De New Busi Web UI The Manage Forecast Models app has been enhanced Demand
mand ness Planning
as follows:
ning ● The seasonal linear regression forecasting algo
rithm is now available. The algorithm calculates
the forecast based on a linear function, while it
can also take into account any trend and season
ality pattern it identifies in the historical data.
● If you select the Choose Best Forecast method
for utilizing multiple forecasts, you can now set
the system to consider time series properties in
the process. Algorithms that are not expected to
calculate an appropriate forecast are then ex
cluded from the selection, which leads to re
duced processing time and more robust fore
casting results.
● You can now set forecast models to consider
product lifecycle information even if they only
contain preprocessing steps.
De Prepare Admin Applica Snapshots of the Change History type will be discon Demand
mand next re istrator/ tion job tinued as of SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911. Planning
plan lease configu Model [page 262]
We recommend that you start using lag-based snap
ning ration configu-
shots instead when you set up a planning area for de
Inven expert ration
mand sensing and other processes such as time-
tory op Plan
timiza based waterfall analysis and alerting.
ning op
tion erator
Integra
tion
De New Admin Model SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business
mand- istrator/ configu- Planning has been enhanced with the scope item
driven configu ration
Integrated Business Planning for demand-driven
replen ration Integra
replenishment.
ishment expert tion
For more information, see the SAP Best Practices Ex
plorer at http://rapid.sap.com/bp/rds_ibp .

De Admin Integra In release 1908, the category mapping in the SAP
mand-  istrator/ tion
Demand-
ERP, supply chain integration add-on for IBP has been Driven Re
driven Manda configu
enhanced. As a result of this enhancement, fixed or plenish
replen tory ration
task af ders outside of the decoupled lead time (DLT) that ment [page
ishment expert
ter up had category mappings in 1905 will not be overwrit 266]
Busi
grade ness ten by the DDMRP heuristic when you run Demand-
user Driven Planning.
After the upgrade from 1905 to 1908, you must man

ually unfix all fixed elements outside of the DLT to en
sure that the output of the DDMRP heuristic is popu
lated correctly.
De Admin Model

mand-  Must istrator/
The method that demand-driven replenishment uses
configu- to calculate the average daily usage (ADU) has
Demand-
Driven Re
driven know configu ration
changed. The SAP8 sample planning area has been plenish
replen ration
updated to support those changes. ment [page
ishment expert
266]
Busi
ness
user
De Admin Plan

mand-  Must istrator/
Forecast error profiles and operators are no longer
ning op used to calculate the average daily usage (ADU), as
Demand-
Driven Re
driven know configu erator
demand-driven replenishment now calculates the plenish
average daily usage (ADU) using key figures. ment [page
ishment expert
266]
Busi Therefore, the profiles previously used for ADU calcu
ness lation have been removed.
user
De Change Admin Plan The copy operator has been updated to copy the new Demand-
mand- d istrator/ ning op key figures in SAP8. Driven Re
plenish
ment [page
ishment expert
266]
Busi
ness
user

De Busi Model

mand-  ness
The DDMRP Buffer Analysis app now displays decou
configu- pled lead time in days, rather than weeks.
Demand-
Driven Re
driven Manda user ration
plenish
replen tory Web UI No tasks are required after upgrade to 1908 if you
task af ment [page
ishment created DDMRP planning areas in 1905 or later.
ter up 266]
grade If you created a DDMRP planning area before release
1905, you'll receive a warning message that the plan
ning area is incompatible due to not having the key
figure DECOUPLEDLEADTIMEDAYS, which was not
available prior to the official release of demand-driven
replenishment in 1905. To continue to use the DDMRP
Buffer Analysis app with planning areas created prior
to 1905, add the DECOUPLEDLEADTIMEDAYS key fig-
ure and reactivate your planning area. We also sug
gest you upgrade your area to be based on the SAP8
planning model introduced in 1905.
Inven Admin Plan

tory op  Must istrator/
In release 1908, the two DDMRP operators Calculate
ning op DDMRP buffer levels and Recommend Decoupling
Demand-
Driven Re
timiza know configu erator
Points (Solve) have been moved to IBP for demand- plenish
tion Prepare ration
driven replenishment (DDR) and deprecated in IBP for ment [page
De next re expert
lease inventory (IO). The DDR DDMRP operators are back 266]
mand- Busi
driven ness wards compatible with previously created planning
Inventory
replen user areas.
Optimiza
ishment
The IO DDMRP operators still function as before, but tion [page
enhancements to the operators in release 1908 are 264]
only available in the DDR DDMRP operators and re
quire upgrading to the latest version of the IBP Excel
add-in.
If you are upgrading to 1908 from 1905, and have

business roles that restrict users to inventory (IO)
operators, you must add the demand-driven replen
ishment (DDR) operators to those roles if you want
those users to access the new DDMRP operators.
The IO DDMRP operators will be removed in release

1911. We strongly recommend that you switch to us
ing the DDR DDMRP operators before the 1911 release.

Inven Admin Plan

tory op  istrator/
As announced in 1905, in the 1908 release, the
ning op Expected lost demand operator has been deprecated
Inventory
Optimiza
timiza Manda configu erator
and no longer functions. tion [page
tion tory ration
task af 264]
expert The output key figure for the operator,
ter up Busi LOSTCUSTOMERDEMANDMEAN, is also an output of the
grade ness
Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator.
user
Therefore, customers who used Expected lost
demand need to use the Global (multi-stage)
inventory optimization operator to populate this key
figure.
Inven Admin Model

tory op  istrator/
Due to enhancements to the Global (multi-stage)
configu- inventory optimization and Calculate Target Inventory
Inventory
Optimiza
timiza Manda configu ration
Components operators, there are now key figure re tion [page
tion tory ration Plan
task af quirements. Certain groups of key figures must be 264]
expert ning op
ter up added to your planning areas after upgrading to 1908,
Busi erator
grade ness or these operators may fail.
user
Inven New Admin Model The Calculate Inventory Components operator now Inventory
tory op istrator/ configu- supports two new key figures for the transportation- Optimiza
propagated demand and the mean BOM-propagated tion [page
tion ration
demand. These key figures are not part of the SAP3 264]
expert
sample planning area, and must be manually added
to your planning areas.
Inven New Admin Global As of 1908, when you set the global configuration pa Inventory
tory op istrator/ configu- rameter LOOP_HANDLING to ENABLE, the feature Optimiza
functions as before (that is,the inventory optimization tion [page
tion ration param
expert eter algorithms run successfully when time-varying sourc 264]
Busi ing ratios create loops), but now these loops are log
ness ged as WARNING messages in the business logs, and
user are visible in both the Application Log app and the Ex
cel add-in.
Previously, the logs of these loops were only available

to SAP product support.
Time- New Admin Web UI We've introduced a new primary parameter for all Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Model S&OP algorithm types except forecast consumption ies-Based
based configu configu- and compute quotas. It enables you to control the Supply
merger policy for certain input key figures, that is, Planning
plan expert Plan
ning how synchronization for these upstream and down [page 271]
Busi ning op
ness stream input key figures takes place after you've run a
erator
user planning algorithm.

Time- New Admin Web UI You can now define aggregated constraints using a Time-Ser
series- istrator/ Model conversion factor of capacity consumption to allocate ies-Based
based configu configu- minimum and/or maximum resource utilization to Supply
production and transportation resources. Planning
plan expert
ning [page 271]
Busi For production resources, this allows you to reserve a
ness defined time on a production source of supply for
user
specific products or product groups.
For transportation resources, you can now add the

capacity consumption rate of the mode of transport
as a conversion factor to the aggregated constraint.
We've provided four new key figures as part of this

new feature.
Time- New Admin IBP Ex You can now run the forecast consumption algorithm Time-Ser
series- istrator/ cel add- without supply planning (that is, on non-supply-plan ies-Based
based configu in
ning-enabled planning areas) from the IBP Excel add- Supply
supply ration
in, as well as by using an application job (as previ Planning
plan expert
ning ously). [page 271]
Busi
ness
user
Time- Change Admin Web UI As of 1908, shelf life visibility L-code will no longer be Time-Ser
series- d istrator/ Model available in the SAPIBP1 sample planning area. ies-Based
based configu configu- Supply
supply ration ration New customers from 1908 onwards can use the shelf
Planning
plan expert life planning heuristic instead. For more information,
ning [page 271]
Busi see Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic.
ness
user For customer who are already using shelf life visibility
L-code delivered in SAPIBP1, SAP will continue to
support it but please bear in mind that customer-spe
cific L-code enhancements will no longer be sup
ported.
Time- Change Admin Web UI Transportation resources introduced in 1905 and then Time-Ser
series- d istrator/ Model only supported by the supply planning optimizer are ies-Based
based configu configu- now also considered by all types of the supply plan Supply
ning heuristic. However, the heuristics don’t take into Planning
plan expert
ning account the transportation resources’ capacity sup [page 271]
Busi
ness ply as a limit on transport quantities, but instead treat
user capacity as infinite for transportation resources, as
they currently do for production resources.

Time- Prepare Admin Web UI Certain S&OP operator checks for key figures intro Time-Ser
series- next re istrator/ Model duced in 1902 as warnings and converted to errors
ies-Based
based lease configu configu- for new customers in 1905, will remain as warnings Supply
supply ration ration for existing customers in 1908.
Planning
plan expert
However, they will be converted to errors for all cus [page 271]
ning Busi
tomers in 1911.
ness
user
Order- Change Admin Model Starting from this release, key figures can be read us Order-
based d istrator/ configu- ing the period types that are available from the time Based Plan
plan Prepare configu ration ning [page
profile that is assigned to your planning area.
ning next re ration Web UI 274]
lease expert Through this enhancement, you can now generally
Busi use the following period types in order-based plan
ness ning:
user
● Day
● Technical Week
● Week
● Month
● Quarter
● Year
 Note
Although customers who have already been us
ing order-based planning can wait until release
2002 of IBP to stop using the periodicity map
ping, it is recommended to perform the switch as
soon as possible.
Since you now select the period types of the time pro
file instead of the mapped periodicities, labels in the
following apps had to be changed:
● Settings for Order-Based Planning

Order- New Admin Plan The Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Order-
based istrator/ ning op Using Optimizer now supports the following: Based Plan
plan configu erator ning [page
ning ration Applica ● More than one PDS activity 274]
expert tion job ● Component lead-time offset defined through
Busi PDS activities
ness ● Goods receipt processing time
user

Order- Change Admin Plan We have introduced a new error type for non-techni Order-
based d istrator/ ning op cal errors during the OBP planning runs (application Based Plan
jobs only) and during gating factor analysis.
ning ration Applica 274]
expert tion job Non-technical errors, for example, if access to an ap
Busi plication level is already locked by another user, are
ness labeled as User Error. With the introduction of this er
user
ror type, job chains are now stopped if a job in the
chain has such an error. Thus, you can more easily
identify what went wrong in a job chain.
Order- New Admin Applica Order-

based istrator/ tion job
 Remember Based Plan
plan configu Global ning [page
In the Global Configuration app, there is a new
ning ration configu- 274]
global configuration parameter
expert ration
CONT_COPY_IF_CONFLICT in the RESPONSE pa
Busi param
rameter group. This parameter controls the han
ness eter
user dling of duplicates when copying versions using
the Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data ap
plication job.
Order- New Admin Plan We have enhanced the Planning Run Profiles app as Order-
based istrator/ ning op follows: Based Plan
ning ration ● There are new attributes available for you to de 274]
expert fine the cost rules and the maximum lateness
Busi rule.
ness ● In each rule section, the overview screen of the
user profile now shows a preview of the conditions
that build the rule. You don’t have to navigate to
the condition maintenance any longer to under
stand how a rule is set up in detail.
Order- Change Busi Web UI We have improved the usability of the order network
based d ness graph. There is a new graph overview displayed next
plan user
to the actual graph, which helps you keep track of
ning
where you are in bigger networks. You can change the
graph orientation (left-right, right-left, top-bottom),
and you can now search for nodes and connecting
lines. The new zoom-to-fit function supports the opti
mal adaptation of the graph to the display area.
Furthermore, the stock projection chart (View

Projected Stock app) is more user-friendly now. For
example, you can now switch the value display on or
off, and you can control the zooming by using the
magnifying glass icons.

Order- New Busi Web UI We have added new location-material-specific attrib Order-
based ness Based Plan
utes to the View Gating Factors, View Confirmations,
and Analyze Supply Usage apps. You can add them as
ning 274]
filters and as columns.
Order- Change Admin Role/ As of this release, it is possible to restrict authoriza

based d istrator/ busi tions in the Remote Source app, which allows you to
plan configu ness
ning  ration catalog
control access to data in the app. If you are upgrading
from a lower release, please be aware that read-only
Manda expert Integra
tory access is now supported for the Response Remote
tion
task af Sources (SAP_IBP_BC_REMOTESOURCE_PC) busi
ter up ness catalog.
grade
All roles containing this business catalog in which the
write option was set to No access have been mi
grated. As a consequence, all roles that are assigned
to this business catalog, including display-only roles,
have had their write access set to Unrestricted.
Please check whether the roles you have previously

configured still meet your requirements and change
the settings if needed.

Order- Prepare Admin Integra The following OpenAPI versions will no longer be Order-
available as of SAP Integrated Business Planning
plan lease configu ning [page
1908:
ning ration 274]
expert ● INBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL:
1708.0.0_FULL, 1708.0.0_TRANS
● OUTBOUND ANALYTICAL DATA MODEL:
1708.0.0
 Caution
If you are using these OpenAPI versions, you will
get a warning about their deprecation, but you
can continue to use them in the 1908 and 1911 re
leases of SAP Integrated Business Planning. Note
that these OpenAPI versions will cease to func
tion as of the 2002 release and any jobs that use
these OpenAPI versions will fail after the upgrade
to the 2002 release of SAP Integrated Business
Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that
you cancel or delete any scheduled jobs that use
these OpenAPI versions, and replace them with
jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used these OpenAPI ver

sions, you will not be able to schedule a job using
them as of the 1908 release of SAP Integrated
Business Planning.
Order- Prepare Admin Model As of the 1911 release of SAP Integrated Business Order-
based next re istrator/ configu- Planning, the SAP74 sample planning area will no lon Based Plan
plan lease configu ration ning [page
ger be available. 274]
ning ration
expert Instead of SAP74, we recommend that you use a
combination of the SAP7 and SAP4 sample planning
areas, or SAPIBP1 as described in SAP Best Practices
for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Order- Change Busi Applica The planning engine now handles manual adjust Order-
based d ness tion job ments in conjunction with fixed orders in the pre-allo Based Plan
cation segment.
ning 274]
This way, if you manually adjust quantities, the satis
faction situation of fixed orders is not worsened, while
the planning engine comes as close as possible to the
quantity of a source of supply you manually adjusted.

Order- New Admin Model A new portion size key figure is now available in the Order-
based istrator/ configu- SAP7 planning area at the planning level Based Plan
plan configu ration ning [page
PERPRODLOC: Forecast-Based Fair-Share Portion Size 274]
ning ration
expert (PORTIONSIZEFCST). You can use this key figure to
Busi set the portion size in fair share to compare the fore
ness casts for different location products for the full hori
user zon of the planning area.
The SAP7 sample model entities have been enhanced

accordingly to support this feature.
Order- Change Admin Model Key figures in the SAP7 sample planning area that Order-
based d istrator/ configu- Based Plan
used to be editable in current and future time periods
are now all editable. 274]
ning ration
expert
Order- Change Admin Model When viewing the result of a planning run in the IBP Order-
based d istrator/ configu- Excel add-in, you can now easily identify the forecast Based Plan
period for which the supply was planned. To enable
ning ration IBP Ex 274]
this, the external demand key figures for forecast and
expert cel add-
orders fulfilled in time, late, and unfulfilled have been
Busi in
ness added to the STD_SFC_EXT data source.
user
Order- Change Admin Model Calculation of the Stock Order-

based d istrator/ configu- Projected (STOCKPROJECTED) and the Stock Based Plan
Projected (Without Sales) (STOCKPROJECTEDWOS) 274]
ning ration
expert key figures has been changed: A new helper key fig-
ure is now used instead of the L-code to enable a sim
plified calculation method: cumulative aggregation.
Order- Change Busi Web UI To improve consistency, we have renamed one of the
based d ness types displayed in the Type of Receipt or Requirement
plan user
column in the Element View of the View Projected
ning
Stock app: What used to be called Restricted Stock is
now called Non-Planning-Relevant Stock there. Just
like before, the column displays stock types that are
not relevant for planning in IBP. For information about
the planning relevancy of ERP stock types in IBP, see
the Stock documentation under http://help.sap.com/
ibp_erp_addon or http://help.sap.com/
ibp_s4hana_addon.

Order- New Admin Global You can now prevent running of multiple Order-Based Order-
based istrator/ configu- Based Plan
Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning
Level application jobs for the same planning area at
ning ration param 274]
the same time using a new global parameter
expert eter
EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT in the RE
Applica
tion job SPONSE group.
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Analytics - Advanced app, you can now add Analytics
ics ness fixed or dynamic reference lines to bar, column, or [page 285]
user line charts. This new feature allows you to analyze
data and understand the performance of certain key
figures.
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Dashboards - Advanced app, there is now a new Analytics
ics ness Share button on the detailed view of the dashboard [page 285]
user that allows you to share it with other users or user
groups.
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Supply Chain Network app, you can now click Supply
ics ness on an expansion button next to product nodes to ex Chain Net
user
pand the supply chain network chart and view the ex work [page
tended network without having to edit the filter selec 286]
tions.
Identity Prepare Admin Role/ The Identity and Access Management Identity and
and ac next re istrator/ busi Access
(SAP_CORE_BC_IAM) business catalog is set to ob
cess lease configu ness Manage
solete due to potential SoD (segregation of duties)
man ration catalog ment [page
conflicts. 244]
age expert
ment
Identity New Admin Applica You can display which application jobs are assigned to Identity and
and ac istrator/ tion job business users. This helps you to estimate the effects Access
cess configu Manage
of changes to the business users. If you, for example,
man ration ment [page
delete a business user who owns an application job, 244]
age expert
ment the assigned job cannot be executed anymore. There
fore the system displays a warning message if you try
to delete a user who owns application jobs.
User Admin In 1908, we've introduced the new type Must know.
assis  Must istrator/ We use it for disruptive changes that do not require
tance know configu an immediate follow-up after the upgrade (like items
ration classified with Mandatory task after upgrade) but that
expert you need to have in mind if you create objects or start
Busi processes after the upgrade. For this reason, you
ness need to take note of these items immediately after
user the upgrade.

User New Admin Model To support you when setting up a project, we now Time-Ser
assis istrator/ configu- provide Getting Started documentation for time-ser ies-Based
tance configu ration ies-based supply planning. Supply
Time- ration Plan Planning
series- expert ning op [page 271]
based erator
supply
plan
ning
User Change Admin In the application help, exception handling has been
assis d istrator/ replaced by exception management.
tance configu
ration
expert
Busi
ness
user
User New Admin IBP Ex Polish is available as system language in IBP 1908
assis istrator/ cel add- and in the new IBP Excel add-in (1908.2.0 version).
tance configu in
ration As of HFC 3, the in-app help is available in Polish as
expert well.
Busi
ness
user


 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note
An overview of new and changed features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for release 1908
The Identity and Access Management (SAP_CORE_BC_IAM) business catalog is set to obsolete due to
potential SoD (segregation of duties) conflicts.
This business catalog is replaced by the following business catalogs:
● Identity and Access Management - User Management (SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_UM)

● Identity and Access Management - Role Management (SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RM)
● Identity and Access Management - Role Assignment (SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RA)
If the role that contains the SAP_CORE_BC_IAM catalog already contains the replacement business catalogs
mentioned above, no action is required.
You are allowed to use a deprecated business catalog and its replacement catalog in parallel for two releases.
The deprecated catalog is planned for deletion with SAP Integrated Business Planning release 2002.
Displaying application jobs assigned to business users
You can display which application jobs are assigned to business users. This helps you to estimate the effects of
changes to the business users. If you, for example, delete a business user who owns an application job, the
assigned job cannot be executed anymore. Therefore the system displays a warning message if you try to
delete a user who owns application jobs.

Display Authorization Trace
With the new Display Authorization Trace SAP Fiori app, you can analyze authorization trace data per user to
check if any adjustments need to be made, for example, if authorizations are missing or are insufficient.
Related Information
Getting Started
Display Authorization Trace
Default Planning Area
The User Preferences app, which was used to set the default planning area up to 1811, and which has been
obsolete since 1902, has finally been removed from the business catalogs where it was still included, and from
the SAP Fiori Launchpad. The Basic Functions group in the SAP Fiori Launchpad that only included this app is
 Note
Since 1902, you set the default planning area in the User Actions menu of the SAP Fiori Launchpad
(formerly known as the Me area).
Copying Planning Notes Between Versions with Version-Specific Master Data
In earlier releases, copying planning notes along with key figure data using the copy version operator was only
possible if neither the source nor the target version used version-specific master data.
With 1908, we’ve removed this restriction, so you can now copy planning notes even if one or both versions use
version-specific master data.
Improved Usability of the Copy Version Operator Application Job Template
Although external key figure values cannot be copied using the copy version operator, you were able to select
external key figures in the application job template as well as in the IBP Excel add-in in previous releases.

To limit the selectable key figure types to the ones that are relevant for this operator, we’ve removed the
external key figures from the selection. Note that in the IBP Excel add-in, you can still select these key figures,
however, those key figures cannot be copied.
If you want to copy external key figures values, you must use the Order-based Planning: Copy Version Data
application job. This application job is specifically used for external key figures from order-based planning.
Changed Attribute Filter Handling in Copy Version Operator and Delete Version
Operator
Up to now, if you specified an attribute filter for copying master data or deleting master data, that attribute
filter was taken into account even if you added an attribute that was not part of the selected master data type.
In this case, the operators would do the following:
● With the copy version operator, master data was copied for all attributes of the master data type.
● With the delete version operator, master data was deleted from all attributes of the master data type,
which could lead to unintended data loss.
 Example
You have selected the CUSTOMER master data type. In your filter, you have added the PLUNITID attribute,
which is not part of the CUSTOMER master data type. If you run the delete version job, the job deletes
master data from the CUSTOMER master data type, even though you specified an attribute in the filter that
does not belong to the given master data type.
To help make sure that data is copied or deleted only for the specified attributes belonging to the master data
type, the copy version operator and the delete version operator handle attribute filters differently now if the
attribute filter is incompatible.
The following examples illustrate the new behavior of the copy version operator.
 Example
Example 1:
You want to copy data for the CUSTOMER master data type from the base version to another version. The
attribute filter contains the attributes CUSTID = C1 and PRDID = P1. Attribute PRDID does not belong to
the master data type. The job finishes successfully but nothing is copied. An attachment file in the
application log lists the attributes that must be removed from the filter.
Example 2:
attribute filter contains the attributes CUSTID = C1 and PRDID ≠ P1. Attribute PRDID does not belong to
the master data type. The job finishes successfully and 1 record is copied. In this record, the CUSTID is C1.
Example 3:
attribute filter contains the attribute PLUNITID = PL1. This attribute does not belong to the master data
type. The job finishes successfully but nothing is copied. An attachment file in the application log lists the
attributes that must be removed from the filter.

Example 4:
attribute filter contains the attribute PLUNITID ≠ PL1. This attribute does not belong to the master data
type. The job finishes successfully and all the records from the CUSTOMER master data type are copied.
Related Information
Settings for Copying Between Versions
3.3.1 SAP Fiori Launchpad
The new SAP Fiori 3 layout has been introduced on the launchpad. Actions and notifications are now directly
integrated in the home page and the home page is always fully visible. The new layout includes the following
new features and changes:
● A new default theme was introduced: SAP Quartz Light. The new theme is lighter and more neutral, so as
to blend more into the background, giving application content the center stage.
See Themes and Managing Your Settings.
● The shell bar was redesigned.
See Shell Bar.
○ There is a new icon for notifications: in the shell bar.
○ There is a new icon on the right side of the header bar for the User Actions menu:. This menu
replaces the Me Area from previous versions and contains the options previously located in the Me
Area.
See User Actions Menu.
○ When there is not enough space to show all icons in the shell bar, e.g. on a mobile device, an overflow
icon  is displayed instead.
○ The Home button was removed. You can click on the SAP icon or customer brand icon to return to the
home page.
● The notification area was redesigned and the notification preview was removed.
See Working with Notifications.
● There is a new dialog showing recent activities and frequently used apps replacing the lists in the Me Area.
See Working with Recent Activities and Frequently Used Apps.
● The online status of a user is no longer displayed.

3.4 Administration
An overview of new features available in SAP Integrated Business Planning for release 1908
New App for Monitoring IBP System Tasks
If you need to check your system’s performance and see which tasks might be running too long or consuming
too much of your system’s resources, the Monitor System Tasks app allows you to monitor those details.
You can monitor task categories, for example:
● Excel
● Fiori apps
● Jobs and job chains
● Steps
● Technical jobs
You see task details in the Tasks table based on the filters you've selected. You can sort the results on different
parameters, such as maximum memory, CPU time, task type, duration, and so on.
You can also access the Monitor System Tasks app from the Resource Consumption card in the System
Monitoring app.
New Search Help for CPI-DS Job Template
In the Application Jobs app, you can now use the new search help function in the job template Data Integration
Using Cloud Platform Integration for data services. Search function is now available for all the fields in the
template, namely Agent Group, Agent Name, Task Name, System Configuration, and Variable Name for Global
Variables.
This improvement minimizes the risk of erroneous entries and enhances usability.
Related Information
Monitor System Tasks
3.4.1 Data Lifecycle Management

Simultaneous Execution of Multiple Purge Key Figure Data Application Jobs for
the Same Planning Area No Longer Allowed
In earlier releases, it was possible to execute multiple Purge Key Figure Data application jobs for the same
planning area at the same time. In some cases, when the data volume to be deleted per job was very high,
multiple jobs running simultaneously could result in out-of-memory problems.
To decrease this potential risk, we have changed the way the execution of this application job is handled. If you
have a Purge Key Figure Data application job running and another Purge Key Figure Data application job for the
same planning area is submitted, either manually or automatically as scheduled, that other job is canceled. The
cancelation of the corresponding job is indicated by an error message in the Application Logs app.
What Do I Need to Consider When Running This Job?

If a Purge Key Figure Data application job is canceled, you either need to reschedule the canceled job on the
next occasion or wait for the next scheduled run of the job.
If you schedule this job manually, we recommend that you always check in the Application Logs app if the job
has been executed successfully or if has been canceled.
If you have multiple Purge Key Figure Data application jobs scheduled to run regularly at the same time for the
same planning area, we recommend that you schedule those jobs to run at a different time.
Changed Parameter Name in Purge Key Figure Data Application Job Template
To make it clearer what the system checks when you select the If All KF Values Are Null parameter in the Purge
Key Figure Data application job template, we have renamed this parameter. This parameter is now called If All
KFs in Version Are Null. When you select this parameter, the system checks if there are any key figure values in
the versions you selected. It does not check if there are any key figure values in the scenarios that are based on
those versions. This means that even if there are key figure values in a scenario, data records are purged from
this scenario if the version that it is based on does not contain any key figure values.
Excel add-in.

 Note
please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new prerequisite for the IBP Excel add-in 1905. The new functions
Required Minimum Version as of July 2019
As already announced in the What's New for 1902 (see IBP Excel Add-In [page 384]) we plan a stepwise update
and subsequent phase-out of older versions of the underlying protocols and authenticating standards for SAP
Integrated Business Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel add-in. At the end of July 2019, the 1711.2.0
version of the IBP Excel add-in will be the lowest possible version that users can use to log on to IBP. With IBP
1911, we will raise this lowest version allowed once again - to the 1808.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in.
Please use the System Monitoring app to check the IBP Excel add-in versions your users are using to log on to
the IBP system, and whether you need to take action.
All IBP customers have received detailed information and action items in a separate email in February 2019.
Setting up File Paths for Workbooks
As an administrator you can use relative paths, environment variables and special folders to centrally change
the location where your users save workbooks. The IBP Excel add-in provides a tooltip (when you hover your
pointer over the text field) to help set up the file path in the Settings.
For more information on how to set file paths for your workbooks and examples, please see Setting up File
Paths for Workbooks.
Updates on the User Interface
With the 1908 release the IBP Excel add-in user interface has been simplified and the planning view has
received added features.
Changes in the Ribbon

The ribbon group Advanced has been renamed Application Jobs. The new name reflects the operator jobs that
can be accessed from here.
The Web Apps menu containing Home and Collaboration buttons has been moved under the About group and
tool tips have been moved from the Message History button to the Help button.
The list of saved Favorites, Filters and Templates has been moved below the buttons Add…, Update…, Delete…,
Share… and Organize….

Changes in the Planning View
In the Edit Planning View window, the tab formerly known as Planning Level is now called Attributes. With this
change our goal is to harmonize the naming convention between the Web Applications and the Excel add-in.
The Attributes and Key Figures tabs have been updated with a feature called strong and light match, that can be
enabled in the Settings.
Items listed in these groups aren't shown in any other group.
The Strong Match group is used when the previously selected items (such as attributes, time period and key
figures) would lead to a full coverage on the planning view without showing any empty/(None) elements.
Empty/(None) elements could still be shown if the attribute value itself is empty, but the appearance is
minimized within this group.
The Light Match group is used when the previously selected items (such as attributes, time period and key
figures) would lead to a partial coverage on the planning view.
Changes in the Tooltips

Tooltips are shown when users hover over key figures and show information on how the key figure is defined.
This can for example, help identitfy if fixing or planning notes are allowed and in which horizon the key figure is
editable.
The tooltip is also displayed when you hover over the Help button. Here you can find information about the
connected planning area, IBP backend system, user name and IBP Excel add-in version.
Value-Based Filter Enhancement
You can remove planning combinations where all key figures are empty or zero by choosing the option All
Selected Key Figures in the value-based filter section. The options Not empty or Zero and In At Least One Period
are set automatically.
Notification Window for Ngen.exe
Upon downloading the 1908 release of the IBP Excel add-in, a pop-up window is displayed by the Native Image
Generator also known as Ngen.exe.
No action is required, the message is only shown for information purposes.
Write Setting in Attribute Permissions
With the 1905 release read permissions can be assigned for master data attributes to business users as well as
user groups. The feature has been extended and from the 1908 release the Manage Attribute Permissions app
allows you to create read and write permissions. With this setting administrators have the option to restrict
users from changing the values of certain attributes. This can be used for example, in the Master Data
Workbook in the Excel add-in.

For more information on how to set attribute permissions and the exceptions that apply to specific situations,
please see Manage Attribute Permissions.
New Application Jobs
TS Supply Planning: Forecast Consumption

The TS Supply Planning: Forecast Consumption application job is located in the new group of the Excel add-in
called TS-Based Forecast Consumption (Non-SCM). You can run the job for different scenarios and define time
horizon as well as planning filters.
You can run this job from the Excel add-in if your administrator has set up the profile and assigned it to the
planning area, and if the field Enabled for S&OP Operator is set to <NO> in the operator profile.
Demand-Driven Replenishment
As part of a demand-driven replenishment process the Calculate DDMRP buffer levels and Recommend
Decoupling Points (Solve) application jobs can be found under the new group Demand-driven Replenishment
once it is setup and assigned to the planning area.
You can choose to run these jobs for different scenarios, versions and subnetworks.
Integration of Time-Series-Based Planning in SAP S/4 HANA, Supply Chain

Integration Add-On for IBP and SAP ERP, Supply Chain Integration Add-On
for IBP
The IBP add-ons have been enhanced with the new extractor /IBP/TOTAL_DEMAND_QTY_CI_KF, which you
can use to integrate total demand quantity to planning areas for demand-driven replenishment.
The following extractors now support aggregation on the database level during selection:
● /IBP/ORDER_KF (Order Quantities Aggregated for IBP Key Figures)

● /IBP/STOCK_KF (Stock Quantities Aggregated for IBP Key Figures)
● /IBP/CAPASUPPLY_KF (Capacity Supply for Resource Location)
This enhancement increases system performance in most cases. You can customize the behavior using
parameter AGGREGATEONDB if needed.
 Caution
The behavior of the selection of a time profile by setting a filter has been changed. Previously, you were able
to select time-dependent data with a date or timestamp outside of the uploaded time interval of the time

profile. Those entries were sent to the IBP system with the original date. If the time profiles in IBP and SAP
ERP or SAP S/4HANA systems were in sync, the entries would then be rejected during the post-processing
in IBP. As of 1.0 SP7 of SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain integration add-on for IBP, and 1.1 SP10 of SAP ERP,
supply chain integration add-on for IBP, entries outside of the time profile time interval will no longer be
selected.
You can now use a new transaction /IBP/ETS_REPL_TEST (/N/IBP/ETS_REPL_TEST) for local tests of data
sources (extractors). It is tailored to the data sources of the IBP add-ons, looks the same in all supported SAP
ERP and S/4HANA releases, and supports setting filters and projections (requested fields).
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon and http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon.
In addition, the following templates in SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services (CPI-DS) have been
enhanced using the additional features in the IBP add-ons:
Template IBP_KF_S4_ERP_AddOn now supports initial inventory and minimum receipt.
Template IBP_DDR_KF_ERP_AddOn now supports total demand and confirmed orders.
Template IBP_DDR_MD_ERP_AddOn now reads the production data structure header data using only one data
flow and thus can be run faster by choosing Begin post-processing After task run is completed .
For more information, see Templates for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Filtering on Multiple Time Profile Levels in SAP Cloud Platform Integration for
Data Services
When you extract key figure data from IBP using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services, you can now
narrow down the data by applying a filter on multiple time profile levels. By doing this, only key figure data that
falls within the overlapping time periods defined by the filter is exported. This is useful if you want to extract key
figure data that is stored on a low time profile level and limit the data to be extracted by a period of a higher
time profile level. For example, you can use this filter if you want to extract forecast data from the current day
until the last day of the current year, or if you want to extract historical data from the first day of the current
year until the current day.
 Example
Example 1
You want to extract key figure data for the DEMAND key figure from the current day, which is September 1
2019, until the last day of the year 2019. In your planning area, the PERIODID0 attribute is used for the daily
periods, the PERIODID1 attribute is used for the yearly periods. In this case, your filter for the DEMAND key
figure looks as follows:
(PERIODID0 >=0 AND PERIODID0 <= 366 AND PERIODID1>=0 AND PERIODID1<=0)
Example 2
You want to extract key figure data for the ACTUALSQTY key figure from the first day of the year 2019 until
the current day, which is September 1 2019. In your planning area, the PERIODID0 attribute is used for the

daily periods, the PERIODID1 attribute is used for the yearly periods. In this case, your filter for the
ACTUALSQTY key figure looks as follows:
(PERIODID0 >=-366 AND PERIODID0 <= 0 AND PERIODID1>=0 AND PERIODID1<=0)
Additional Confirmation of Delete and Replace Operations Required in Data

Integration Jobs App
When you delete or replace data in the system using the Data Integration Jobs app, you now need to confirm
your action before you can submit the data integration job. Because you can remove more data from the
system than you intended by deleting or replacing data, we’ve introduced this additional step to make you
aware of this risk. If you had automated replace and delete operations using robotic process automation, or if
you were using automated tests to test delete and replace operations in the Data Integration Jobs app, you now
need to adapt your processes and tests to the changed behavior and include this additional confirmation step.
Data Integration Jobs App: Planned Discontinuation of Change History

Snapshots
Because it is planned to discontinue snapshots of the Change History type as of SAP Integrated Business
Planning 1911, the data type Snapshot will no longer be available for selection in the Data Integration Jobs app
as of 1911.
For more information on the planned discontinuation, see Demand Planning [page 262].
Related Information
Data Integration Jobs

Deleting Master Data
Replacing Master Data
Deleting Key Figures
Replacing Key Figures
Uploading Time Periods

Enhanced Planning Areas App
The Planning Areas app has become the default app for creating and configuring planning models. The
Configuration app is still available but will be phased out and deprecated in a later release.
A switch has been introduced in the Configuration app to manage this transition. The Use Planning Areas App
switch is turned on by default on the starting page of the Configuration app.
You can now perform the following tasks in the Planning Areas app:
● Create, edit, and copy key figures.

● Navigate to the Key Figure Calculations app from a specific key figure
● Download the configuration history of a planning area
● Copy planning levels in the planning area
● Add planning operators to the planning area
● Create, edit, and delete versions
● Specify the integration profile of the target planning area when copying a planning area enabled for
external time series using the Create new with dependencies option
Changed Configuration App
As the Planning Areas app has become the default configuration app, if you click on the links under Planning
and Configure Planning Area on the starting page of the Configuration app, you will be directed to the worklist of
If you want to keep on using the Configuration app, turn off the Use Planning Areas App switch on the starting
page of the app. If you do so, the links will work as before, that is, you will use the relevant screens of the
Configuration app. However, when you restart the Configuration app, the Use Planning Areas App switch will be
turned on automatically again, thus, the Planning Areas app will be enabled as the default configuration app.
For managing planning operators and configuring snapshots, the following new tiles are available on the SAP
Fiori launchpad:
● Planning Operators
● Snapshots
 Note
You can still access the respective functions via the Configuration app, but once this app is no longer
available (planned for a future release, see above), you will need to use the tiles.
For Configuration app specific details, check the 1905 release of the Model Configuration Guide.

Enhanced Sample Model Entities App
You can now specify the integration profile of the target planning area when you copy a planning area enabled
for external time series using the Create New with Dependencies option.
 Note
Relevant only for customers who started with an older release of SAP Integrated Business Planning than
IBP 1811.
An enhanced version of the planning area activation is now available, and it's being rolled out to all IBP systems
in waves. Customers who started their IBP journey with IBP 1811, or with a newer release, already have the
enhanced version of activation in their systems. Now we'll roll out the enhanced activation in waves to
customers who initially used an older release of IBP than 1811.
 Note
To find out if a system uses the enhanced version of planning area activation, open the log of an activation
that took place after the upgrade to IBP 1908.
If the second message in the log is Activation of &1 selected objects started (enhanced activation). (&1
stands for the number of objects), the system already uses the enhanced version of planning area
activation.
 Recommendation
 Example
figure., where &1 stands for the ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.

Review the calculation definitions listed in the log. To have the same values for the affected key figures as
before, modify the calculation definition so that the key figure in the calculation expression is identical with the
key figure marked as input, and with the output key figure.
 Example

stored input.

exists.
stored.
Configuring Aggregation and Disaggregation
You can now configure aggregation mode, disaggregation mode and proportionality for key figures in the
Planning Areas app. In the Planning Areas app, you can only configure valid combinations of aggregation and
disaggregation.
If you have configured an invalid combination of aggregation and disaggregation modes in the Configuration
app, it will be automatically corrected if you call up and edit the key figure in the Planning Areas app. If you do
not correct an invalid combination, you will receive an error message during planning area activation, and your
activation will fail.
For more information about configuring disaggregation, see Configuration of Proportional Disaggregation.

New and Changed Activation Checks
Check for Invalid Combinations of Aggregation and Disaggregation Modes

In key figure configuration only some combinations of aggregation and disaggregation modes make sense from
a business perspective. If you use other combinations and you change data in the IBP Excel add-in on an
aggregated level, the results after disaggregation and aggregation may not be identical.
As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during planning area activation for key figures with invalid
combinations of aggregation and disaggregation modes. Please check if your planning areas contain key
figures with combinations that are not permitted and adjust either the aggregation or the disaggregation mode.
For a list of incorrect combinations, see the Checks for the Aggregation and Disaggregation Mode section in
Planning Areas.
Checks for L Script Calculations

For an L script calculation, the system now checks that all root attributes of the input planning level are
As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during planning area activation for L script calculations where the
input planning level contains root attributes that are not specified as both inputs and outputs in the L script.
A frequent root cause of these errors is that the input planning level may have been changed. In this case,
change the input planning level of the calculation definition, or, if your modeling requirement justifies that the L
script has to be updated, request the update of the L script from SAP as described in SAP Note 2298382 .
suppress these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution, with a
limited timeframe.
The grace period of this suppressible error has been extended by one release, that is, you can suppress this
error and activate with limited scope before the 1911 release. SAP recommends that you correct the incomplete
or erroneous configuration as soon as possible.
changes:

Check for Invalid Calculation Expressions
The system checks if there are syntax errors in the calculation expressions that make the calculation
As of the 1908 release, an error is raised during planning area activation for invalid calculation expressions.
3. Look for the following entry: Calculation &1@&2: Calculation expression is invalid., where &1 stands for the
ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.
4. For each listed calculation, correct the calculation expression. Make sure that all brackets and quotation
marks go in pairs.
Checks for Planning Notes
To ensure the correct configuration for planning notes, we have added two new checks to the set of checks that
run when you activate a planning area, or perform a consistency check on a planning area.
The system now checks the following for the planning level of planning notes:
● You cannot enable an external key figure for planning notes.

● The planning level of planning notes must contain a subset of attributes from the base planning level of the
key figure, and mustn't contain attributes that are not included in the base planning level of the key figure.
Checks for Stored Key Figures Read from Incompatible Input Planning Levels
In calculation definitions, you can use calculated as well as stored key figures at the input planning level. If you
want to use the stored value of a key figure, we recommend to use the base planning level of the key figure as
the input planning level. However, in certain cases you might need to use the stored value at an input planning
level other than the base planning level. In this case, there are some rules that you need to adhere to when
creating calculation definitions, as described below.
The system checks if there are calculation definitions where the stored value of a key figure is used at an input
planning level other than its base planning level; and the input planning level does not have the same set of root
and non-root attributes as the base planning level, which is not allowed. In calculation definitions, an input
planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used must contain the same set of root and non-root
attributes as the base planning level. This is an existing modeling requirement, which is now supported by four
new activation checks.

As of the 1911 release, the warnings will turn into suppressible errors, that is, you can only activate a planning
area that contains such calculation definitions if you suppress these errors and activate the planning area with
limited scope. This is going to be a temporary solution, available for a couple of releases. SAP recommends
that you correct the invalid calculation definitions, if there are any, as soon as possible.
To correct the invalid calculation definition, make one of the following changes depending on your business
requirements:
● Use the base planning level of the key figure as the input planning level.
● If you want to use the extra attributes that are not available from the base planning level, create a
calculation (if not yet available) and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of the stored value.
● Remove these extra attributes from the planning level where the stored value of a key figure is used.
● Use a planning level that has the same attributes as the base planning level.
root attributes of the base planning level of the given key figure
requirements:
● Create a calculation on the input planning level and use the calculated value of the key figure instead of the
stored value. If the aggregation level of the input key figure is lower, use Split Factor Calculation; if it is
higher, use an aggregation.
Calculation Exists
requirements:
● Since there is a calculation already defined on the input planning level, use the calculated value of the key
figure instead of the stored value.

If you do not want to create a REQUEST level calculation in the calculation graph that is based on this
requirements:
● Create a calculation (for example, an aggregation) on the input planning level and use the calculated value
of the key figure instead of the stored value.
Checks for Planning Levels
In calculation definitions, the system now also checks that only key figures that have the same base planning
level can be stored inputs at the same planning level (other than the base planning level). That is, two key
figures cannot be stored inputs at the same planning level if their base planning levels are different. This is a
new modeling requirement, which is needed for planned enhancements in activation. If this check fails, and
gives you a warning, we recommend that you correct your model as soon as you can, because this check will
turn from warning to error in a later release of IBP.
following:
● The planning area now uses simplified key figure calculations. All key figures with last period aggregation
have been updated accordingly.
○ Using the new simplified key figure calculations, such as IBP_LPA, enables the enhanced version of
the planning area activation for the corresponding planning area. See the Enhanced Version of
Planning Area Activation section in this topic.
○ For more information about simplified key figure calculation with last period aggregation, see Last
Period Aggregation.
● Configuration related to shelf life planning has been removed.
● Unit of measure conversion has been removed from every key figure in inventory optimization.
Last Period Aggregation
Last period aggregation is now available to display the key figure value for the last period in a given time period
(for example, the last month of a quarter or the last month of a year). Instead of complex key figure
calculations, you can simply use the IBP_LPA function to configure last period aggregation in the Planning
Areas app. For more information, see Last Period Aggregation.

Scheduling Activation Jobs
You can schedule the activation of time profiles, master data types, and planning areas using the predefined
Planning Model Activation template in the Aplication Jobs app. SAP recommends that you arrange a business
downtime when you want to perform model activation. For more information, see Activating Planning Models.
New Global Configuration Parameters
Global Configuration Parameter for Realignment

The LOG_ATTACHMENT_LIMIT global configuration parameter is now available in the REALIGNMENT parameter
group. Use this parameter to limit the number of rows in the attachments of log messages of realignment runs,
both simulation and actual runs, which in turn can limit the memory consumption of realignment runs,
especially those containing large data sets. For more information, see Global Configuration Parameters.
Creating Alert Key Figures
As of 1908, if you want to create a new alert key figure, choose New and select Alert Key Figure from the
dropdown on the Key Figures screen of the Planning Areas app.
3.8 Demand Planning
Statistical Forecasting
New Forecasting Algorithm: Seasonal Linear Regression

Seasonal linear regression calculates the forecast based on a linear function, while it can also take into account
any trend and seasonality pattern it identifies in the historical data. This algorithm may yield more robust
results than the triple exponential smoothing and automated exponential smoothing algorithms, which can also
be used when trend or seasonality can be observed in the historical data.
It works similarly to the multiple linear regression algorithm running with slope dummy and the month of the
year independent variable, but seasonal linear regression can also run on seasonal cycles that are shorter or
longer than a year.
For more information, see Seasonal Linear Regression.
Time Series Properties Can Be Considered in Forecasting

If you select the Choose Best Forecast method for utilizing multiple forecasts, you can set the system to check
the time series properties that were identified by the most recent forecast automation job for the selected

planning objects, and use them to filter out the algorithms that are not expected to calculate an appropriate
forecast. Such algorithms are not run before the comparison and are therefore excluded from the selection,
which leads to reduced processing time and more robust forecasting results.
Since the time series of the selected planning objects may have different properties, the same algorithm may
run for some planning objects and not run for others.
Extended Use of Product Lifecycle Information

You can now set forecast models to consider product lifecycle information even if they only contain
preprocessing steps. For this reason, the Consider Product Lifecycle Information checkbox has been moved
from the Forecasting Steps tab of the Manage Forecast Models app to the General tab.
Forecast Model Assignment: Time Series Properies Displayed in New Column

You can now see the time series properties of each planning object on the main screen of the Assign Forecast
Models app if time series analysis has been executed for that calculation level. The column always shows the
results of the last analysis, about which you can get further information by choosing the respective properties.
New Product Introduction
Managing Product Lifecycle

The Manage Product Lifecycle app has been enhanced with the following:
You can now navigate directly from the Upload File window to the Application Log app to check all success or
error messages regarding the most recent uploads of assignments, forecast dates, and curves.
It is not mandatory any more to specify the launch dimension when you create a new assignment. For example,
if you don’t want to work with forecast dates, you can choose to leave the Launch Dimension field empty. You
can specify this setting later on if you wish.
A wildcard is used as the default attribute value on the Forecast Dates tab, to which the system automatically
assigns the current date as the forecast date. This means that the system calculates the forecast for all
planning objects from the current date. If you want to define forecast dates for some attribute values (for
example, to specify that a reference product should be used in the US only from December), you can do so
while keeping the wildcard. In this case the system applies your dates to the specific values and the current
date to all other values, unless you also specify a date for the wildcard. You can also decide to delete the
wildcard – in this case you need to specify forecast dates for each attribute value separately.
You can now delete all assignments that meet the selected filter criteria (for example, all assignments where
the reference product is HT_001). The relevant data is deleted even if it is not shown on the current page.
Settings for Product Lifecycle

The Settings for Product Lifecycle app has been enhanced as follows:
You can now specify if you want planners to use curves at all in lifecycle planning. If you deselect the Use Curves
option, the Curves area and the other fields related to phase-in and phase-out curves will not be visible in the
Manage Product Lifecycle app.
You can also specify if you allow master data values to be used in assignments in the Manage Product Lifecycle
app. If you allow such values, the planners can create assignments for master data values for which no planning
objects exist yet. They can create planning objects for those master data values later on.

The Define Assignment Levels button has been renamed Planning Area Settings.
Promotion Integration
You can now navigate directly from the Analyze Promotions app to to the corresponding list of logs in the
Application Log app.
Data Realignment
In the Manage Realignment Rules app you can now navigate to the log of the realignment run from the
realignment project. This enables you to get information about the realignment run more quickly.
Key Figure Snapshots
Snapshots of the Change History type will be discontinued as of SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911. We
recommend that you start using lag-based snapshots instead when you set up a planning area for demand
sensing and other processes such as time-based waterfall analysis and alerting.
Deprecation of the Expected Lost Demand Operator
As announced in 1905, in 1908 the Expected lost demand operator has been deprecated and no longer
functions. The following warning appears in the application log: Lost Demand Planning Operator is no
longer supported.
stage) inventory optimization operator, therefore customers who used Expected lost demand are encouraged to
switch to using the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator to populate this key figure.
In 1911, the Expected lost demand operator will be removed from the following parts of IBP:
● The list of planning operators for existing planning areas

● The IBP Fiori UI
● The IBP Excel add-in

Deprecation of the Inventory Optimization DDMRP Operators
The following inventory optimization (IO) DDMRP operators have been deprecated in the 1908 release:
Calculate DDMRP buffer levels DDMRP_BUFFER
Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve) DDMRP_SIP
These operators will continue to function, but new configurations with the IO DDMRP operators will not be
allowed. New versions of these operators have been moved to IBP for demand-driven replenishment under the
DDR operator type. For more information about the DDR DDMRP operators, see Demand-Driven Replenishment
[page 266].
Existing planning areas that have the deprecated IO operators will be automatically assigned the new DDR
operators via upgrade script. The DDR operators are backward compatible with existing planning areas that
contain DDMRP. Enhancements to DDMRP operators in release 1908 are only available for the demand-driven
replenishment (DDR) operators.
The deprecated IO DDMRP operators will be removed in the 1911 release, so we strongly recommend you
upgrade your IBP Excel add-in version and start using the DDR DDMRP operators before the 1911 release.
Support for Two New Propagated Demand Outputs
While the key figures are not part of the SAP3 sample planning area, theCalculate Inventory Components
operator now supports TRSPROPAGATEDDEMANDMEAN (Transportation Propagated Demand) and
BOMPROPAGATEDDEMANDMEAN (BOM Propagated Demand) . These new propagated demand outputs facilitate
validation of inventory targets. At the product-location level, the sum of TRSPROPAGATEDDEMANDMEAN and
BOMPROPAGATEDDEMANDMEAN are equal to the existingPROPAGATEDDEMANDMEAN output key figure.
To use these key figures, you must configure and add them to your planning are. For detailed information, see
Transportation and BOM Propagated Demand.
Changes to Loop Handling Logging in Inventory Optimization
When you set the global configuration parameter LOOP_HANDLING to ENABLE, the inventory optimization
algorithms run successfully when time-varying sourcing ratios create loops.
Previously, when set to ENABLE, the algorithms detected all loops (transportation and production) and logged
them as a WARNING in the SCAL AFL log, which is only accessible by SAP product support.
As of the 1908 release, they are logged as WARNING in the business logs and are visible in both the Application
Log app and the Excel add-in.
The warnings have detailed information about the loops, such as the following:

● The type of loop, whether it is transportation or static supply ratio
● The level of the loop, that is the lanes involved
● The index number for transportation loops.
 Note
The number of warnings logged is limited to 500 per type of loop.
For more information about loop handling, see Loop Handling.
DDMRP Planning Operators added to IBP for Demand-Driven Replenishment
The DDMRP operators listed in the following table are now available as part of IBP for demand-driven
replenishment:
Calculate DDMRP buffer levels DDR_BUFFER
Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve) DDR_DECOUPLING
 Caution
To fully use the new DDMRP operators, you must upgrade to the 1908.0.0 version of the SAP add-in for
Microsoft Excel.
If you are upgrading to 1908 from 1905, and have business roles that restrict users to inventory (IO)
operators, you must add the demand-driven replenishment (DDR) operators to those roles if you want
those users to access the new DDMRP operators.
You can access the DDMRP operators in the following ways:
● Adding the operators to a planning area by selecting Manage Planning Operators from the Configuration
app, and selecting DDR from Planning Operator Types.
● Running the operators in the IBP Excel add-in by selecting an operator from the Demand-driven
Replenishment dropdown list.
● Running a simulation in the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, which runs the Calculate DDMRP buffer levels
operator.
In previous releases, the DDMRP operators were a part of IBP for inventory, and had the planning operator type
IO. The demand-driven replenishment DDMRP operators have the planning operator type DDR and replace IO
DDMRP operators in inventory optimization. For more information about configuring the DDR planning

operator type, see Demand-Driven Replenishment (DDR) Operator in the model configuration guide or Using
DDR Planning Operators.
The inventory optimization (IO) DDMRP operators have been deprecated in the 1908 release. They will
continue to function, but new configurations with the DDMRP inventory optimization operators will not be
allowed.
The demand-driven replenishment (DDR) operators are backward compatible with existing planning areas that
contain DDMRP. In addition, enhancements to DDMRP operators in release 1908 are only available in the
demand-driven replenishment operators. Existing planning areas that have the deprecated IO operators will be
automatically assigned the new operators via upgrade script.
To use the new functionality in the DDR DDMRP operators, you must also upgrade to the latest version of the
IBP Excel add-in.
The deprecated IO DDMRP operators will be removed in the 1911 release, so we strongly recommend you
upgrade your IBP Excel add-in version and start using the DDR DDMRP operators before the 1911 release.
Forecast Error Operator No Longer Used to Calculate the ADU
The forecast error profiles previously used for ADU calculation have been removed from 1908, as ADU is now
calculated with key figures. For more information, see Buffer Zones and Average Daily Usage (ADU).
Changes to the Copy Operator
The copy operator has been adjusted to copy the new ADU key figure DDADJUSTEDADU.
Changes to Category Mappings for Fixed Orders Outside of the Decoupled

Lead Time
In release 1908, the category mapping in the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for IBP has been
enhanced. As a result of this enhancement, fixed orders outside of the decoupled lead time (DLT) that had
category mappings in 1905 will not be overwritten by the DDMRP heuristic when you run Demand-Driven
Planning. With every run of the DDMRP heuristic, unfixed orders outside the DLT are deleted and planned anew.
However, fixed orders with the old category mapping outside of the DLT are not overwritten by the DDMRP
heuristic, which leads to a deviation from the built-in logic for creating new push orders outside DLT whenever
projected inventory falls below the top of green.
 Caution
When upgrading from release 1905 to release 1908, you must manually unfix all fixed elements outside of
the DLT to ensure that the output of the DDMRP heuristic is populated correctly. Please follow your
procedures for manually unfixing orders.

SAP8 Sample Planning Area Data Model Changes
How average daily usage (ADU) is calculated and propagated has changed in the 1908 release.
In the 1905 release, the average daily usage (ADU) was calculated at customer-facing product-locations for
each customer group. It was then aggregate across all the customer groups, and a MRP-based propagation
logic was used to propagate the ADU to all sourcing locations.
In the 1908 release, order quantities are propagated based on DDMRP logic, then the ADU is calculated at each
product-location based on its past actuals and future demand projections.
The corresponding changes in SAP8 to support this change replace the ADU, sales, and future demand key
figures with ones in a day-product-location planning level.
 Note
Existing planning area copies from the 1905 release will continue to be supported, but we recommended
that you adopt the new data model as soon as feasible.
Changes to Master Data Type Attributes

The attribute RECDECOUPPOINTIND has been removed from the master data type IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT, as
the master data type attribute wasn't used. The key figure RECDECOUPPOINTIND contains the same
information, and remains part of SAP8.
The IBPPLANNINGUNIT master data type has been assigned to the SAP8 sample planning area. This master
data type was a part of SAP8 in previous releases, but now non-root attributes are assigned to the planning
area, as listed in the following table:
Attributes for Master Data Type Planning Unit

tion tribute Notes
PLUNITID Subnetwork ID X X This attribute de

fines which plan
ning subnetwork
each product-loca
tion combination
belongs to. It is op
tional. If present,
you will be
prompted to select
values in the plan
ning unit filter
when running the
operators.
PLUNITID1 Subnetwork ID 1
PLUNITID2 Subnetwork ID 2
The attributes listed in the following table have been added to the master data type
IBPPRODUCTIONSOURCEITM:

 Note
These attributes are not relevant to DDMRP, but are part of the SAPIBP1 planning area, and have been
included in SAP8 for that reason.
Attributes for Master Data Type Production Source Item

tion tribute Notes
COMPONENTOFFSE
Component Offset
T
MATTRPRODUCTIO Mand Atrr

NSOURCEITM Production Source
Item
The attributes listed in the following table have been added to the master data type IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT:

tion tribute Notes
ADUFUTUREHORIZ ADU Calculation This attribute de

ON Future Horizon
fines the future
planning horizon
for the ADU calcu
lation. If both
ADUFUTUREHORI
ZON and
ADUPASTHORIZO
N have no value,
then a default
value of one is
used for
ADUFUTUREHORI
ZON .
ADUPASTHORIZON ADU Calculation This attribute de

Past Horizon
fines the past plan
ning horizon for
the ADU calcula
tion.
The ADUFUTUREHORIZON and ADUPASTHORIZON attributes allow you to run the ADU calculation for every
location-product with its own individual horizons without the need to maintain several profiles. The default
value for the horizon can be changed within an implementation project.
Changes to Planning Levels
The following planning levels have been removed from SAP8:

● DAYROOTPRODLOCCUSTGROUPNONROOT
● PRODLOCCUSTGROUP
● PRODLOCCURR
● WKPRODLOCCURRCURRTO
● WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUP
Changes to Key Figures

As part of the change in how ADU is calculated, the following table lists key figures that have been removed
from SAP8:
Removed Key Figures
HAVGUSAGE HAVGUSAGE Helper key figure
HISTDEMANDCV Calculated Usage Coefficient PRODLOCCUSTGROUP Coefficient of Variation of

of Variation AVGUSAGE.
ADU is now calculated without using the CUSTGROUP attribute. Several key figures were replaced as a result.
The following table lists key figures in 1905 that have been replaced in 1908:
Replaced Key Figures

1905 Release Key figures 1908 Release Key Figures
Base Planning Base Planning

Key Figure ID Name Level Key Figure ID Name Level
ACTUALS Actuals (Qty) DAYPRODLOCCUST DDTOTALORDERQT DD Total Ordered DAYPRODLOC

GROUP YHISTORY Quantity (for ADU
calculation)
DDFORECASTEDSA Forecasted Sales DAYPRODLOCCUST DDTOTALDEMANDQ DD Total Demand DAYPRODLOC

LES (DDMRP) GROUP TYFUTURE Quantity (for ADU
calculation)
AVGUSAGE Average Daily DAYPRODLOCCUST DDTOTALADU DD Total Average DAYPRODLOC

Usage GROUP Daily Usage
DDBLENDEDSALES Blended Sales DAYPRODLOCCUST DDBLENDEDDEMAN Blended Demand DAYPRODLOC

(DDMRP) GROUP DFORADU Quantity for ADU
DEMANDADJUSTME Demand DAYPRODLOCCUST DDDEMANDADJUST DD Demand DAYPRODLOC

NTFACTOR Adjustment Factor GROUP MENTFACTOR Adjustment Factor
HISTDEMANDCV Calculated Usage PRODLOCCUSTGRO DDTOTALADUCV ADU Coefficient of PRODLOC

Coefficient of UP Variation
Variation
The calculation of ADU is now performed locally, rather than being propagated from customer facing locations.
Two key figures were replaced as a result. The following table lists key figures in 1905 that have been replaced
in 1908:

Replaced Key Figures
1905 Release Key figures 1908 Release Key Figures
Base Planning Base Planning

Key Figure ID Name Level Key Figure ID Name Level
PROPAGATEDADU Propagated DAYPRODLOC DDADJUSTEDADU DD Adjusted DAYPRODLOC

Average Daily Average Daily
Usage Usage
PROPAGATEDADUC Propagated DAYPRODLOC DDTOTALADUSTDE DD Total Demand DAYPRODLOC

V Average Daily V Standard Deviation
Usage Stdev
For more information, see Sample Planning Area for Demand-Driven Replenishment.
DDMRP Buffer Analysis App Displays Decoupled Lead Time in Days
In previous releases, the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app displayed decoupled lead time in weeks. In the 1908
release, the app now displays decoupled lead time in days. If you created DDMRP planning areas in release
1905 or later, no change is required.
 Caution
If you created a DDMRP planning area before 1905, you'll receive a warning message that the planning area
is incompatible due to not having the key figure DECOUPLEDLEADTIMEDAYS, which was not available prior
to the official release of demand-driven replenishment in 1905. To continue to use the DDMRP Buffer
Analysis app with planning areas created prior to 1905, add the DECOUPLEDLEADTIMEDAYS key figure and
reactivate your planning area. We also suggest you upgrade your area to be based on the SAP8 planning
model introduced in 1905.
planning.
New Sample Model Entities

described in the Aggregated Constraints Using Conversion Factors section below. They’ve already been added
to the SAP4, SAP4C, and SAPIBP1 sample planning areas.

Shelf Life Visibility L-Code No Longer Available
As of release 1908, shelf life visibility L-code will no longer be available in the SAPIBP1 sample planning area.
New customers from 1908 onwards can use the shelf life planning heuristic instead. For more information, see
Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic. For customer who are already using shelf life visibility L-code
delivered in SAPIBP1, SAP will continue to support it but please bear in mind that customer-specific L-code
enhancements will no longer be supported.
Getting Started Documentation
To support you when setting up a project, we now provide Getting Started documentation for time-series-
based supply planning. It suggests a starter configuration and explains basic concepts. It also provides multiple
recommendations for a smooth operation of the first project phase. The new document has links to the
detailed overall documentation for time-series-based supply planning. See Getting Started with Time-Series-
Based Supply Planning.
Aggregated Constraints Using Conversion Factors
You can now define aggregated constraints using a conversion factor of capacity consumption to allocate
minimum and/or maximum resource utilization to production and transportation resources.
For production, you may want to ensure that specific high grade products are manufactured on a specific
production line in a specific period. You can now do this by allocating a specified amount of time on the
production line for them, defined as a production capacity usage aggregated constraint.
For transportation, you can now add the capacity consumption rate of the transportation resource, such as a
truck, as a conversion factor to an aggregated constraint so that adequate capacity is reserved for
transportation. For example, you can allocate or reserve space in the truck for a group of products in a certain
period, even if you're not sure in advance how many products are needed, or what the combination of products
will be. The capacity consumption rate is based on that defined for the truck (resource) in the
TCAPACONSUMPTION key figure
We've provided new key figures as part of this feature:
● MINAGGPCAPAUSAGE and MAXAGGPCAPAUSAGE for production resources

● MINAGGTCAPAUSAGE and MAXAGGTCAPAUSAGE for transportation resources
They're available in the SAP4 sample planning area for you to use.
For more information, see Aggregated Constraints Using Conversion Factors and Aggregated Constraints (for
the key figures).
Merger Policy for Key Figures
We've introduced a new primary parameter for all S&OP algorithm types except forecast consumption and
compute quotas. It enables you to control the merger policy for certain input key figures, that is, how

synchronization for these upstream and downstream input key figures takes place after you've run a planning
algorithm. Synchronization is quite complex for input key figures, because a planner might enter new or
modified values into one or both upstream and downstream key figures at the same time. If this happens, the
S&OP operator automatically decides whether to synchronize the values from the upstream value to the
downstream value, or vice versa, for each individual period. This is called the merger policy.
Sometimes you might not want this synchronization to take place, so you can now specify your own merger
policy as follows:
● Automatically (as previously)

● In an upstream direction
● In a downstream direction
For more information, see Primary Parameters (for the heuristic), and see similar Primary Parameters topics
for the optimizer, check mode, and local updates algorithms.
Forecast Consumption Without Supply Planning Now Available from the IBP
Excel Add-In
You can now run the forecast consumption algorithm without supply planning (that is, on non-supply planning
enabled planning areas) from the IBP Excel add-in, as well as by using an application job (as previously).
For more information, see Calculating Forecast Consumption.
Transportation Resources Now Considered by the Heuristic
Transportation resources introduced in 1905 and then only supported by the supply planning optimizer are now
also considered by all types of the supply planning heuristic. The heuristics calculate the capacity usage
(TCAPAUSAGE) and capacity demand (TCAPADEMAND) key figures for transportation resources, but they don’t
take into account the transportation resources’ capacity supply (CAPASUPPLY) as a limit on transport
quantities. The heuristics treat capacity as infinite for transportation resources, as they currently do for
production resources.
Transportation resources are used by a location source of supply and they model capacity consumption, that
is, the amount of capacity consumed per unit of product transported.
For more information, see Transportation Resource (master data type) and Capacity (key figures).
Advance Warning: S&OP Key Figure Configuration Checks Will Raise Errors
for All Customers in 1911
The following S&OP operator checks introduced in 1902 as warnings and converted to errors for new
customers in 1905 will remain as warnings for existing customers in 1908 but will be converted to errors for all
customers in 1911:

the S&OP operator.
In 1908, existing customers may see three type of warning messages in their application log when they run the
S&OP operator, as described below.
Key Figures Not Recognized

If you get a warning message that a key figure is not recognized by the S&OP operator and will be ignored, take
● If it's an aggregated constraint key figure but you didn't mark it as such, ensure you do mark it as an
aggregated constraint key figure.
● In key figure configuration under Input/Output of Supply Planning, select Indirect Input instead of Input,
Input/output, or Output.
● If the key figure isn't relevant for the S&OP operator, set Input/Output of Supply Planning to blank.
Attribute Not Expected in Key Figure's Base Planning Level

If you get a warning message that there's an unexpected attribute in the key figure's base planning level, take
● Adjust the key figure's planning level by ensuring the attribute isn't a root attribute.
Attribute Missing from Key Figure's Base Planning Level

If you get a warning message that there's an attribute missing from the key figure's base planning level, take
● Adjust the key figure's planning level by adding the attribute as a root attribute.
Sample Planning Area Updates
the sections about Forecast-Based Fair-Share Portion Size [page 279], SAP7 Key Figures Changed to All
Editable [page 280], and Calculation of the Stock Projected Key Figures Changed [page 281].
To use the sample model entities, make sure they're added to your company's planning areas. They've already
been added to the SAP7 sample planning area for order-based planning.

Please note that the SAP74 sample planning area will not be available as of 1911. For more information, see
SAP74 Will Be Removed as of the 1911 Release [page 281].
Planning of Adjusted Quantities
As a planner, you might find that the default quantity of a supply element does not meet your requirements or
you might have more information than the raw numbers in the system. If you manually adjust quantities using
the adjusted key figures, the planning engine now uses the provided adjusted quantities directly to satisfy fixed
orders. This is achieved by an enhanced pegging sequence inside the pre-allocation segment, where manual
adjustments and fixed orders are put during demand prioritization.
This way, if you manually adjust quantities, the satisfaction situation of fixed orders is not worsened, while the
planning engine comes as close as possible to the quantity of a source of supply you manually adjusted.
Reading Key Figures Using Period Types
Starting from this release, key figures can be read using the period types that are available from the time profile
that is assigned to your planning area.
Through this enhancement, you can now generally use the following period types in order-based planning:
● Day
● Technical Week
● Week
● Month
● Quarter
● Year
To start using the period types of the time profile, you have to disable the periodicity mapping in the Settings for
Order-Based Planning app under Time Profile Levels. Then, for the individual key figures or groups of key figures
that are mapped in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app, you have to select the period types that are
available in the respective time profile. If you want to use other period types than those you used in the past,
you have to adjust the time profile in the Time Profiles app.
For some of the key figures, you can't select the period type in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app. For
these key figures, which are used for forecasts, product allocation, and fair-share portion sizes, the period type
settings are independent of versions and even planning areas and you select the period type in the respective
app for profile maintenance. To select the period type for these key figures, you must go to the following apps:

You can select all period types that can now generally be used in order-based planning in these apps. However,
the selected period type also has to be available in the planning areas in which you perform the planning runs
that use these profiles.

 Note
Once you've disabled the periodicity mapping in one planning area, it is recommended that you also disable
it in all other planning areas that you're using. This is because fair-share set profiles, forecast consumption
profiles, and product allocation profiles are independent of planning areas.
Since you now select the period types of the time profile instead of the mapped periodicities, labels in the
following apps had to be changed:
● Settings for Order-Based Planning

 Note
Although customers who have already been using order-based planning can wait until release 2002 of IBP
to stop using the periodicity mapping, it is recommended to perform the switch as soon as possible.
Enhancements to Planning Run Profiles App
We have enhanced the Planning Run Profiles app as follows:
● The following new attributes are available for you to define the cost rules and the maximum lateness rule:
Rules Attributes
○ Maximum lateness rule ○ Document Type

○ Demand cost rules ○ Item Category
○ Delivery Priority
○ Customer Group
○ Customer Number
○ Sold-To Party
○ Delivery Group
○ Sales District
Production cost rules Production Version
Transportation cost rules and procurement cost rules Mode of Transport
● In each rule section, the overview screen of the profile now shows a preview of the conditions that build the
rule. You no longer have to navigate to the condition maintenance to understand how a rule is set up in
detail.

Optimizer Supports Activities and Related Features
The Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer now supports the following:
● More than one PDS activity. Use the OpenAPI inbound version 1808.0.0_FULL (or higher) to integrate
activities with their durations and component assignments.
● Component lead-time offset defined through PDS activities. For more information, see Component Lead-
Time Offset.
● Goods receipt processing time. For more information, see Scheduling of Planned Orders, Stock Transfer
and Purchase Requisitions.
Usability Improvements to Graphs
We have improved the usability of the order network graph. There is a new graph overview displayed next to the
actual graph, which helps you keep track of where you are in bigger networks. You can now change the graph
orientation (left-right, right-left, top-bottom) and you can search for nodes and connecting lines. The new
zoom-to-fit function supports the optimal adaptation of the graph to the display area.
Furthermore, the stock projection chart (View Projected Stock app) is more user-friendly now. For example, you
can now switch the value display on or off, and you can control the zooming by using the magnifying glass
icons.
New Error Type for Application Jobs
We have introduced a new error type for non-technical errors in the following application jobs:

● Order-Based Planning: Gating Factor Analysis

Non-technical errors, for example, if access to an application level is already locked by another user, are
labelled as User Error. With the introduction of this error type, job chains are now stopped if a job in the chain
has such an error. Thus, you can more easily identify what went wrong in a job chain.
New Global Configuration Parameter for Order-Based Planning: Copy Version

Data
 Remember
In the Global Configuration app, there is a new global configuration parameter CONT_COPY_IF_CONFLICT
in the RESPONSE parameter group. This handles the following behavior when copying versions using the
Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data application job: You want to copy order data from a source
version to a target version, but the source data and the target data share an order or orders, and these
duplicates cause the application job to fail. You can now set this parameter to remove any order duplicates
and their dependent objects from the data before it is copied, allowing the application job to continue. The
duplicates are listed in an attachment to the application log, regardless of whether the parameter is set or
not.
For more information, see Global Configuration Parameters.
New Attributes Available in Three Apps
We have added the following new location-material-specific attributes to the View Gating Factors, View
Confirmations, and Analyze Supply Usage apps:
● Allocation Profile
● Deletion Horizon
● Forecast Consumption Profile
● Freeze Horizon for Distribution
● Freeze Horizon for Production
● Loc. Mat. Custom Attr. 01 - Loc. Mat. Custom Attr. 10
● MRP Controller
● MRP Controller Name
● Marked for Deletion (IBP)
● Procurement Type
● Requirement Strategy
● Static Safety Stock
You can add the new attributes as filters and as columns.

Restriction of Authorizations in the Remote Source App
As of this release, it is possible to restrict authorizations in the Remote Source app to control access to data in
the app. If you are upgrading from a lower release, please be aware that read-only access is now supported for
the Response Remote Sources (SAP_IBP_BC_REMOTESOURCE_PC) business catalog.
All roles containing this business catalog in which the write option was set to No access have been migrated. As
a consequence, all roles that are assigned to this business catalog, including display-only roles, have had their
write access set to Unrestricted.
Please check whether the roles you have previously configured still meet your requirements and change the
settings if needed.
The following OpenAPI versions will no longer be available as of SAP Integrated Business Planning 1908:
Component Version
1708.0.0_TRANS
If you are using these OpenAPI versions, you will get a warning about their deprecation, but you can continue to
use them in the 1908 and 1911 releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning. Note that these OpenAPI versions
will cease to function as of the 2002 release and any jobs that use these OpenAPI versions will fail after the
upgrade to the 2002 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that you
cancel or delete any scheduled jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and replace them with jobs using newer
OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used these OpenAPI versions, you will not be able to schedule a job using them as of the
1908 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Forecast-Based Fair-Share Portion Size
A new portion size key figure is now available in the SAP7 planning area at the planning level PERPRODLOC:
Forecast-Based Fair-Share Portion Size (PORTIONSIZEFCST).
This is a calculated key figure that sums up the full horizon forecasts that are divided by 1000. You can use this
key figure to set the portion size in fair share to compare the forecasts for different location products for the full
horizon of the planning area. For more information, see Demand Key Figures.
To support this new key figure, the calculation in the FORECASTUNCONST key figure has been changed and a
new planning level PRODLOC has been added in the SAP7 sample planning area.
Note that if you would like to define a different ratio, you can replace the FORECASTUNCONST key figure with the
one you need. If you would like to use the PORTIONSIZEFCST key figure at a different planning level, you can

replace the PRODLOC planning level with a different planning level in the key figure calculation. You can also
continue to use the demand fair-share portion size key figure.
SAP7 Key Figures Changed to All Editable
The following key figures in the SAP7 sample planning area that used to be editable in current and future time
periods are now all editable:
Adjusted key figures
● Adjusted Distribution Receipt (Lane) (ADJUSTEDDISTRRECEIPTLANE)

● Adjusted Production Receipt (PDS) (ADJUSTEDPRODRECEIPTPDS)
Product allocation key figure: Allocation Adjusted (ALLOCATIONADJ)
Key figures for the Optimizer
● Inventory Holding Cost Rate (INVENTORYHOLDINGCOSTRATE)

● Fixed Production Cost (FIXEDPRODUCTIONCOST)
● Fixed Transportation Cost (FIXEDTRANSPORTATIONCOST)
● Production Cost Rate (PRODUCTIONCOSTRATE)
● Safety Stock Violation Cost Rate (SFTSTOCKVIOLATIONCOSTRATE)
● Transportation Cost Rate (TRANSPORTATIONCOSTRATE)
Demand key figures
● Forecast Unconstrained (FORECASTUNCONSTR)

● Forecast Unconstrained 1 (PR1) (FORECASTUNCONSTR1)
Stock and buffer stock key figures
● Maximum Stock (MAXSTOCK)

● Maximum Days of Supply (MAXDAYSOFSUPPLY)
● Maximum Stock Violation Cost Rate (MAXSTOCKVIOLATIONCOSTRATE)
● Safety Stock (Planned) (SAFETYSTOCKTS)
● Safety Days of Supply (SAFETYDAYSOFSUPPLYTS)
● Target Days of Supply (TARGETDAYSOFSUPPLY)
● Target Stock (TARGETSTOCK)
Transportation lane and supplier key figures
● Supplier Constraint (SUPPLIERCONSTRAINT)

● Supplier Forecast (SUPPLIERFORECAST)
Capacity key figure: Capacity Available Adjusted (CAPACITYAVAILABLEADJ)

External Demand Key Figures Are Now Available at the STD_SFC_EXT Data
Source
When viewing the result of a planning run in the IBP Excel add-in, you can now easily identify the forecast
period for which the supply was planned. To enable this, the external demand key figures for forecast and
orders fulfilled in time, late, and unfulfilled are now available at the STD_SFC_EXT data source. For the list of
these key figures, see Demand Key Figures for Forecast and Orders Fulfilled in Time, Late, and Unfulfilled.
Calculation of the Stock Projected Key Figures Changed
Calculation of the Stock Projected (STOCKPROJECTED) and the Stock Projected (Without
Sales) (STOCKPROJECTEDWOS) key figures has been changed: a new helper key figure is now used instead of
the l-code to enable a simplified calculation method: cumulative aggregation (see Model Configuration [page
315]).
SAP74 Will Be Removed as of the 1911 Release
As of the 1911 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning, the SAP74 sample planning area will no longer be
available.
Renaming of Receipt or Requirement Type: Non-Planning-Relevant Stock
To improve consistency, we have renamed one of the types displayed in the Type of Receipt or Requirement
column in the Element View of the View Projected Stock app: What used to be called Restricted Stock is now
called Non-Planning-Relevant Stock there. Just like before, the column displays stock types that are not
relevant for planning in IBP. For information about the planning relevancy of ERP stock types in IBP, see the
Stock documentation at http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon or http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon.
New Global Parameter EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT
You can now prevent running of multiple Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level
application jobs for the same planning area using a new global parameter
EXT_PLEVEL_UPLOAD_LOCK_TIMEOUT in the RESPONSE group.

You can use the following values for this parameter:
● -1 (default) : You can run multiple Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level jobs
for the same planning area.
● 0: The job fails if another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job is already
running for the same planning area.
● Integer value between 30 and 600: The job will fail only after the maintained timeout (in seconds) is
reached and another Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Level job is still running
for the same planning area.
Custom Alerts in Process Management
In previous releases, the process management functionality did not consider the state of the planning data for
a process. Whether the planning data was ok or whether there were any issues with it did not have any
influence on the process automation and the progress of the process.
To make you aware that your planning data is in an exceptional or critical state, you can now integrate custom
alerts in process steps. With custom alerts, you can manage the process based on exceptions, that is, you can
consider issues with the planning data in the process and even interrupt an automated process if an
exceptional situation occurs. This way you can resolve any issues with the planning data before the process
continues.
Configuring Custom Alerts for Process Management

The process template owner can configure custom alerts for individual process steps in the process template.
Depending on your needs there are the following options:
● If you want to integrate custom alerts in a process step, you can assign a custom-alert subscription to the
start or the end of a process step. If you want an automated process to stop when there are any custom
alerts for a certain subscription, you can additionally choose a custom-alert-based condition for
automation. If any alerts come up during the process step, the entire process is stopped, which allows
users involved in the process to take care of the issue that caused the alert.
● If you want to show whether there have been any custom alerts during the process for information
purposes, you can assign a custom-alert subscription to the start or the end of a process step without
choosing a condition for automation. If any alerts come up for the subscription during the process step, the
information is shown in the Manage Processes app and the process chart.
Checking Process-Related Custom Alerts

Users involved in a process can check for process-related custom alerts in the Manage Processes app and the
process chart. You can navigate from there to the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app if you want to see
more information about the subscription, or to the Monitor Custom Alerts app if you need information about
the number of alerts. From the Monitor Custom Alerts app, you can also take the relevant steps to resolve
issues with the planning data.

For more information, see Custom Alerts in Process Management.
Changes to UI Field Names
In the context of this new feature, several UI field names have been renamed in the steps settings area of the
Manage Process Templates and the Manage Processes app to improve usability.
A complete list can be found in the What’s New in This App? information of the corresponding apps.
The grid in the driver planning view has been enhanced with the following new functionalities:
● Freezing of columns: To keep the most important attributes visible while you scroll horizontally through
your driver planning view, you can now freeze multiple columns in the driver planning view.
● Column filtering: To focus on specific data in the driver planning view, you can now temporarily hide
information that you’re not interested in by filtering in the columns directly.
 Note
To make it easier for you to distinguish between the column filter and the planning filter, we’ve renamed
the Change Filter button to Change Planning Filter.
● Full screen mode: You can now use the whole space of your browser window for the driver planning view by
opening the driver planning view in full screen mode. This way you can see more data at a glance.
● Display of last refresh: A new icon above the driver planning view shows you when you last refreshed the
data.
The Web-Based Planning app has been enhanced with the following functionalities:
Basic Simulations
You can now simulate the effects of your data changes on dependent key figures on-the-fly. The simulation
does not affect the operational data until you save your changes. Note that only basic simulations for
dependent key figures are supported. Simulations using planning operators are not possible.

Scenarios
If you have simulated any changes, and you want to save these changes separately so as not to impact the
operational data, you can save them as a scenario. The Web-Based Planning app provides all the functionalities
to manage your scenarios and those shared with you. This includes scenarios that were created in the IBP Excel
add-in.
New Functionalities for the Grid
● Display of fixed values: A visual help now indicates which values in the planning view are fixed. A fixed
value is now indicated by a filled padlock sign. A partially-fixed value is indicated by a padlock sign that is
filled diagonally.
● Freezing of columns: To keep the most important attributes visible while you scroll horizontally through
your planning view, you can now freeze multiple columns in the planning view.
● Column filtering: To focus on specific data in the planning view, you can now temporarily hide information
that you’re not interested in by filtering in the columns directly.
 Note
To make it easier for you to distinguish between the column filter and the planning filter, we’ve renamed
the Change Filter button to Change Planning Filter.
● Full screen mode: You can now use the whole space of your browser window for the planning view by
opening the planning view in full screen mode. This way you can see more data at a glance.
● Display of last refresh: A new icon above the planning view shows you when you last refreshed the data.
Related Information
Web-Based Planning
3.16 SAP Analytics Cloud Integration
Deprecated JSON OData Service for extracting master data
As announced in SAP Integrated Business Planning release 1902, the JSON OData service /IBP/
EXTRACT_SRV has been deprecated. If you haven’t done so already, please replace the deprecated OData
Service with the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData Service that is already available in the IBP system.

You can use the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData Service to extract key figure data and integrate it with the
SAP Analytics Cloud data.
Exporting SAP Analytics Cloud Data to SAP Integrated Business Planning
You can now export data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP Integrated Business Planning. The service /IBP/
EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV has been enhanced in SAP Integrated Business Planning and can now be called by the
export job function in an SAP Analytics Cloud model to send data.
For example, you want to supply SAP Integrated Business Planning with financial planning data from SAP
Analytics Cloud to align enterprise demand and supply plans with corporate financial plans.
This helps you integrate your financial planning data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP Integrated Business
Planning to align strategic financial planning and operational capabilities (inventory, resources capacities
procurement, and marketing). The integration of both systems provides stakeholders with a unified and
approved financial and operational blueprint.
For more information, see Extracting and Importing Key Figure and Master Data.
3.17 Analytics
Creating reference lines for analytics charts
This new feature allows you to add horizontal or vertical lines to your chart so you can analyze data and
understand the performance of certain key figures. It is available for charts with an axis under the Chart
Options tab (for example: bar, column, dual x axis). If you turn on Show Reference Lines, you can create primary
or secondary axis reference lines.
Sharing your dashboard
There is a new Share button on the detailed view of the dashboard that allows you to share it with other users
or user groups.
Related Information

New Expansion Button for Product Nodes
In release 1908, an expansion button has been added to product nodes to allow you to expand the supply chain
network chart and view the extended network without having to edit the filter selections.
The button is a plus sign (+) located to the left side of upstream product nodes and on the right side of
downstream product nodes. When you select the plus sign, the chart expands to the extended network,
centers the chart around the network, and automatically adds the product IDs to the filters.
For more information about the Supply Chain Network, see Supply Chain Network.
3.19 Attribute Permissions
An overview of enhancements made to attribute permissions in SAP Integrated Business Planning in release
1908
New write attribute permissions for master data attributes
The Manage Attribute Permissions app has been enhanced with the new write attribute permission in SAP
Integrated Business Planning in release 1908.
Write attribute permissions can be granted to users as well as user groups. In the IBP application, users or user
groups can only modify master data attributes they can see. The extent to which a business user can modify
master data attributes depends on whether they have been assigned unrestricted, restricted or no permissions
by their administrators.
New OData service for attribute permissions
You can now use the new Manage Attribute Permissions OData service /IBP/ATTPERM_API_SRV to create and
modify attribute permissions and assign them to users and user groups from your external system.

Related Information
Manage Attribute Permissions

Attribute Permissions in IBP Applications
Integrating External Systems with Permission Filters and Attribute Permissions
3.20 Collaboration with Business Partners
You can now collaborate with your business partners directly in IBP. This is useful for planning processes in
which you want to capture input from your business partners directly in your IBP system, such as your
customers’ demand for a certain product.
You can give your business partners access to your IBP system and create and share a planning view with your
business partners that contains the key figures that are relevant for your collaboration. Your business partners
can then view the data in the planning view and enter their input into the key figures for which they have editing
permission. This way, you and your business partner can work simultaneously on key figure data in the same
system. Another advantage is that by using a planning view, you and your business partner use the same user
interface to view the planning data. This makes it easier to discuss key figure data as you both see the data
displayed in the same way.
Setup
To set up and collaborate in IBP, you use the following concepts from identity and access management, data
filters, and SAP Fiori apps:
● Employee, business user, and business user role

To give your business partner access to your IBP system, you create an employee and a business user, just
as you would for one of your internal business users.
To make it easier for you to create the business user role, we provide you with the following new business
role templates:
○ If your business partner is one of your customers, you can use the Demand Planner - Business Partner
(IBP) SAP_BR_DEMAND_PLNR_BUPA_IBP business role template.
○ If your business partner is one of your suppliers, you can use the Supply Planner - Business Partner
(IBP) SAP_BR_SUPPLY_PLNR_BUPA_IBP business role template.
These two business role templates allow you to distinguish the different types of business partners, that is
customers and suppliers.
● Permission filters
To make sure that your business partner can see the data set that is relevant for the collaboration, you
need to create a permission filter for your business partner that contains exactly this data.
● Apps for web-based planning
You can use the Web-Based Planning app to create a planning view and share it with your business
partners. Your business partners can work with those planning view in the following apps:

○ For your customers, we provide the Web-Based Planning - Customers app.
○ For your suppliers, we provide the Web-Based Planning - Suppliers app.
When your business partner logs on to your system, they can open the planning view you shared in one of
those two apps and provide input directly in your IBP system.
For information about best practices when setting up collaboration, see Setting Up Collaboration with Business
Partners.
New Apps: Web-Based Planning - Customers and Web-Based Planning - Suppliers
To have a clear distinction between the different types of business partners you can collaborate with, that is
customers and suppliers, we offer the following dedicated apps:
● Web-Based Planning - Customers

This app is included in the new Web-Based Planning for Business Partners (Customers)
(SAP_IBP_BC_WBP_BUPA_CUST_PC) business catalog.
● Web-Based Planning - Suppliers
This app is included in the new Web-Based Planning for Business Partners (Suppliers)
(SAP_IBP_BC_WBP_BUPA_SUP_PC) business catalog.
Both those apps provide the same features. Planners who work for your business partner can use the
corresponding app to view and change key figure data in a planning view you shared with them. They can also
create their own planning views or copy existing ones. If required, you can give users of your business partner
permission to view and create scenarios.
3.21 SAP Cloud Platform Identity Provisioning Service

Integration
New Communication Scenario
You can now use the new SAP_COM_0193 communication scenario to integrate SAP Integrated Business
Planning with SAP Cloud Platform Identity Provisioning Service.
For more information, see Integrating SAP Cloud Platform Identity Provisioning Service with IBP

Planning 1905
perform immediately after the upgrade, even if you don't plan to use the new features in 1905.
About this version

Collection (HFC) 7
Document Information 1.5 - July 2019
In driver-based planning, a limitation for the time period se

lection has been removed. You can now select a time period
for the driver planning view from a time profile level that
doesn’t have a parent level. For more information, see the
detailed What's New information for Driver-Based Planning
[page 351].

note)

Version
Miscellaneous enhancements, including the following:
Information has been added to the What's New in SAP Inte

grated Business Planning 1905 table that Activation with
Limited Scope is only available in the Planning Areas app.
Change type Mandatory task after upgrade has been added.


cel add-in)

ning
Filter the following table according to your needs, in particular, to find the tasks that you need to perform

What's New

Model Prepare Admin Model For 1808, we enabled all IBP applications for the SAP -
configu- next re istrator/ configu- HANA Calculation View. One reason for this en
hancement was that the information view previously
ration
used by IBP, SAP HANA Analytical View, will go out of
expert
maintenance. Another, more important reason is that
SAP HANA Calculation View can improve the per
formance, particularly in interactive scenarios (due to
optimized data base access). As of 1811, SAP HANA
Calculation View is active for new customers.
After a successful pilot phase during 1902 for se

lected upgrade customers, we will now switch all up
grade customer systems from SAP HANA Analyti
cal View to SAP HANA Calculation View in several
waves during the next releases. Please note that the
switch does not require any activities on the cus
tomer side except for reactivating the planning areas.
You can now apply for an early switch in 1905 (by

creating a ticket on the SCM-IBP-CNF-ACT compo
nent). An early switch can be useful, for example, if
you want to have the switch completed before a go
live. Other project-specific considerations might be
important for you as well.
For more details, see SAP Note 2773629 .

In key figure configuration, only some combinations
configu- of aggregation and disaggregation modes make figuration
tory ration
IBP Ex combinations and you change data in the IBP Excel
task af expert
cel add- add-in on an aggregated level, the results after disag
ter up
in
grade gregation and aggregation may not be identical.
As of 1905, an error is raised during planning area ac

tivation for key figures with invalid combinations of
aggregation and disaggregation modes.
After the upgrade, please check if your planning areas

contain key figures with combinations that are not
permitted and adjust either the aggregation or the
disaggregation mode.

Model Change Admin Model The display of the configuration of proportional disag Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- gregation has been changed in the Planning Areas figuration
and Sample Model Entities apps. The new display
ration
mode reflects the details of proportionality. There are
expert
now two types of disaggregation mode: Equal and
Copy. For both disaggregation modes, the
Proportionality field is available for setting propor
tional disaggregation.
Admin New Admin New You can use the new Manage Attribute Permissions Attribute
istra istrator/ SAP Permis
app to set up authorization for business users to only
tion configu Fiori sions [page
see certain master data attributes.
Secur ration app 328]
ity expert
IBP Ex Read attribute permissions can be granted to users
Data in cel add- as well as user groups. In the IBP application, users or
tegra in user groups can only see master data attributes that
tion Global have been assigned to them by their administrators.
Analyt configu-
ics ration You can automatically assign a new user to
IBP Ex param SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES by setting the
cel add- eter ATTPERM_ASSIGN_NEW_USER parameter to X (de
in fault value).
Excep
tion
man
age
ment
Cross
applica
tions
Admin New Admin Web UI You can now change a case owner and share or delete Content Ad
istra istrator/ ministration
a case.
ration
expert

Data in New Admin Integra The SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on Data Inte
tegra istrator/ tion for IBP and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration gration
tion configu
add-on for IBP now support a new aggregation logic [page 326]
ration
for key figures in time-series based integration which
expert
considers a time profile of your choice. In the add-on,
you can use new transaction /IBP/ETSTP to upload
and display your time profiles.
The integration model has also been enhanced with

new extractors, including the first aggregated time
series for resource, capacity supply, and orders. In
addition, you can define your own extractors using a
BAdI implementation.
Data in New Admin Integra You can now use a value-based filter when you export Data Inte
key figure data from SAP Integrated Business Plan
ning using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data
ration
services. This filter is pushed to SAP Integrated Busi
expert
ness Planning and can help improve the runtime of
the data flow by reducing the amount of data that is
extracted from SAP Integrated Business Planning.
You can set a filter to export data that is greater than,
less than, or equal to a specified value. However, you
cannot set a range to export key figure data that lies
between two values.
Model Change Admin Model In the Planning Areas app, a new powerful search is Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- available for key figures that enables you to find key figuration
figures based on many of their characteristics.
ration Web UI
expert You can now also delete key figures in this app.
Model Change Admin Model To optimize the consumption of system memory, the Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- default value of the figuration
NUMBER_OF_PROCESSING_PACKAGES global configu-
ration
expert ration parameter has been changed from 1 (disabled)
to 5.


configu-  istrator/ configu-
 Note figuration
ration Manda configu ration Relevant only for customers who started before [page 315]
tory ration 1811.
task af expert
ter up
An enhanced version of the planning area activation is
grade
now available, and it's being rolled out to all IBP sys
tems in waves. Customers who started with IBP 1811,
or with a newer release, already have the enhanced
version of activation in their systems. Now we'll roll
out the enhanced activation in waves to customers
who started before 1811.
To find out if a system uses the enhanced version of

planning area activation, open the log of an activation
that took place after the upgrade to IBP 1905. If the
second message in the log is Activation of &1 selected
objects started (enhanced activation). (&1 stands for
the number of objects), the system already uses the
enhanced version of planning area activation.

However, there are few specific modeling cases where

the enhanced version of activation may interpret spe
cific ambiguous modeling cases differently. All these
cases are covered by consistency checks. You can
find out from the check log or from the activation log
if the planning area is affected. If yes, you must check
if the enhanced activation returns the same key figure
values, and adjust the configuration if needed.

Model Prepare Admin Model To ensure the completeness and correctness of the Model Con
configu- next re istrator/ configu- planning area configuration, we have added new figuration
checks to the set of checks that run when you acti
ration
vate a planning area, or perform a consistency check
expert
on a planning area.
For an L script calculation, the system now checks

that all root attributes of the input planning level are
The system now also checks that only key figures that
have the same base planning level can be stored in
puts of calculation definitions at the same planning
level (which is different from their base planning
level). This is a new modeling requirement, which is
needed for planned enhancements in activation. If
this check fails, and gives you a warning, we recom
mend that you correct your model as soon as you
can, because this check will turn from warning to er
ror in a later release of IBP.
Model Change Admin Model In the Planning Areas app, you can now activate a Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- planning area with limited scope. figuration
ration Web UI Activation with limited scope means that, as a tempo
expert rary solution, you can choose to suppress certain er
rors during activation. If you do so, the planning area
will be functional, but still contains incomplete or er
roneous configuration. As a result, certain features
may not work, or you must check calculation results
to see if they make sense from a business perspec
tive.
 Note
SAP recommends that you correct incomplete or
erroneous configuration as soon as possible, and
use activation with limited scope in exceptional
cases only.
Each error type that you can suppress has a

deadline for correction (usually 4 IBP releases).
You must correct the error before the dead
line.After the deadline you cannot suppress the
error anymore, which will cause activation to fail.

Model Change Admin Model You can now use the IBP_CAGGR function to specify Model Con
cumulative aggregation (such as projected stock, or
year-to-date calculations) in the calculation defini-
ration Web UI
expert tions of key figures in one step. Using the IBP_CAGGR
function makes specifying such complex calculations
easier, and, in specific cases, it eliminates the need
for L script.
The function is available in the calculation editor in

the Configuration app.
Model Change Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains miscel Model Con
laneous updates and improvements in the area of de
mand planning, time-series-based planning, and vari
De ration
expert ous modeling changes, such as changed planning lev
mand
plan els.
ning
Time-
materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning
series-
area and SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Busi
based
supply ness Planning – release 1905 innovation in Innovation
plan Discovery at https://go.support.sap.com/innovation
ning discovery/ .
IBP Ex
cel add-
in
Cross New Busi Web UI You can now add different versions to your planning Web-Based
applica ness Planning
view in the Web-Based Planning app. This allows you
tions user [page 328]
to work on multiple versions simultaneously. You can
view and compare key figure data from different ver
sions and make changes to this key figure data.

Cross New Admin Web UI We have enhanced the change history as follows: Change
applica istrator/ IBP Ex History
tions configu ● To give you a better overview of the data sharing [page 327]
cel add-
ration in plans that create historical records, the active
expert Applica data sharing plans and their data sharing ar
tion job rangements are now listed individually as sour
ces of change in the Settings for Change History
app.
● In change history, we have added two sources of
change that can be managed in the Settings for
Change History app. As of now, you can decide
whether you want to track changes that originate
from the following sources:
○ Data realignment
○ Promotion of a scenario
Having these two new sources of change allows
administrators to better manage the volume of
historical records.
 Note
For upgrade customers, those two new sour
ces are automatically tracked. If required,
they can be deselected in the Settings for
Change History app.
IBP Ex New Admin Model In the Configuration app, you can assign planning lev IBP Excel
cel add- istrator/ configu- els to planning notes. With this feature you can re Add-In
in configu ration [page 314]
strict the visibility of planning notes. The planning
ration IBP Ex
level determines planning note visibility and as such
expert cel add-
can improve system performance.
Busi in
ness To ensure the correct configuration for planning
user
notes, we have added two new checks to the set of
checks that run when you activate a planning area, or
perform a consistency check on a planning area.
The system now checks the following related to plan

ning notes:
● External key figures cannot be enabled for plan

ning notes.
● The planning level of planning notes must con
tain a subset of attributes from the base plan
ning level of the key figure, and mustn't contain
attributes that are not included in the base plan
ning level of the key figure.

IBP Ex New Admin IBP Ex In general, an upgrade to 1905 does not require that -
cel add- istrator/ cel add- you install the new version of the IBP Excel add-in.
in configu in You can decide to install it at any point in time when
ration you wish to use the new functions; however, when you
expert do, please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new pre
requisite for the IBP Excel Add-in since the 1902 re
lease.
IBP Ex Prepare Admin IBP Ex As already announced in the What's New for 1902 IBP Excel
cel add- next re istrator/ cel add- (see link) we plan a stepwise update and subsequent Add-In
in lease configu in [page 384]
phase-out of older versions of the underlying proto
ration
cols and authenticating standards for SAP Integrated
expert
Business Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel
add-in. At the end of May 2019, the 1711.2.0 version of
the IBP Excel add-in will be the lowest possible ver
sion that users can use to log on to IBP. With IBP 1911,
we will raise this lowest allowed version once again -
to the 1808.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in.

action.
It is always recommended to upgrade to the latest

version of the IBP Excel add-in.
All IBP customers have received detailed information

Process New Admin Web UI We’ve introduced another way to send reminders to Process
man istrator/ process step participants for their open SAP Jam Manage
age configu tasks. In addition to the reminders that users can set ment [page
ment ration themselves in SAP Jam, reminders can now also be 329]
expert set up by the process template owner directly in the
Busi process template. Those reminders are then shown
ness as notifications on the SAP Fiori launchpad. This way
user process template owners can centrally decide
whether reminders are sent and when they are sent.
Driver- New Admin Web UI Using the new Driver-Based Planning app, you can Driver-
based istrator/ New capture the drivers that can influence your business. Based Plan
plan configu SAP Drivers are internal or external factors such as busi ning [page
ning ration Fiori ness risks, opportunities, assumptions, or other 351]
expert app events that can influence your organization’s supply
Busi chain plan in a positive or negative way. You can view
Role/
ness and work with these drivers in a driver planning view,
busi
user and consider them in your supply chain plan.
ness
catalog

De New Busi Applica Forecast automation has been enhanced as follows: Demand
mand ness tion job Planning
Change ● You should now specify in each forecast automa [page 330]
plan user
d Web UI
ning tion profile how many data points are required
for the analysis to identify various properties in
the time series.
● You can switch from the table view to a pie chart
depicting the distribution of various properties
that were identified on the selected target calcu
lation level.
● If the current period offset is defined in a plan
ning area, it is now invariably considered when
you run time series analysis.
● Several changes have been made to improve the
logic of time series analysis.

De New Busi Web UI The Manage Forecast Models app has been enhanced Demand
mand ness Planning
as follows:
ning ● The automated autoregressive integrated moving
average with explanatory variables algorithm and
its seasonal version (auto-ARIMAX/SARIMAX)
are now available in the Manage Forecast Models
app.
They work in the same way as auto-ARIMA/
SARIMA but also take the selected independent
variables into consideration.
● The gradient boosting of decision trees algorithm
has been enhanced with the following:
○ You can set the system to use the Periods
with Outlier system-generated feature to
store the information that outliers were de
tected in some of the historical periods. This
information is used by algorithms to calcu
late more exact ex-post forecasts and ex
clude outliers from future forecasts.
○ You can check in the application log the ex
tent to which an independent variable was
considered during the calculation of a fore
cast.
● You can now set the demand sensing (full) algo
rithm to apply user-defined calculations for cer
tain key figures that are used to store internal
machine learning regression results.
 Caution
This option should only be selected, and the
corresponding key figure calculations edited,
by advanced users.

De New Busi Web UI The Assign Forecast Models app has been enhanced Demand
mand ness Planning
as follows:
ning ● You can download the content of all columns that
are selected for display on the main screen.
● You can change the planning area and the plan
ning level in a more convenient way.
● You can now navigate from the list of planning
objects in the Assign Forecast Models app to the
Analysis Results screen of the Manage Forecast
Automation Profiles app to check which planning
objects have time series data with specific prop
erties on the selected planning level.
De New Busi Web UI The Manage Product Lifecycle app has been en Demand
mand ness Planning
hanced with the following:
ning ● You can specify validity dates for the periods
when historical data of a reference product is
used for a new product.
● You can download product assignments, forecast
dates, and phase-in/phase-out curves. For this, a
new .csv file template is generated, which you
can download with or without data in the col
umns. The downloaded files can also be used for
uploading the data.
De New Busi Web UI You can now configure recurrence for realignment Demand
mand ness Planning
project runs. The recurrent execution of realignment
projects allows you to regularly adjust master data or
ning
key figure values as part of a business process.
De New Busi Applica Forecasting jobs are now executed on several chunks Demand
mand ness tion job of data in parallel. This has a positive effect on mem Planning
ory consumption and may also accelerate the fore
ning
casting process. Parallel forecasting is switched on by
default but you can disable it using a new setting in
the Statistical Forecasting application job template.

Inven Prepare Admin Plan In release 1908, the Expected lost demand operator Inventory
tory op next re istrator/ ning op will be deprecated and removed from IBP for inven Optimiza
timiza lease configu erator
tory, including from existing planning areas. tion [page
tion ration
333]
expert The output key figure for the operator,
Busi LOSTCUSTOMERDEMANDMEAN, is also an output of the
ness
Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator,
user
therefore before release 1908, customers that use
Expected lost demand are encouraged to switch to
using the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization
operator to populate this key figure.
Inven New Admin Global Three new INVENTORY global configuration parame Inventory
tory op istrator/ configu- Optimiza
ter has been added to handle the following:
tion [page
tion ration param ● Inventory target setting with time-varying binary
333]
expert eter sourcing (that is when the lead time at one sup
plier is extensively longer than the lead time of
the other supplier).
● Calculation of propagated demand mean when
there are fractional values for transportation or
production lead time.
● Individual calculation of the component material
internal service level.
Inven New Admin Model The SAP3B sample planning area, used for DDMRP in Demand-
tory op Change istrator/ configu- Driven Re
inventory, has been removed and replaced with the
timiza d configu ration
SAP8 sample planning area for demand-driven re plenish
tion ration
plenishment. ment [page
De expert
338]
mand- Planning areas based on the SAP3B sample planning
driven Inventory
area do not require any changes.
replen
Optimiza
ishment The SAP8 sample planning area supports IBP for de
tion [page
mand-driven replenishment, and it is recommend
333]
that customers use it to take advantage of the addi
tional DDMRP functionality.

De New Admin Web UI SAP Integrated Business Planning for demand-driven Demand-
mand- istrator/ Model replenishment has been introduced to support all five Driven Re
driven configu configu- components of DDMRP, as defined by the Demand- plenish
replen ration ration
Driven Institute. Previously, with DDMRP for inventory ment [page
ishment expert Role/
optimization, we supported only the first three com 338]
Busi busi
ness ponents.
ness
user catalog Several IBP apps, planning operators, the SAP8 plan
Integra
ning area, and SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-
tion
on for IBP are used with IBP demand-driven replen
ishment, for both strategic planning and tactical re
sponse.
De Change Admin Model The minimum order quantity (MOQ) at non-decou Demand-
mand- d istrator/ configu- pling points is now propagated to downstream decou Driven Re
driven configu ration
pling points. plenish
replen ration
ment [page
ishment expert
338]
De Change Busi Web UI In the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app you can now Demand-
mand- d ness choose the time periods you want to view in a new Driven Re
driven user
way. plenish
replen
ment [page
ishment
338]
Time- New Admin Plan You can now use the time-series-based shelf life plan Time-Ser
series- istrator/ ning op ning heuristic to plan in subnetworks. ies-Based
based configu erator Supply
supply ration Web UI Certain key figures and a configuration parameter be Planning
plan expert have differently when planning subnetworks using the [page 335]
ning Busi shelf life planning heuristic.
ness
user
Time- New Admin Plan As of 1905, substitution is enabled on component Time-Ser

series- istrator/ ning op level. Previously, only products that are sold to mar ies-Based
ket could be substituted. With the new function, you
supply ration Planning
can replace components by alternative ones in time- [page 335]
plan expert
ning series-based supply planning. Even if there is a short
Busi
ness age of original components, the optimizer potentially
user finds a solution fulfilling customer demands by using
substitute product source items.
You can define a substitution cost rate for each unit of

the original component that is replaced by the substi
tution product.

Time- New Admin Web UI You can now control the sequence in which the fore Time-Ser
series- istrator/ ies-Based
cast consumption algorithm processes sales orders
based configu Supply
by using a new attribute in the Forecast
plan expert Consumption Mode master data type. [page 335]
ning Busi
ness
user
Time- Prepare Admin Web UI As of release 1908, shelf life visibility L-code will no Time-Ser
series- next re istrator/ Plan ies-Based
longer be available in the SAPIBP1 sample planning
based lease configu ning op Supply
area. Planning
plan expert [page 335]
New customers from 1908 onwards can use the shelf
ning Busi life planning heuristic instead. For more information,
ness
see Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic.
user
For customers who are already using shelf life visibil
ity L-code delivered in SAPIBP1, SAP will continue to
support it but please bear in mind that customer-spe
cific L-code enhancements will no longer be sup
ported.
Time- Admin Global

series-  istrator/ configu-
In 1905, the global configuration parameter
PLNG_OPR_DIAGNOSIS_LEVEL is replaced by the
-
based Manda configu ration

new parameter
supply tory ration param
plan task af expert eter PLNG_OPR_DIAGNOSIS_END_TIMESTAMP. To have
ning ter up dump files created after the upgrade, you need to
grade change the new parameter manually. For more infor
mation, see 2380705 .
Time- Prepare Admin Model Please note that the DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key Time-Ser
series- next re istrator/ configu- ies-Based
figure will no longer be supported as of 1908.
based lease configu ration Supply
supply ration Plan Since the 1902 release, planning algorithms return a Planning
plan expert ning op warning if you still use the [page 335]
ning Busi erator DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure.
ness
user As of 1908, this key figure will be ignored by planning
algorithms.
Time- New Admin Plan We've introduced a new check for the check mode al Time-Ser
series- istrator/ ning op gorithm that tells you how many isolated customer ies-Based
and location products you have, so you can locate
supply ration Web UI Planning
and delete them. [page 335]
plan expert
ning Busi
ness
user

Time- Prepare Admin Plan Certain S&OP operator checks for key figures intro Time-Ser
series- next re istrator/ ning op duced in 1902 as warnings have been converted to er ies-Based
based lease configu erator Supply
rors for new customers in 1905.
ning
 Note
Busi
ness For existing customers, these checks will raise er
user rors as of 1908.
Time- Admin Plan

series-  istrator/
The S&OP operator now supports attribute permis
ning op sion for subnetworks. Therefore, users now need to
based Manda configu erator
have read permission for the attribute Subnetwork ID
supply tory ration
task af (PLUNITID) to run the S&OP operator. If required,
plan expert
ning ter up you need to grant this permission to new users. (For
grade more information, see Manage Attribute Permis
sions).
Business users that already existed before 1905 have

been assigned permission for all attributes
(SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES) during the 1905 upgrade.
Order- New Admin Applica In the Global Configuration app, there is a new global Order-
based istrator/ tion job configuration parameter CONT_COPY_IF_CONFLICT Based Plan
plan configu Global ning [page
in the RESPONSE parameter group. This parameter 341]
ning ration configu-
expert controls the handling of duplicates when copying ver
ration
Busi param sions using the Order-Based Planning: Copy Version
ness eter Data application job.
user
Order- New Admin Web UI You can use the new Planning Run Profiles to define Order-
based istrator/ New Based Plan
rule-based settings for costs and lateness. The app
plan configu SAP ning [page
provides an easy-to-use interface for rule creation.
ning ration Fiori 341]
The resulting settings are time-independent.
expert app
Busi Plan Currently, planning run profiles can comprise maxi
ness ning op mum lateness settings for primary demands as well
user erator as cost settings (the latter are relevant only for the
Applica Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast run
tion job
Using Optimizer).
Once a planning run profile has been assigned to a

planning run, the settings included in the profile are
applied during the planning run.

Order- Change Busi Web UI To align the data displayed on the UI with the last Order-
based d ness IBP Ex planning run results, we have changed the update be Based Plan
plan user cel add- havior for order capacity requirements. These are ning [page
ning in 341]
now stored instead of calculated on the fly during UI
access. This leads to slightly different results when a
production data structure (PDS) is changed. The new
behavior supports you in better understanding plan
ning results.
Order capacity requirements are displayed as

Resource Consumption Quantity in the Analyze
Supply Usage app. In the Excel add-in, you get an ag
gregated view of them through the Capacity
Consumption Planned and Capacity Consumption
Confirmed key figures.
Order- New Admin Web UI The OBP planning heuristic now considers the goods Order-
based istrator/ Plan Based Plan
receipt processing time defined in your external sys
plan configu ning op tem when scheduling supply elements. You need ver ning [page
ning ration erator 341]
sion 1905.0.0_FULL of the Open API inbound for
expert
Busi this function to work.
ness
The goods receipt processing time is the time it takes
user
the receiving company to check the goods upon re
ceipt. To support the new function, we have added the
goods receipt date to Fiori UIs and planning run cal
culations. Starting from the goods receipt date, the
goods receipt processing time runs until the availabil
ity date is reached.
The SAP7 sample planning area has been enhanced

with entities that enable the consideration of the
goods receipt processing time.
 Note
The Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast
Run Using Optimizer does not respect the goods
receipt processing time.

Order- New Busi Web UI Since 1811, you could choose a flexible planning start - Order-
based ness Plan Based Plan
different from the job execution time - for OBP plan
plan user ning op ning runs in all versions apart from the base version ning [page
ning erator 341]
of an operative planning area. As of 1905, this feature
Applica
is also available for such base versions and for plan
tion job
ning runs as operators.
In 1811 and 1902 the flexible planning start was auto

matically enabled for all versions. Now we have added
the new Enable Flexible Planning Start switch on ver
sion level to the Settings for Order-Based Planning
app. After the upgrade, the flexible planning start will
be enabled in all versions except for base versions of
operative planning areas. You can adapt these set
tings to your requirements.
Order- New Admin Web UI The OBP planning runs now consider the assembly Order-
scrap percentage defined in the material master in
plan configu ning op SAP ERP or SAP S/4 HANA Assembly scrap is trans ning [page
ferred to the production data structure (PDS) in OBP.
expert Integra
You can overwrite the percentage from the material
Busi tion
ness master using the PDS BAdI. Planned orders created
user in IBP are integrated to SAP ERP or SAP S/4 HANA
including the scrap quantity. The scrap percentage is
considered in capacity consumption and component
demand. You can view the assembly scrap in the View
Production Data Structures app.
The SAP7 sample planning area has been enhanced

with entities that enable the consideration of the as
sembly scrap percentage.
To use the new function, you need the

1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version (inbound and out
bound) which includes changes to order quantity
fields and to key completion.
Please note that IBP does not support scrap on com

ponent level nor the net indicator.

Order- New Busi Web UI You can now set the planning scope using the MRP Order-
based ness Applica Controller parameter when scheduling the following Based Plan
plan user tion job application jobs: ning [page
ning 341]
Using Optimizer
This way you can create or analyze the supply plan for
location materials that specific MRP controllers are
responsible for.
Order- Change Busi Web UI In the View Projected Stock app, the following filters -
based d ness and columns have been renamed:
plan user
ning ● MRP Controller/Planner is now called MRP
Controller
● MRP Controller/Planner Name is now called MRP
Controller Name
Order- Change Busi Applica The simulation run has been enhanced and simula Order-
based d ness tion job tions are no longer a delta to the previous planning Based Plan
run. Instead, the simulation is now performed as a full
ning 341]
planning run with the planning engine behavior of an
Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run. All features
of the Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run now
also apply to simulations.
Order- Change Admin Model In the SAP7 sample planning area, the following at -
based d istrator/ configu- tribute names and descriptions have been changed
plan configu ration
for the S7LOCATIONPRODUCT and the
ning ration
expert S7LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM master data types:
Busi ● For S7LOCATIONPRODUCT, PLANNER has been

ness changed to MRPCONTROLLER (MRP
user Controller).
● For S7LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM, PLANNERDEM has
been changed to MRPCONTROLLERDEM (MRP
Controller - Demand).
Order- Change Busi Applica The planning engine now tries to keep stock over even Order-
based d ness tion job shorter periods of time. Using repegging, it tries to re Based Plan
duce the time spans for which a certain level of stock
ning 341]
is projected.

Order- Change Busi Web UI The value help dialog for filter fields has been en Order-
based d ness Based Plan
hanced in several apps. When defining the filter crite
ria, you can now display a list of all values that exist in
ning 341]
the selected version or you can limit the list to only
certain values.
This change has been applied to the following apps:
● View Customers
● View Materials
● View Resources
Order- New Admin Applica You can now use version 1905.0.0 of the planning Order-
based istrator/ tion job Based Plan
results extraction. The results now include the goods
plan configu Integra ning [page
receipt processing time of supply elements in your 341]
ning ration tion
expert supply chain.
Busi
ness
user
Order- New Admin Integra The following new OpenAPI versions are now availa Order-
based istrator/ tion Based Plan
ble:
ning ration ● Inbound: 1905.0.0_FULL and 341]
expert 1905.0.0_TRANS
● Outbound: 1905.0.0_OUTBOUND
These versions have been enhanced with new and up

dated fields and checks to allow you integrate ca
pacity base quantity, scrap, and goods receipt data.

lowing versions of the ERP add-ons for IBP are re
quired:

We recommend that you run the upgrade re

port /IBP/ECC_UPDATE_MOTR_LOGSYS after you up
grade to these versions of the add-ons.

Order- Prepare Admin Integra The following OpenAPI versions will no longer be Order-
available as of SAP Integrated Business Planning
plan lease configu ning [page
1911:
ning ration 341]
expert ● Inbound integration: 1705.0.0_FULL and
1705.0.0_TRANS
● Outbound integration: 6.2.0.0
 Caution
If you are using these OpenAPI versions, you can
continue to use them in 1905 and 1908 releases
of SAP Integrated Business Planning with only a
warning returned. Note that these OpenAPI ver
sions will cease to function as of 1911 release and
any jobs that use these OpenAPI versions will fail
grated Business Planning. We therefore strongly
recommend that you cancel or delete any sched
uled jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and
replace them with jobs using newer OpenAPI ver
sions.
If you haven't already used these OpenAPI ver

sions, you will not be able to schedule a job using
them as of 1905 release of SAP Integrated Busi
ness Planning.
Order- New Admin Web UI You can now integrate capacity base quantity data, Order-
based istrator/ Model Based Plan
that is, how much of the material should be produced
plan configu configu- by the activity, into IBP from your external system us ning [page
ning ration ration 341]
ing the new 1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version. This
expert Integra
Busi data is also visible in the View Production Data
tion
ness Structures app.
user
SAP7 sample model entities have been enhanced ac
cordingly to support this feature.
Note that you have to implement the sample

BAdI /IBP/ECC_SAVE_PDS_CBASQ_SAMPLE in SAP
ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Inte
grated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply
chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business
Planning before you can integrate capacity base
quantity data to IBP.

Order- New Admin Web UI In the Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app, you can Order-
based istrator/ Integra now see the version of your SDI agent. When you test Based Plan
plan configu tion your remote source, the SDI agent version is now vali ning [page
ning ration dated. 341]
expert
Busi
ness
user
Order- New Admin Web UI In the Application Logs app, you can now filter error Order-
based istrator/ Integra messages for order-based planning areas according Based Plan
plan configu tion ning [page
to the area and subarea. This enhancement allows
ning ration 341]
you to better monitor error messages that are rele
expert
vant to IBP integration with your external systems us
Busi
ness ing the Integration and Cloud Monitor app in Focused
user Run for SAP Solution Manager.
For more information about monitoring, see Product

Information for Focused Run for SAP Solution
Manager on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/
FRUN/ under End-User Information Product
Information Advanced Integration Monitoring
Integration and Cloud Monitoring .
Order- New Busi Web UI In the View Materials app in the new Decimal Order-
based ness Based Plan
Rounding column, you can now see the number of
digits to which a unit of measure value is rounded off.
ning 341]
Order- Change Admin Model For the sample planning area SAP7, the time profile Order-
based d istrator/ configu- has been changed as follows: Based Plan
ning ration ● Start date is now 01/01/2018. 341]
expert ● End date is now 12/31/2024.
Busi
ness
user
Analyt New Busi Web UI You can now use the color picker to select a color for Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
your key figure. This allows you to use a wider range
user
of colors for your analytics charts.
Analyt New Busi Web UI Time selection has been replaced by a new control Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
now available in the Analytics – Advanced app.
user

Analyt New Busi Web UI You can now define thresholds and associate a color Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
to highlight the data (for example, <25 = green, 25-75
user
= yellow, <75 = red). This feature is available only for
chloropleth and geo bubble chart types.
Analyt New Busi Web UI You can now apply predefined planning filters to your Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
analytics charts, alert subscriptions, and dashboards
user
Excep without having to enter the filters manually.
tion
man
age
ment
Analyt New Busi Web UI You can filter data on a chart by using the multiple key Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
figure values feature, which allows you to view infor
user
mation that is only relevant for you, for example,
Kf1>1000 and Kf2>3000.
Analyt New Busi Web UI You can now display shared users and user groups in Analytics
ics ness [page 352]
the dashboard list and details.
user
Analyt Change Busi Web UI The Supply Chain Network app now displays hybrid Supply
ics d ness nodes and customer/customer group nodes in a dif Chain Net
user
ferent manner to improve the readability of network work [page
charts. 354]
Excep New Busi Web UI You can now create alert definitions with multiple ver Custom
tion ness Alerts
sions or scenarios in the Define and Subscribe to
man user [page 354]
Custom Alertsapp.
age
ment You can now view alerts for specific versions or sce
narios in the Monitor Custom Alerts app. If you don't
specify versions or scenarios, you won't be able to
see any alerts.
Excep New Busi Web UI You can now navigate to the Monitor Custom Alerts Custom
tion ness Alerts
app from an alerts overview in the dashboard once
man user [page 354]
you have selected the data you’d like to monitor.
age
ment Only the alerts contained in the selection are dis
played.

Secur Admin Integra Between June 11th and June 23rd, 2019, IBP will disa
ity  istrator/ tion ble the TLS 1.0 encryption protocol in your IBP non-
Security
[page 355]
Order- Manda configu
production and production environments. After June
based tory ration
task af 23rd, 2019, the TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 versions are no
plan expert
ter up longer supported and any connections to IBP that
ning
grade rely on older versions than TLS 1.2 will fail.
 Note
We recommend that you begin planning to sup
port TLS 1.2 as soon as possible.
If you are using SDI integration and run into is

sues after the upgrade, we recommend that you
restart your DPAgent.
Secur Change Admin Integra The following new root certificates of certification au Security
ity d istrator/ tion thority (CA) are now accepted for inbound integration [page 355]
configu
to the IBP landscape:
ration
expert ● AddTrust External CA Root
● USERTrust RSA Certification Authority


Excel add-in.
 Note
please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new prerequisite for the IBP Excel Add-in 1905. The new functions
Required Minimum Version as of May 2019
As already announced in the What's New for 1902 (see IBP Excel Add-In [page 384]) we plan a stepwise update
and subsequent phase-out of older versions of the underlying protocols and authenticating standards for SAP
Integrated Business Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel add-in. At the end of May 2019, the 1711.2.0
version of the IBP Excel add-in will be the lowest possible version that users can use to log on to IBP. With IBP
1911, we will raise this lowest version allowed once again - to the 1808.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in.
All IBP customers have received detailed information and action items in a separate email in February 2019.
Specifying a Planning Level for Planning Notes
In the Configuration app you can assign planning levels to planning notes. With this feature you can restrict the
visibility of planning notes. The planning level determines planning note visibility and as such can improve
system performance.
 Note
Adding planning notes to a key figure with an invalid planning level or one that is used in a time-based total
will result in an error message.
For more information for administrators, please see Enabling Planning Notes for a Key Figure.

For more information on planning notes, please see Planning Notes.
Managing Attribute Permissions
The Manage Attribute Permissions app allows you to create read permissions for master data attributes for
business users as well as user groups. After the upgrade to SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905, attribute
visibility will remain unchanged; however, now administrators have the option to restrict users from seeing
certain attributes.
For more information on how to set attribute permissions and the exceptions that apply to specific situations,
please see Manage Attribute Permissions.
An overview of the new and changed features delivered in IBP 1905 for model configuration and activation, and
for sample planning areas.
Enhanced Configuration App
You can specify a planning level for planning notes. For more information, see Planning Notes.
Enhanced Search for Key Figures

A new powerful search is available for key figures that enables you to find key figures based on many of their
characteristics. To use this new search, go to the Key Figures tab. You can search for the characteristics that are
available in the Key Figures table, except for the content of the Key Figures, the Created On, and the Changed On
columns. To see all the characteristics that are available for search, go to the Settings of the Key Figures table.
The search works in every language that the user interface supports. You can use only one search term at once,
you can't combine multiple search terms.
If you want to combine search criteria, use filters on the table. If you provide the same filter more than once
with different values, the search results you get contain either one value or the other. If you provide several
different filters, the search returns key figures that meet all the criteria.
You can also save the filters you set, or the search results you got, in a view. Two predefined views are delivered
with SAP Integrated Business Planning: the All Key Figures and the User-Defined Key Figures views. You can't
change these views, but you can create a copy of them, make any changes you see fit, and save them as a new
view.

Open this video in a new window
Key Figure Deletion

You can now delete key figures in this app. To delete a key figure, open the planning area, go to the Key Figures
tab, select the key figure you want to delete and choose Delete.
You can now do the following in this app:
● Create, edit, and copy key figures

● Navigate to the Key Figure Calculations app from a specific key figure
● Download the configuration history of a planning area
● Copy planning levels in the planning area
● Add planning operators to the planning area
● Create, edit, and delete versions
● Specify the integration profile of the target planning area when copying a planning area enabled for
external time series using the create new with dependencies option
A number of checks support you when creating key figures: these checks enable you to configure key figures
that make sense from a modeling perspective and thus will pass activation.
You can now specify the integration profile of the target planning area when you copy a planning area enabled
for external time series using the Create New with Dependencies option.
Activation with Limited Scope

In some cases, you have the possibility to suppress certain activation errors and activate your planning area
with limited scope.
If you activate with limited scope, you can decide to skip certain error types for a given activation of a planning
area. By doing so, you can activate your planning area successfully, but it might result in erroneous
configuration and incomplete functionality. Please note that this is a temporary solution; you need to correct
your model configuration - as described in the long text of the error – a soon as possible. After the lifespan of a
suppressible error is over, the error cannot be suppressed anymore and the activation of the planning area will
fail.
To activate a planning area with limited scope, select a planning area and expand the Activate button to choose
Limited Scope, with Dependencies or Limited Scope, No Dependencies. From the list of suppressible error
types, select the error types you want activation to skip and choose Activate with Limited Scope. You will
receive warnings - instead of error messages - with information about how to correct the configuration, and
your planning area will be activated with limited scope.
 Note
Relevant only for customers who started with an older release of SAP Integrated Business Planning than
IBP 1811.
An enhanced version of the planning area activation is now available, and it's being rolled out to all IBP systems
in waves. Customers who started their IBP journey with IBP 1811, or with a newer release, already have the

enhanced version of activation in their systems. Now we'll roll out the enhanced activation in waves to
customers who initially used an older release of IBP than 1811.
 Note
To find out if a system uses the enhanced version of planning area activation, open the log of an activation
that took place after the upgrade to IBP 1905.
If the second message in the log is Activation of &1 selected objects started (enhanced activation). (&1
stands for the number of objects), the system already uses the enhanced version of planning area
activation.
 Recommendation
 Example
figure., where &1 stands for the ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.
Review the calculation definitions listed in the log. To have the same values for the affected key figures as
before, modify the calculation definition so that the key figure in the calculation expression is identical with the
key figure marked as input, and with the output key figure.
 Example

stored input.

exists.

stored.
Simplified Key Figure Calculations: Cumulative Aggregation (IBP_CAGGR)
You can now configure cumulative aggregation (a type of cross-period calculations) in one step using the
IBP_CAGGR function. If you use this function, Enhanced Version of Planning Area Activation is enabled for
the corresponding planning area.
Previously, building up cross-period calculations required multiple steps, and in some cases, an L script
calculation as well. The IBP_CAGGR function makes specifying such complex calculations easier, and, in
specific cases, it eliminates the need for L script.
You can use the IBP_CAGGR function like any other functions (for example, SUM or MAX) in the calculation editor
in the Configuration app.
 Caution
For the cumulative aggregation to calculate correct values, the input key figure must have values for all time
periods to be aggregated.
Make sure that key figure values exist for all periods to be aggregated. If this is not the case, upload NULL
values for the periods where key figure values are missing.
 Example
YTDATE_DEMAND@PERPRODCUST =
IBP_CAGGR("DEMAND@PERPRODCUST",''SUM'',''FORWARD'',''PASTCURRENT'',6)
This is a year-to-date calculation, where the values of the DEMAND key figure at the PERPRODCUST planning
level ("DEMAND@PERPRODCUST") from the past and current periods (''PASTCURRENT'') are summed up
(''SUM''), forward in time (''FORWARD''), with the cross-period aggregation restarting at the beginning
of each year (let's assume that year is time profile level 6 in the time profile assigned to the planning area).
The IBP_CAGGR function has four mandatory parameters and one optional parameter:
1. Input key figure at the input planning level (mandatory parameter)

Format: INPUTKEYFIGURE@INPUTPLANNINGLEVEL. The parameter value must be surrounded by double
quotation marks.

2. Aggregation mode (mandatory parameter)
Possible values: SUM, AVG, MIN, or MAX. The value must be surrounded by two pairs of single quotation
marks. A double quotation mark instead of two single quotation mark will result in an error during
activation.
3. Direction of the cumulative aggregation (mandatory parameter)
Possible values:
○ FORWARD: The calculation will aggregate the key figure values starting from a start period forward in
time, for example, in year-to-date calculations.
○ BACKWARD: The calculation will aggregate the key figure values starting from an end period backward in
time, for example, in year-to-go calculations.
The value must be surrounded by two pairs of single quotation marks. A double quotation mark instead of
two single quotation mark will result in an error during activation.
4. Horizon of the cumulative aggregation (mandatory parameter)
If separate key figures are used to calculate the past, present, and future values, this parameter filters the
values, and thus improves performance in the planning view.
Possible values: PAST, PASTCURRENT, PASTCURRENTFUTURE, CURRENT, CURRENTFUTURE, and FUTURE.
The value must be surrounded by two pairs of single quotation marks. A double quotation mark instead of
two single quotation mark will result in an error during activation. If you use one key figure for cumulative
aggregation, regardless of the horizon, use the PASTCURRENTFUTURE value for this parameter.
5. Time profile level at which the cumulative aggregation should restart (optional parameter)
Specifies a time profile level where cumulative aggregation should restart.
For example, you aggregate monthly values, and want to restart the aggregation at the start of the year. In
this case, provide the time profile level of the year as the value of this parameter.
Possible values: numbers (positive integers) that correspond to the time profile levels of the time profile
that is assigned to the planning area. This parameter value must not be surrounded by quotation marks.
When you define a cumulative aggregation, keep in mind the following:
● The calculation must have one input only, which is the input key figure in the calculation expression.
● The input and the output planning levels must be identical, and they cannot be REQUEST level.
● When a calculation graph includes a cumulative aggregation, the topmost key figure in the calculation
graph mustn't be editable.
 Note
In the Key Figure Calculations app, the arc of a cumulative aggregation calculation is represented by a
magenta arrow in the calculation graph.
For more information about cumulative aggregation, see Cross-Period Calculations.
New and Changed Activation Checks

As of 1905, an error is raised during planning area activation for key figures with invalid combinations of
aggregation and disaggregation modes. Please check if your planning areas contain key figures with

combinations that are not permitted and adjust either the aggregation or the disaggregation mode. For a list of
incorrect combinations, see the Checks for the Aggregation and Disaggregation Mode section in Planning Areas.
As a temporary solution, you can activate the planning area with limited scope in 1905.
Check for Attributes in Expressions That Are Not Available from the Input
The system checks for calculation expressions that include attributes which are not available from any of the
input planning levels.
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calc. &1@&2: Attr. &3 in expression, but not available from input., where &1
stands for the ID of the key figure,&2 stands for the ID of the planning level, and &3 stands for the ID of the
attribute.
4. For each listed calculation, depending on your modeling requirements, make one of the following changes:
○ Remove the attribute from the calculation expression.
○ In the calculation expression, use a different attribute that is available from at least one of the input
planning levels.
○ Choose an input planning level that includes the attribute.
○ Add the attribute to one of the input planning levels.
Check for Attributes Not Included in the Planning Level but for Which a Transformation
Exists
The system checks if there are attributes for which a transformation exists, however, they are not included in
the output planning level.
As of the 1905 release, you can only activate a planning area that contains such attributes if you suppress these
errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution, available before the 2005
release. SAP recommends that you correct the incomplete or erroneous configuration as soon as possible.
To identify and correct the invalid calculation definitions, proceed as follows:
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Attribute &1 doesn't exist at PL &2, but has transformation., where &1
stands for the ID of the attribute, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.
○ Select a different planning level, which includes the attribute.

○ Add the attribute to the output planning level.
Checks for Calculations Where the Expression Doesn't Start with Aggregation Function
The system checks if there are calculations for the key figure at the planning level, where the input planning
level contains one or more root attributes that aren't root attributes of the output planning level, or the output
planning level doesn't contain these attributes at all. Such a calculation is an aggregation, and its calculation
expression must start with one of the aggregation functions: SUM, MIN, MAX, or AVG.
As of the 1905 release, you can only activate a planning area that contains such calculations if you suppress
these errors and activate the planning area with limited scope. This is a temporary solution, available before the
2005 release. SAP recommends that you correct the incomplete or erroneous configuration as soon as
possible.
To identify and correct the invalid calculation definitions, proceed as follows:
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calculation &1@&2: Expression doesn't start with aggregation function,
where &1 stands for the ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.
○ Split up the calculation into two calculations: an aggregation and a defaulting, for example. Pay
attention to the sequence of these calculations.
○ In case you assign a value to a key figure, and the output planning level doesn't contain all root
attributes of the input planning level, specify the aggregation function ( SUM, MIN, MAX, or AVG).
○ Choose a different input planning level that has the same set of root attributes as the output planning
level.
○ Change the input planning level so that it has the same set of root attributes as the output planning
level.
before the 1908 release. SAP recommends that you correct the incomplete or erroneous configuration as soon
as possible.

3. Look for the following entry: *S* PL &1 and PL &2: Both cannot be used as base PL of stored key figures,
where &1 stands for the ID of the first planning level, and &2 stands for the ID of the second planning level.
changes:
Check for Invalid Calculation Expressions

The system checks if there are syntax errors in the calculation expressions that make the calculation
before the 1908 release. SAP recommends that you correct the incomplete or erroneous configuration as soon
as possible.
3. Look for the following entry: *S* Calculation &1@&2: Calculation expression is invalid., where &1 stands for
the ID of the key figure, and &2 stands for the ID of the planning level.
4. For each listed calculation, correct the calculation expression. Make sure that all brackets and quotation
marks go in pairs.
Checks for L Script Calculations

We have added two new checks to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area, or perform a
consistency check on a planning area.
For an L script calculation, the system now checks that all root attributes of the input planning level are
A frequent root cause of these errors is that the input planning level may have been changed. In this case,
change the input planning level of the calculation definition, or, if your modeling requirement justifies that the L
script has to be updated, request the update of the L script from SAP as described in SAP Note 2298382 .
Checks for Planning Levels

To ensure the correct configuration for planning notes, we have added two new checks to the set of checks that
run when you activate a planning area, or perform a consistency check on a planning area.

The system now checks the following for the planning level of planning notes:
● You cannot enable an external key figure for planning notes.

● The planning level of planning notes must contain a subset of attributes from the base planning level of the
key figure, and mustn't contain attributes that are not included in the base planning level of the key figure.
In calculation definitions, the system now also checks that only key figures that have the same base planning
level can be stored inputs at the same planning level (other than the base planning level). That is, two key
figures cannot be stored inputs at the same planning level if their base planning levels are different. This is a
new modeling requirement, which is needed for planned enhancements in activation. If this check fails, and
gives you a warning, we recommend that you correct your model as soon as you can, because this check will
turn from warning to error in a later release of IBP.
Checks for Cumulative Aggregation

When cumulative aggregation (the IBP_CAGGR function) is used, on top of the regular checks, the system
performs the following checks when you activate a planning area, or perform a consistency check on it:
● A cumulative aggregation calculation must have exactly one input.

● The input planning level and the output planning level of a cumulative aggregation must be compatible with
each other. That is, they must contain the same set of attributes, including the same set of root attributes.
● Cumulative aggregations must be time dependent. That is, both the input planning level and the output
planning level of the calculation must have one of the PERIODID(n) attributes set as the time root
attribute.
The same PERIODID(n) attribute must be the time root attribute in both planning levels.
● The IBP_CAGGR function must have valid values for the 4 or 5 parameters.
● The IBP_CAGGR function cannot be used at REQUEST level.
● The IBP_CAGGR function cannot be nested in other calculations.
● When a calculation graph includes a cumulative aggregation, the topmost key figure in the calculation
graph mustn't be editable.
Changed Display of Disaggregation-Related Information
In the Planning Areas and Sample Model Entities apps, the Proportionality field is now available for key figure
disaggregation in display mode. Thus, the values in the Disaggregation Mode field no longer describe the
proportional disaggregation but only the base disaggregation modes Equal and Copy.
 Note
You still configure disaggregation for key figures as before in the Configuration app.
For more information about the possible values of the new Proportionality field, see Configuration of
Proportional Disaggregation.
Mapping of Proportional Disaggregation

In the Planning Areas and Sample Model Entities apps, there are two types of disaggregation mode: Equal and
Copy. For both disaggregation modes, the Proportionality field is available for proportional disaggregation. If
Other Key Figure – Stored Values is selected in the Proportionality field, the key figure against which the
disaggregation is to be done is available in the Key Figure for Proportionality field.

Every existing key figure and every key figure newly created in the Configuration app will be mapped in the
Planning Areas app according to the changed display of disaggregation-related information. The tables below
show how the different configurations are represented in the Configuration app and the Planning Areas app
respectively.
Configuration of Proportional Disaggregation in the Configuration app

Key Figure is Stored and
Variant Disaggregation Mode Disaggregation Expression Calculated and Editable
1 Proportional if aggregated value is not Empty No

zero; otherwise, copy value to
2 Proportional if aggregated value is not Empty Yes

3 Proportional if aggregated value is not "<Same Key Figure ID>" Not relevant
4 Proportional if aggregated value is not "<Other Key Figure ID>" Not relevant
5 Proportional if aggregated value is not Other expression Not relevant

6 Proportional if aggregated value is not Empty No

zero; otherwise, equal distribution
7 Proportional if aggregated value is not Empty Yes

8 Proportional if aggregated value is not "<Same Key Figure ID>" Not relevant
9 Proportional if aggregated value is not "<Other Key Figure ID>" Not relevant
10 Proportional if aggregated value is not Other expression Not relevant

Configuration of Proportional Disaggregation in the Planning Areas app
Disaggregation Ex Key Figure for Propor

Variant Disaggregation Mode Proportionality pression tionality
1 Copy Same Key Figure – Empty Empty

Stored Values

Calculated Values

Stored Values

Disaggregation Ex Key Figure for Propor
Variant Disaggregation Mode Proportionality pression tionality
4 Copy Other Key Figure – Empty Empty

Stored Values
5 Copy Disaggregation Expres Other expression <Other Key Figure ID>

sion
6 Equal Same Key Figure – Empty Empty

Stored Values

Calculated Values

Stored Values
9 Equal Other Key Figure – Empty Empty

Stored Values
10 Equal Disaggregation Expres Other expression <Other Key Figure ID>

sion
Changed Default Value of Global Configuration Parameter for the Packaged

Processing of the Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator
To optimize the consumption of system memory and to reduce the risk of locking issues with concurrent
changes, the default value of the NUMBER_OF_PROCESSING_PACKAGES global configuration parameter has
been changed to 5. According to this configuration, the disaggregation (DISAGG) operator is now processed in
packages of 5. This change has no impact if the NUMBER_OF_PROCESSING_PACKAGES parameter is set for a
disaggregation operator in the system. For more information about the packaged processing, see Packaged
Processing of the DISAGG Operator. For more information about the global configuration parameter, see Global
Configuration Parameters.
following:
● The planning area has been adjusted to use lag-based snapshots for forecast error calculation.
● The planning area has been aligned with the SAP4 and SAP3 sample planning areas.
● A new S&OP operator profile for fair-share distribution has been added.
● Planning levels have been adjusted due to changed validation checks for planning levels in planning area
activation.

● The gradient boosting forecasting algorithm (machine learning) has been added to the Change Best
Forecast forecasting model of SAPIBP1.
● An example for maintaining planning notes on an aggregated level has been added.
New Sample Planning Area (SAP8)
The SAP8 sample planning area has been introduced to support IBP for demand-driven replenishment. it
replaces the SAP3B sample planning area and supports all the steps of DDMRP.
SAP S/4HANA, Supply Chain Integration Add-On for IBP and SAP ERP,
Supply Chain Integration Add-On for IBP
The SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for IBP and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on
for IBP now support a new aggregation logic for key figures in time-series-based integration which considers a
time profile of your choice. You can use new transaction/IBP/ETSTP to upload and display your time profiles.
The integration model has also been enhanced with new extractors, including the first aggregated time series
for resource, capacity supply, and orders. In addition, you can define your own extractors using BAdI
implementation.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon and http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon .
Value-Based Filter for Exporting Key Figure Data from SAP Integrated
Business Planning
You can now use a value-based filter when you export key figure data from SAP Integrated Business Planning
using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services. This filter is pushed to SAP Integrated Business
Planning and can help improve the runtime of the data flow by reducing the amount of data that is extracted
from SAP Integrated Business Planning. You can set a filter to export data that is greater than, less than, or
equal to a specified value. However, you cannot set a range to export key figure data that lies between two
values.

 Example
The following list contains examples for filters you can use when you want to export key figure data for the
DEMAND key figure:
● Export DEMAND key figure where the values for DEMAND are neither 0 nor NULL:
(DEMAND != 0 AND DEMAND IS NOT NULL)
● Export DEMAND key figure where the values for DEMAND are not NULL:
(DEMAND IS NOT NULL)
● Export DEMAND key figure where the values for DEMAND are greater than 0:
(DEMAND > 0)
4.4.1 Change History
New Sources of Change Available
With 1905, we’re giving administrators even more control over what is tracked by change history. We’ve
extended the range of sources of change that non-interactive changes can originate from. In earlier releases,
changes that resulted from data realignments or from promoting a scenario were tracked by default. It was not
possible to disable tracking for these sources of change. With 1905, you can decide whether you want to track
changes for these two sources of change or not. If you’re using IBP for the first time with 1905 and your
organization requires tracking for these sources of change, you need to actively select them in the Settings for
Change History app.
What Do I Need to Do If I Am Upgrading from a Lower Release to 1905?

If you had enabled change history for any key figures in your planning area in an earlier release, these two new
sources of change are automatically tracked for those key figures in 1905. If you do not want these sources to
be tracked, you can deselect them in the Settings for Change History app.
Improved Display of Sources of Change
In the Settings for Change History app, the active data sharing plans and data sharing arrangements are now
listed individually as sources of change. This way administrators can see at a glance which data sharing plans
and data sharing arrangements create historical records.

Related Information
What Does Change History Track?
4.4.2 Web-Based Planning
Working with Versions
In addition to the base version, you can now also add other versions to your planning view in the Web-Based
Planning app. This gives you greater flexibility when working with the planning view as you can view and
compare key figure data from different versions and also change the key figure data from multiple versions at
the same time.
Related Information
Web-Based Planning
4.5 Attribute Permissions
The Manage Attribute Permissions app allows you to create read permissions for master data attributes for
users and user groups. Users or user groups can only see the master data attributes that have been assigned
to them.
After the upgrade to SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905, users will be able to see all the attributes of a
master data type as in the past, as they will have already been assigned to the SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES attribute
permission. To restrict users from seeing all attributes, you need to create attribute permissions and assign
them to the users. The users must be then unassigned from the SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES attribute permission.
As of Hotfix Collection 5, a new parameter (ATTPERM_ASSIGN_NEW_USER is now available for automatically

assigning a new user to the SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES. When a business user is created, the default value of the
ATTPERM_ASSIGN_NEW_USER parameter is ‘X’. If the value is blank or empty, the automatic assignment
doesn't take place.
In 1905, only the following consider attribute permissions:
● Analytics – Advanced app

● Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app
● Dashboard - Advanced app

● Manage Cases app
● IBP Excel Add-in app
● Data Integration Jobs app
● Planning Filters app
● Application Logs
● External OData services
● As of Hotfix Collection 4: The S&OP operator for the Subnetwork ID (PLUNITID) attribute
The Manage Attribute Permissions (SAP_IBP_BC_ATTPERM_PC) business catalog must be assigned to the
administrator role for the administrator to see the Manage Attribute Permissions app.
For more information on how to set attribute permissions and the impact it has on various apps that support
this feature, see Manage Attribute Permissions.
New Reminders for Open Tasks
As of 1905, there is an additional way to set up reminders for open SAP Jam tasks. In earlier releases, task
owners could set a reminder for their task directly in SAP Jam. They could schedule this reminder to be sent as
an e-mail notification on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. However, they could not specify exactly how many
days before the end date of the process step the reminder should be sent.
Process template owners can now set up reminders directly in the process template. This gives them more
control as they can decide that each task owner that belongs to a process step receives a reminder if the task
has not been completed. The reminder can be scheduled for an exact number of days before the end of a
process step. In addition, the reminder adapts to possible changes in the timeline of the process.
The new reminders are shown on the SAP Fiori launchpad in the Notifications area.
Where Do I Set Up Reminders for a Process Template?

Setting up reminders is optional. You can set up a reminder in the Tasks area of the process template. Here you
can specify how many days before the end of the step it should be sent. The reminder can be sent out 1 to 30
days before the end date of the process step.
For reference, the setup for the reminder is also shown for each process step in the Manage Processes app.
For more information about reminders and how to set them up, refer to Setting Up Reminders for SAP Jam
Tasks.
How Do I Use Reminders as a Process Step Participant?

When you receive a reminder in the Notifications area of the SAP Fiori launchpad, you can complete the
corresponding task in the usual way using the Tasks app, the IBP Excel add-in, or SAP Jam. Because the
reminder is not automatically closed when you complete the task, you need to close the reminder manually in
the Notifications area.

For more information about working with reminders, refer to Viewing, Editing, and Completing Tasks.
4.7 Demand Planning
New Forecasting Algorithm: Auto-ARIMAX/SARIMAX
The automated autoregressive integrated moving average with explanatory variables algorithm and its seasonal
version (auto-ARIMAX/SARIMAX) are now available in the Manage Forecast Models app.
Both versions of the algorithm combine autoregression and moving average after calculating the optimal
values for certain parameters automatically, differencing the historical data if needed, and taking the selected
independent variables into consideration.
Auto-ARIMAX is useful for the high-level automation of forecasting jobs that are characterized by the following:
● Forecasts are calculated for the near future

● Products have long lifecycles
● Considerable sales history is available
● Dependency between the historical sales and other variables can be observed OR
● Data on other demand influencing variables is available
SARIMAX is the seasonal version or ARIMAX. It is useful in the same circumstances with the addition that
seasonal cycles can also be observed in the time series.
Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees Algorithm Enhanced
You can set the system to use the Periods with Outlier system-generated feature to store the information that
outliers were detected in some of the historical periods. This information is used by the algorithm to calculate
more exact ex-post forecasts and exclude outliers from future forecasts.
You can now check in the application log the extent to which an independent variable was considered by the
gradient boosting of decision trees algorithm during the calculation of a forecast. A value between 0 and 1
shows the importance of each variable. The sum of the values is always 1, which is therefore regarded as 100%.
The relative importance of independent variables gives you an insight into the calculations performed by the
algorithm.
Parallel Execution of Forecast Calculations
Forecasting jobs are now executed on several chunks of data in parallel. This has a positive effect on memory
consumption and may also accelerate the forecasting process. Parallel forecasting is switched on by default
but you can disable it using a new setting in the Statistical Forecasting application job template.

Demand Sensing
You can now set the demand sensing (full) algorithm to apply user-defined calculations for certain key figures
that are used to store internal machine learning regression results.
 Caution
This option should only be selected, and the corresponding key figure calculations edited, by advanced
users.
Forecast Model Assignment
You can download the content of all columns that are selected for display on the main screen. The resulting .csv
file contains all data from the list, including the items that are not visible on the screen when you start the
download.
In addition to the more hidden App Settings button, you can now also use the User Settings icon to change the
planning area and the planning level for which the forecast model assignments should be listed.
You can now navigate from the list of planning objects in the Assign Forecast Models app to the Analysis Results
screen of the Manage Forecast Automation Profiles app to check which planning objects have time series data
with specific properties on the selected planning level. This functionality is only available if at least one time
series analysis job has been executed on a calculation level that is equivalent to the selected planning level,
meaning that it has same key attributes and time granularity.
Forecast Automation
Current Period Offset Considered

If the current period offset is defined in the planning area that you are using, it is now invariably considered
during the time series analysis. For example, if 4 weeks are specified for the historical horizon and the current
offset period is set to 1, the historical time horizon will start 5 full weeks before the current date and end 1 week
before the most recent full week.
 Note
Analyses based on existing forecast automation profiles will also consider the current period offset if it is
set for the planning area you are using.
Pie Chart Available

You can now switch from the table view to a pie chart depicting the distribution of various properties identified
on the selected target calculation level. If you choose a segment in the pie chart, information is displayed about
the property it represents as well as the number and percentage of planning objects identified as having that
property. You can filter the set of displayed properties if you wish (for example, you can set the system to show
only the distribution of downward trend and additive seasonality).

Minimum Required Data Points Can Be Specified
You should now specify in each forecast automation profile how many data points are required for the analysis
to identify various properties in the time series. If the number of available data points is less than the number
you specify, the affected planning objects will be labelled as having insufficient data.
Logic of Time Series Analysis Improved

The following improvements have been made to the process of time series analysis:
● The intermittency test is now run before the trend test to ensure that periods with zero sales are eliminated
from intermittent time series.
● Items are now not classified as seasonal if the seasonality cycle is only 2 periods long and the white noise
test is positive.
● Items are now classified as irregular only if the white noise test is positive and a very high CV2 value is
calculated (meaning that the time series is lumpy but not intermittent).
● As a prerequisite for the previous point, Coefficient of Variation Squared (CV2) is always calculated and not
only when the Lumpy category is selected. Therefore, setting a threshold for CV2 is now mandatory.
In existing forecast automation profiles where the threshold was not specified, the analysis will run as if the
default value of 0.5 was set for the threshold.
● For items containing trend or seasonality, two different CV2 values are calculated: one on the original data
(after leading nulls are removed and blanks are replaced with zeros) and one after trend and seasonality
are removed from the data. The smaller CV2 is then used for the lumpy test. This reduces the number of
times an intermittent item that has seasonality or a trend is labelled as lumpy.
Validity Dates Can Be Specified

You can now specify validity dates in the Manage Product Lifecycle app for all reference products that are used
for a new product. However, you can't specify both offsets and validity dates for the same new product. Validity
dates are useful when the forecasting algorithms need historical values from a relatively long period (for
example, 3 years) but the reference product is not in a mature phase for that long. In this case you need to
create a predecessor chain in which one reference product is not phased out when the other is phased in. The
system then sums up the values of the overlapping periods when it calculates the forecast.
Templates Downloadable With or Without Data

You can now download product assignments, forecast dates, and phase-in/phase-out curves in the Manage
Product Lifecycle app. Every time you do so, a new .csv file template is generated. You can specify if the
template should only contain the required column headers or also the data in each column. We strongly
recommend that you download the template and use the downloaded files for the upload.
Data Realignment
You can now configure recurrence for realignment project runs. The recurrent execution of realignment
projects allows you to regularly adjust master data or key figure values as part of a business process. An
example could be to regularly change master data type attributes that depend on other attributes or to
regularly copy key figure values between planning objects.

When you schedule a realignment run in the Application Jobs app, you can optionally set recurrence for it.
New DECIMAL_LT_DEMAND_PROPAGATION Global Configuration Parameter
The INVENTORY global configuration parameter DECIMAL_LT_DEMAND_PROPAGATION is used by the Calculate

Target Inventory Components operator to handle the calculation of propagated demand mean when there are
fractional values for transportation or production lead time.
When set to Round Up (default), rounds up any fractional lead time value to the next integer value. For
example, a lead time of 0.2 is rounded up to 1 and a lead time of 1.6 is rounded up to 2.
When set to Round Down, rounds down any fractional lead time value to the previous integer. For example, a
lead time of 0.2 is rounded down to 0 and a lead time of 1.6 is rounded down to 1.
When set to Round Nearest, rounds to nearest integer value. For example, a lead time of 0.2 is rounded to 0,
a lead time of 1.6 is rounded to 2, and a lead time of 1.49 is rounded to 1.
All calculation of inventory outputs (target and average) that are based on propagated demand mean adjust
according to round option, for example, cycle stock, on hand stock, pipeline stock, in process stock, vendor in-
transit stock, inventory position, and re-order point.
If the setting is missing or set to any value other than Round Up, Round Down, or Round Nearest, the default
value (Round Up) is used.
New SAME_ISL_ACROSS_COMPONENTS Global Configuration Parameter
The INVENTORY global configuration parameter SAME_ISL_ACROSS_COMPONENTS is used by the Global (multi-
stage) inventory optimization operator to handle individual calculation of the component material internal
service level.
If the parameter value is set to YES, then the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator assumes that
each bill of material component has the same internal service level (component non-stockout probability).
If the parameter value is set to NO, then the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator allows each bill
of material component's internal service level (component non-stockout probability) to be calculated
individually.
If the setting is missing or set to any value other than YES or NO, the default value (YES) is used.

New DEMAND_PROPAGATION_SRC_SWITCH Global Configuration
Parameter
In release 1905, a new INVENTORY global configuration parameter, DEMAND_PROPAGATION_SRC_SWITCH, has

been introduced to handle inventory target setting with time-varying binary sourcing (that is when the lead
time at one supplier is extensively longer than the lead time of the other supplier).
If the parameter value is set to YES, the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator considers the
aggregated demand and outgoing backlog when recommending safety stock in a time-varying binary sourcing
environment.
If set to NO, the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator functions as before.
If the setting is missing or set to any other value other than YES or NO, the default value (NO) is used.
Removal of the SAP3B Sample Planning Area
The SAP3B sample planning area has been removed and replaced by the new SAP8 sample planning area for
demand-driven replenishment. Planning areas based on the SAP3B sample planning area do not require any
changes and are supported, but it is recommended that you take advantage of the new functionality in SAP8.
Prepare for the Removal of the Expected Lost Demand Operator
In release 1908, the Expected lost demand operator will be deprecated and removed from IBP for inventory,
including from:
● All planning areas

● IBP add-in for Microsoft Excel
● Fiori Configuration app
stage) inventory optimization operator, therefore before release 1908, customers that use Expected lost
demand are encouraged to switch to using the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator to populate
this key figure.

planning.
described in the Production Source Item Substitution [page 335] , Transportation Resources for the Optimizer
[page 336], and Forecast Consumption: Define the Sequence of Sales Order Processing [page 336] sections
below. To use them, make sure they're added to your company’s planning areas. They’ve already been added to
the SAP4 sample planning area for time-series-based supply planning.
The DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure will no longer be supported after release 1905. For more
information, see the DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY Key Figure to be Discontinued [page 337]section.
Advance warning for release 1908: As of release 1908, shelf life visibility L-code will no longer be available in the
SAPIBP1 sample planning area.
New customers from 1908 onwards can use the shelf life planning heuristic instead. For more information, see
Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic.
For customer who are already using shelf life visibility L-code delivered in SAPIBP1, SAP will continue to
support it but please bear in mind that customer-specific L-code enhancements will no longer be supported.
Production Source Item Substitution
As of this release, substitution is enabled on component level. Previously, only products that are sold to market
could be substituted. With the new function, you can replace components by alternative ones in time-series-
based supply planning. Even if there is a shortage on original components, the optimizer potentially finds a
solution fulfilling customer demands by using substitute product source items.
You can use the new COMPONENTSUBSTCOSTRATE key figure to define a substitution cost rate for each unit of
the original component that is replaced by the substitution product. Furthermore, to support the function, we
have added the new PRODUCTIONSOURCEITMSUB master data type and the ISALTITEM attribute for the
PRODUCTIONSOURCEITM master data type to the SAP4 sample planning area.
For more information, see Component Substitution.
Shelf Life Supply Planning Heuristic Support for Subnetworks
You can now use the time-series-based shelf life planning heuristic to plan in subnetworks.
You define your subnetworks in the same way as for the time-series-based supply planning heuristic, as the
shelf life planning heuristic employs the same underlying planning approach and related features. For vertical

subnetworks that divide the supply chain, the following key figures and a configuration parameter behave
slightly differently:
● Adjusted Transport Receipts (ADJUSTEDTRANSPORT) and Adjusted Transport Supply

(ADJUSTEDTRANSPORTDS) key figures at the border between selected and unselected subnetworks. For
more information, see examples 3 and 4 in Examples.
● Inter-Subnetwork Dependent Location Demand (IPUDEPENDENTLOCATIONDEMANDDS) and
Inter-Subnetwork Transport Receipts (IPUTRANSPORT) key figures at the borders of vertical
subnetworks. For more information, see IPU Key Figures.
● Compute Expected Supply configuration parameter. For more information, see Using the Compute
Expected Supply Parameter.
Transportation Resources for the Optimizer
Transportation resources are a new type of resource; they're used by a location source of supply and they
model capacity consumption, that is, the amount of capacity consumed per unit of product transported. The
introduction of transportation resources involves the following:
● New key figures TCAPACONSUMPTION (input key figure), TCAPADEMAND and TCAPAUSAGE (output key
figures)
● New master data type Transportation Resource (S4TRANSPORTATIONRESOURCE)
● New attribute for the Location Source of Supply master data type: Capacity Consumption
Policy (TCAPACONSPOLICY)
To use them, make sure they're added to your company’s planning areas. They’ve already been added to the
SAP4 sample planning area for time-series-based supply planning.
For more information, see Transportation Resource (master data type) and Capacity (key figures).
Forecast Consumption: Define the Sequence of Sales Order Processing
You can now configure the sequence in which sales orders are processed by choosing one of the following
options:
● From left to right and from right to left, where the forecast consumption algorithm applies both sequences
of sales order processing and chooses the one that gives the better result, that is, the solution that leads to
more forecast consumption (default option).
● From left to right only (the same order in which sales orders are processed in SAP Advanced Planning and
Optimization (APO)).
You define this in the new SALESORDERSEQUENCEID attribute in the Forecast Consumption Mode master
data type.
To use it, make sure it's added to your company’s planning areas. It's already been added to the SAP4 sample
planning area for time-series-based supply planning.
For more information, see Forecast Consumption Mode (master data type) and Forecast Consumption Mode.

Replacement of PLNG_OPR_DIAGNOSIS_LEVEL
In this release, the global configuration parameter PLNG_OPR_DIAGNOSIS_LEVEL is replaced by the new
parameter PLNG_OPR_DIAGNOSIS_END_TIMESTAMP. To have dump files created after the upgrade, you need
to change the new parameter manually. For more information, see 2380705 .
DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY Key Figure to be Discontinued
Please note that the DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure will no longer be supported after release 1905.
This key figure is computed by time-series-based supply planning algorithms. When lot policy 3 (production
cycle lot size) is used, this key figure shows how much inventory is built up to cover demand of future periods.
However, planning algorithms do not output this key figure if the DISCINVCALC attribute of the product
location master data is NULL.
In the 1902 and 1905 releases, planning algorithms will return a warning if you still use the
DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure.
As of 1908, this key figure will be ignored by planning algorithms.
New Check for Check Mode Algorithm
We've introduced a new check for the check mode algorithm, which looks for isolated customer and location
products that aren't connected to a source of supply. As these isolated customer and location products don't
receive any demand or supply, they're ignored by the time-series-based planning algorithms and are in effect
obsolete.
To prevent memory shortages and improve runtimes, you should delete them.
The new information message ID 7207 tells you how many isolated objects you have, so you can locate and
delete them.
S&OP Key Figure Configuration: Checks Raise Errors now (for new
Customers)
The following S&OP operator checks introduced in 1902 as warnings have been converted to errors for new
customers in 1905:
the S&OP operator.
 Note
For existing customers, these checks will raise errors as of 1908.

Attribute Permission for Subnetworks
The S&OP operator now supports attribute permission for subnetworks. Therefore, users now need to have
read permission for the attribute Subnetwork ID (PLUNITID) to run the S&OP operator. If required, you need to
grant this permission to new users. (For more information, see Manage Attribute Permissions).
Business users that already existed before 1905 have been assigned permission for all attributes
(SAP_ALL_ATTRIBUTES) during the 1905 upgrade.
IBP for Demand-Driven Replenishment Introduced
IBP for demand-driven replenishment, has been introduced in Release 1905 to support all five components of
DDMRP, as defined by the Demand-Driven Institute. The five components of DDMRP are:
1. Buffer Positioning
2. Buffer Sizing
3. Dynamic adjustments
4. Demand-driven planning
5. Visible and collaborative execution

Five Components of DDMRP
To support DDMRP in IBP for demand-driven replenishment, the following IBP planning operators, Fiori
applications, sample planning area, and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for IBP are used:
Planning Operators
● Recommend Decoupling Points (Solve)

● Calculate DDMRP buffer levels
 Note
These operators were previously available as part of IBP for inventory.
In addition, a copy operator has been pre-configured to capture the status of several relevant key figures each
day (or at the desired schedule).
Fiori Applications
● DDMRP Buffer Analysis

Used to create scenario analysis for decoupling point selection and its impact on decoupled lead time and
average on-hand inventory.
● Manage Forecast Error Calculations
Used to configure forecast error calculations profiles to calculate the average daily usage (ADU) and
demand variability.
● Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules
Used to setup segmentation profiles for the calculation of lead time category and variability category.
● Analytics - Advanced and Dashboards - Advanced
Used to visualize IBP for demand-driven replenishment content.

Sample Planning Area
The SAP8 sample planning area has been introduced to support IBP for demand-driven replenishment.
 Note
SAP8 replaces the SAP3B sample planning area and supports all operators used in IBP for demand-driven
replenishment.
SAP ERP, Supply Chain Integration Add-on for IBP
Integration model for SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for IBP has been enhanced to allow integration
of:
● Master data and transactional data from SAP ERP to IBP as inputs for the DDMRP process.
● Order recommendation quantity from IBP to SAP ERP for generation of and supply orders
The add-on also includes a DDMRP heuristic used to convert order recommendation quantities into supply
(pull) orders for demand-driven planning within the decoupled lead time. This is done for product-locations
that are decoupling points. In between decoupling points, standard MRP procedures are applied to create
dependent demand and supply elements (pull demand signals from decoupling points create pull supply and
demand signals at non-decoupling points, and push demand signals, if available, create push elements at non-
decoupling points).
Propagate Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) from Non Decoupling Points to

Downstream Decoupling Points
The minimum order quantity (MOQ) at non-decoupling points is now propagated to downstream decoupling
points.
When the MOQ at non-decoupling points is higher relative to demand, the excess inventory is typically pushed
to downstream locations. Each decoupling point uses the greater of the value of the propagated MOQ or its
own MOQ, and reports that value as an output.
New Time Period Filter in DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
A new time period filter has been added to provide greater flexibility in selecting time periods.
To select a time period to display in the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, select Show Filters to display filters, then
select Time Periods.
You can make your selection via a calendar view or from a list of time periods. You can choose the type of time
period (that is, technical week, week, month, quarter, year), the selection mode (a range of dates, multiple
periods, previous periods, or next periods). If Range is selected, you can use the From and To fields to select a
range of days.

SAP7 Sample Planning Area Updates
the sections about Goods Receipt Processing Time Considered in Order-Based Planning [page 344] and MRP
Controller Parameter When Scheduling Application Jobs [page 347].
To use them, make sure they're added to your company's planning areas. They've already been added to the
SAP7 sample planning area for order-based planning.
Please consider the time profile changes in SAP7 as well. For more information, see Time Profile Changes in
SAP7 [page 350].
New App: Planning Run Profiles
You can use the new Planning Run Profiles app to define rule-based settings for costs and lateness. The app
provides an easy-to-use interface for rule creation. The resulting settings are time-independent.
Currently, planning run profiles can comprise cost settings for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast
Run Using Optimizer as well as maximum lateness settings for primary demands, considered in all planning
runs listed below. The app is included in the SAP_IBP_BC_PLAN_PROF_PC business catalog.
You can define rules for the following cost types:
● Inventory costs: Inventory holding costs (per unit and per day in stock), safety stock violation costs (per
unit and per day below safety stock), and maximum stock violation costs (per unit and per day above
maximum stock)
● Transportation costs: Transportation cost rate (per unit transported) and fixed transportation cost
● Procurement costs: Procurement cost rate (per unit procured) and fixed procurement cost
● Production costs: Production cost rate (per unit produced) and fixed production costs
● Demand costs: Late delivery costs (per unit and per day late) and non-delivery costs (per unit)
The planning run profile has been added as a new optional selection parameter to the following application
jobs:

● Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run as Operator
● Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run as Operator
● Order-Based Planning: Deployment Run as Operator

Once a planning run profile has been assigned to a planning run, the settings included in the profile are applied
during the planning run.
For more information, see Planning Run Profiles.

Component Version
 Note
Before you run the 1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI inbound version, you have to execute the transaction /IBP/
ECC_INT_PDS with the unselected Change Transfer checkbox.
The 1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI inbound version has been enhanced as follows:
● New column CAPBASQTY in the IBP_PRODUCTION_RES_CAPA_DEMAND table that you can use to integrate
capacity base quantity data
● New column AUSSS in the IBP_PRODUCTION_HEAD table that you can use to integrate percentage of scrap
data
With this OpenAPI version, new validations have been introduced to check the following:
● Before a transportation lane or a PDS is integrated, the lot size value is checked. If the minimum lot size
value is greater than the maximum one and is not zero, the warning is displayed and this transportation
lane or a PDS is deleted from the staging area. If the lot size maximum equals zero, any value is allowed for
the lot size minimum.
● A new validation is introduced to check if the capacity base quantity has been defined in the add-on. If the
value is zero, the warning is displayed, and the data is integrated as is.
Both versions have been enhanced as follows:
● Using the following existing fields you can now transfer the following data for planned orders, fixed planned
orders, production orders, purchase orders, stock transfer orders:
○ Net open quantity (without scrap) using the MNG01 column in the IBP_ORDER table
○ Gross original quantity (including scrap) using the MNG03 column in the IBP_ORDER table
○ Goods receipt quantity (quantity produced and put to stock without scrap) using the MNG04 column in
the IBP_ORDER table
● You can transfer the goods receipt date for supply elements using the TST02 column in the IBP_ORDER
table.
● Key completion is enhanced with the TST02 column for goods receipt date which is compared on a daily
basis for the product location of this order. Note that an exact check based on seconds is not supported.

For more information about these OpenAPI versions, see Inbound Integration (Version 1905.0.0_FULL) and
Inbound Integration (Version 1905.0.0_TRANS).
New OpenAPI Outbound Version

The following new OpenAPI outbound version is now available:
Component Version
Using the 1905.0.0_OUTBOUND OpenAPI version, you can integrate data on availability date back to your
external system using a new column TST03 in the table IBP_ORDER_OUT (see also: Goods Receipt Processing
Time Considered in Order-Based Planning [page 344]).
For more information about this version, see Outbound Integration (Version 1905.0.0_OUTBOUND).
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of the ERP add-ons for IBP are required:
We recommend that you run the report /IBP/ECC_UPDATE_MOTR_LOGSYS after you upgrade to these
versions of the add-ons.
Changed Update Behavior for Order Capacity Requirements
To align the data displayed on the UI with the last planning run results, we have changed the update behavior
for order capacity requirements. These are now stored instead of calculated on the fly during UI access. This
leads to slightly different results when a PDS is changed. The new behavior supports you in better
understanding planning results.
Order capacity requirements are displayed as Resource Consumption Quantity in the Analyze Supply Usage
app. In the Excel Add-in, you get an aggregated view of them through the Capacity Consumption Planned and
Capacity Consumption Confirmed key figures.
With the old behavior, all order capacity requirements were updated immediately after changes to a PDS.
The new behavior works as follows:
● If a PDS is changed during integration, no capacity requirements are updated, unless the planned orders or
production orders using this PDS have changed.
● Capacity requirements are not updated if a PDS is changed in the Excel Add-In in a version with version-
dependent master data.
You get a complete update of the order capacity requirements (in the planning scope, based on the changed
PDS) after a planning run has been performed in each version, scenario, or simulation.

Goods Receipt Processing Time Considered in Order-Based Planning
The OBP planning heuristic now considers the goods receipt processing time defined in your external system
when scheduling supply elements. You need version 1905.0.0_FULL of the OpenAPI inbound for this function to
work.
The goods receipt processing time is the time it takes the receiving company to check the goods upon receipt.
To support the new function, we have added the goods receipt date to Fiori UIs and planning run calculations.
Starting from the goods receipt date, the goods receipt processing time runs until the availability date is
reached.
Capacity consumption takes place on the goods receipt date, and the supplier constraint refers to the goods
receipt date.
The Goods Receipt Date column has been added to the element view of the View Projected Stock app. However,
the Requested or Planned Date remains the basis for projected stock calculation. In the Analyze Supply Usage
app and in the Analyze Demand screen (Order Network), the new columns Requested Goods Receipt Date and
Confirmed or Planned Goods Receipt Date are available.
For more information, see Scheduling of Planned Orders, Stock Transfer and Purchase Requisitions.
 Note
The Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer does not consider the goods receipt
processing time.
Order Table Fields Enhancements

The new outbound OpenAPI version 1905 contains the new field TST03 in the order table. The timestamp fields
are filled during extraction as follows:
DELKZ Description TST01 TST02 TST03
BA Purchase Requisition / GR DAte / Delivery - Availability Date

STR Receipt Date
U2 Planned Order Receipt Requirement Date (on - -

Source Location)
BA Planned Order Compo GR Date / Order Finish Order Start Date Availability Date
nent Demand Date
SB Requirement Date (De - -

pendent Demand)
 Caution
The semantic of the TSTXX fields differs between outbound and inbound integration.

Key Figure Enhancements
The following key figures have been added to the SAP7 sample planning area to allow you to display material
quantity on the goods receipt date when material is finished or delivered. The goods receipt process time is
subtracted from the availability date of the order and it is shifted accordingly in the IBP Excel add-in.
● Distribution Receipt (Lane; Deployment; Goods Receipt) (DISTRRECEIPTLANEDEPLGR): this is a stored key
figure. Distribution Receipt (Lane; Deployment; Goods Receipt) is an aggregated receipt quantity of stock
transfer orders on the ship-to location that have been created in a deployment run. The external quantity of
this key figure is DISTRIBUTION_RECEIPT_DEPLOY_GR.
● Distribution Receipt (Lane; Planned; Goods Receipt) (DISTRRECEIPTLANEPLANNEDGR): this is a stored key
figure. This key figure is an aggregated receipt quantity of stock transfer requisitions and purchase
requisitions on the ship-to location. The external quantity of this key figure is
DISTR_RECEIPT_PLANNED_GR.
● Distribution Receipt (Planned; Goods Receipt) (DISTRRECEIPTPLANNEDGR): this is the aggregated receipt
quantity of stock transfer requisitions and purchase requisitions on the target location. The external
quantity of this key figure is DISTRIBUTION_RECEIPT_PLANNED_GR.
To support this feature, the external quantities of the following key figures have been changed to the following:
Supplier Delivery (Planned) (SUPPLIERDELPLAN): DISTR_RECEIPT_PLANNED_GR
Supplier Delivery (Confirmed) (SUPPLIERDELCONFIRM): DISTR_RECEIPT_CONFIRMED_GR
Distribution Receipt (for SCC) (DISTRRECEIPTSCC): DISTRIBUTION_RECEIPT_GR
Delivered Distribution Receipt: DELIVEREDDISTRIBUTIONRECEIPT_GR
The following new key figures are not available in the sample planning area SAP7, but you can add them as
external key figure quantities when setting up your key figures:
Data Source Key Figure
STD_MALAMOT DISTR_RECEIPT_CONFIRMED_GR
STD_PDS_V2 PRODUCTION_ORDER_QUANTITY_GR
PLANNED_ORDER_QUANTITY_GR
STD_MALO DISTR_RECEIPT_CONFIRMED_GR
PRODUCTION_PLANNED_GR
PRODUCTION_CONFIRMED_GR
DISTRIBUTION_RECEIPT_DEPLOY_GR
New API Version for Planning Results Extraction
Using the new 1905.0.0 version of the planning results extraction, you can now extract the results of planning
runs that considered the goods receipt processing time of supply elements in your supply chain.
The following tables have been enhanced:
● IBP_ANALYTIC_ORDER
○ The TST02 column has been added.
○ The semantic of the values in the MNG04 column has changed. Consider the order type in the DELKZ
column to correctly interpret them.

● IBP_DETAILED_PEGGING
○ The REC_REQ_GR_DATETIME column has been added.
For more information, see Planning Results Extraction (Version 1905.0.0).
Flexible Planning Start Also for Base Versions of Operative Planning Areas
and for Planning Runs as Operators
Since 1811, you could choose a flexible planning start - different from the job execution time - for OBP planning
runs in all versions apart from the base version of an operative planning area. As of 1905, this feature is also
available for such base versions and for planning runs as operators.
If you use a flexible planning start, planning runs pretend that the day you've selected as the planning start is
"now", and calculate data like key figures, lead times, or freeze horizons accordingly. This function is available
for the constrained forecast run (with and without optimizer), the confirmation run, the deployment run, and
the gating factor analysis.
For more information, see Flexible Planning Start.
In 1811 and 1902 the flexible planning start was automatically enabled for all versions. Now we have added the
new Enable Flexible Planning Start switch on version level to the Settings for Order-Based Planning app. After
the upgrade, the flexible planning start will be enabled in all versions except for base versions of operative
planning areas. You can adapt these settings to your requirements.
Assembly Scrap Considered in Planning Runs
The OBP planning runs now consider the assembly scrap percentage defined in the material master in SAP
ERP or SAP S/4 HANA. Assembly scrap is transferred to the production data structure (PDS) in OBP. You can
overwrite the percentage from the material master using the /IBP/ECC_SAVE_PDS BAdI. Planned orders
created in IBP are integrated to SAP ERP or SAP S/4 HANA including the scrap quantity.
The scrap percentage is considered in capacity consumption and component demand. You can view the
assembly scrap in the View Production Data Structures app. To view it in the IBP Excel add-in, use the new
reference column ASSEMBLY_SCRAP that has been added to the SMD_PDS_V2 external data source. Note that it
has only been added to the S7PDS master data type but not to the SAP7 sample planning area itself. This
attribute can be edited in the IBP Excel add-in in case of external version-specific master data.
To use the new function, you need the 1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version (inbound and outbound) , which
includes changes to order quantity fields and to key completion.
Please note that IBP does not support scrap on component level nor the net indicator.
For more information, see Assembly Scrap.

MRP Controller Parameter When Scheduling Application Jobs
You can now set the planning scope using the MRP Controller parameter when scheduling the following
application jobs:

When you select a specific MRP controller in this parameter, all location materials to which this MRP controller
is assigned ‒ and, of course, all objects in the networks of these location materials ‒ are considered in the
supply plan.
 Note
When creating MRP controllers in your external system, make sure to use each number only once across
all locations. For example, there should only be one MRP controller with the number 001.
SAP7 Sample Planning Area Changes
For the S7LOCATIONPRODUCT and the S7LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM master data types, the following attribute
names and descriptions have been changed:
● For S7LOCATIONPRODUCT, PLANNER has been changed to MRPCONTROLLER (MRP Controller)

● For S7LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM, PLANNERDEM has been changed to MRPCONTROLLERDEM (MRP
Controller - Demand)
Capacity Base Quantity
You can now integrate capacity base quantity data, that is, how much of the material should be produced by
the resource, into IBP from your external system using the new 1905.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version. The
operation base quantity in SAP ERP and SAP S/4HANA is defined at the operation level of the routing and it is
called capacity base quantity in IBP.
Note that you have to implement the sample BAdI /IBP/ECC_SAVE_PDS_CBASQ_SAMPLE in SAP ERP, supply
chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Planning before you can integrate capacity base quantity data to IBP.
The capacity base quantity is considered by the OBP planning runs. In the planning area, you can display this
data using a new reference column CAPACITY_BASE_QUANTITY added to the SMD_PDSRES_V2 external data
source. Note that it has only been added to the S7PDSRES master data type but not to the sample planning
area itself.
This data is also visible in a new field Capacity Base Quantity in the View Production Data Structures app on the
Details screen.

Enhanced Simulation Run
Changed Planning Engine Behavior

The simulation run has been enhanced and simulations are no longer a delta to the previous planning run.
Instead, the simulation is now performed as a full planning run with the planning engine behavior of an Order-
Based Planning: Confirmation Run. All features of the Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run now also apply
to simulations.
The results of simulations are therefore identical to the results that would be produced if you made the same
changes to your actual supply plan before performing an Order-Based Planning: Confirmation Run. For more
information, see What Happens During a Simulation?.
In particular, simulations now properly consider the following:
● Gating factors
● Lot sizes
● Manual adjustments
● Demand fair-share set profiles
● Pegging strategy
User Interface Changes

The Priority column in the View Confirmations app (in the Competing Sales Orders view) and in the View
Demands by Priority app now shows you information about the segment priority (xxx) and the sequence
number (yyy). The format used is now xxx-yyy.
The third number, which was shown for demands in simulations, is not required anymore. Simulated demands
are no longer put in a subsequence within the existing sequence of a matching segment. Instead, simulated
demands and actual demands are put in the same sequence, which is put together from scratch.
Shorter Periods for Projected Stock Levels
Primary demands that are far out in the future are sometimes pegged to, for example, stock that would be
available already long before the primary demands need to be satisfied. This means that in the supply plan
there is a long period of time for which it is projected that you will keep a certain level of stock. To reduce the
time span in which you keep this level of stock, the planning engine pegs the primary demands again, ideally to
supply closer to the date on which they need to be satisfied.
The following animation shows the behavior of the planning engine:
Priority of primary demand
Supply
Projected stock level

Enhanced Value Help Dialogs
The value help dialog for filter fields has been enhanced in several apps. When defining the filter criteria, you
can now display a list of all values that exist in the selected version or you can limit the list to only certain
values.
The value help dialog has been enhanced in the following apps:
○ Delivery Priority
○ Document Type
● View Customers
○ Customer Class.
○ Material Group
○ Material Type
○ MRP Controller
○ MRP Controller Name
○ Prod.Hierarchy
● View Materials
○ Material Group
○ Material Type
○ Prod.Hierarchy
● View Resources
○ Capacity Cat.
○ Mode of Transport
○ Purchasing Org.
Monitoring OBP Integration in Focused Run for SAP Solution Manager
In the Application Logs app, you can now filter error messages for order-based planning areas according to the
area and sub area. This enhancement allows you to better monitor error messages that are relevant to IBP
integration with your external systems using the Integration and Cloud Monitor app in Focused Run for SAP
Solution Manager.
For more information about monitoring, see Product Information for Focused Run for SAP Solution Manager on
SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/FRUN/ under End-User Information Product Information
Advanced Integration Monitoring Integration and Cloud Monitoring .

Component Version
1705.0.0_TRANS
If you are using these OpenAPI versions, you can continue to use them in 1905 and 1908 releases of SAP
Integrated Business Planning with only a warning returned. Note that these OpenAPI versions will cease to
function as of 1911 release and any jobs that use these OpenAPI versions will fail after the upgrade to the 1911
release of SAP Integrated Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that you cancel or delete any
scheduled jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and replace them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used these OpenAPI versions, you will not be able to schedule a job using them as of 1905
Changes in the Configure Remote Sources (SDI) App
The Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app has been enhanced as follows:
● A new field SDI Agent Version has been added and is now visible in the general information of a remote
source.
● When you test your remote source, the SDI agent version is now validated. If the SDI agent is currently
disconnected, the validation will not run and the SDI agent version will not be displayed. It will be populated
after you test the remote source if SDI agent is connected.
● If the SDI agent version is not supported, you cannot create a new remote source. Currently, the patches
40 and 41 of SP03 for SAP HANA DP Agent version 2.0 SP03 are not supported for both adapters. If you
are using the SDI ABAP adapter, you have to use patch 4 of SP02 for SAP HANA DP Agent version 2.0 or
higher.
Decimal Rounding in View Materials
In the View Materials app in the new Decimal Rounding column, you can now see a number of digits to which a
unit of measure value is rounded off if fractional quantities are entered in the IBP Excel add-in .
Time Profile Changes in SAP7
For the sample planning area SAP7, the time profile has been changed as follows:
● Start date is now 01/01/2018.

● End date is now 12/31/2024.
New Global Configuration Parameter for Order-Based Planning: Copy Version

Data
In the Global Configuration app, there is a new global configuration parameter CONT_COPY_IF_CONFLICT in
the RESPONSE parameter group. This handles the following behavior when copying versions using the Order-
Based Planning: Copy Version Data application job: You want to copy order data from a source version to a
target version, but the source data and the target data share an order or orders, and these duplicates cause the
application job to fail. You can now set this parameter to remove any order duplicates and their dependent
objects from the data before it is copied, allowing the application job to continue. The duplicates are listed in an
attachment to the application log, regardless of whether the parameter is set or not.
You can now do driver-based planning in SAP Integrated Business Planning using the new Driver-Based
Planning app. Driver-based planning supports you in capturing business drivers such as risks or opportunities
that can influence your organization’s supply chain plan, evaluating their likely effects, expressing those effects
in key figure values, and considering the drivers in your supply chain plan.
With the Driver-Based Planning app, planners can create and manage drivers on different aggregation levels
and assign qualitative and quantitative information to them. They can maintain the master data for the driver
along with all other required data for it, like values for planning level attributes and key figure data, in one place.
This saves administrators from having to import the data for driver-based planning in several steps using other
ways of data integration.
The app offers a driver planning view where planners can view and maintain the drivers. Using the new driver
planning view, they can show the drivers in a summary and in a detailed view. In the summary view, all the
information about the driver is represented in one row. Similar to the web-based planning view or a planning
view in the IBP Excel add-in, the detailed view breaks down the driver into its planning objects and time periods.
Each driver planning view contains drivers of one specific driver type, which helps planners to focus on that
driver type. The drivers that are relevant for the supply chain plan can be marked in this app and considered in
the plan using key figure calculations.
To make the new app available on the launchpad, the administrator needs to assign the SAP_IBP_BC_DBP_PC
business catalog to the relevant business user role.
For more information about the concepts of driver-based planning in SAP Integrated Business Planning, see
Driver-Based Planning – Overview.
For a description of the Driver-Based Planning app, see Driver-Based Planning.

1905 HFC6: Limitation for Selection of Time Period Removed
You can now select a time period for the driver planning view from a time profile level that doesn’t have a parent
level. This is because it is no longer required that key figure values can be aggregated to a higher time profile
level. This way, you can now also create drivers for events. Events are typically created at a calendar week level,
where the periods cannot be aggregated to monthly periods.
4.13 Analytics
Applying planning filters to dashboards
In the Dashboard – Advanced app, you can now apply predefined planning filters without having to enter the
filters manually.
The following features are now available:
● You can choose one planning filter from a list of existing planning filters that you have already created or
ones that have been shared with you.
● Saving a variant saves the planning filter as well.
● The Where Used list is updated in the Planning Filters app.
● The planning filter is combined with the ad hoc filter attributes to calculate the overall dashboard filter.
● All dashboard objects are refreshed based on the combined filters.
Applying planning filters to analytic charts
You can now apply your predefined planning filters to your analytics charts in addition to the ad hoc attribute
filters.
The following features are now available:
● You can choose one planning filter from the planning filters you created previously or the filters that have
been shared with you.
● The Where Used list is updated in the Planning Filters app.
● The planning filter is combined with the ad hoc filter attributes to calculate the overall filter.
The overall filter is calculated as follows:
If the planning filter contains the same attribute as the ad hoc filter, the OR logic is applied. The AND logic is
applied to the rest of the attributes.
 Example
PlanningFilter1: locationID="DC_FR"

Ad Hoc Filter: LocationID="DC_DE", ProductID = "Phone123"
The overall filter will be locationID="DC_FR", or locationID="DC_DE", and ProductID =

"Phone123"
Supporting thresholds in analytics charts
You can define thresholds and set a color to highlight the data. This feature is available only for Choropleth and
Geo Bubble chart types. For example, <25 = green, 25-75 = yellow, <75 = red, and so on. The chart is rendered
with the selected colors and the legends identify the threshold for each color.
The chart will also retain the threshold settings when added to a dashboard.
Applying filters on multiple key figure values
You can use filters on multiple key figure values that allow you to view information that is only relevant for you.
This also makes it easier for you to find your issues faster.
You can do the following:
● Enter multiple criteria to filter on multiple key figures

● Use available operators
Time selection control
Time selection has been replaced by a new control now available in the Analytics – Advanced app. This new
control allows you to select date ranges, distinct dates, previous "n" days, next "n" days in a more efficient way.
In addition, all periods are displayed in a periods list. Additionally, for improved usability, time periods are
highlighted on the calendar to make the selection obvious.
For example, you will be able to select day range mode and then enter only the from and to dates instead of the
traditional way of individually selecting each day.
Color picker tool
You can now use the color picker to select a color for your key figure. This provides you with a wider range of
colors for your analytics charts.

Improved Grid Structure
How hybrid nodes and customer/customer group nodes are displayed by the Supply Chain Network app has
been improved:
● Hybrid nodes (that is, nodes have both internal and customer-facing demand streams) are now displayed
in a separate echelon, making arcs and connections more readable.
● The number of customer/customer group nodes that connect to customer-facing nodes when the
customer/customer group have same product ID and customer ID/customer group ID has been
rationalized. Key figures with the same product/location/customer group or product/location/customer
ID level (such as target service level or statistical forecasting) now display on the heatmap at the arc
instead of at the node.
4.15 Exception Handling
4.15.1 Custom Alerts
An overview of the new enhancements in custom alerts in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905
The following new features have been added:
Adding Multiple Version / Scenarios
You can either specify the version/scenarios you want to use to calculate the alerts, or let the system include all
version and scenarios available when you run the Monitor Custom Alerts app.
In the first case, you specifically add multiple version/scenarios in the Version / Scenario field. This will allow
you to compare the data in different version/scenarios.
In the second case, you leave the Version / Scenario field empty and each subscription of your alert definition
will calculate the alerts on each version/scenario that exists at the time you run the Monitor Custom Alerts app.
 Note
If you modify a version after the alert definition is saved and the new version doesn’t contain a key figure
that’s part of the rule, the alerts won’t be generated.

Applying Predefined Planning Filters
You can now apply predefined planning filters to your alert subscriptions without having to enter the filters
manually. This way you need to update the planning filter once only and all the subscriptions that use this
planning filter will receive the updated filters without having to change the individual subscription manually.
Planning filters can be used in conjunction with the manually entered filters.
If the planning filter contains the same attribute as in the manually entered filter, the OR logic is applied.
Navigation with Selected Data
From the Dashboards – Advanced app, you can now select some data within an alerts overview and navigate to
the Monitor Custom Alerts app, carrying the context of the selected data only. Therefore, only the alerts
contained in the selection are displayed.
4.15.2 Content Administration
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905, you can now change a case owner and share or delete a case.
4.16 Security
TLS Protocol Hardening in IBP
Between June 11th and June 23rd, 2019, IBP will disable TLS 1.0 encryption protocol in your IBP non-
production and production environments. After June 23rd, 2019 TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 versions are no longer
supported and any connections to IBP that rely on older versions than TLS 1.2 will fail.
We recommend that you begin planning to support TLS 1.2 as soon as possible. For more information, see SAP
note 2723410 .
In case you are using SDI integration and run into issues after the upgrade, we recommend that you restart
your DPAgent.

New Certification Authority (CA) Root Certificates
The following new root certificates of certification authority (CA) are now accepted for inbound integration to
the IBP landscape:
● AddTrust External CA Root

If you would like to use them in your inbound integration scenarios, please ensure your communication users
are using client certificate signed by one of the trusted CA from the list in SAP note 2607432 . This SAP note
contains more information about accepted CA authorities.
For more information about how to configure client-certificates, see How to Create Communication Users.

Planning 1902
About this version

Collection (HFC) 7
Document Information 1.5 - April 2019
The following new root certificates of certification authority

(CA) are now accepted for inbound integration to the IBP
landscape:
● AddTrust External CA Root

For more information, see SAP note 2607432 .
Software Corrections in HFC 7
See patch collection information note 2698608
Documentation Enhancements and Corrections in Version

1.5
There are additional steps that need to be carried out when

you merge two planning areas that use change history or
when you replace a planning area with an existing one. Those
steps are described in the detailed What's New for Change
History [page 387].
Miscellaneous enhancements
To help end users get started with the IBP Excel add-in, we
have created a special end user guide that includes step-by-
step procedures with screenshots, and an overview of the
features and processes in the IBP Excel add-in (EN only). You
can find the guide in the SAP Note 2740969 .


cel add-in)

ning
What's New

Cross New Admin Applica The optional parameter Scenario is now available for
applica istrator/ tion job scheduling Statistical Forecasting and Copy and
tions configu
Disaggregate Key Figure Operator jobs in the
De ration
Application Jobs app to specify a user-defined sce
mand expert
nario. The operator considers the provided scenario
plan
ning when reading source key figure values and writing tar
get key figure values.
Cross New Admin Web UI Planners can now use the new Web-Based Planning Web-Based
applica istrator/ New app to create planning views and work with them on Planning
tions configu SAP the Web user interface. With this new app, planners [page 390]
ration Fiori have the option to view and change key figure data
expert app also from the Web UI.
Busi Role/
ness busi
user ness
catalog

Cross New Admin Web UI To help administrators manage the volume of records Change
applica istrator/ New that the change history captures, we have limited the History
tions configu SAP sources of change for which changes are tracked by [page 387]
ration Fiori default. As of this release, only changes that were
expert app made interactively by users are captured by default.
All other sources where non-interactive changes can
Role/
originate from need to be manually enabled for track
busi
ing in the new Settings for Change History app.
ness
catalog
 Note
Plan
ning op If you are already using IBP (upgrade customer),
erator all available sources where changes can originate
Integra from are still automatically tracked. If required,
tion
sources of change can be deselected in the
Applica
Settings for Change History app.
tion job
Cross Change Admin Model The User Preferences app is no longer available. You Model Con
applica d istrator/ configu- can now set the default planning area in the Me area. figuration
tions configu ration
[page 394]
ration Web UI
expert
Cross Admin Plan Group Op

applica  istrator/
As announced in 1808, the group operator has been
ning op discontinued. You therefore need to convert the group erator
tions Manda configu erator [page 393]
operators you’re using into job chains if you haven’t
tory ration Applica
task af done so yet.
expert tion job
ter up
The Group Operator application job template is still
grade
available in the system, however, it can no longer be
executed.

Inven Change Admin Model Previously, the target unit for a currency conversion Target Unit
tory op d istrator/ configu- or a unit of measure (UoM) conversion was called of a Conver
timiza configu ration sion [page
“currency to ID” and “unit of measure to ID”, respec
tion ration Web UI 391]
tively.
De expert IBP Ex
mand Busi cel add- As of 1902, we will use the more comprehensible
plan ness in terms “target unit of measure” and “target currency”
ning user
instead.
Time-
series- The user interface has been changed accordingly.
based This includes the names and descriptions of the re
supply lated sample model objects and field labels in SAP
plan
Fiori apps.
ning
Order-
based
plan
ning
Analyt
ics
Model Prepare Admin Model We plan to turn the activation check that identifies Model Con
configu- next re istrator/ configu- such key figure calculations where the output plan figuration
ning level of the calculation includes an attribute, [page 394]
ration Web UI
which is not a calculated attribute, and cannot be
expert
sourced from any of the input planning levels either,
from warning to error in IBP 1905.
For features planned for IBP 1905, it is required that

such invalid calculations don't exist.
Before the upgrade to IBP 1905, please perform a

consistency check on your planning areas, and cor
rect the invalid calculations if there are any.
Model New Admin Model The Global Configuration app is now available for edit Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- ing the settings of the global configuration parame figuration
ters available in the system. [page 394]
ration Web UI
expert
Model New Admin Model In the Planning Areas app, you can now delete plan Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- ning levels as well as create, change, and delete at figuration
tributes as key figures. [page 394]
ration Web UI
expert

Model New Admin Model In the Planning Areas and Sample Model Entities Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- apps, a new icon is now available for attributes as key figuration
figures on all relevant screens and popovers. This new [page 394]
ration Web UI
icon makes it easier to differentiate attributes as key
expert
figures.
Model New Admin Model You can now transport realignment projects. Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- figuration
[page 394]
De ration Web UI
mand expert
plan
ning
Model New Admin Model In the Attributes app, the Attribute Name field is now Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- available. figuration
[page 394]
ration Web UI
expert
Model Change Admin Model In-app navigation has been enhanced in the Master Model Con
configu- d istrator/ configu- Data Types, the Sample Model Entities, the Time figuration
Profiles, and the Planning Areas apps. Now when you [page 394]
ration Web UI
navigate from one screen in the app to another
expert
screen in the same app and then back, certain set
tings are still available on the original screen.
Model New Admin Model On the Key Figures screen, the I/O for TS Forecast Model Con
configu- istrator/ configu- Consumption field is available for stored key figures. figuration
[page 394]
ration Web UI
expert
Model Change Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains miscel Model Con
laneous updates and improvements in the area of
forecast consumption and various modeling changes, [page 394]
Time- ration Web UI
expert such as changed attributes and attributes as key fig-
series-
based ures.
supply
plan
ning
Data in New Admin Model You can now use the DISABLE_EXCEL_APJT_CPIDS Data Inte
tegra istrator/ configu- gration
parameter set to TRUE to restrict the list of CPI-DS
tion configu ration [page 381]
job templates within a planning area, which can be
ration IBP Ex
expert scheduled from the IBP Excel add-in.
cel add-
in

Data in New Admin Web UI An efficient process has been implemented to im Data Inte
tegra istrator/ gration
prove the execution of data integration jobs.The sys
tem now performs multiple checks per minute and if
ration
it finds a valid post processing batch in the queue, it
expert
executes the same immediately.
Data in New Admin Integra The SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain integration add-on Data Inte
for IBP and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration
add-on for IBP now support a new field extension
ration
concept for extractors in time-series based integra
expert
tion. Additionally, product data structures are now
supported by the add-on and the master data tem
plate in CPI-DS.
Admin New Busi Web UI The Resource Consumption card in the System System
istra ness Monitoring
Monitoring app has been enhanced and simplified
tion user [page 417]
with the following new features:
● Improved visibility of the performance indicators

for memory and CPU usage
● Usage calculation now done in minutes
● Ability to view data for last 90 days
Admin New Busi Web UI The following new types of content can now be man Content Ad
istra ness ministration
aged using the Content Administration app:
tion user [page 420]
● Alert overviews
● Planning view (web-based)

Cross Prepare Admin Model We plan to turn an activation check related to aggre Model Con
applica next re istrator/ configu- gation/disaggregation modes from warning to error in figuration
tions lease configu ration
IBP 1905. [page 394]
ration IBP Ex
expert cel add- In key figure configuration, only some combinations
in of aggregation and disaggregation modes make
combinations and you change data in the IBP Excel
add-in on an aggregated level, the results after disag
gregation and aggregation may not be identical.
As of 1905, you will no longer be able to activate a

planning area that contains key figures with incorrect
combinations of aggregation and disaggregation
modes.
Before the upgrade to 1905, please check if your plan

ning areas contain key figures with combinations that
are not permitted and adjust either the aggregation
or the disaggregation mode.
Data in New Admin Integra You can call the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData Data Inte
Prepare Service, now available in the IBP system, to extract
next re key figure data and integrate it with the SAP Analytics
ration
lease Cloud data.
expert
Please consider replacing the JSON OData serv
ice /IBP/EXTRACT_SRV/extract_kf if you are cur
rently using it as it will be phased out in the IBP 1905
release.
Busi Admin Role/ Business

ness  istrator/ busi
As announced in 1811, the old business catalog for
message monitoring has been discontinued with this
Network
network Manda configu ness Collabora
release. You now need to replace this old business
collabo tory ration catalog tion [page
task af catalog for with the new business catalogs for mes 421]
ration expert
ter up sage monitoring if you haven’t done so yet. For de
grade tailed information on the enhancements and changes
for message monitoring within business network col
laboration, please see the What’s New information
about message monitoring for 1805.

IBP Ex New Busi IBP Ex To help end users get started with the IBP Excel
cel add- ness cel add- add-in, we have created a special end user guide that
in user in
includes step-by-step procedures with screenshots,
Admin
and an overview of the features and processes in the
istrator/
IBP Excel add-in (EN only, Microsoft PowerPoint
configu
ration saved as a PDF document). You can find the guide in
expert the SAP Note 2740969 .
IBP Ex Prepare Admin IBP Ex For 2019, we plan a stepwise update and subsequent IBP Excel
cel add- next re istrator/ cel add- phase-out of older versions of the underlying proto Add-In
in lease configu in [page 384]
cols and authenticating standards for SAP Integrated
ration
Business Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel
expert
add-in. At the end of May 2019, the 1711.2.0 version of
the IBP Excel add-in will be the lowest possible ver
sion that users can use to log on to IBP. With IBP 1911,
we will raise this lowest version allowed once again -
to the 1808.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in.

action.
It is always recommended to upgrade to the latest

All IBP customers will receive detailed information

IBP Ex New Busi IBP Ex The Copy Version Operator can now also copy plan Copying
cel add- ness cel add- ning notes for key figure values from one version to Planning
in user in another version. This new feature is available in the Notes Be
Admin Applica IBP Excel add-in as well as in the Copy Version tween Ver
istrator/ tion job Operator application job template. sions [page
configu 390]
ration
expert
IBP Ex New Busi IBP Ex When scheduling the Copy Operator or the Copy and Copy Oper
cel add- ness cel add- Disaggregate Key Figure Operator job in the IBP Excel ator and
in user in add-in, you can now change the period selection and Disaggrega
specify a user-defined scenario. tion Opera
tor [page
387]

IBP Ex New Busi IBP Ex When opening a web page through the IBP Excel add-
cel add- ness cel add- in, your default browser will be used to display the
in user in site.
Admin
istrator/
configu
ration
expert
IBP Ex New Busi IBP Ex When attributes and key figures are offered for selec IBP Excel
cel add- ness cel add- tion, you can now see your most used items among Add-In
in user in those at the top of the selection list. The number of [page 384]
items that are highlighted this way depends on the
number you specify in the Settings window.
Process New Admin Applica Administrators can now delete multiple processes at Process
man istrator/ tion job a time using the new Purge Processes application job Manage
age configu template. This helps reducing the number of proc ment [page
ment ration esses to only the relevant ones. 397]
expert
Process New Admin Web UI You can now create templates without having to add Process
man istrator/ any tasks to a process step. This is handy for a num Manage
age configu ber of different use cases. For example, if one of the ment [page
ment ration process steps represents a milestone in a process 397]
expert where no actual tasks need to be done, like a man
Busi agement review that concludes the process.
ness
user
Process New Busi Web UI In the Manage Recurring Processes app, you can now Process
man ness see all the occurrences of a recurring process at a Manage
age user glance in a Gantt chart. ment [page
ment 397]
De New Busi Web UI The Day of the Month system-generated feature is Demand
mand ness now available for the Gradient Boosting of Decision Planning
plan user Trees algorithm in the Manage Forecast Models app. [page 402]
ning This feature allows the algorithm to capture some
seasonality that may occur within one month (for ex
ample, larger sales can be expected after paydays).
De New Busi Web UI The Copy Past Periods forecasting algorithm is now Demand
mand ness available in the Manage Forecast Models app. It calcu Planning
plan user lates the forecast by copying the selected number of [page 402]
ning the most recent data points from the sales history to
the future horizon

De New Busi Web UI You can now check the results of time series analysis Demand
mand ness Planning
in the Manage Forecast Automation Profiles and
Assign Forecast Models apps.
ning
The results are displayed even if you didn’t choose
any attribute or key figure for saving them.
De New Busi Plan 'No data' value is now stored for the attribute se Demand
mand ness ning op lected for time series properties if time series analysis Planning
plan user erator cannot find any data for a planning object in the his [page 402]
ning torical periods being analyzed.
De New Busi Web UI The following new features are now available in the Demand
mand ness app: Planning
● You can now create and upload flexible curves.
ning
● You can now navigate to a hierarchical display of
the assigned reference products for a particular
product to select one or several products in the
hierarchy as additional reference products.
● You can now upload phase-in and phase-out
curves.
De New Admin Web UI The following new features are now available for data Demand
mand istrator/ Planning
realigment:
plan configu [page 402]
ning ration ● You can now execute realignment runs for spe
expert cific versions.
Busi ● You can now transport realignment projects be
ness tween systems.
user
● You can now use the selection criterion Any to
map n source values to one target value in one
step.
● You can now add descriptions to your realign
ment projects and steps.
De New Busi Web UI Only one key attribute needs to be represented now Demand
mand ness in the calculation level that you define for an Planning
plan user ABC/XYZ segmentation profile. [page 402]
ning
Inven
tory op
timiza
tion

De New Busi Web UI The following new features are now available in fore Demand
mand ness Model Planning
cast error calculation:
plan user configu- [page 402]
ning Admin ration ● You can choose more than one lag for the same
Inven istrator/ calculation so you only need to create one group
tory op configu of forecast error calculations for each profile.
timiza ration ● You don’t need to choose an attribute for lag in
tion expert
the forecast error calculation profile anymore. In
stead, you can create an attribute with the Lag
business meaning, which is then automatically
chosen by the system as the attribute for lag.
● You can now create and use a snapshot key fig-
ure that has the lag attribute in its base planning
level and can therefore be used to store lag-
based snapshots of the forecast. If you do so,
you can run the lag-based snapshot operator to
populate the forecast key figure with data.
 Note
Although the previously used copying
method is also available, SAP recommends
that you start using lag-based snapshots for
the calculations.
Inven New Admin Model In the SAP3 sample planning area, the calculation def Inventory
initions of key figures in the PRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG
timiza configu ration tion [page
planning level have been modified to prevent duplica 399]
tion ration
expert tion of values when two technical weeks fall into a cal
endar week for key figures that have SUM aggregation
modes.
Inven New Admin Model Changes have been made to the SAP3B sample plan Inventory
ning area, including additional key figures, a new mas
timiza configu ration tion [page
ter data attribute, and changes to planning levels. 399]
tion ration
expert
Inven New Admin Web UI Prior to 1902, you could not delete any DDMRP buffer Inventory
tory op istrator/ analysis simulations (scenarios) from the DDMRP Optimiza
timiza configu Buffer Analysis app. Instead, you had to switch to the tion [page
tion ration IBP Excel add-in to delete them. Now you can delete 399]
expert them directly from the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app.
Busi
ness
user

Time- New Admin Model You can now run forecast consumption without sup Time-Ser
series- istrator/ configu- ply planning, allowing you to run it in planning areas ies-Based
based configu ration not enabled for supply planning, such as demand Supply
supply ration Web UI planning. This feature also allows you to create fore Planning
plan expert cast consumption profiles using key figures that can [page 405]
Applica
ning Busi be at any planning level.
tion job
ness To run forecast consumption without supply planning,
user
we've provided a new type of forecast consumption
profile and a new application job.
Time- New Admin Model We have provided the following checks related to the Time-Ser
series- istrator/ configu- configuration of time-series-based supply planning: ies-Based
based configu ration
Supply
supply ration ● A check that ensures that only a stored key fig-
Planning
plan expert ure can be configured as an input to or an output
ning [page 405]
of time-series-based forecast consumption.
This check runs when you activate a planning
area.
You don't need to reactivate your planning area
because of the newly-introduced check.
● A check that ensures that supply planning key
figures are all supported by the S&OP operator
and that their planning level root attributes are
correct and consistent.
This check runs when you execute the S&OP op
erator.
Time- New Admin Model A new lot-sizing procedure is available, which is simi Time-Ser
series- istrator/ configu- lar to the existing dynamic periods of supply lot-sizing ies-Based
based configu ration Supply
procedure. The new lot-sizing procedure, dynamic pe
riods of supply with safety stock, allows you to define [page 405]
plan expert
ning a second coverage time span in which to build up
Busi
ness safety stock.
user
This new lot-sizing procedure requires a new input
key figure.
Time- Change Admin Model The SAP2 sample planning area is being retired in Time-Ser
series- d istrator/ configu- ies-Based
1902, so it's no longer available for use.
based configu ration Supply
ning

Time- Prepare Admin Model Please note that the DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key Time-Ser
series- next re istrator/ configu- ies-Based
figure will no longer be supported as of 1908.
based lease configu ration Supply
supply ration Plan In the 1902 and 1905 releases, planning algorithms Planning
plan expert ning op will return a warning if you still use the [page 405]
ning Busi erator DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure.
ness
user As of 1908, this key figure will be ignored by planning
algorithms.
Time- New Admin Model We have added the new Target Periods for Customer
series- istrator/ configu- Demand (TARGETPERIODCUSTDEMAND) key figure to
based configu ration
the SAP4 sample planning area. It is available for the
supply ration Plan
plan expert supply planning heuristic and for the supply propaga
ning op
ning Busi erator tion heuristic.
ness
This key figure is useful for lot sizing across multi-
user
level supply chains. It enables you to use lot sizing on
all supply chain levels, with the heuristic considering
only direct customer demands at a location to build
safety stock. We recommend to use
TARGETPERIODCUSTDEMAND together with the lot-
sizing procedure 0 (lot for lot) only. The results are
comparable to the static periods of supply lot-sizing
procedure, with the advantage that no excessive
safety stock is created.
Time- Admin Model Time-Ser

To improve usability and consistency, the definition of
configu- handling resources has changed. Since 1811, the ies-Based
based Manda configu ration Supply
RESOURCETYPE attribute needs to be set to 2 instead
supply tory ration Plan Planning
plan task af expert of 0 or NULL for handling resources. [page 405]
ning op
ning ter up Busi erator As announced in the previous releases, the attribute
grade ness
values need to be changed manually in case you have
user
already used handling resources before release1811.
As of 1902, the planning algorithm will return an error

if a handling resource still has the value 0 or NULL.
If you haven't already done so, be sure to change the

RESOURCETYPE for handling resources from 0 or
NULL to 2 after the upgrade.

Order- Change Admin Applica It is now possible to integrate data from multiple ex Order-
based d istrator/ tion job ternal systems while this data is strictly separated in Based Plan
plan configu Integra different planning areas. If you have, for example, sev ning [page
eral external systems of which each is specific to an
expert New
economic area where you conduct business, you can
Busi SAP
ness now use the data from these external systems in the
Fiori
user app same IBP system.
Role/ To make this possible, integration profiles have been
busi
introduced.
ness
catalog Introduction of Integration Profiles
Web UI
You can now use the Integration Profiles app. If you
start using multiple external systems, you use this
app to create, edit, and delete integration profiles.
You can use the following new OpenAPI inbound and

outbound versions to integrate data to and from mul
tiple external systems:
● 1902.0.0_FULL
● 1902.0.0_TRANS
● 1902.0.0_OUTBOUND
Please note that currently you cannot run inbound in

tegration jobs to different external systems simulta
neously.
Before you can switch to the 1902.0.0_FULL,

1902.0.0_TRANS, and 1902.0.0_OUTBOUND Open
API versions, you must create a new remote source
with a real logical system you have defined for your
external system. You do this in the Configure Remote
Sources (SDI) app, that has been enhanced with the
new Logical System field for this purpose.
For more information about additional configuration

activities that are required to use these OpenAPI ver
sions, see Order-Based Planning [page 408].
New and Updated Application Job Templates
● If you start using multiple external systems,

you have to delete any scheduled Order-Based
Planning: Delete Master Data application jobs
and schedule them again using the new version
of the application job template. This is because
you can now select the operative version in which

master data that are marked for deletion in IBP

should be deleted.
● You can now run the Order-Based Planning:
Activate Integration Profile application job.
When you click Activate or Delete in the
Integration Profiles app, this job is immediately
run for the integration profile that is currently se
lected.
●
●
Order- New Admin Web UI In case you started using a new version of OpenAPI, Order-
based istrator/ Integra or changed your configuration file for the file adapter Based Plan
plan configu tion in some other way, you do no longer have to recreate ning [page
ning ration a remote source for this changed file adapter in the 408]
expert Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app. Instead, use the
Busi Clear Cache button to delete the configuration data
ness for your remote resource without having to recreate
user templates. Note that Clear Cache is available for file
adapters only.
Order- Change Admin Applica When you run the Data Integration Using SAP HANA Order-
based d istrator/ tion job SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency) application job with Based Plan
plan configu Integra the 1902 OpenAPI inbound versions, you can now ning [page
choose to keep your previously integrated data and
expert Web UI
merge it with the new data you are integrating by se
Busi
ness lecting the new Keep Previously Integrated Data
user checkbox.
Order- Change Admin Applica With the 1902.0.0_OUTBOUND OpenAPI version, you Order-
based d istrator/ tion job Based Plan
can now integrate back orders automatically by run
ning the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI 408]
ning ration tion
expert (Outbound) application job. In case you use ABAP
Web UI
Busi adapter with this version, you can also disable this au
Global tomatic order processing.
ness
configu-
user
ration The new OPENAPI_JOB_STATUS_TIMEOUT global pa
param rameter allows you to specify how long the automatic
eter order processing during this job is kept in process if
SDI connection to IBP add-on is interrupted.
Order- New Busi Web UI In the View Projected Stock app, additional attributes Order-
based ness related to location materials are available. These in Based Plan
plan user clude, for example, the MRP controller/planner, the ning [page
ning allocation profile, and freeze horizons, as well as cus 408]
tom attributes. You can use these attributes as selec
tion criteria when starting a search, and you can dis
play them as columns of the results table.

Order- Change Busi Web UI Order-

based d ness
 Remember Based Plan
In the View Projected Stock app, the field labels to
ning 408]
simulate new purchase documents or changes to
them have been renamed.
Order- New Busi Web UI As of 1902, the OBP planning runs consider negative Order-
based ness Plan stock as demand with highest priority. Negative stock Based Plan
plan user ning op can occur in IBP through the integration with your ex ning [page
ning erator ternal system. It is visible in the View Projected Stock 408]
and Analyze Supply Usage apps as well as on the
Integra
Analyze Demand screen. If it cannot be fulfilled at
tion
planning start, it gets a gating factor (visible in the
View Gating Factors app).

Order- Change Admin Web UI To enable new functions, we have introduced new or
based d istrator/ Plan der types for inbound and outbound deliveries. Once
plan configu ning op you run an integration job after the upgrade, the fol
ning ration erator lowing new functions are available:
expert Integra ● In the Available-to-Deploy Profiles app, you can
Busi tion now differentiate more precisely which order
ness
types should be considered available to deploy in
user
a deployment run. You can select the following
additional order types:
○ Inbound Delivery for Purchase Order
○ Inbound Delivery for Stock Transfer Order
If in existing profiles Purchase Order Item or
Stock Transfer Order Item are considered
available to deploy, inbound deliveries for
these order types were already considered
in earlier releases and continue to be so in
the existing profiles. The new order types
are marked YES in the Available-to-Deploy
Profiles app during the upgrade.
When you create new available-to-deploy
profiles after the upgrade, you can decide
whether to consider available to deploy only
inbound deliveries or also purchase orders
or stock transfer orders.
● The constrained forecast runs (with or without
optimizer) now consider outbound deliveries
that have been created as follow-on documents
for stock transfer order requirements.
● Inbound deliveries are now marked as such in
the order-based planning apps. Previously, they
were labelled as stock transfer orders or pur
chase orders, depending on which of these docu
ment types was their respective predecessor
document.

Order- New Admin Web UI As of 1902, order-based planning offers more options Order-
for planning with buffers: In addition to the safety
plan configu ning op stock, which you could already define in previous re ning [page
leases, you can now define a target stock and a maxi
expert Applica
mum stock. Both can be set as stock units or as days
Busi tion job
ness of supply. You can now also define the safety stock as
user days of supply, as well as in stock units (as previ
ously). The SAP7 sample planning area has been en
hanced with the corresponding new key figures.
The safety stock levels and the target stock levels are
relevant for the heuristic (confirmation run and con
strained forecast run). The safety levels and the maxi
mum levels are relevant for the constrained forecast
run using the optimizer.
You can set maximum stock violation costs for the

constrained forecast run using the optimizer. You can
do this either in the control parameters of the applica
tion job, or by using a new key figure included in SAP7.
Order- Admin Integra As announced in the What's New for 1808, the follow Order-
based  istrator/ tion ing OpenAPI versions have been deprecated and are
Based Plan
plan Manda configu Applica now are no longer available: ning [page
ning tory ration tion job 408]
task af expert ● Inbound integration: 6.1.0.0, 6.3.0.0,
ter up 6.4.0.0, 1702.0.0_FULL, and
grade
1702.0.0_TRANS
● Outbound integration: 6.2.0.0
 Caution
Any jobs that still use these OpenAPI versions will
fail directly after the upgrade to the 1902 release
of SAP Integrated Business Planning. We there
fore strongly recommend that you cancel or de
lete any scheduled jobs that use these OpenAPI
versions, and replace them with jobs using newer
OpenAPI versions.

Order- New Admin Model The SAP7 sample planning area has been enhanced Order-
based Change istrator/ configu- as follows: Based Plan
plan d configu ration ning [page
ning ration New demand key figures are now available that allow 408]
expert you to check the fulfillment of forecast demands for
the constrained forecast runs and the confirmation of
sales orders based on OBP confirmation run result.
Calculations for the following key figures have been

changed to consider quantities in the past, except for
forecast quantities that are considered only in the
current or future buckets:
● STOCKPROJECTED
● STOCKPROJECTEDWOS
● DAYSOFSUPPLY
Order- New Admin Model New demand types are now available that you can Order-
based istrator/ configu- use to view and analyze how the component supply Based Plan
plan configu ration quantities are pegged for primary demands. You can ning [page
ning ration IBP Ex review the pegging data either in the IBP Add-In for 408]
expert cel add- Microsoft Excel, or in the Analyze Supply Usage app.
in
Order- New Admin Web UI A new toolbar in the following apps now shows you Order-
based istrator/ Based Plan
which version's data is displayed in an app:
ning ration ● Analyze Supply Usage 408]
expert ● Simulate Sales Order
Busi
ness
user ● View Gating Factors
When you enter the apps, the base version of the de
fault planning area is automatically selected in the
new Version ID filter of the master data apps.
Order- Change Admin Role/ For the Rules for Demand Prioritization app, a refined Order-
based d istrator/ busi Based Plan
authorization check now also considers restrictions
plan configu ness ning [page
of the write access, which you have defined for the
ning ration catalog 408]
business role.
expert
Busi
ness
user

Order- Change Admin Applica If you start using the new multiple external sys Order-
based d istrator/ tion job tems feature, you have to delete any scheduled Based Plan
plan configu Integra Order-Based Planning: Delete Master Data application ning [page
jobs and schedule them again using the new version
expert
of the application job template. This is because you
Busi
ness can now select the operative version in which master
user data that are marked for deletion in IBP should be de
leted.
Order- New Admin New You can now use the Integration Profiles app. If you Order-
based istrator/ SAP Based Plan
start using the new multiple external systems fea
plan configu Fiori ning [page
ture, you use this app to create, edit, and delete inte
ning ration app 408]
gration profiles.
expert Role/
Busi busi
ness ness
user catalog
Order- New Admin Applica You can now run the Order-Based Planning: Activate Order-
based istrator/ tion job Integration Profile application job. Based Plan
ning ration tion When you click Activate or Delete in the Integration 408]
expert Profiles app, this job is immediately run for the inte
Busi gration profile that is currently selected.
ness
user
Analyt New Busi Web UI In the Supply Chain Network app you can now choose Supply
ics ness Chain Net
the periods you want to view using a new way. You
user work [page
can also now view chart data in a table and export
417]
that data to the IBP Excel add-in.
Identity New Busi Web UI You can use the new app Display Communication Identity and
and ac ness Role/ Access
Scenarios, to display communication scenarios used
cess user busi Manage
for integration, and details about them.
man ness ment [page
age catalog 383]
ment
Identity New Busi Web UI When maintaining business roles, you will notice the Business
and ac ness Roles [page
following changes:
cess user 383]
man ● The relocation of action buttons and data infor
age mation
ment ● A new activation concept and draft handling for
business roles
● A changed concept for maintaining restrictions

Data in New Admin Integra New filters have been added for master data extrac Data Inte
tion from IBP using the /IBP/EXTRACT_SRV/
extract_md OData service
ration
expert
Busi
ness
user
Excep New Busi Web UI The parameters of the DBSCAN machine learning al Custom
tion ness Alerts
gorithm are now available and can now be changed by
han user [page 418]
the user.
dling
Cross New Admin Applica You can use the Outlier Jobs Detection application job Job Sched
applica istrator/ tion job template to: uling [page
tions configu 392]
ration ● Find batch jobs that run over an unexpected
expert length of time.
● Have an insight into jobs which run in parallel
with the outlier
This job template uses the DBSCAN machine learning

algorithm.
Excep New Busi Web UI The Monitor Custom Alerts app has been redesigned Custom
tion ness Alerts
to improve user experience but the main functionality
han user [page 418]
remains unchanged.
dling
Additionally, you can now navigate to other SAP sys
tems using the configured navigation entries.
Analyt New Busi Web UI Names of chart types used in the Define Custom Custom
ics ness Alerts
Alerts app have been harmonized with chart type
user [page 418]
names in the Analytics - Advanced app.
Excep New Busi Web UI Scenarios are now supported in the Define and Custom
tion ness Subscribe to Custom Alerts app. Previously, you could Alerts
han user define custom alerts only at the level of versions. [page 418]
dling
Excep New Busi Web UI The operator Is Not Null is now available in the rule Custom
tion ness definition of a custom alert. Alerts
han user [page 418]
dling

Excep New Busi Web UI When clicking an alerts overview in the Analytics – Custom
tion ness Advanced app, the alerts overview is now called in dis Alerts
han user play mode. There, you can switch to the edit mode or [page 418]
dling navigate to the Monitor Custom Alerts app. Previ
Analyt ously, the alerts overview was called in the edit mode
ics right away, and the navigation to the Monitor Custom
Alerts app was done via the preview screen or by add
ing the alerts overview to a dashboard.
Secur Change Admin Integra The following new root certificates of certification au
ity d istrator/ tion thority (CA) are now accepted for inbound integration
configu
to the IBP landscape:
ration
expert ● AddTrust External CA Root
Analyt New Busi Web UI You can now specify an attribute to stack or split the Analytics
ics ness [page 420]
bars on a combination chart.
user
If you are interested in what has happened previous releases, please check the following places:


 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note
SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain integration add-on for IBP and SAP ERP, supply
chain integration add-on for IBP
The SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain integration add-on for IBP and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on
for IBP now support a new field extension concept for extractors in time-series based integration.
Product data structures are now supported by the add-on and the master data template in CPI-DS.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon and http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon.
New filters for master data extraction
In order to extract master data from IBP using the /IBP/EXTRACT_SRV/extract_md OData service, you’ll
need to use certain parameters.
The following new filters have been added for master data extraction:
● $filter=(startswith(ATTRIBUTE_DESCR,’US’) - This searches for everything that starts with “US”. For
example. this will find occurences like "country US" and "US".

● $filter=endswith(ATTRIBUTE_DESCR,’US’) - This searches for everything that ends with “US”. For example,
this will find both "Country is US" and "US".
● $filter=substringof(‘US’,ATTRIBUTE_DESCR) - This searches for everything that includes “US”. This will
find any occurrence of “US” in any form, for example, "The name of the country is US", "US" and "The US is
a country".
Improved process for data integration jobs
An efficient process has been implemented to improve the execution of data integration jobs. In the past, the
system executed post processing jobs once per minute, which resulted in slow processing times. The system
now performs multiple checks per minute and if it finds a valid post processing batch in the queue, it executes
the job immediately. This results in a faster processing time for data integration jobs and provides faster
feedback from the system and from CPI-DS jobs .
New global configuration parameter for filtering application job templates
A new global configuration parameter (DISABLE_EXCEL_APJT_CPIDS) has been added and must be
configured in the Global Configuration app. This parameter filters out the application job templates with
operators of type Data Integration CPI-DS (Data Integration Using Cloud Platform Integration for Data
Services).
For more information, see the Scheduling parameters under Global Configuration Parameters and IBP Excel
Add-In [page 384].
New OData Service for key figure extraction from IBP
You can now call the /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV OData Service available in the IBP system to extract key
figure data and integrate it with the SAC data.
 Recommendation
If you are currently using the JSON OData Service /IBP/EXTRACT_SRV/extract_kf to extract key figure
data, you can continue using it in the 1902 release. However, we recommend you to switch to the new
OData Service /IBP/EXTRACT_ODATA_SRV as the existing JSON OData Service has been planned to be
phased out in the IBP 1905 release.
For more information, see Example: Extracting Key Figure Data from SAP Integrated Business Planning to SAP
Analytics Cloud

The following new apps have been added in 1902 for identity and access management:
Display Restrictions
With this feature you can display available restrictions and their fields, and how these restrictions can be used
in certain business catalogs.
Display Communication Scenarios
With this feature you can display details of communication scenarios such as properties, supported
authentication methods for inbound and outbound, and what inbound services and outbound services are
used. You can also check what certificates are valid for a scenario and download specific certificates. You can
as well display by which communication arrangements a communication scenario is used and create new
communication arrangements based on a communication scenario.
Related Information
Display Restrictions
Display Communication Scenarios
5.4 Business Roles
An overview of the new and changed features delivered in IBP 1902 for maintaining business roles.
When maintaining business roles, you will notice the following changes: The relocation of action buttons and
data information, a new activation concept and draft handling for business roles, and a changed concept for
maintaining restrictions.
Effects on Existing Data
Relocation of Action Buttons and Data Information
The buttons for certain actions located on the business roles overview have been rearranged. The buttons for
the actions New, Create From Template and Upload are available at the bottom of the business roles overview.
The buttons for the actions Copy, Download, and Delete are available at the top of the business roles overview.
In the dialog for creating or editing a business role, the system administrative data and the button Maintain
Restrictions are now displayed at the top. The business role ID is now displayed above the description.

New Activation Concept and Draft Handling for Business Roles
On the business roles overview, the column Lifecycle Status has disappeared. Instead, the column Business
Role ID now contains an addition called Draft. This addition is displayed if a business role is not active yet, or if
an active business role is being edited and a draft version is available in addition to the active version.
When a business role is being created, it will be in status Draft as long as is is not saved. Once the business role
is saved, it will be activated automatically and set to status Active accordingly. If the dialog for creating a
business role is left without saving the business role, it will be available in the business roles overview in status
Draft.
If an active business role needs to be edited, the business role needs to be opened first and the edit mode to be
entered manually by clicking Edit. A draft version of the business role is created in which the editing takes
place. The active business role remains. Once the changes are saved, they are written into the active business
role and the draft version disappears. If the dialog for editing a business role is left without saving the business
role, the active business role as well as the draft version of the business role will be available in the business
roles overview.
Changed Concept for Maintaining Restrictions
Restriction details are now displayed on a different screen. It is displayed for which fields restrictions have been
set.
You can maintain restrictions for the following access types:
● Write, Read, Value Help - Former write access

● Read, Value Help - Former read access
● Value Help - No change
Excel add-in.
 Note
please note that .Net 4.7.2 or higher is a new prerequisite for the IBP Excel Add-in 1902. The new functions

Required Minimum Version as of May 2019
For 2019, we plan a stepwise update and subsequent phase-out of older versions of the underlying protocols
and authenticating standards for SAP Integrated Business Planning. This also affects the IBP Excel add-in. At
the end of May 2019, the 1711.2.0 version of the IBP Excel add-in will be the lowest possible version that users
can use to log on to IBP. With IBP 1911, we will raise this lowest version allowed once again - to the 1808.2.0
All IBP customers will receive detailed information and action items in a separate email in February 2019.
Selecting a Scenario for Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure Operator
When running the Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure operator within a single planning area, you can select a
combination of a scenario and version. The operator then considers the selected scenario and version when
reading source key figure values and writing target key figure values. (The Baseline scenario is used as the
default.)
For more details, see Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator.
Selecting a Period for Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure Operator and for
Copy Operator
When scheduling the operators Copy and Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure, you can select a period.
Period selection is only available for the Copy Operator if a single time profile level is defined, and if all target
key figures have the same time profile level in their base planning level.
For more details, see Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator and Copy (COPY) Operator.
Displaying Most Used Attributes and Key Figures
When attributes and key figures are offered for selection, you can see your most used items among those at
the top of the selection list. The number of items that are highlighted this way depends on the number you
specify in the Settings window. If you don't want the system to place the most used items at the top, change the
default value of 5 to zero.
For more details, see Permanent User Settings.

Copying Planning Notes Between Versions
In previous releases, copying of planning notes was not possible. As of 1902, you can decide if you want
planning notes to be copied to another version along with the key figure values.
This is particularly useful if you collaborate with others because you can choose to keep or remove the planning
notes others make and can also add or remove your own notes.
This new feature is available in the IBP Excel add-in as well as in the Copy Version Operator application job
template.
By default, planning notes are not copied. If you want to copy planning notes, you do it in the following ways:
● You can copy the planning notes from the source version and merge them with those in the target version
● You can replace the planning notes that exist in the target version with those from the source version
● You can delete planning notes in the target version
For more details, see Settings for Copying Between Versions.
New global configuration parameter for filtering application job templates
For more information, see Data Integration [page 381]
Default Browser Settings
When opening a web page through the IBP Excel add-in, your default browser will be used to display the site.
(The four major browsers supported by the Fiori applications are Microsoft Internet Explorer and Edge, Google
Chrome, and Mozilla Firefox.)

5.6.1 Copy Operator and Disaggregation Operator
Copy Operator
When scheduling the Copy Operator in the IBP Excel add-In, you can now change the period selection. This
reduces the need to create new copy operators or adjust existing ones to be able to execute them for different
periods.
 Note
Changing the period selection for the Copy Operator in the IBP Excel add-in is only possible if the target key
figures have the same time period levels.
This new feature is not available in the Copy Operator application job template. If you want to override the
period selection in the application job, you need to use the Copy Operator with Time Period Filter application
job template.
Disaggregation Operator
You can now disaggregate key figures within one planning area in a user-defined scenario, by specifying the
optional parameter Scenario when scheduling the Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure Operator. The operator
then considers the selected scenario when reading source key figure values and writing target key figure
values. The new parameter is available in the Application Jobs app as well as in the IBP Excel add-In.
When scheduling the Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure operator in the IBP Excel add-In, you can now change
the period selection. This reduces the need to create new operators or adjust existing ones to be able to
execute them for different periods.
Changes in Configuration of Change History
Up to 1811, any change that was made to a change-history-enabled key figure was tracked by default. The
disadvantage of this was that change history was capturing not only the changes you’re interested in, such as
interactive changes made by users, it was also capturing changes originating from background jobs. This could
result in significant amounts of change history records being accumulated in the system, which in turn could
impact system performance.

With 1902, we’ve changed the way changes to key figures are tracked. Whether a change is tracked or not now
depends on the source where this change originates from, the so-called source of change. The range of sources
of change that are tracked by default has been reduced to a minimum. Those sources mainly capture
interactive changes made by users, which are most worth tracking. This helps reduce the volume of change
history records that the change history can capture.
The remaining sources of change are not tracked by default. Those sources capture non-interactive changes
that the system makes automatically. Because information about those changes may or may not be interesting
for you, you can decide according to your company’s requirements if you want to enable tracking for those
sources of change. Tracking can be enabled in the new Settings for Change History app. This gives you better
control over what is tracked by change history.
The different sources of change are handled as follows:
● Interactive changes, also called original changes that a user makes in the IBP Excel add-in or in the Web-
Based Planning app are tracked by default when you enable the change history for a key figure.
● Non-interactive changes made by the following operators are not tracked by default and need to be
enabled by administrators in the new Settings for Change History app:
○ Importing data using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services
○ Submitting a data integration job using the Data Integration Jobs app
○ Creating planning objects with key figure data in the IBP Excel add-in
○ Running the Copy Operator
○ Running the Copy Version Operator application job template
○ Running the S&OP Operator in batch mode
● The following sources of non-interactive changes are tracked by default and cannot be disabled:
○ Shared data tracking in business network collaboration
Using the Manage Data Sharing Plans app, you can control whether the data exchanged with your
suppliers should be tracked. This data is tracked as change history. This source of change is not
managed by the Settings for Change History app.
What Do I Need to Do After the Upgrade to 1902?

If you had enabled change history for any key figures in your planning area in an earlier release, all available
sources of change are automatically tracked for those key figures in 1902. If you want to limit the range of
sources to be tracked, you can disable those sources for which you don’t want to track changes in the Settings
for Change History app.
Important Information about Copying Planning Areas Where Change History

is Used
Merging Planning Areas
 Caution
If you want to copy a planning area and merge it with an existing planning area, you need to do the following
before copying:
1. Go to the Settings for Change History app.

2. Select the source planning area to view its settings for change history.

3. Make a dummy change for the source planning area by choosing Edit and then Save.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the target planning area.
Replace Existing Planning Area

When you replace an existing planning area, you create an inactive version of the target planning area that you
need to activate. To prevent losing the settings for the sources of change that you copied over from the source
planning area to the target planning area, do the following:
1. Activate the target planning area.

2. Synchronize the settings for change history for this target planning area.
 Caution
Note that you need to do this in the exact order stated here. If you synchronize the settings for change
history first, the sources of change you selected to be tracked may get lost.
New App: Settings for Change History
You can use the new Settings for Change History app to specify which sources of change should be tracked for
change history.
The app shows you all the key figures in an active planning area that have been enabled for change history in
the configuration. For each of those key figures, you can view the sources where changes to that key figure can
originate from. You can select or deselect those sources according to your company’s requirements. Per
default, only the sources of change IBP Excel add-in: Save Data in Planning View and Web Based Planning app
are tracked. Because they cannot be disabled, it is not possible to deselect them. Note that the number of
records captured by the system increases with each additional source that you select in this app.
This can impact the performance of your system. We therefore recommend that you select any additional
sources with caution.
For technical reasons, changes in the model configuration that affect change history are not automatically
synchronized with the information in this app. For example, if you remove a change-history-enabled key figure
as target key figure from a copy operator, that copy operator is not automatically removed from the list.
Similarly, if you disable the change history for a key figure, that key figure is also not automatically removed
from the list. What happens is that the key figure that has been removed or the source of change that is not
available anymore is greyed out in this app. In this case, you can synchronize the information shown in this app
with the configuration information.
You can navigate to this new app from the planning area settings in the Planning Areas app, or you can access
the app directly from the launchpad.
To add the new app to your launchpad, you need to add the SAP_IBP_BC_CHANGEHISTSET_PC business
catalog to your business user role. The app is then available in the Administrator tile group.
Related Information
Settings for Change History

Change History for Key Figures
What Does Change History Track?
How to Enable Change History?
5.6.3 Web-Based Planning
New App: Web-Based Planning
You can now create and work with planning views in the Web-Based Planning app. With this new app, planners
have the option to view and change key figure data from the web UI.
In the Web-Based Planning app, you can create, view, copy, edit, and delete planning views. This is similar to the
favorites concept in the IBP Excel add-in. You can specify the planning level and the key figures for the planning
view, the time horizon for which you want to display key figure data, and a filter. To support collaboration with
your fellow planners, you can also share your planning views with other users and user groups.
 Note
In 1902, the planning view in the Web-Based Planning app only supports the base version.
After you have specified the required settings for the planning view, you can save your planning view directly if
you don’t want to check the settings you made. However, if you want to check the settings before saving or if
you only want to view and change key figure data without saving the planning view, you can open a preview. If
you’re satisfied with what you see in the preview and you want to save the planning view, you can do this from
there. You can also change the key figure data shown in the preview without saving the planning view. In this
case, you can simply discard the planning view when you’re done with making changes.
To make the new app available on the launchpad, the administrator needs to assign the SAP_IBP_BC_WBP_PC
business catalog to the relevant business user role.
Related Information
Web-Based Planning
5.6.4 Copying Planning Notes Between Versions
In previous releases, copying of planning notes was not possible. As of 1902, you can now decide if you want
planning notes to be copied to another version along with the key figure values.
This is particularly useful if you collaborate with others as you can choose to keep or remove the planning notes
others make and can also add or remove your own ones.

This new feature is available in the IBP Excel add-in as well as in the Copy Version Operator application job
template.
By default, planning notes are not copied. If you want to copy planning notes, you can do it in the following
ways:
● You can copy the planning notes from the source version and merge them with those in the target version.
● You can replace the planning notes that exist in the target version with those from the source version
● You can delete planning notes in the target version
For more details, see Settings for Copying Between Versions
5.6.5 Target Unit of a Conversion
As of 1902, we use the new terms “target currency” and “target unit of measure” or "target UoM" for the target
unit of a conversion. User interface texts have been changed accordinlgy.
Sample Model Entities
The names and descriptions of the related sample model entities have been changed, as shown in the tables
below. If these should be reflected in existing planning areas, your administrator needs to change the model
entities manually in the configuration.
Changed Master Data Type Attributes

Technical Name Old Name New Name
CURRTOID Target Currency To ID Target Currency
CURRTODESCR Currency To Desc. Target Currency Desc.
UOMTOID Unit of Measure To ID Target UoM
UOMTODESCR Unit of Measure To Desc. Target UoM Desc
Changed Master Data Types

UOMTO Unit of Measure To Target UoM
UOMCONVERSIONFACTOR Unit of Measure Conversion Factor UoM Conversion Factor
CURRENCYTO Currency To Target Currency
Changed Planning Area Attributes in Sample Planning Areas

CURRTOID Target Currency To ID Target Currency
CURRTODESCR Currency To Desc. Target Currency Desc.

UOMTOID Unit of Measure To ID Target UoM
UOMTODESCR Unit of Measure To Desc. Target UoM Desc
 Note
If the previous names and descriptions should be retained, nothing needs to be changed in the
configuration - until a new copy of a sample planning area is created to which these model objects are
assigned. Then the new names might show up in the existing planning areas as well, depending on the
mode used when copying the sample planning area. We recommend that your administrator checks the
existing planning areas and make manual adjustments if necessary.
Changed SAP Fiori Apps
In the following apps, you will see the changed labels right away after the upgrade:
● Supply Chain Network

● DDMRP Buffer Analysis
● Analytics
5.6.6 Job Scheduling
An overview of what's new in job scheduling
New Popup with Error Description
The jobs that are scheduled from the IBP Excel add-in using the Application Job Template option but which
cannot run because they contain invalid values in the templates or missing user authorization, will fail as
expected. However, you can now see a popup that explains the error.
Machine learning algorithm for new application job template
You can use the Outlier Jobs Detection application job template to:
● Find batch jobs that run over an unexpected length of time

● Have an insight into jobs which run in parallel with the outlier job
This job template uses a machine learning algorithm.

Related Information
Job Scheduling
Using Machine Learning for Job Scheduling
5.6.7 Default Planning Area
You can now set a default planning area in the Me area.
The User Preferences app is no longer in use. To set a default planning area, go to the Me area and select
Settings. Then choose SAP Integrated Business Planning / User Preferences and select a default planning area
from the drop-down.
Open this video in a new window
5.6.8 Group Operator
Discontinuation of the Group Operator
As announced in 1808, the group operator can no longer be used to run several individual operators in
sequence.
If you want to run several operators in sequence, you now need to use a job chain instead of the group operator.
For information about the differences between the group operator and job chains and information about how to
convert a group operator into a job chain, please see the What's New information for 1808 about the Group
Operator [page 745].
 Note
The Group Operator application job template is still available in the system. However, it cannot be executed.
5.6.9 Snapshot Key Figures
When preparing the system to take lag-based snapshots for demand sensing, you can now use a dedicated unit
of measure in the filter if the source key figure is conversion-relevant (for example, has UoM conversion set up)
and an HCONV helper key figure is not available for the source key figure. The HCONV option has the advantage
of a better performance and that there is no inaccuracy caused by data rounding.

New App: Global Configuration
The Global Configuration app is now available for editing the settings of the global configuration parameters
available in the system. For more information about this app see Global Configuration.
● Delete an existing planning level

● Create a new attribute as key figure
● Change an existing attribute as key figure
● Delete an existing attribute as key figure
You can also view the operations history of the planning area and see if the planning area is a copy of another
one or whether it was created through transport. You can see the type of copy that was used to create the
planning area, the ID and the description of the source planning area, and the release and hotfix version of the
source planning area.
Enhanced Attributes App
The Attribute Name field is now available. The attribute name is mandatory and must be unique.
New Icon for Attributes as Key Figures
In the Planning Areas and Sample Model Entities apps, a new icon is now available for attributes as key figures
on all relevant screens and popovers. This new icon makes it easier to differentiate attributes as key figures.
Enhanced In-App Navigation in Model Configuration Apps
In-app navigation has been enhanced in the following apps:

● Master Data Types
● Sample Model Entities
● Time Profiles
● Planning Areas
Now when you navigate from one screen in the app to another screen in the same app and then back, the
following settings are still available on the original screen:
● The variant you selected

● The string you put in the search field
● The filters that you set
● The settings you made to tables, for example, selecting extra columns that are not visible by default
● The view you selected, for example, if you selected to view the active instance of the planning areas in the
worklist
● The page scroll position you were at
● The selections you made in the tables
Enhanced Configuration App
On the Key Figures screen, the I/O for TS Forecast Consumption field is available for stored key figures. For
more information see Time-Series-Based Forecast Consumption.
Enhanced Transport Model Entities App
You can now transport realignment projects.
For more information see Working with Data Realignment.
New Activation Check
We have added a new check to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area, or perform a
The new check ensures that only a stored key figure can be configured as an input to or an output of time-
series-based forecast consumption. If a key figure, which is not a stored key figure, has a value in the Input/
Output for TS Forecast Consumption field, the check will return an error, and you have to adapt they
configuration of the key figure.
 Note
You do not need to reactivate your planning area because of the newly introduced check.

Activation Checks Planned to Change in IBP 1905
Check for Output Planning Levels Containing Attributes with Missing Input
Since release 1808, the system checks the key figures to identify calculations where the output planning level
of the calculation includes an attribute, which is not a calculated attribute, and cannot be sourced from any of
the input planning levels either.
Currently, this check returns a warning if it finds such a calculation. For other features to work, that are planned
to be delivered in IBP 1905 and later, such calculations mustn't exist. As of IBP 1905, if this check fails, it will
result in an error, thus it will make the activation fail.
Latest before the upgrade to 1905, perform a consistency check on your planning areas, and correct the invalid
calculations if there are any.
3. Look for an entry that is a warning, and the message text is: Calculation &2@&3: Attribute &1 is not
available from any input., where &2 is a placeholder for a key figure, &3 for a planning level, and &1 for an
attribute.
○ Add the attribute to any of the input planning levels.
○ Choose a different output planning level for the calculation, which does not include the attribute.
○ Remove the attribute from the output planning level.
As of 1905, you will no longer be able to activate a planning area that contains key figures with invalid
combinations of aggregation and disaggregation modes. For a list of incorrect combinations, see the section
Checks for the Aggregation and Disaggregation Mode in Planning Areas.
Before the upgrade, please check if your planning areas contain key figures with combinations that are not
permitted and adjust either the aggregation or the disaggregation mode.
following:
● To support time-series-based forecast consumption, a new S&OP operator profile is now delivered.
● A new disaggregation operator has been added for copying total demand output to consensus demand.
● Improvements have been made to the model in the area of last period aggregation.

Obsolete SAP Sample Planning Area
The SAP2 sample planning area is retired as of 1902, so it's no longer available for use.
New Application Job for Mass Deletion of Processes
You can now delete multiple processes at a time using the Purge Processes application job template. This way,
you don’t need to delete processes one by one in the Manage Processes app. For your convenience, you can
also schedule the job to run on a regular basis.
The new application job template has two parameters: Older Than (Days), which is mandatory, and Process
Templates, which is an optional parameter.
To delete processes, you need to specify the number of days for which you want to retain processes in the
Older Than (Days) field. You need to enter the number as a positive integer. You can delete any process that has
an end date that is older than one day, independent of whether the process is closed or whether it is still
running.
You can either delete all processes that are older than the given number or you can delete specific processes.
To delete all processes, just leave the optional Process Templates field empty. To delete specific processes,
select the process templates they are based on in this field. You can select multiple process templates at a
time.
You can view more information about the deleted processes in the log for the corresponding job in the
Application Logs app.
Note that to use this application job template, you need to have write permission to the Manage Processes app.
Creating Process Steps Without Tasks
In earlier releases, it was mandatory to add at least one task for a process step when setting up a process
template. As of 1902, you can now create a process step without having to add any tasks to it.
This is especially useful for the following kinds of process steps that don’t necessarily require tasks:

● Process steps that represent a milestone within the process, like the process step for the management
review that concludes a process.
● Process steps that have application jobs assigned and that are configured to run automatically.
For example, you have a process step that represents the forecast commit scenario where a data sharing
plan is sent to a supplier. In this process step, you have an application job that triggers the outbound
message for data sharing. When the process step starts, the data sharing plan is sent to the Ariba Network.
After the job activity is completed, the step is completed, too. There are no manual tasks required that
need to be done by any of the participants.
● Process steps that are only used to add and remove permission filters.
For example, you have a key figure that is usually editable. For a certain phase of the process, you want to
lock this key figure so no user can edit it. To do this, you have created a process step in your process that
has a planning-data permission that gives the participants only read permissions to that key figure. None of
the participants needs to work on any tasks in this phase.
 Note
If you want to automate a process step that has no tasks, you cannot use any conditions for ending a
process step that include the completion of tasks.
Influence on Calculation of the Progress

You can use this new feature with or without SAP Jam integration. The calculation of the progress of a process
step is adapted according to the configuration of the process step. The progress of the individual process step
is then considered in the overall progress of the process.
Gantt Chart for Viewing Multiple Recurring Processes at a Glance
In the Manage Recurring Processes app, you can now see all occurrences of a recurring process at a glance in a
Gantt chart. The visualization in the Gantt chart gives you a better overview of when the occurrences are about
to start and end. Also, it shows you any overlapping steps so you can adapt the steps accordingly.
The occurrences of a recurring process are displayed in a tree table next to the Gantt chart. By expanding the
occurrence, you can see all of its steps. The Gantt chart itself visualizes the duration of the planned process
and its steps.
Related Information

Calculations of PRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG Key Figures Modified in SAP3
In the SAP3 sample planning area, calculations for key figures with a base planning level of
PRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG have been modified to prevent the duplication of values when two technical weeks fall
into a calendar week for key figures with a SUM aggregation mode.
For example, the following changes apply to a calculation definition where PERIODID is used:
Calculation before 1902:
@WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG = IF("PERIODID4"="$$PERIODID4CU$
$","IOCV@PRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG",NULL)
Calculation now:
@WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG = IF("PERIODID0"="$$PERIODID0CU$
$","IOCV@PRODLOCCUSTGROUPLAG",NULL)
Changes to the SAP3B sample Planning Area
The following changes have been made to the SAP3B sample planning area:
Changes to Planning Levels
The following planning levels have been added to the SAP3B sample planning area:
● DLYPRODLOC
● DLYPRODLOCCURR
● DLYPRODLOCCURRCURRTO
● DLYROOTPRODLOCNONROOT
● DLYROOTPRODLOCCURRCURRTONONROO
The following planning levels have been removed from the SAP3B sample planning area:
● WKROOTPRODLOCCURRCURRTONONROOT
● WKROOTPRODLOCNONROOT
● WKPRODLOCCURRCURRTO
New Master Data Attribute
In the SAP3B sample planning area, the attribute STOCKINGNODETYPE was added to the
IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type:


tion tribute Notes
STOCKINGNODETY Stocking Node User input for

PE Type Indicator overriding opera
tor determined
DDMRP variability
category.
New and Changed Key Figures
The following key figures were added to the SAP3B sample planning area:
CUSTOMERTOLERANCE Customer Tolerance DLYPRODLOCCUSTGRO The customer toler

TIMEDAYS Time (in days) UP ance time, in days
DECOUPLEDLEADTIME Decoupled Lead Time DLYPRODLOC Cumulative lead time

DAYS (in days) defined as the longest
unprotected/un-buf
fered sequence in a bill
of material.
PBRDAYS Periods Between DLYPRODLOC Review frequency for Attribute as key figure
Review (in days) replenishment specific for simulation pur
to product-location poses. Takes a static
(not location) in days value from the attrib
ute.
SALESORDERVISIBIL Sales Order Visibility DLYPRODLOCCUSTGRO Sales order visibility

ITYHORIZONDAYS Horizon (in days) UP horizon, in days
The following key figures moved from one base planning area to another:
Key Figure ID Name Old Base Planning Level New Base Planning Level
AVGONHAND Average On-Hand WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
AVGONHANDVAL Average On-Hand Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
CUSTOMERTOLERANCETIME Customer Tolerance Time (in WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUP DLYPRODLOCCUSTGROUP

weeks)
WKPRODLOC
DECOUPLEDLEADTIME Decoupled Lead Time (in DLYPRODLOC
weeks)
WKPRODLOC
DECOUPLEDLEADTIMECV Decoupled Lead Time CV DLYPRODLOC

DEMANDADJUSTMENTFACTOR Demand Adjustment Factor WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUP DLYPRODLOCCUSTGROUP
GREENZONE Green Zone WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
GREENZONEVAL Green Zone Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
LEADTIMEFACTORUSED Lead Time Factor Used WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
LEADTIMERANK Lead Time Category Rank WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

(0=Long, 1=Medium,
2=Short)
MOQ Minimum Order Quantity WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
PBR Periods Between Review (in WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

weeks)
PROPAGATEDADU Propagated Average Daily WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

Usage
PROPAGATEDADUCV Propagated Average Daily WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

Usage Stdev
RECDECOUPPOINTIND Decoupling Point Indicator WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

(1=Y or 0=N)
REDZONEBASE Red Zone Base WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
REDZONEBASEVAL Red Zone Base Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
REDZONESAFETY Red Zone Safety WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
REDZONESAFETYVAL Red Zone Safety Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
REDZONEVAL Red Zone Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
SALESORDERVISIBILITYHO Sales Order Visibility Horizon WKPRODLOCCUSTGROUP DLYPRODLOCCUSTGROUP

RIZON (in weeks)
TOPOFGREEN Top of Green WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
TOPOFRED Top of Red WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
TOPOFYELLOW Top of Yellow WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
VARIABILITYFACTORUSED Variability Factor Used WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
VARIABILITYRANK Variability Category Rank WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC

(0=High, 1=Medium, 2=Low)

YELLOWZONE Yellow Zone WKPRODLOC DLYPRODLOC
YELLOWZONEVAL Yellow Zone Value WKPRODLOCCURR DLYPRODLOCCURR
Deleting Scenarios from the DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
You can now delete a scenario from the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app. Select the scenario, then select Delete
Scenario.
5.10 Demand Planning
Flexible Curves
You can now fine-tune your phase-in and phase-out curves by manually entering a specific values for single
points of an existing curve. To do so, use the function Single Values on the Curves tab.
You can also upload flexible curves and you can use flexible curves in forecasting for phase-in/out lengths
different to the number of periods used in the definition.
Reference Product Hierarchy

Very often the reference products of a reference product are the natural candidates for delivering reliable data
for new products. On the Product Assignments tab, you can now navigate to a hierarchical display of assigned
reference products for a particular reference product and select one or several products in the hierarchy as
additional reference products. The weighting factors of these products are displayed as additional information.
Upload Phase-In and Phase-Out Curves

You can now upload phase-in and phase-out curves in the Manage Product Lifecycle app.
Data Realignment
Execute Realignment by Version

You can now execute realignment runs for specific versions. When you schedule a realignment run in the
Application Jobs app, you can optionally select one or several versions. This allows you, for example, to check
the results of a realignment run on a version that is not used operationally.

Transport Realignment Projects
You can now transport realignment projects between systems. This allows you, for example, to run realignment
in a test system first and then transport it to a live system.
After the transport, the status of the project and its steps is switched back to In Preparation. You have to
validate and approve it again in the target system.
Support of Source Value Any in Attribute Mapping

You can now use the selection criterion Any under Attribute Mapping to map n source values to one target value
in one step.
Add Descriptions for Realignment Projects and Steps

You can now add descriptions to your realignment projects and steps. The descriptions you enter are not
language-dependent.
New Key Figure Calculations

The following new key figure calculations are available:
● Maximum of Source
● Maximum of Source and Target
● Minimum of Source
● Minimum of Source and Target
New Forecasting Algorithm

The Copy Past Periods forecasting algorithm is now available in the Manage Forecast Models app. It calculates
the forecast by It calculates the forecast by copying the selected number of the most recent data points from
the sales history to the future horizon.
This algorithm is useful when the sales history is very repetitive and easily forecastable by a simple algorithm
like this. For example, it might be useful for monthly sales data that can be copied for the entire following year.
It also allows you to assess the efficiency of more complex forecasting algorithms by comparing their accuracy
to the accuracy of a very simple algorithm like this.
New Setting for the Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees Algorithm

The Day of the Month system-generated feature is now available for the Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees
algorithm in the Manage Forecast Models app. This feature allows the algorithm to capture some seasonality
that may occur within one month (for example, larger sales can be expected after paydays). It can be combined
with other features like Month of the Year to capture different seasonal patterns (for example, no sale should be
expected on a specific day as it is a bank holiday).
Results of Time Series Analysis Can Be Displayed

You can now check the results of time series analysis in the Manage Forecast Automation Profiles and Assign
Forecast Models apps.
The results are displayed even if you didn’t choose any attribute or key figure for saving them. This allows you
to do the following:

● Assess the efficiency of the profile and change some parameters in it before executing the next run, thus
getting more exact results
● Make a more informed decision regarding the forecast model that you should assign to a planning object
For example, if the analysis identified intermittency in the historical data of a planning object, you may
want to assign a forecast model to it that contains the Croston method algorithm.
Missing Values Marked for Time Series Properties in Planning View
You can now see in the IBP Excel add-in if time series analysis of a planning object could not find any data in the
historical periods that were analyzed. In such cases, No data is shown for the affected planning objects when
the attribute selected for saving time series properties is added to the planning view.
ABC/XYZ Segmentation
When you select the calculation level for an ABC/XYZ segmentation profile in which the target master data
type is simple, you don’t need to choose attributes to represent each key attributes of the target master data
type anymore. Only one key attribute needs to be represented.
Similarly, when you select the calculation level for profile in which the target master data type is a compound,
you don’t need to choose attributes to represent each key attributes of the contained master data types. Only
one key attribute needs to be represented.
This is useful, for example, if you are experimenting with various calculation levels as you don’t need to
reconfigure the target master data type for every try.
Forecast Error Calculation
The following new features are now available in forecast error calculation:
● You can choose more than one lag for the same calculation so you only need to create one group of
forecast error calculations for each profile.
● You don’t need to choose an attribute for lag in the forecast error calculation profile anymore. Instead, you
can create an attribute with the Lag business meaning in every new planning area, which is then
automatically chosen by the system as the attribute for lag.
In existing planning areas, the attribute previously chosen for lag is automatically assigned the lag business
meaning.
● You can now choose to use a snapshot key figure that has the lag attribute in its base planning level and
can therefore be used to store lag-based snapshots of the forecast. If you do so, you can run the lag-based
snapshot operator to populate the forecast key figure with data. However, you can also choose other ways
to populate the key figure (for example, by using lag-based data from demand sensing).
 Note
Although the method of copying forecasts with different lags to different lag-based key figures is still
available, SAP recommends that you start using lag-based snapshots for the calculations.

Related Information

Phase-In and Phase-Out Planning for New Products
Phase-In and Phase-Out Planning for New Products
Transport Model Entities
Manage Forecast Models
Assign Forecast Models
Forecast Automation
Manage Forecast Error Calculations
The SAP2 sample planning area is retired as of 1902, so it's no longer available for use.
The new TARGETPERIODCUSTDEMAND key figure is available in the SAP4 sample planning area. For more
information, see the New Key Figure: Target Periods for Customer Demand [page 407] section.
The DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY key figure will no longer be supported after release 1905. For more
information, see the DISCRETIONARYINVENTORY Key Figure to be Discontinued [page 408] section.
Forecast Consumption: Now Without Supply Planning
You can now run forecast consumption without supply planning. You do this by creating a new type of forecast
consumption profile not enabled for supply planning that runs in a planning area not enabled for supply
planning. This new feature introduces the changes described below.
New Application Job Template: TS-Based Forecast Consumption (Not Enabled for S&OP
Operator)
This application job template, available from the Application Job Templates app, enables the supply planner to
run forecast consumption in a planning area not enabled for supply planning. You must first set up such a
planning area and then create a forecast consumption profile to run on it.
Planning Areas Not Enabled for Supply Planning

When configuring such planning areas, you must do the following to ensure forecast consumption runs
correctly :

● Create the FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODE master data type for the forecast consumption mode and
include it in the planning area (as previously), and add the FCSTCONSMODE attribute as the key attribute of
this master data type.
● Assign the FCSTCONSMODE attribute as a non-key attribute for the master data in Forecast Consumption
Mode Assignment.
● For key figures that you want to use as input or output for forecast consumption in a forecast consumption
profile, select the appropriate value from the new I/O for TS Forecast Consumption dropdown during key
figure configuration of the planning area. Choose either Input for TS Forecast Consumption or Output for TS
Forecast Consumption as appropriate.
New Forecast Consumption Profile Type: Not Enabled for S&OP Operator
Use this new profile type if you want to run forecast consumption without supply planning. You now have a
choice when selecting Create, either Enabled for S&OP Operator or Not Enabled for S&OP Operator.
Each forecast consumption profile now displays the text Enabled for S&OP Operator: Yes or Enabled for S&OP
Operator: No on both the list and the details page, so you can tell at a glance whether the profile runs with
supply planning or not.
For more information on the above changes, see Time-Series-Based Forecast Consumption and Forecast
Consumption Profiles.
New Field in Key Figure Configuration for Forecast Consumption
There's a new dropdown when configuring key figures for a planning area: Input/Output for TS Forecast
Consumption. You must now select either Input for TS Forecast Consumption or Output for TS Forecast
Consumption (as appropriate) for each key figure used in forecast consumption.
All existing forecast consumption application jobs will continue to work. You can also continue to schedule new
forecast consumption jobs using existing forecast consumption profiles.
However, if you want to change (and then save) an existing time-series-based forecast consumption profile, you
must mark all key figures in this way; if you don't, you'll get an error message telling you to first mark the key
figure as Input for TS Forecast Consumption in planning area configuration and then activate the planning area
(if you haven't already done this).
New Activation Check for Key Figures for Forecast Consumption
We've added a new check to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area, or perform a
The new check ensures that only a stored key figure can be configured as an input to or an output of time-
series-based forecast consumption. If a key figure, which is not a stored key figure, has a value in the Input/
Output for TS Forecast Consumption field, the check will return an error, and you have to adapt the
configuration of the key figure.

New Check for Supply Planning Key Figures
We've introduced a new check for supply planning key figures. All key figures marked as input/output for
supply planning during key figure configuration of a planning area must comply with the following conditions:
● They must be supported by the S&OP operator.

● Their planning level root attributes must be correct and consistent.
If the supply planning key figures don't conform to the above conditions, when running the S&OP operator,
you'll get a warning message in the application log and you'll have to correct your configuration. The S&OP
operator will continue to execute and you'll get the same results, except that maintained values of the key
figures are ignored and, for output key figures, you won’t have access to the values that the S&OP operator has
calculated.
New Lot-Sizing Procedure: Dynamic Periods of Supply with Safety Stock
This new lot-sizing procedure is similar to the existing dynamic periods of supply lot-sizing procedure, but it
also enables you to define a second coverage time span in which to build up safety stock.
It combines the advantages of both the static and the dynamic periods of supply lot-sizing procedures in that it
minimizes the number of production or transportation events (by planning production and transport receipts
only in periods where there's a demand), and it also builds up safety stock in each period.
This lot-sizing procedure introduces a new input key figure: Subperiods of Supply with Safety Stock
(SUBPERIODSOFSUPPLYSAFETYSTOCK), with a planning level: of product - location.
You can use this new lot-sizing procedure with the time-series-based supply planning and the supply
propagation heuristics, but not with the optimizer or the shelf life planning heuristic.
For more information, see Dynamic Periods of Supply with Safety Stock.
New Key Figure: Target Periods for Customer Demand
We have added the new Target Periods for Customer Demand (TARGETPERIODCUSTDEMAND) key figure to the
SAP4 sample planning area. It is available for the supply planning heuristic and for the supply propagation
heuristic.
This key figure is especially useful for lot sizing across multi-level supply chains. It enables you to use lot sizing
on all supply chain levels, with the heuristic considering only direct customer demands at a location to build
safety stock. We recommend to use TARGETPERIODCUSTDEMAND together with the lot-sizing procedure 0 (lot
for lot) only. The results are comparable to the static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure, with the advantage
that no excessive safety stock is created.

Changed Definition of Handling Resources
To improve usability and consistency, the definition of handling resources has changed. Since 1811, the
RESOURCETYPE attribute needs to be set to 2 instead of 0 or NULL for handling resources. Until 1805, the
RESOURCETYPE attribute in the RESOURCELOCATION master data table needed to be 0 or NULL for both
handling resources and production resources.
As announced in the previous releases, the attribute values need to be changed manually if you have already
used handling resources before release 1811.
As of 1902, the planning algorithm will return an error if a handling resource still has the value 0 or NULL.
If you haven't done so, yet, be sure to change the RESOURCETYPE for handling resources from 0 or NULL to 2
before the upgrade.
SAP7 Sample Planning Area Updates
In this release, new and changed sample model entities are delivered for order-based planning, as described in
the sections about Planning with Buffers [page 412], Changed Key Figure Calculation [page 414], Constrained
Forecast and Orders Fulfilled in Time, Late, and Unfulfilled [page 413] and New Demand Types to Analyze
Supply Usage Data [page 416]. To use them, make sure they're added to your company's planning areas.
They've already been added to the SAP7 sample planning area for order-based planning.

Usage of Multiple External Systems
It is now possible to integrate data from multiple external systems while this data is strictly separated in
different planning areas. If you have, for example, several external systems of which each is specific to an
economic area where you conduct business, you can now use the data from these external systems in the
same IBP system.
Introduction of Integration Profiles

In addition to the default integration profile that was automatically assigned in 1811, you can now create, edit,
and delete your own integration profiles using the Integration Profiles app.
Integration profiles are collections of settings that, in turn, define into which planning area the data coming
from a specific logical system are integrated. When you create a new planning area that is enabled for external
time-series or create a new external master data type, you assign one of these integration profiles. If you
continue to use only one external system, you can keep using the default integration profile.
New and Updated Application Job Templates

You can now run the Order-Based Planning: Activate Integration Profile application job in the Application Jobs
app or start it directly from the Integration Profiles app.
When you click Activate or Delete in the Integration Profiles app, this job is immediately run for the integration
profile that is currently selected.
When scheduling the Order-Based Planning: Delete Master Data application job, you can now select the
operative version in which master data that are marked for deletion in IBP should be deleted. If you start using
the new multiple external systems feature, you have to delete any scheduled Order-Based Planning: Delete
Master Data application jobs and schedule them again using the new version of the application job template.
For more information, see Using Multiple External Systems, Multiple Planning Areas, and Multiple Planning
Versions and Integration Profiles.
Prerequisites
Before you can switch to the 1902.0.0_FULL, 1902.0.0_TRANS, and 1902.0.0_OUTBOUND OpenAPI
versions, you must do the following:
● In the Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app, create a new remote source with a real logical system you have
defined for your external system.
● In the Integration Profiles app, assign your logical system to the integration profile. (see also Usage of
Multiple External Systems [page 409]).

In case you plan to use these new OpenAPI versions with file adapter, you have to create a new table
INTEGRATION AREA in your staging area. This table is required to integrate your logical system data to and
from external systems. Enter the following:
Column Field Name Field De HANA Data ABAP Data Max. Num Key (X) Mandatory
Type Type ber of Char Data Entry
Name scription
acters
LOGICAL_S Logical sys Enter a logi NVARCHAR CHAR 10 (scale = 0) X Yes

cal system
YSTEM tem
you have de
fined for your
external sys
tem to inte
grate data to
and from.

Component Version
The 1902.0.0_FULL and 1902.0.0_TRANS OpenAPI inbound versions allow you to integrate data to multiple
external systems. Please note that currently you cannot run inbound integration jobs to different external
systems simultaneously.
In addition, they have been enhanced with the new PKUNAG field that you can use to integrate sold-to party
data.
 Note
If you're using IBP 1902 but an API version older than 1902.0.0_FULL or 1902.0.0_TRANS, the ship-to
party information and the sold-to party information in the apps are identical.
If you're using IBP 1902 and the new 1902.0.0_FULL or 1902.0.0_TRANS API version, the integration
behaves as intended and the data of the PKUNAG field is shown as sold-to party information in the apps.
In the course of this change, the following apps now offer additional filters or columns for information about the
sold-to party:

○ the Sold-To Party filter
○ the Sold-To Party column

● Analyze Demand view in the View Confirmations app and Simulate Sales Order app
A new reference column Sold-To Party is now available for sales order field catalog in the SMD_SFC data source.
Note that this reference column is not available in the sample planning area SAP7, but you can set it as a root
attribute at the PERPRODLOCASU planning level after configuring a new master data source SMD_SFC_SOLDTO.
With these OpenAPI versions, new validations have been introduced to check the following:
● Before transportation lane or a PDS is integrated, it is checked for the lot size value. If the minimum lot size
value is greater than the maximum one, the warning is displayed and this transportation lane or a PDS is
deleted from the staging area.
● Before a purchase order acknowledgment is integrated, it is checked for the mode of transport value. The
Mode of Transport field is mandatory, and mode of transport ID can be either DEF (default), or any ID
defined in the IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT table.
When you run the Data Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency) application job with the
1902.0.0_FULL and 1902.0.0_TRANS OpenAPI inbound versions, you can now choose to keep your
previously integrated data and merge it with the new data you are integrating by selecting the new Keep
Previously Integrated Data checkbox.
If this checkbox is deselected, the previously integrated data will be deleted and only newly integrated data will
be available in IBP. Note that there is no dependency check for the deleted data.
For more information about these OpenAPI versions, see Inbound Integration (Version 1902.0.0_FULL) and
Inbound Integration (Version 1902.0.0_TRANS).
Component Version
With the 1902.0.0_OUTBOUND version, you can now integrate data back to multiple external systems. In
addition, you can integrate back orders automatically by running the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI
(Outbound) application job, without having to execute transaction for Order Inbound in SAP ERP, supply chain
integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning, or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on
for SAP Integrated Business Planning.
Note that in case you use ABAP adapter with this version, you can disable automatic order processing by
selecting the Disable Auto Order Processing checkbox in the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Outbound)
application job. We recommend that you do it only in specific cases, for example, when you need to use
different parallelization settings for the different order types or you do not plan to integrate orders immediately
with this application job.
The new OPENAPI_JOB_STATUS_TIMEOUT global parameter allows you to specify how long the automatic
order processing during the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Outbound) job is kept in process if SDI
connection to IBP add-on is interrupted.
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of the IBP add-ons are required:

Version Toolbar and Version Selection
If the default planning area is enabled for external time-series and has been added in the Settings for Order-
Based Planning app, its base version is automatically selected when you enter the app.
Version Toolbar
As you can now integrate data from different external systems, a toolbar now shows you which version's data is
displayed in an app.
The toolbar is available in the following apps:

● Simulate Sales Order
Using the Open In... button on the toolbar you can also jump to other apps in which you want to view the
version's data.
Version Selection
The base version of the default planning area is automatically selected in the new Version ID filter of the
following apps:
● Application Jobs - Order-Based Planning

● View Customers
● View Locations
● View Materials
● View Resources
● View Suppliers
Planning with Buffers
As of this release, order-based planning offers more options for planning with buffers: In addition to the safety
stock, which you could already define in previous releases, you can now define a target stock and a maximum
stock. Both new stock types can be set as stock units or as days of supply. You can now also define the safety
stock as days of supply, as well as in stock units (as previously).
If values for both safety level key figures are available, the planning engine uses the bigger safety stock.
If values for both target level key figures or for both maximum level key figures are available, the planning
engine uses the smaller target or maximum stock – unless one of the key figures is NULL or zero.
Corresponding new key figures are included in the SAP7 sample planning area (TARGETSTOCK,
TARGETDAYSOFSUPPLY, MAXSTOCK, MAXDAYSOFSUPPLY, SAFETYDAYSOFSUPPLY).

The safety levels and the target levels are relevant for the heuristic (confirmation run and constrained forecast
run). You can use the target stock as an additional buffer: Once stock falls below the safety stock, it gets
replenished not only up to the safety stock level, but up to the target stock level.
The safety levels and the maximum levels are relevant for the constrained forecast run using the optimizer. For
the optimizer, you can set maximum stock violation costs. You can do this either in the control parameters of
the application job, or by using the new MAXSTOCKVIOLATIONCOSTRATE key figure. The new application job
control parameter Max. Stock Violation Cost Rate serves as a default, if you don’t set a value for the key figure.
Its default value is zero.
Constrained Forecast and Orders Fulfilled in Time, Late, and Unfulfilled
We have added new key figures to the SAP7 sample planning area that allow you to check the fulfillment of
forecast demands for the constrained forecast runs and the confirmation of sales orders based on OBP
confirmation run result.
The following new key figures are available:
● Forecast Constrained (In Time) (FORECASTCONSTRINTIME): This key figure allows you to see which
quantity of the forecast demand can be fulfilled in time.
● Forecast Constrained (Late) (FORECASTCONSTRLATE): This key figure allows you to see which quantity of
the forecast demand can be fulfilled later than the requested date. The quantity is shown in the same
period as the forecast demand and not in the period when it can be fulfilled.
● Forecast Constrained (Unfulfilled) (FORECASTUNFULFILLED): This key figure allows you to see which
quantity of the forecast demand cannot be fulfilled.
The corresponding multiple forecast key figures for these key figures are also available for the PR1, PR2 and
PR3 item categories.
● The following key figures allow you to view when sales orders can be confirmed using the same approach
as for fulfilled demand:
● Sales Order (Confirmed In Time) (SALESORDERCONFINTIME): This is the aggregated sales order quantity
that can be confirmed in time based on OBP confirmation run result.
● Sales Order (Confirmed Late) (SALESORDERCONFLATE): this is the aggregated sales order quantity that can
be confirmed late based on OBP confirmation run result.
● Sales Order (Unfulfilled) (SALESORDERUNFULFILLED): this is the aggregated sales order quantity that
cannot be confirmed based on OBP confirmation run result. The calculated value is subtraction of the
SALESORDERCONFINTIME and SALESORDERCONFLATE key figure values from the SALESORDERREQUEST.
Note that for these key figures the confirmed sales orders don’t necessarily reflect the requested sales orders
in the same bucket, for example in the case of the late confirmation. For more information about these key
figures, see Demand Key Figures for Forecast and Orders Fulfilled in Time, Late, and Unfulfilled.
In addition, you can use the following two key figures are now available for you to use multiple forecast key
figures:
● Forecast Unconstrained (PR3) (FORECASTUNCONSTR3)

● Forecast Constrained (PR3) (FORECASTCONSTR3)
For more information about these key figures, see Demand Key Figures.

New Order Types for Deliveries
To enable new functions, we have introduced new order types for inbound and outbound deliveries. Once you
have run an integration job after the upgrade, the following new functions are available:
● In the Available-to-Deploy Profiles app, you can now select additional order types to be considered available
to deploy:
○ Inbound Delivery for Purchase Order
○ Inbound Delivery for Stock Transfer Order
If in existing profiles Purchase Order Item or Stock Transfer Order Item are considered available to deploy,
inbound deliveries for these order types were already considered in earlier releases and continue to be so
in the existing profiles. The new order types are marked YES in the Available-to-Deploy Profiles app during
the upgrade.
When you create new available-to-deploy profiles after the upgrade, you can decide whether to consider
available to deploy only inbound deliveries or also purchase orders or stock transfer orders.
● The constrained forecast runs (with or without optimizer) now consider outbound deliveries that have been
created as follow-on documents for stock transfer order requisitions.
● Inbound deliveries are now marked as such in the order-based planning apps. Previously, they were labeled
as stock transfer orders or purchase orders, depending on which of these document types was their
respective predecessor document.
Changed Key Figure Calculation
Calculations for the following key figures consider quantities in the past, except for forecast quantities that are
considered only in the current or future buckets:
● Stock Projected (STOCKPROJECTED)

● Stock Projected (Without Sales) (STOCKPROJECTEDWOS)
● Days of Supply (DAYSOFSUPPLY)
For more information about these key figures, see Stock and Buffer Stock Key Figures and Supply Key Figures.
Negative Stock Prioritization
As of this release, the OBP planning runs consider negative stock as demand with highest priority, even before
deliveries and dependent demands.
Negative stock can occur in IBP through the integration with your external system. This typically happens
temporarily, for example when a goods receipt for a purchase order is posted after the goods issue for a stock
transfer order.
If a negative stock cannot be (completely) fulfilled at planning start, it gets a Projected Stock or Lead Time
gating factor which can be seen in the View Gating Factors app and analyzed in the subsequent Analyze
Demand screen.
Negative stock is displayed in the View Projected Stock app, where navigation to Analyze Demand is enabled for
it.

You can also view negative stock in the Analyze Supply Usage app as of this release, classified by the new
demand type Stock.
During sales order simulations, negative stock is not re-planned.
Write Access in Rules for Demand Prioritization App
For the Rules for Demand Prioritization app, a refined authorization check now also considers restrictions of the
write access, which you have defined for the business role.
You can review the access authorization for each business user with access to the Rules for Demand
Prioritization app by completing the following steps:
1. Look for the SAP_IBP_BC_RULES_PC business catalog in the Business Catalogs app.
2. Check in which business roles the business catalog is used.
3. For each business role, select the business role ID and verify at the top of the detailed UI whether write or
read access is restricted for the business role.
4. When write access is restricted for a business role, the business users can no longer edit demand
prioritization objects.
5. Looking at the business users assigned to the role, you can assess whether this level of access is
appropriate for the individual business user.
For more information, see Identity and Access Management.
Additional Attributes Available in View Projected Stock App
In the View Projected Stock app, additional attributes related to location materials are available. These include,
for example, the MRP Controller/Planner, the Allocation Profile, and freeze horizons, as well as custom
attributes. You can use these attributes as selection criteria when starting a search, and you can display them
as columns of the results table. To do so, you have to add them to the selection filters or to the table columns
displayed, respectively.
Changed Field Labels in View Projected Stock App
 Remember
In the View Projected Stock app, the field labels to simulate new purchase documents or to simulate
changes to them have been renamed.

have been deprecated and are now are no longer available:
Component Version
INBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 6.1.0.0
6.3.0.0
6.4.0.0
1702.0.0_FULL
1702.0.0_TRANS
OUTBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 6.2.0.0
Changes in the Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app
The Configure Remote Sources (SDI) app has been enhanced as follows:
● A new field Logical System has been added and is now visible in the general information of a remote source.
● Also, when you create a new remote source, you now have to specify a logical system you use to integrate
data from and to an external system. Note that logical system is client-dependent.
● On the left-hand side of the screen, you can now search for adapters and logical systems.
● In case you started using a new version of OpenAPI, or changed your configuration file for file adapter in
some other way, you now do not have to recreate a remote source for this changed file adapter: use the
Clear Cache button to delete the configuration data for your remote resource without having to recreate
templates. Note that Clear Cache is available for file adapters only.
New Demand Types to Analyze Supply Usage Data
The following new demand types are now available for the DEMANDTYPE attribute of the S7DEMANDTYPE master
data type in the SAP7 sample planning area:
● PO_COMP: Planned Order Component

● PROD_ORD_C: Production Order Component
● STOCK: Stock
● STO_I: Stock Transfer Order Requirement

● STO_RE_I: Stock Transfer Requisition Requirement
You can use these demand types at the PERPRODLOCASU level to view and analyze how the component supply
quantities are pegged for primary demands. You can review the pegging data either in the IBP Add-In for
Microsoft Excel, or in the Analyze Supply Usage app. See also: Analyzing Supply Usage.
5.13 System Monitoring
Improvements in the Resource Consumption card
The Resource Consumption card in the System Monitoring app has been updated with the following changes:
● Improved visibility of the performance indicators for memory and CPU usage
● Usage now calculated every minute instead of every hour and information retained for 90 days
● Card now shows maximum memory and CPU usage by week as a percentage
● Recorder jobs are now run every hour providing near real-time information
For more information, see Resource Consumption
View Chart Data in a Table
You can now view supply chain network data in a table. You can toggle between the rendered chart and a table
by selecting the Chart  or Table  button.
Exporting Chart Data to Excel
You can now export the chart data to Excel. To export the chart data, select the Export to Excel  button.
New Time Period Filter
A new time period filter has been added to provide greater flexibility in selecting time periods.

To select a time period to display in the Supply Chain Network app, select Time Periods.
You can make you selection via a calendar view or from a list of time periods. You can choose the type of time
period (that is, technical week, week, month, quarter, year), the selection mode (a range of dates, multiple
weeks, previous weeks, or next weeks). If Range is selected, you can use the From and To fields to select a range
of days.
 Note
The selected range corresponds to the type of time period you selected, regardless of the days selected.
That is, if you chose technical weeks, the selected time period will contain only technical weeks. If you
select months, the range contains whole months.
Related Information
Creating a Supply Chain Network Chart
5.15 Custom Alerts
An overview of the new enhancements in custom alerts in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1902
Machine Learning Rules
You can now use the following machine learning parameters:
Automatic
Manual: When you select this option, you can change each parameter that can influence the DBSCAN outlier
detection algorithm to automatically determine the most accurate values for all the parameters based on the
data to be processed.
You can now use the following clustering methods for custom alerts:
Soft clustering: The DBSCAN algorithm automatically determines the clustering of the data based on the
attributes provided in the Attributes field.
Hard clustering: When this option is selected, the data is pre-clustered based on the Attributes field and the
DBSCAN algorithm is called several times for each cluster.
The Monitor Custom Alerts app has been redesigned to improve usability. The functionality remains unchanged
and you can carry out all your tasks as before.

In the redesigned app, you now have the following new features:
● When you start the app, the alerts are displayed in a worklist.
● It’s now easy to filter on alerts and save the filter as variants.
● You can download the list of alerts to an Excel spreadsheet or to a CSV file.
● You can personalize the table columns.
● The layout is more flexible. It can be split into 1/3 -2/3 or 2/3- 1/3. You could also display the list or details
in full screen mode depending on your preference.
● The details screen shows the selected alert from the list.
● You can adapt the columns you want to display in the table.
 Recommendation
We recommend to always display the first key figure, its value and the refresh time.
● You can navigate to on-premise systems and start an SAP transaction. The navigation possibilities are pre-
configured through the Navigate to Other Systems app.
You’ll find the following changes on the redesigned UI:
● The row of buttons, namely Snooze, Navigate To, Go to Excel, Go to Analytics and Add to Case, that were
previously at the bottom of the screen have now been relocated to the top right of your screen.
● The old Metrics tab on the individual Custom Alert view has been renamed Key Figure.
● All alerts are now grouped together on the left side of the Custom Alerts view, which improves visibility and
access to your alerts.
Support for scenarios
Scenarios are now supported in the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app. Previously, you could define
custom alerts only at the level of versions.
New operator for rule definition
The operator Is Not Null is now available when definging rules of a custom alert.
Alerts Overview is called in display mode
When clicking an alerts overview in the Analytics – Advanced app, the alerts overview is now called in display
mode. There, you can switch to the edit mode or navigate to the Monitor Custom Alerts app. Previously, the
alerts overview was called in the edit mode right away, and the navigation to the Monitor Custom Alerts app was
done via the preview screen or by adding the alerts overview to a dashboard.

Related Information
Defining Rules to Trigger Alerts

Using DBSCAN Clustering Method
5.16 Content Administration
Two new types of content in the Content Administration app
The following new types of content can now be managed using the Content Administration app:
● Alert overviews
● Planning view (web-based)
5.17 Analytics
Harmonized chart names
The following table contains the changed names of chart types used in the Define Custom Alerts app, which
have now been harmonized with chart type names in the Analytics - Advanced app:
Old Name New Name
Dual Y-Axis Vertical Bar Stacked Dual Stacked Column
Horizontal Bar Bar
Horizontal Bar Stacked Stacked Bar
Vertical Bar Cluster Column
Vertical Bar Stacked Stacked Column

Using attributes in combination charts
You can now specify an attribute from the Group By As Series list in order to stack or split the bars in a
combination chart. This feature is enabled for combination charts in addition to being enabled for bar, line and
column chart types.
Related Information

Chart Types
5.18 Business Network Collaboration
Message Monitoring
As announced in 1811, the old business catalog for message monitoring has been discontinued with this
release. You now need to replace this old business catalog with the new business catalogs for message
monitoring if you haven’t done so yet. For detailed information on the enhancements and changes for message
monitoring within business network collaboration, please see the What’s New information about Message
Monitoring [page 777] for 1805.

Planning 1811
About this version
Product SAP Integrated Business Planning 1811, including Hotfix Col

lection (HFC) 8
Document Information 1.8 - March 2019
None

1.8
Miscellaneous enhancements, including refinements in the

Key Figures section under Sample Planning Area for DDMRP
Buffer Analysis.

cel add-in)

ning


What's New
Target What's
Business Topics Types Groups Impact New More Information
Cross applica New/ Ad Web With SAP SAP CoPilot [page 532]
tions en min UI CoPilot,
hanc istra
you can
ed tor/
now cre
con
figu ate a
ra support
tion incident
ex without
pert leaving
Busi
the app
ness
you're
user
using.
SAP Co
Pilot also
enables
you to
submit
an im
prove
ment re
quest
(feature
request)
directly
from the
IBP sys
tem.
Re
stri
ctio
n
SAP
Co
Pi
lot's
digi
tal
sup
port
ex
peri
ence

Target What's
fea
tures
are
cur
rentl
y not
avail
able
for
cus
to
mers
in
Chin
a,
and
for
cus
to
mers
who
have
acti
vate
d the
EU
ac
cess
serv
ice.

Target What's
Administration New/ Ad Web You use System Monitoring [page 563]
en min UI the new
hanc istra
Time
ed tor/
Series
con
figu Statistics
ra card in
tion the
ex System
pert Monitorin
g app to
view the
number
of time
series re
cords for
a specific
planning
area and
version.
This card
allows
you to
use vis
ual filters
to track
the
growth of
time ser
ies data
in the IBP
system.

Target What's
Administration New/ Ad New You use Manage Navigation to Other Systems [page
en min SAP the new 562]
hanc istra Fiori
Manage
ed tor/ app
Navigatio
con
Role/ n to
figu
busi
ra Other
ness
tion Systems
cata
ex app to
log
pert configure
naviga
tion from
IBP to
other
SAP on-
premise
system
transac
tions.

Target What's
Administration New/ Ad Ap To give Application Job Templates [page 533]
en min plica adminis
hanc istra tion
trators a
ed tor/ job
better
con
figu idea of
ra how
tion many re
ex cords will
pert be
purged
when
they run
the Purge
Key
Figure
Data ap
plication
job, they
can now
do a sim
ulation
run of the
job. To
take a
closer
look at
which
data will
be
purged,
they can
also
choose
to show a
preview.

Target What's
Business net New/ Ad Inte You can Business Network Collaboration [page 537]
work collabora en min gra now use
tion hanc istra tion
attrib
ed tor/
utes and
con
figu key fig-
ra ures that
tion have an
ex ID of up
pert to 32
charac
ters for
both pro
vider
data
sharing
plans
and con
sumer
data
sharing
plans.

Target What's
Business net Pre Ad Role/ As op Business Network Collaboration [page
work collabora pare min busi 537]
posed to
tion next istra ness
what has
re tor/ cata
been an
lease con log
figu nounced
ra in the
tion last two
ex releases,
pert the old
business
catalog
for mes
sage
monitor
ing is not
discon
tinued in
1811. The
discon
tinuation
is plan
ned for
the next
release,
SAP Inte
grated
Business
Planning
1902.

Target What's
Data integration Chan Ad Web In the Data Integration [page 536]
ged min UI Data
istra
Integratio
tor/
n Jobs
con
figu app, the
ra total du
tion ration
ex and wait
pert ing time
of a data
integra
tion job
are now
shown on
the
header
level of
the job.

Target What's
Data integration New/ Ad Inte The SAP Data Integration [page 536]
en min gra S/4
hanc istra tion
HANA,
ed tor/
supply
con
figu chain
ra integratio
tion n add-on
ex for IBP
pert and the
SAP ERP,
supply
chain
integratio
n add-on
for IBP
now sup
port the
integra
tion of
time-ser
ies-
based
planning
areas in
SAP Inte
grated
Business
Planning.

Target What's
Model configura- New/ Ad Mode The Key Model Configuration [page 538]
tion en min l con Figure
hanc istra figu Calculati
ed tor/ ra ons app
con tion is now
figu New available
ra SAP to visual
tion Fiori ize and
ex app analyze
pert complete
Web
calcula
UI
tion
graphs of
key fig-
ures,
from
stored in
put key
figures
up to re
quest
level cal
cula
tions.

Target What's
Model configura- New/ Ad Mode The Model Configuration [page 538]
tion en min l con Planning
hanc istra figu
Areas
ed tor/ ra
app has
con tion
figu been en
Web
ra UI hanced.
tion You can
ex now do
pert the fol
lowing in
this app:
● Cre
ate
and
chan
ge
plan
ning
lev
els
● View
the
inte
gra
tion
pro
file
● View
mor
e in
for
mat
ion
abo
ut
cal
cula
tion
defi-
ni
tions
, key
fig-
ures,

Target What's
at
trib
utes,
and
plan
ning
lev
els

Target What's
tion en min l con Sample
hanc istra figu
Model
ed tor/ ra
Entities
con tion
figu app has
Web
ra UI been en
tion hanced.
ex You can
pert now do
the fol
lowing in
this app:
● View
the
inte
gra
tion
pro
file
● View
mor
e in
for
mat
ion
abo
ut
cal
cula
tion
defi-
ni
tions
, key
fig-
ures,
at
trib
utes,
and
plan
ning
lev
els

Target What's
Model configura- New/ Ad Mode In the Model Configuration [page 538]
tion en min l con Master
hanc istra figu Data
ed tor/ ra Types
con tion app, you
figu Web can now
ra UI view the
tion integra
ex tion pro
pert file the
external
master
data type
uses.
Model configura- Chan Ad Mode As of Model Configuration [page 538]

tion ged min l con 1811 Hot
istra figu
fix Col
tor/ ra
lection 3
con tion
figu transport
Web
ra UI runs in
tion the back
ex ground.
pert
Demand plan New/ Ad Mode If you se Model Configuration [page 538]
ning en min l con lect a fil-
Inventory opti hanc istra figu
ter for
mization ed tor/ ra
partial
Time-series- con tion
figu copy, the
based supply Web
ra UI planning
planning
tion profiles
ex related to
pert the filter,
if any, are
now cop
ied.

Target What's
Model configura- New/ Ad Mode We have Model Configuration [page 538]
tion en min l con added
Order-based hanc istra figu Order-Based Planning [page 553]
new
planning ed tor/ ra
checks to
con tion
figu the set of
Web
ra UI checks
tion that runs
ex when you
pert activate a
planning
area, or
perform
a consis
tency
check on
a plan
ning
area.
These
checks
detect
errors
that pre
vented
the plan
ning area
from be
ing acti
vated
earlier, in
the
check
phase,
instead
of mak
ing acti
vation fail
during
the gen
eration of
objects.
The sys
tem now
executes

Target What's
the fol
lowing
checks
on the
calcula
tions of
key fig-
ures:
● Syn
tax
chec
ks,
such
as
brac
kets
and
quo
ta
tion
mar
ks
go in
pairs
.
● Each
at
trib
ute
in a
cal
cula
tion
ex
pres
sion
is
avail
able
from
the
in
put
plan

Target What's
ning
lev
els.
● A
cal
cula
tion
at
REQ
UES
T
level
is ei
ther
an
ag
gre
ga
tion,
or
has
in
puts
from
re
ques
t
level
only.
● For L
scrip
t cal
cula
tions
: The
sort
at
trib
ute
of an
L
scrip
t is
avail

Target What's
able
from
the
in
put
plan
ning
level
of
the
L
scrip
t.
● For L
scrip
t cal
cula
tions
: The
sort
se
que
nce
of
at
trib
utes
in an
L
scrip
t is
valid
.
The fol
lowing
new
checks
run for a
planning
area that
is ena
bled for
external

Target What's
time ser
ies:
● An
inte
gra
tion
pro
file
is
as
sign
ed
to
the
plan
ning
area.
● The
sam
e in
te
gra
tion
pro
file
is
as
sign
ed
to
the
plan
ning
area
and
to
each
ex
ter
nal
mas
ter
data
type

Target What's
as
sign
ed
to
this
plan
ning
area.
● The
data
sour
ce of
an
ex
ter
nal
plan
ning
level
is
com
pa
tible
with
the
data
sour
ce of
its
root
at
trib
utes.
 No
te
You
do
not
need
to re
acti
vate
your
plan
ning

Target What's
area
be
caus
e of
thes
e
newl
y in
tro
duce
d
chec
ks.

Target What's
Model configura- Pre Ad Mode An acti Model Configuration [page 538]
tion pare min l con vation
next istra figu
check
re tor/ ra
will turn
lease con tion
figu from
Web
ra UI warning
tion to error
ex in IBP
pert 1905.
Since re
lease
1808, the
system
checks
the key
figures to
identify
calcula
tions
where
the out
put plan
ning level
of the
calcula
tion in
cludes an
attribute,
which is
not a cal
culated
attribute,
and can
not be
sourced
from any
of the in
put plan
ning lev
els either.
As of
1905,
such in
valid cal
culation

Target What's
defini-
tions will
result in
an error,
instead
of a
warning.
This is a
require
ment for
features
planned
for 1905.
Before
the up
grade to
1905,
perform
a consis
tency
check on
your
planning
areas,
and cor
rect the
invalid
calcula
tions if
there are
any.

Target What's
Cross applica Pre Ad Mode An acti Model Configuration [page 538]
tions pare min l con vation
next istra figu
check
re tor/ ra
will turn
lease con tion
figu from
IBP
ra Excel warning
tion add- to error
ex in in IBP
pert 1905.
In key fig-
ure con
figura
tion only
some
combina
tions of
aggrega
tion and
disaggre
gation
modes
make
sense
from a
business
perspec
tive. If
you use
other
combina
tions and
you
change
data in
the IBP
Excel
add-in on
an aggre
gated
level, the
results
after dis
aggrega
tion and
aggrega

Target What's
tion may
not be
identical.
As of
1905,
you will
no longer
be able
to acti
vate a
planning
area that
contains
key fig-
ures with
incorrect
combina
tions of
aggrega
tion and
disaggre
gation
modes.
Before
the up
grade,
please
check if
your
planning
areas
contain
key fig-
ures with
combina
tions that
are not
permit
ted and
adjust ei
ther the
aggrega
tion or
the dis

Target What's
aggrega
tion
mode.
Cross applica New/ Ad IBP The pa Model Configuration [page 538]
tions en min Excel rameter
hanc istra add-
SAP_UI_
ed tor/ in
SORT_OR
con Plan
figu DER has
ning
ra oper now been
tion ator added to
ex the
pert DISAGG
operator.
It speci
fies the
position
of the
planning
operator
in the list
of opera
tors in
the IBP
Excel
Add-in.
Cross applica New/ Ad IBP The Copy Model Configuration [page 538]
tions en min Excel Version
hanc istra add-
operator
ed tor/ in
now also
con Plan
figu copies
ning
ra oper fixing in
tion ator forma
ex tion and
pert doesn't
unfix tar
get key
figure
values.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in New/ Busi IBP You can IBP Excel Add-In [page 529]
en ness Excel now filter
hanc user add-
the con
ed in
tent of
planning
views by
key fig-
ure val
ues.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in New/ Busi IBP The plan IBP Excel Add-In [page 529]
en ness Excel ning
hanc user add-
notes
ed Ad in
have
min
been en
istra
tor/ hanced
con with the
figu following:
ra
● The
tion
ex valu
pert e of
the
cell
for
whic
ha
user
cre
ated
a
plan
ning
note
is
now
trac
ked
withi
n
the
note
. The
cor
re
spon
ding
con
ver
sion
in
for
mat
ion
is
also

Target What's
save
d.
● New
pa
ra
me
ters
are
avail
able
in
the
Setti
ngs
and
Adm
in
Setti
ngs
dia
log
boxe
s re
gard
ing
cer
tain
be
hav
iors
of
the
plan
ning
note
s.
Thes
e
set
tings
can
im
prov
e
both
the
usa
bility
and
the
per

Target What's
for
man
ce.
● Com
man
ds
re
late
d to
na
tive
Mi
cro
soft
Ex
cel
com
men
ts
are
now
disa
bled
in
the
con
text
men
u for
the
data
area
of
plan
ning
view
s.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in New/ Ad IBP If you IBP Excel Add-In [page 529]
en min Excel want to
hanc istra add-
set the
ed tor/ in
same for
con
figu matting
ra rule for
tion different
ex members
pert in EPM
format
ting, you
can now
use the
Union
flag or
checkbox
on the
Multiple
Selection
Overview
tab to
group
these
mem
bers.
As a re
sult, mul
tiple EPM
format
ting rules
are con
solidated
as an OR
conjunc
tion,
which
can have
a positive
impact
on per
formance
when the
format
ting rules

Target What's
are ap
plied.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Ad Mode The uni Model Configuration [page 538]
ning en min l con fied plan
Inventory opti hanc istra figu
ning area
mization ed tor/ ra
(SAPIBP
Time-series- con tion
figu 1) con
based supply
planning ra tains
tion miscella
ex neous
pert
updates
and im
prove
ments re
lated to
demand
planning,
inventory
optimiza
tion and
the sup
ply opti
mizer.
For a de
tailed de
scription
of these
changes,
see the
materials
in the En
hance
ment to
the uni
fied plan
ning area
and SAP
Best
Practices
for SAP
Inte
grated
Business
Planning
– release
1811 in
novation

Target What's
in
Innovatio
n
Discover
y at
https://
go.sup
port.sap.
com/
innova
tiondis
covery/
.

Target What's
Process man New/ Ad New To auto Process Management [page 542]
agement en min SAP mate the
hanc istra Fiori
creation
ed tor/ app
of proc
con Web
figu esses
UI
ra that re
Role/
tion busi peat reg
ex ness ularly,
pert cata users can
Busi log now use
ness
the new
user
Manage
Recurring
Processe
s app. In
this app,
they can
create a
recurring
process
and
schedule
all of its
individual
occur
rences at
a time.
The
Manage
Processe
s app has
been en
hanced
to show if
a process
is a re
curring
process.
This
helps to
distin
guish re
curring
proc
esses

Target What's
from
one-time
proc
esses.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web The fol Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI lowing
hanc user
new fea
ed
tures are
now
available
in the
Manage
Realignm
ent Rules
app:
● You
can
now
copy
one
or
sev
eral
re
align
men
t
step
s.
● You
can
now
spec
ify in
the
proc
ess
ing
op
tions
whet
her
you
want
to
de
lete
ob

Target What's
sol
ete
sour
ce
plan
ning
ob
jects
after
re
align
men
t.
● For
com
pou
nd
mas
ter
data
type
s,
se
lec
tion
cri
teria
re
fer
ring
to
the
sim
ple
mas
ter
data
type
of
the
key
field
s are
now
con

Target What's
side
red
too.
● Not
Equa
l is
now
avail
able
as
an
ad
di
tio
nal
se
lec
tion
op
tion
for
at
trib
utes
in
re
align
men
t
step
s.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web In the Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI Manage
hanc user
Product
ed
Lifecycle
app, you
can now
upload
product
assign
ments
and fore
cast
dates
from a
csv file.
You can
now use
the prod
uct ID as
a launch
dimen
sion for
forecast
ing on
the prod
uct ID
level in
the
Manage
Product
Lifecycle
app.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Ad Web The new Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en min UI Settings
hanc istra
for
ed tor/
Product
con
figu Lifecycle
ra app al
tion lows the
ex adminis
pert trator to
create
settings
profiles
for de
mand
planners.
These
profiles
define
the proc
esses
and set
tings
available
in the
Manage
Product
Lifecycle
app.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web The gra Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI dient
hanc user
boosting
ed
of deci
sion
trees al
gorithm
is now
available
in the
Manage
Forecast
Models
app. It
can be
used in a
forecast
model
when
several
external
condi
tions are
to be
consid
ered dur
ing the
forecast
calcula
tion (the
average
tempera
ture dur
ing cer
tain time
periods,
the price,
and so
on).

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web You can Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI now de
hanc user
fine for
ed
each
forecast
automa
tion pro
file the
number
of peri
ods in
the past
that
should
be con
sidered
during
the time
series
analysis.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web The Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI Month of
hanc user
the Year
ed
system-
gener
ated fea
ture is
now
available
for the
multiple
linear re
gression
algorithm
in the
Manage
Forecast
Models
app. This
feature
allows
the algo
rithm to
capture
some
seasonal
ity in
case
there are
no inde
pendent
variables
available
in the re
gression
model
that al
ready
capture
the sea
sonal ef
fect.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web You can Demand Planning [page 543]
ning en ness UI now
hanc user
specify in
ed
the
Manage
Forecast
Models
app that
leading
nulls
(that is,
missing
values at
the start
of the
sales his
tory)
should
be disre
garded
during
the fore
cast cal
cula
tions.
This is
useful if
you want
to pre
vent the
algo
rithms
from dis
torting
forecast
calcula
tions by
substi
tuting
leading
nulls with
others
values.

Target What's
Demand plan Chan Busi Web You can Demand Planning [page 543]
ning ged ness UI now se
user
lect up to
8 down
stream
signals in
forecast
models
that con
tain the
demand
sensing
(full) or
demand
sensing
(update)
algo
rithm.
These
signals
provide
informa
tion from
sources
that are
between
the man
ufacturer
and the
customer
in the
supply
chain.
Any key
figure
that was
selected
for point
of sales
data in
your ex
isting
forecast
models is
now au

Target What's
tomati
cally dis
played as
a down
stream
signal.
Inventory opti New/ Ad Plan The a pa Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min ning rameter
hanc istra oper
has been
ed tor/ ator
added to
con
figu several
ra inventory
tion optimiza
ex tion op
pert erators
to allow
you to
set a
planning
horizon
that dif
fers from
the
standard
for your
planning
area

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode Two new Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min l con global
hanc istra figu
configu-
ed tor/ ra
ration pa
con tion
figu rameters
Glob
ra al have
tion con been in
ex figu troduced
pert ra to man
tion
age how
pa
inventory
ra
me opera
ter tors con
sume
storage
capacity
con
straint in
forma
tion. If
storage
capacity
con
straints
are re
quired,
adminis
trators
can ad
just the
default
value.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode Two new Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min l con input key
hanc istra figu
figures
ed tor/ ra
have
con tion
figu been
ra added to
tion the SAP3
ex sample
pert
planning
Busi
area to
ness
configure
user
maxi
mum
storage
capacity
con
straints.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode In con Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min l con junction
hanc istra figu
with the
ed tor/ ra
NON_STO
con tion
figu CKING_P
Plan
ra ning USH
tion oper global
ex ator configu-
pert ration pa
Busi
rameter
ness
intro
user
duced in
the 1808
release,
the
Global
(multi-
stage)
inventory
optimizat
ion oper
ator now
gener
ates
eight new
output
key fig-
ures in
the SAP3
sample
planning
area.
These
key fig-
ures ag
gregate
lead
times
and lot
sizes be
tween an
up-
stream
stocking
node that

Target What's
is sourc
ing a
non-
stocking
node that
in turn, is
sourcing
a down-
stream
stocking
node. In
addition,
the new
key fig-
ures
(once
gener
ated) can
be used
as inputs
to the
Decompo
sed
(single-
stage)
inventory
optimizat
ion oper
ator.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Glob As part Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min al of en
hanc istra con
hance
ed tor/ figu
ments to
con ra
figu tion the
ra pa Global
tion ra (multi-
ex me stage)
pert ter inventory
Plan
optimizat
ning
ion oper
oper
ator ator, two
new
global
configu-
ration pa
rameters
have
been in
tro
duced,
one to
enable
safety
stock
smooth
ing for
continu
ous bi
nary
sourcing,
and the
other to
allow
fractional
exposure
values in
the back
log calcu
lation.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Glob In 1811, Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min al the in
hanc istra con
ventory
ed tor/ figu
optimiza
con ra
figu tion tion algo
ra pa rithms
tion ra can now
ex me run suc
pert ter cessfully
Plan
when
ning
time-
oper
ator varying
sourcing
ratios
create
cycles
(loops).
The
LOOP_HA
NDLING
global
configu-
ration pa
rameter
has been
modified
to reflect
this
change.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Web In the Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min UI DDMRP
hanc istra
Buffer
ed tor/
Analysis
con
figu app, you
ra can now
tion save sce
ex nario re
pert sults to
Busi
the base
ness
line. In
user
addition,
usability
has been
im
proved.
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode Changes Inventory Optimization [page 545]
mization en min l con have
hanc istra figu
been
ed tor/ ra
made to
con tion
figu the
Plan
ra ning SAP3B
tion oper sample
ex ator planning
pert area to
Busi
support
ness
multiple
user
buffer
profiles
and the
overrid
ing of
buffer
profile
catego
ries in
DDMRP
for inven
tory.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan There's a Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en min ning new heu 551]
planning hanc istra oper
ristic
ed tor/ ator
type, the
con
figu time-ser
ra ies-
tion based
ex shelf life
pert planning
Busi
heuristic.
ness
It takes
user
the shelf
life of
products
into ac
count
when
creating
an infin-
ite de
mand
and sup
ply plan
with no
short
ages.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan To help Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en min ning you set 551]
up a
ed tor/ ator
planning
con Mode
figu area
l con
ra figu dedi
tion ra cated to
ex tion the new
pert shelf life
planning
heuristic,
a new
sample
planning
area,
SAP4S is
available.
It con
tains all
the mas
ter data
types, at
tributes,
key fig-
ures, and
planning
levels
you need
to run
the shelf
life plan
ning heu
ristic. You
can use
them as
a basis
for your
configu-
ration.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Web A new Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en min UI 551]
master
planning hanc istra Plan data type
ed tor/ ning
Shelf
con oper
figu Life
ator
ra (SL4SHE
tion LFLIFE)
ex is availa
pert
ble for
use ex
clusively
with the
new shelf
life plan
ning heu
ristic.

Target What's
Time-series- Ad Mode Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply  min l con
Since re
lease
551]
planning Man istra figu
1802,
da tor/ ra
tory only the
con tion
task figu TOTALIN
Plan
after ra ning DEPDEMA
up tion oper NDSUPPL
grade ex ator Y key fig-
pert
ure pro
vides the
correct
value for
the pro
jected
stock cal
culation
for those
custom
ers who
use the
late deliv
ery fea
ture for
inde
pendent
demand.
As of
1811,
planning
algo
rithms
return an
error and
abort if
you use
late deliv
ery for in
depend
ent de
mand
and
TOTALIN
DEPDEMA
NDSUPPL

Target What's
Y is not
yet con
figured.
If you use
late deliv
ery for in
depend
ent de
mand, be
sure to
have the
TOTALIN
DEPDEMA
NDSUPPL
Y key fig-
ure con
figured
and your
planning
area re
activated
after the
upgrade
to 1811 at
the very
latest.

Target What's
Time-series- Chan Ad Plan To im Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply ged min ning prove us 551]
planning Pre istra oper
ability
pare tor/ ator
and con
next con Mode
figu sistency,
re l con
lease ra figu the defi-
tion ra nition of
ex tion handling
pert resour
Busi
ces has
ness
changed.
user
As of
1811, the
RESOURC
ETYPE
attribute
needs to
be set to
2 instead
of 0 or
NULL for
handling
resour
ces.
As an
nounced
in the
previous
release,
you need
to
change
the at
tribute
values
manually
in case
you have
already
used
handling
resour
ces be
fore re

Target What's
lease
1811.
As of
1811, you
will re
ceive a
warning
if a han
dling re
source
still has
the value
0 or
NULL. As
of 1902,
the plan
ning al
gorithm
will re
turn an
error in
this case.
Be sure
to
change
the
RESOURC
ETYPE
for han
dling re
sources
from 0 or
NULL to
2 in the
1811 re
lease.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Mode The time-

based supply en min l con series
planning hanc istra figu
based
ed tor/ ra
supply
con tion
figu propaga
Plan
ra ning tion heu
tion oper ristic now
ex ator respects
pert the
Busi Maximum
ness
Externa
user
l
Receipt
s key fig-
ure
(MAXREC
EIPT).
This
means
you can
limit the
external
receipts
com
puted by
this heu
ristic.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan For plan Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page
based supply en min ning ning 551]
areas
ed tor/ ator
that have
con
figu an opti
ra mizer
tion profile
ex assigned,
pert the
Busi Check
ness
Mode al
user
gorithm
now per
forms
opti
mizer-re
lated
consis
tency
checks
by de
fault.
You can
switch off
the opti
mizer-re
lated
checks in
the
S&OP
Operator
Profiles
app: To
do so,
add the
CHECK_M
ODE/
OPTIMIZ
E_CHECK
parame
ter to the
check
mode op
erator
profile in

Target What's
the
Additiona
l
Paramete
rs sec
tion and
set its
value to
NO.

Target What's
Time-series- Pre Ad Mode Please Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply pare min l con 551]
note that
planning next istra figu
the
re tor/ ra
DISCRET
lease con tion
figu IONARYI
Plan
ra ning NVENTOR
tion oper Y key fig-
ex ator ure will
pert
no longer
Busi
be sup
ness
ported
user
after re
lease
1905.
In the
1902 and
1905 re
leases,
planning
algo
rithms
will re
turn a
warning
if you still
use the
DISCRET
IONARYI
NVENTOR
Y key fig-
ure.
As of
1908,
this key
figure will
be ig
nored by
planning
algo
rithms.

Target What's
Order-based Pre Ad Role/ For the -

planning pare min busi Rules for
next istra ness
Demand
re tor/ cata
Prioritiza
lease con log
figu tion app,
ra a refined
tion authori
ex zation
pert check is
planned.
In this
check,
restric
tions of
the write
access,
which
you have
defined
for the
entire
business
role in
the Iden
tity and
Access
Manage
ment of
your IBP
system,
will also
be con
sidered
in the
app.
 T
ip
We
rec
om
men
d
that

Target What's
you
re
view
al
read
y
now
for
each
busi
ness
user
with
ac
cess
to
the
Rule
s for
Dem
and
Priori
tizati
on
app
whet
her
they
are
sup
pose
d to
have
only
read
ac
cess
for
the
app
or to
have
write
ac

Target What's
cess
for it
as
well.
You can
review
the ac
cess au
thoriza
tion by
complet
ing the
following
steps:
1. Look
for
the
SAP
_IB
P_B
C_R
ULE
S_P
C
busi
ness
cat
alog
in
the
Busi
ness
Cata
logs
app.
2. Che
ck in
whic
h
busi
ness
roles
the

Target What's
busi
ness
cat
alog
is
used
.
3. For
each
busi
ness
role,
se
lect
the
busi
ness
role
ID
and
ver
ify at
the
top
of
the
de
taile
d UI
whet
her
writ
e or
read
ac
cess
is re
stric
ted
for
the
busi
ness
role.

Target What's
4. Whe
n
writ
e ac
cess
is
un
re
stric
ted
for a
busi
ness
role,
the
be
hav
ior
will
not
chan
ge
and
the
busi
ness
user
s will
con
ti
nue
to
be
able
to
edit
de
man
d
pri
oriti
za
tion
rules
once

Target What's
the
re
fine
d
au
tho
riza
tion
chec
k is
im
ple
men
ted.
5. Look
ing
at
the
busi
ness
user
s as
sign
ed
to
the
role,
you
can
as
sess
whet
her
this
level
of
ac
cess
is
ap
pro
priat
e for
the
indi

Target What's
vid
ual
busi
ness
user.
For more
informa
tion, see
Identity
and Ac
cess
Manage
ment.
Order-based Chan Busi Web In the Order-Based Planning [page 553]

planning ged ness UI View
user
Projected
Stock
app, the
field la
bels to
simulate
new pur
chase
docu
ments or
changes
to them
have
been re
named.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Web You can Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning en min UI now
hanc istra Mode change
ed tor/ l con
the pro
con figu
figu duction
ra
ra tion version
tion descrip
ex tion for
pert produc
Busi
tion data
ness
structure
user
master
data
types in
versions
with ver
sion-spe
cific
master
data. You
can do
this in
the IBP
Excel
add-in.

Target What's
Order-based Ad Ap Detailed what's new document for the 1808
planning  min
Re
plica minder: release: Order-Based Planning [page 733]
Man istra tion
da tor/ job In 1808,
tory con Web the
task figu UI Order-
after ra Mode Based
up tion l con
grade Planning:
ex figu
pert Delete
ra
Busi Master
tion
ness Data ap
user plication
job was
added.
 C
au
tio
n
You
have
to
reg
ularl
y run
this
job if
you
take
mas
ter
data
out
of
your
inte
gra
tion
se
lec
tion
in
the
SAP
ERP,

Target What's
sup
ply
chai
n in
te
gra
tion
add-
on
for
SAP
Inte
grate
d
Busi
ness
Plan
ning
or
the
SAP
S/
4HA
NA,
sup
ply
chai
n in
te
gra
tion
add-
on
for
SAP
Inte
grate
d
Busi
ness
Plan
ning.
The IBP
system

Target What's
com
pares the
newly in
tegrated
master
data to
the al
ready ex
isting
master
data, but
master
data re
cords
that are
no longer
part of
the inte
gration
selection
are only
marked
for dele
tion in
IBP. They
are only
finally
deleted
when you
run the
Order-
Based
Planning:
Delete
Master
Data ap
plication
job.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Mode You can Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning en min l con now
hanc istra figu
model
ed tor/ ra
multiple
con tion
figu modes of
Web
ra UI transport
tion for mate
ex rials to
pert be ship
Busi
ped on
ness
between
user
loca
tions.
This
means
you can
have sev
eral
transpor
tation
lanes for
the same
material
between
the same
two loca
tions.
For ex
ample,
you can
have two
transpor
tation
lanes for
the same
material
from one
distribu
tion cen
ter to an
other: a
transpor
tation
lane for
delivery

Target What's
by truck
and a
transpor
tation
lane for
delivery
by plane
that
could be
used for
urgent
deliver
ies.
There are
new API
versions
that con
sider the
modes of
transport
during in
tegration
and plan
ning re
sult ex
traction
and vari
ous apps
for order-
based
planning
have
been
adapted
accord
ingly.
If you al
ready
used SAP
Inte
grated
Business
Planning
1808 or

Target What's
lower
and want
to use
multiple
modes of
transport
for the
first time,
please
see SAP
Note
2720312
.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Busi Plan You can Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning en ness ning now per
hanc user oper
form or
ed ator
der-
based
planning
runs with
a plan
ning start
differing
from the
actual
job exe
cution
time. If
you do
so, plan
ning runs
pretend
that the
day
you've
selected
as the
planning
start was
"now",
and cal
culate
data like
key fig-
ures, lead
times, or
freeze
horizons
accord
ingly.
This
function
is availa
ble for
the con
strained
forecast
run (with

Target What's
and with
out opti
mizer),
the con
firmation
run, the
deploy
ment
run, and
the gat
ing factor
analysis.
To enable
it, we
have
added
new pa
rameters
to the ap
plication
jobs af
fected.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Plan We have Order-Based Planning [page 553]

planning en min ning added
hanc istra oper
new pa
ed tor/ ator
rameters
con
figu to the
ra Order-
tion Based
ex Planning:
pert Constrain
Busi
ed
ness
Forecast
user
Run
Using
Optimize
r applica
tion job.
With
these
you can
define lot
size hori
zons and
fixed cost
horizons
sepa
rately for
transpor
tation,
produc
tion, and
procure
ment.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Plan We have Order-Based Planning [page 553]

planning en min ning added six
hanc istra oper
cost key
ed tor/ ator
figures to
con Mode
figu the SAP7
l con
ra figu sample
tion ra planning
ex tion area. You
pert
can as
Busi
sign
ness
them in
user
the
Settings
for
Order-
Based
Planning
app so
that the
Order-
Based
Planning:
Constrain
ed
Forecast
Run
Using
Optimize
r apppli
cation
job con
siders
the re
lated
cost time
series.

Target What's
Order-based Chan Busi Inte The vali Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning ged ness gra dation
user tion
process
during
key com
pletion
has been
im
proved.
Changes
made to
fields
that are
not ana
lyzed for
changes
are now
always
taken
over (not
only if
the ana
lyzed
fields
have
changed)
.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Busi Plan For days Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning en ness ning where
hanc user oper
the pro
ed ator
jected
stock is
above
the
safety
stock,
the plan
ning en
gine now
evaluates
options
to reduce
the pro
jected
stock by
reducing
or delet
ing sup
ply. It fol
lows the
defined
priorities,
that is, it
first re
duces
supply
from a
low-pri
ority
source of
supply or
a low-pri
ority
transpor
tation
lane.
The new
calcula
tion
method
helps you
to reduce

Target What's
the over
all inven
tory, es
pecially
in sce
narios
with
changing
safety
stock lev
els or lot
sizes. It
also
helps you
to im
prove the
safety
stock sit
uation of
other lo
cations
which
could
benefit
from the
reduced
amounts.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Busi Web We have

planning en ness UI added fil-
hanc user
ters to
ed
the
Analyze
Supply
Usage
app that
enable
you to
display
the sup
ply usage
for a pro
duction
version
or pro
duction
version
ID.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Busi Web We have

planning en ness UI changed
hanc user the dis
ed play in
the View
Gating
Factors
app to
improve
its usabil
ity: Previ
ously, a
separate
line was
shown
for each
supply
element
sharing a
gating
factor
with
other
supply
ele
ments.
Such
lines are
now ag
gregated
into one
line per
primary
demand,
gating
factor
type, and
gating
factor
date.

Target What's
Order-based Chan Ad Web We plan Order-Based Planning [page 553]

planning ged min UI to en
istra
hance
tor/
the inte
con
figu gration
ra between
tion order-
ex based
pert planning
Busi
and con
ness
nected
user
SAP ERP
systems
in the
next re
leases. In
this re
lease, we
have
started
with in
troducing
a default
integra
tion pro
file tech
nically. It
is auto
matically
assigned
to plan
ning
areas
with the
enabled
external
time-ser
ies and
the exter
nal mas
ter data
types. .
You do
not have
to com

Target What's
plete any
addi
tional
steps for
existing
planning
areas or
master
data
types.
When
you cre
ate a new
planning
area or
master
data type
of this
kind, you
need to
select
the de
fault inte
gration
profile.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Mode You can Order-Based Planning [page 553]
planning en min l con now ex
hanc istra figu
port sup
ed tor/ ra
plier-re
con tion
figu lated
ra data to
tion SAP
ex Ariba
pert Supply
Chain
Collabo
ration
and re
ceive
back the
supplier
commit
data that
can be
used in
the OBP
planning
runs as
the con
straint.
To sup
port it,
the SAP7
sample
planning
area has
been en
hanced
with the
following:
● The
new
S7L
OCS
UP
mas
ter
data
type

Target What's
● The
new
PER
PRO
DLO
CSU
P
plan
ning
level
was
in
tro
duce
d.
This
plan
ning
level
con
tains
two
new
copy
op
era
tors
and
sev
eral
new
key
fig-
ures
that
you
can
use
to
inte
grat
e
sup
plier
-re

Target What's
late
d
data
with
SAP
Arib
a
Sup
ply
Chai
n
Col
lab
ora
tion.

Target What's
Cross applica New/ Ad Web In the Change History [page 534]
tions en min UI Change
hanc istra
History
ed tor/
app, the
con
figu date and
ra time
tion when a
ex data re
pert cord was
Busi
changed
ness
is now
user
displayed
in the us
er’s local
time
zone and
addition
ally in
UTC time
zone.
This
helps
users
who work
across
time
zones
compar
ing date
and time
of a
change if
needed.

Target What's
Cross applica New/ Ad Web A new Change History [page 534]
tions en min UI global
hanc istra Glob configu-
ed tor/ al
ration pa
con con
figu rameter
figu
ra ra helps ad
tion tion ministra
ex pa tors con
pert ra trolling
me
how
ter
many
changes
are
shown in
the result
list of the
change
history.

Target What's
Cross applica Pre Ad Plan In this re Group Operator [page 535]
tions pare min ning lease,
next istra oper
1811, the
re tor/ ator
planned
lease con Ap
figu discon
plica
ra tion tinuation
tion job of the
ex group
pert operator
in 1902 is
intro
duced by
the fol
lowing
changes:
● As
of
this
re
leas
e, it
is no
lon
ger
pos
sible
to
cre
ate
new
grou
p
op
era
tors.
● Ex
ist
ing
grou
p
op
era
tors
can
not
be
as
sign
ed

Target What's
to a
plan
ning
area
othe
r
than
the
ones
they
are
as
sign
ed
to.
In 1811,
you can
still use
the group
opera
tors that
you have
created
up to this
release.
However,
we rec
ommend
that you
start
convert
ing the
group
opera
tors
you’re
using
into jobs
chains
before
the up
grade to
1902.
The plan
ned dis
continua

Target What's
tion of
the group
operator
also in
cludes
the
Group
Operator
applica
tion job
template,
which will
be dis
contin
ued as of
1902.
Cross applica New/ Ad Plan To help Copy Operator and Disaggregation Opera
tions en min ning prevent tor [page 535]
hanc istra oper the copy
ed tor/ ator or disag
con Ap gregation
figu plica operator
ra tion from be
tion job ing run
ex without a
pert planning
Busi filter un
ness inten
user tionally,
adminis
trators
can now
make the
use of a
planning
filter
manda
tory.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web The fol

en ness UI lowing
hanc user
new pa
ed
rameters
are now
available
to extract
key fig-
ure val
ues using
the /IBP
/
EXTRACT
_SRV/
extract
_kf
OData
service:
● PER
IOD
_FI
LTE
R_V
ALU
E:
Re
stric
ts
the
time
pe
riod
by
al
low
ing
you
to
spec
ify a
date
rang
e

Target What's
● SUP
PRE
SS_
NUL
L_V
ALU
ES:
Sup
pres
ses
NUL
L
val
ues
in
your
key
fig-
ure
data
● SUP
PRE
SS_
ZER
O_V
ALU
ES:
Sup
pres
ses
0
(zer
o)
val
ues
in
your
key
fig-
ure
data

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web In the Supply Chain Network [page 562]
en ness UI Supply
hanc user
Chain
ed
Network
app, you
can now
filter by
location.
In addi
tion, you
can navi
gate to
both the
Analytics
-
Advance
d and the
Dashboar
ds -
Advance
d apps.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web In the

en ness UI Analytics
hanc user
-
ed
Advance
d app,
the new
Legend
Position
option is
now
available
under
the Chart
Options
tab. This
feature
allows
you to
choose
where
you place
the chart
legends.
You can
choose
to place
them to
the right,
left, top
or bot
tom of
the
chart.
In addi
tion, you
have an
Auto op
tion,
which
when se
lected,
automat
ically pla
ces the
legends

Target What's
in the top
right cor
ner. If
there is
insuffi-
cent
space for
the leg
ends to
appear
there,
this op
tion pla
ces the
legends
at the
bottom
of the
chart.
If you are interested in what has happened in recent releases, please check the following places:


 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note
Excel add-in.
 Note
can decide to install it at any point in time when you wish to use the new functions that are available with
the new add-in version. The new functions that become available with the IBP Excel add-in 1811.2.0 are
described in this document.
Value-Based Filters
You can now filter the content of planning views by key figure values.

For example, you can specify that only customers with an annual sales volume of over 1,000,000 EUR should
be shown in the planning view, or that only those combinations should be displayed where the key figure value
is not empty or zero.
To filter planning views by key figure values, you need to specify a value-based filter on the Filter tab of the Edit
Planning View window. You can then save your value-based filter criteria if you wish.
 Note
You can only apply one value-based filter per planning view.
Enhancements to Planning Notes
The planning notes functionality has been enhanced with the following:
Display of Cell Values

The value of the cell for which a user created a planning note is now tracked within the note. This is useful if
another user who reviews the planning note on a more aggregated or disaggregated level wants to see the
context in which the planning note was created.
The value and the respective conversion information (for example, unit of measure or currency) are tracked at
the point when the planning note was initially saved. They are not updated when they are later changed in the
planning view.
User Settings
The Settings and Admin Settings functionalities have been enhanced to include settings for certain behaviors of
the planning notes. These settings can improve both the usability and the performance.
The following table provides an overview of the new settings:
New Field Comment
Planning Notes We recommend that you select the Show from This Planning Level Only option for
this setting. Selecting Show from All Levels may lead to performance issues due to
the large amount of planning notes that need to be read, written, and rendered
from all levels of aggregation and disaggregation.
Apply Planning Note Limit (5000) If you select this option, a maximum of 5000 planning notes can be displayed in
any planning view. Setting this limit can have a positive impact on performance.
Show Planning Note Limit Instruction If you select this option, an explanation is displayed when the number of planning
notes reaches the limit and therefore no planning notes are shown.

New Field Comment
Threshold for Auto-Sizing of Planning This setting specifies the number of planning notes in a planning view past which
Notes the system should not autosize the planning notes to fit the full text of the planning
notes when the cursor is hovered over a cell. However, it does not set a limit for
cases when the user clicks into a cell. Autosizing is then performed automatically.
 Note
Before you change the default value of zero for this setting, you should con
sider that any higher threshold will have a negative impact on performance.
Perform Planning Note Validation Invalid changes can happen when the user changes an IBP planning note with na
tive Microsoft Excel functions. Such invalid changes are never saved. However, if
this option is selected, the system performs an additional validation step and dis
plays a warning message regarding the invalid changes it identified.
 Note
This option is selected by default. You may want to deselect it to improve sys
tem performance.
Native Microsoft Excel Comments Disabled
It is not possible to create, edit, or delete planning notes with Microsoft Excel native functions. To prevent the
user from performing these actions by accident, all commands related to comments have been disabled in the
context menu for the data area in all planning views.
For technical reasons, the New Comment, Edit Comment, and Delete commands are still available in the Review
group of the ribbon. If they are used accidentally, the resulting changes are not saved.
 Note
The Previous, Next, Show All Comments, and Show Ink buttons in the Review group of the ribbon are still
available for planning notes.
Sortable Columns
You can now sort the columns in the Details of Planning Notes window.

Enhancement to the EPM Formatting Rules
The EPM formatting functionality has been enhanced with the following:
Union Flag
If you want to set the same formatting rule for different members in EPM formatting, you can now use the
Union flag or checkbox on the Multiple Selection Overview tab to group these members.
As a result, multiple EPM formatting rules are consolidated as an OR conjunction, which can have a positive
impact on performance when the formatting rules are applied.
For example, a rule may apply if the key figure name is Actuals Price OR Actuals Revenue, AND if the month is
December 2016 OR February 2017.
6.3.1 SAP CoPilot
Create support incidents and submit feature requests from SAP CoPilot.
 Restriction
SAP CoPilot's digital support experience (DSX) features are currently not available for customers in China
due to regulations in the Chinese Cybersecurity Law (CCL), and for customers who require EU-only data
processing due to the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).
Using SAP's digital assistant, SAP CoPilot, you can now create support incidents and feature requests directly
from SAP Integrated Business Planning.
 Note
To be able to create a support incident or a feature request, a business user must have the following:
● A special role based on the role template SAP_BR_APPL_SUPPORT_ENGINEER must be assigned to the
business user.
● An S-user must be linked to the business user.
For creating support incidents, the S-user must have authorization to create support incidents for the
given IBP system. For feature requests, the S-user must be enabled for Customer Influence.
If no S-user is linked to your business user, you can link an S-user from within SAP CoPilot.
You can create incidents and feature requests from SAP CoPilot in two ways:
● Start a new chat, or open an existing one. Select the + (Add Objects) icon, then choose Create New Object.

By selecting the Support Incident option, you can create an incident that is sent to the SAP ONE Support
Launchpad. We recommend that you add a screenshot to your incident. You can also add a support
information object to the chat where you create the support incident.
By selecting the Feature Request option, you can create an improvement request that is sent to the SAP
Integrated Business Planning project on the Customer Influence site.
● Use SAP CoPilot's natural language interaction capabilities to create a support incident, or a feature
request. On the CoPilot screen there's a field where you see Ask CoPilot.... You can type here, for example,
create an incident for me, or feature request, and SAP CoPilot will guide you through the task.
 Note
The support skills of SAP CoPilot (such as creating a support incident or a feature request) are
currently available in English only.
Natural language interaction (SAP CoPilot's digital assistant tab) is currently available in English, and
supports text only.
For more information about SAP CoPilot, see the help available from within SAP CoPilot, by choosing the ?
(question mark) icon. You can also refer to Getting Support using the Digital Support Experience on SAP Help
Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_COPILOT.
6.3.2 Application Job Templates
Group Operator Application Job Template
Along with the group operator, it is planned to discontinue the Group Operator application job template as of
1902. In 1811, you can still use the template, however, we recommend that you start adapting your processes to
the planned change. For more information, see Group Operator [page 535].
New Simulation Mode and Preview Option for the Purge Key Figure Data
Application Job
In earlier releases, it was not possible to determine beforehand how much key figure data the Purge Key Figure
Data application job was going to delete if it was executed. Also, it was not possible to see which key figure data
the job was going to delete. To allow administrators to assess the effect of a purge run, we’ve introduced a new
simulation mode for this job.
To use the simulation mode, you need to select the new Simulate checkbox in the application job template.
When you then schedule the job, no data is purged, but the system determines the number of records that
would be purged if the job is executed. This is done for time-series records as well as for planning-object
records. The number of records is then shown in the log for the corresponding job in the Application Jobs and
the Application Logs app.

To get more detailed information about which data exactly will be purged, you can also choose to display a
preview. The preview is contained in an attachment file for the corresponding job log. To create a preview, you
need to select the Preview Data To Be Purged checkbox in addition to the Simulate checkbox in the application
job template. Note that to preview the data, you must have selected at least one base planning level.
If there are any records to be deleted, you can display one preview for each planning level of a version. If you
choose to delete planning objects, those planning objects are shown in a separate preview. The preview shows
the key figure data that will be purged along with the key figure values, the root attributes, and the period start
date.
Related Information
Date and Time of Changes Now Displayed in Two Different Time Zones
In the Change History app, in addition to the UTC time zone, the timestamp for a change is now shown in the
business user’s local time zone.
If no local time zone is maintained for a business user in the Maintain Business Users app, the timestamp is
shown in UTC time zone in both columns.
Defining the Row Limit for Change History Results
Previously, the number of changes shown in the result list of the change history depended on the setting of the
MAX_RESULT_ROW_SIZE global configuration parameter. This parameter is used for the planning view to
restrict the maximum number of cells that can be retrieved from the database for a key figure.
In some cases, the result list for change history did not show the expected number of results. For example, if
the maximum row limit was set to 2000, the result list for change history only showed 5 rows, even if the actual
number of changes tracked by change history was higher.
With 1811, we’ve introduced a new global configuration parameter that can be used to control the row limit for
change history results. If it is set, the MAX_RESULT_ROW_SIZE global configuration parameter will not be taken
into account for the change history results.
The new MAX_RESULT_LIMIT parameter has two advantages. It gives administrators greater flexibility,
because they can now define a row limit for the change history that is different from the one in the planning

view. Additionally, the use of this parameter ensures that the correct number of rows is shown as defined in this
parameter.
Using this global configuration parameter is optional. This means that if you do not set it deliberately, the
system behavior remains as in the previous release, and the value that is set in the MAX_RESULT_ROW_SIZE
global configuration parameter defines the row limit for change history by default.
Note that the use of this global configuration parameter results in longer runtime when you query data from
the database.
Related Information
6.3.4 Group Operator
Creation of New Group Operators Has Been Disabled
As announced in 1808, it is no longer possible to create group operators as of this release. Also, you can’t
assign an existing group operator to a planning area other than the ones it is already assigned to. Along with
the group operator itself, it is also planned that the Group Operator application job template will be
discontinued as of 1902.
This change is the first step for the discontinuation of the group operator, which is planned for 1902.
Group operators that were created up to this release and the Group Operator application job template can still
be used in 1811. However, we recommend that you start preparing for 1902 by converting the group operators
you’re using into job chains, if you haven’t done so yet.
For detailed information on the planned discontinuation of the group operator and information on how to
convert a group operator into a job chain, please see the What’s New information about the group operator
[page 745] for 1808.
6.3.5 Copy Operator and Disaggregation Operator

Mandatory Filter for Copy Operator and Disaggregation Operator
Administrators can now make the use of a planning filter for the copy operator and disaggregation operator
mandatory. This helps prevent users from unintentionally running the operator without a planning filter
specified. In earlier releases, this could lead to a lot of data being copied that was not intended to be copied.
To make the use of a planning filter mandatory, you can set the new IS_FILTER_REQUIRED parameter in the
copy operator or disaggregation operator configuration. By setting this parameter to X, the system checks if a
planning filter has been set for the operators before they are scheduled. If the business user forgets to set a
planning filter, the system prevents the scheduling of the operators. This is independent of whether the
business user tries to schedule the operators in the IBP Excel add-in or in the Application Jobs app using the
Copy Operator, Copy Operator with Time Period Filter, Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure Operator application
job templates.
 Note
Using the mandatory planning filter cannot be bypassed by entering wildcards for the planning operator.
Related Information
Copy (COPY) Operator

Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator
Integration of Time-Series Based Planning in SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain

integration add-on for IBP and SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for
IBP
The SAP S/4 HANA, supply chain integration add-on for IBP and the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on
for IBP now support the integration of time-series-based planning areas in SAP Integrated Business Planning.
The add-ons have been enhanced with the extractors for the following types of master data:
● Product
● Location
● Resource
● Location Product
● Resource Location
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon andhttp://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon .

In addition, the new template IBP_MD_S4_ERP_AddOn in SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services
reads the data from these extractors and sends it to the time-series based planning areas in IBP, for example to
the unified planning area.
Total Duration and Waiting Time Now Shown on Header Level in Data
Integration Jobs App
In the Data Integration Jobs app, the total duration and waiting time of a data integration job are now shown on
the header level of the job.
Related Information
Templates for SAP Integrated Business Planning
Use of Attribute and Key Figure IDs Of Up to 32 Characters Supported
Up to now, you could only use attributes and key figures in consumer and provider data sharing plans if their ID
did not exceed 22 characters. With 1811, we’ve increased the limit so that you can now use attributes and key
figures that have an ID of up to 32 characters.
Message Monitoring
As opposed to what has been announced in 1805 and 1808, the old SAP_CA_BC_COM_PC business catalog for
message monitoring is not discontinued in 1811. The discontinuation is planned for the next release, SAP
Integrated Business Planning 1902.
For detailed information on the enhancements and changes for message monitoring within business network
collaboration, please see the What’s New information about message monitoring [page 777] for 1805.

New App: Key Figure Calculations
The Key Figure Calculations app is now available in the Model Configuration group on the SAP Fiori Launchpad.
You can use this app to display the complete calculation graph of one or more key figures in a planning area.
Visualizing the calculations of key figures with their interdependencies comes in handy, for example, when you
check your planning model, or when you want to add new key figures to your model.
In the Key Figure Calculations app, calculations are displayed as graphs, where the nodes are the calculations,
and the arcs represent the input-output relationships of the key figures involved in the calculation. For the
nodes of the graph, you can display the planning levels with the root attributes or the calculations. You can also
display additional information about the planning level and the key figure itself involved in a calculation. To get
the most detailed information, you can navigate to the Planning Areas app to display the planning level of the
calculation, the key figure, and the base planning level of the key figure.
● Create a new planning level

● Change an existing planning level
● View the source of attributes
 Note
This information is hidden by default.
● View the status of a calculation definition
● View additional input key figures in the calculation definitions of key figures
● View in the calculation definitions if an input key figure is stored
● Get a better visual representation of calculation definitions as multiple occurences of the same key figure
and planning level are highlighted as you hover over them
● View if a key figure has external key figure quantity assigned, as a new icon is introduced in the type column
for key figures
● View the external data source of the planning levels in planning areas enabled for external time series
● View the integration profile the planning area enabled for external time series uses
To create a planning level from scratch, go to the Planning Levels tab and choose New. To edit an existing
planning level, select the planning level and choose Edit.

To view the source of attributes assigned to a planning level, select a planning area and go to its details. On the
Planning Levels tab, open the planning level in question. Choose Settings for the Attributes table and select the
checkbox for Source on the Columns tab on the View Settings dialog.
To view the calculation definitions of a key figure, go to the Key Figures tab and select a key figure.
To view the integration profile the planning area uses, select the planning area that is enabled for external time
series and go to its details. The integration profile is available on the General tab under the Planning Area
Settings.
Enhanced Sample Model Entities App
● View additional input key figures in the calculation definitions of key figures
● View in the calculation definitions if an input key figure is stored
● Get a better visual representation of calculation definitions as multiple occurences of the same key figure
and planning level are highlighted as you hover over them
● View if a key figure has external key figure quantity assigned, as a new icon is introduced in the type column
for key figures
● View the external data source of the planning levels in planning areas enabled for external time series
● View the integration profile the planning area enabled for external time series uses
To view the calculation definitions of a key figure, go to the Key Figures tab and select a key figure.
To view the integration profile the planning area uses, select the planning area that is enabled for external time
series and go to its details. The integration profile is available on the General tab under the Planning Area
Settings.
Enhanced Master Data Types App
You can now view the integration profile the external master data type uses. The integration profile is available
in the header data of each external master data type.
When you start an export, the screen now returns immediately and the export runs in the background. To see
the progress, refresh your screen or go to the Application Logs app.
Partial Copy
If you select a filter for partial copy, the planning profiles related to the filter, if any, are now copied.

New Activation Checks
We have added new checks to the set of checks that runs when you activate a planning area, or perform a
 Note
You do not need to reactivate your planning area because of these newly introduced checks.
Checks Related to Calculation Definitions

Errors in calculation definitions prevent the planning area from being activated. The system now identifies
specific errors in calculation definitions when a consistency check is run, and during the check phase of the
activation, instead of running into an object generation error later during activation.
Checks of the following requirements have been added:
● Syntax checks, such as brackets and quotation marks go in pairs.

● Each attribute in a calculation expression is available from the input planning levels.
● A calculation at REQUEST level is either an aggregation, or has inputs from request level only.
● For L script calculations: The sort attribute of an L script is available from the input planning level of the L
script.
● For L script calculations: The sort sequence of attributes in an L script is valid.
Checks Related to External Time Series

In order-based planning, integration profiles have been introduced in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1811.
During activation, we check the assignment of integration profiles and the compatibility of external data
sources. These checks are executed when a planning area enabled for external time series is activated, or a
consistency check is executed on such a planning area.
The system now also checks the following configuration:
● An integration profile is assigned to the planning area.

● The same integration profile is assigned to the planning area and to each external master data type
assigned to this planning area.
● The data source of an external planning level is compatible with the data source of its root attributes.
For more information about the checks that are executed when a consistency check is run, or when a planning
area is activated, see Planning Areas.
Activation Checks Planned to Change in 1905
Check for Output Planning Levels Containing Attributes with Missing Input
Since release 1808, the system checks the key figures to identify calculations where the output planning level
of the calculation includes an attribute, which is not a calculated attribute, and cannot be sourced from any of
the input planning levels either.
Currently, this check returns a warning if it finds such a calculation. For other features to work, that are planned
to be delivered in IBP 1905 and later, such calculations mustn't exist. As of IBP 1905, if this check fails, it will
result in an error, thus it will make the activation fail.

Latest before the upgrade to 1905, perform a consistency check on your planning areas, and correct the invalid
calculations if there are any.
3. Look for an entry that is a warning, and the message text is: Calculation &2@&3: Attribute &1 is not
available from any input., where &2 is a placeholder for a key figure, &3 for a planning level, and &1 for an
attribute.
○ Add the attribute to any of the input planning levels.
○ Choose a different output planning level for the calculation, which does not include the attribute.
○ Remove the attribute from the output planning level.
As of 1905, you will no longer be able to activate a planning area that contains key figures with invalid
combinations of aggregation and disaggregation modes. For a list of incorrect combinations, see the section
Checks for the Aggregation and Disaggregation Mode in Planning Areas.
Before the upgrade, please check if your planning areas contain key figures with combinations that are not
permitted and adjust either the aggregation or the disaggregation mode.
following:
● Example planning notes have been added in the demand planning process.
● The MAXINVENTORYVIOLATIONCOSTRATE and IOMAXINVENTORY have been added to support maximum
inventory constraints in inventory optimization.
● The names and descriptions of quota-related key figures for the supply optimizer quota arrangements
have been changed.
● Key figures for calculated lead time, lead time variability, and minimum and incremental lot size have been
added.
● Historical period has been added in the forecast automation profile.

New App: Manage Recurring Processes
In previous versions, if you had a process that repeats regularly, you had to create a new instance of that
process manually each time you wanted it to repeat. With 1811, we’ve introduced the new Manage Recurring
Processes app that allows you to automate the creation of new processes that repeat regularly.
In this app, you can schedule all recurrences of a process in one go. You can decide if the process should repeat
monthly or weekly, how many times it should repeat and on which day, and define a day from which the
process should start to repeat. Based on the settings you define, the system generates occurrences that
represent planned individual processes. These processes are created when the start date defined for the
occurrence has arrived. You can manually adapt the prefilled name and dates of each occurrence. This allows
you to plan the recurrence of the process more accurately.
The individual processes can be viewed and managed in the Manage Processes app.
To add the new SAP Fiori app to your launchpad, you first need to add the SAP_IBP_BC_RECINST_PC business
catalog to the business role in which you want to use the app. The Manage Recurring Processes app is then
available in the General Planner group on the launchpad. Depending on the authorizations individual users have
within process management, you can limit their activities accordingly by granting them read or write access.
For more information, see Authorizations for Process Management.
 Note
Please remember that in order to be able to work with the new app, users also need at least read access to
the Manage Process Templates app and the Manage Processes app.
Related Information
Manage Recurring Processes

Authorizations for Process Management
Manage Processes

6.8 Demand Planning
New app: Settings for Product Lifecycle

The new Settings for Product Lifecycle app allows the administrator to create settings profiles for demand
planners. These profiles define the processes and settings available in the Manage Product Lifecycle app. The
settings include assignment levels, launch dimensions, search attributes, key figures for simulation, and phase-
in/phase out features. They can be assigned to individual users or to user groups.
Upload Product Assignments and Forecast Dates

You can now upload product assignments and forecast dates from a csv file in the Manage Product Lifecycle
app. A single upload may contain up to 10,000 lines. You can check the upload details in the Application Logs
app.
Product ID as Launch Dimension

For forecasting on product ID level, you can now use the product ID as a launch dimension in the Manage
Product Lifecycle app. This enables you to assign one data set of start dates, end dates and, curves to the
product.
Data Realignment
You can now copy one or several realignment steps.
You can now specify in the processing options whether you want to delete obsolete source planning objects
after realignment.
For compound master data types, selection criteria referring to the simple master data type of the key fields
are now considered too.
Not Equal is now available as an additional selection option for attributes in realignment steps.
New Forecasting Algorithm: Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees

The gradient boosting of decision trees algorithm is now available in the Manage Forecast Models app. It is an
ensemble machine learning algorithm for regression and classification problems that can be used in a forecast
model when several external conditions are to be considered during the forecast calculation (the average
temperature during certain time periods, the price, and so on).

Gradient boosting is similar to other regression models in that it considers independent variables to explain a
target variable such as sales history and calculates a forecast based on the results. However, as an ensemble
method for regression it performs repeated optimization on several decision trees, each of which is a tree-like
model of decisions and their possible consequences. The goal of this tree-building process is to create a tree
that determines which independent variables should be considered at which level of the tree from what
threshold during the forecast calculations. The individual trees are thus combined into an ensemble model to
achieve overall better accuracy than a single decision tree.
Time Settings Available for Time Series Analysis

You can now define in the Manage Forecast Automation Profiles app how many historical periods should be
considered during the time series analysis.
This historical time horizon does not include the current period, and it can only be defined in the most granular
periodicity that is used in the target calculation level.
If you select additional calculation levels with higher-level periodicities, the system translates the lower-level
periods that you specified for the time horizon into the higher-level ones and aggregates the values accordingly.
New Option for All Forecast Models: Disregard Leading Nulls

You can now specify on the General tab of the Manage Forecast Models app that leading nulls (that is, missing
values at the start of the sales history) should be disregarded during the forecast calculations.
This means the following:
● The missing values are not substituted by any other values.

● The ex-post forecast is only calculated after the first period that contains a value.
● Independent variables are only applied from the first period that contains a value.
● If the weighted moving average algorithm is used, both the sales history and the weights are considered
only from the first period that contains a sales history value.
● If lifecycle planning is enabled, the leading nulls are eliminated from the history of references as well.
● If the Choose Best method is selected for the forecast model as a way to utilize multiple forecasts, and a
test phase is defined for this method, it may happen that only the test phase contains sales history data. In
this case, an error will occur.
System-Generated Feature Available for Multiple Linear Regression

The Month of the Year system-generated feature is now available for the multiple linear regression algorithm in
the Manage Forecast Models app.
This feature allows the algorithm to capture some seasonality in case there are no independent variables
available in the regression model that already capture the seasonal effect. If it is selected, the system creates
an additional independent variable during runtime that describes for each period the month to which it
belongs. When this variable is added to monthly, weekly, or daily data, it helps the system capture some of the
seasonal impact that occurs regularly each year (for example, larger sales occur in each December). It allows
the algorithm to come up with monthly estimates for the future forecast.
Demand Sensing
Downstream Signals Can Be Selected

You can now select up to eight downstream signals in forecast models that contain the demand sensing (full)
or demand sensing (update) algorithm. These signals provide information from sources that are between the

manufacturer and the customer in the supply chain. For example, retailer point-of-sale (POS) data, warehouse
inventory, and warehouse withdrawals are typical downstream signals.
Any key figure that was selected for point of sales data in your previous forecast models containing the demand
sensing (full) or demand sensing (update) algorithm is now the first selected key figure in the Downstream
Signals section.
Related Information
Settings for Product Lifecycle

Manage Realignment Rules
Upload Product Assignments, Forecast Dates and Curves
Manage Forecast Models
Time Series Analysis
Creating a Forecast Model for Demand Sensing
Added Support for Maximum Storage Capacity Constraints
In this release, inventory optimization now supports maximum storage capacity constraints. By considering
maximum storage capacity constraints at the product location level during inventory optimization, more
accurate inventory targets can be recommended. By considering storage constraints, planners can consider
moving inventory to more expensive but less constrained locations, or if no feasible storage solution is possible,
additional storage capacity can be recommended.
New Global Configuration settings for Maximum Storage Capacity Constraints

Maximum Storage Capacity Constraints requires two new global configuration settings:
Parameter Group Parameter Name Default Value Parameter Description
INVENTORY STORAGE_CAPACITY_CO IGNORE Set whether to ignore or consider storage ca

NSTRAINTS pacity constraints. IGNORE is the default value.
When set to CONSIDER, IO operators consider
storage capacity constraint key figures. If the set
ting is missing or set to any other value other
than IGNORE or CONSIDER, the default value
(IGNORE) is used.

INVENTORY STORAGE_PENALTY_OPT VARIABLE Sets how to manage the cost of storage con
ION straint violations. When set to FIXED, the pa
rameter minimizes number of stocking nodes
where storage constraint is violated, and assum
ing a large fix-cost to resolve the storage prob
lem. The VARIABLE option minimizes total cost
of storage, and assumes a variable cost for each
instance of additional required storage.
For more information about global configuration parameters, see Global Configuration Parameters in the
model configuration guide.
New Key Figures for Maximum Storage Capacity Constraint

Two new input key figures have been added to the SAP3 sample planning area. They are used by the Global
(multi-stage) inventory optimization operator.
MAXINVENTORYVIOLA Maximum Inventory WKPRODLOC Cost rate of violating For this key figure to
TIONCOSTRATE Violation Cost Rate the maximum inven be used by the inven
tory, that is, of adding tory operator, the
additional storage ca STORAGE_CAPACITY_
pacity. CONSTRAINTS global
configuration parame
ter must be set to
CONSIDER.
IOMAXINVENTORY IO Maximum On Hand WKPRODLOC Maximum amount of For this key figure to
Inventory on hand inventory that be used by the inven
can be stored at a loca tory operator, the
tion. STORAGE_CAPACITY_
CONSTRAINTS global
configuration parame
ter must be set to
CONSIDER.
For more information about the SAP3 sample planning area, see Sample Planning Area for Inventory
Optimization.
New Flow-Through Lead-Time and Lot Size Key Figures
In conjunction with the non-stocking push global configuration parameter introduced in the 1808 release, the
Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator now generates eight new output key figures that aggregate
lead times and lot sizes between an up-stream stocking node that is sourcing a non-stocking node that in turn,

is sourcing a down-stream stocking node. These key figures can be used as inputs to the Decomposed (single-
stage) inventory optimization operator.
CALCPLEADTIME Flow-through WKPRODLOCSRC Flow-through produc Used as an input into

Production Lead Time tion lead time in weeks the Single Stage
(can be fractional) simulation
CALCPMINLOTSIZE Flow-through WKPRODLOCSRC Flow-through produc Used as an input into

Production Minimum tion minimum lot size the Single Stage
Lot Size simulation
CALCPINCLOTSIZE Flow-through WKPRODLOCSRC Flow-through produc Used as an input into

Production Incremental tion incremental lot the Single Stage
Lot Size Size simulation
CALCPLEADTIMEVARI Flow-through WKPRODLOCSRC Flow-through produc Used as an input into

ABILITY Production Lead Time tion lead time coeffi- the Single Stage
Error CV cient of variation in simulation
weeks (can be frac
tional)
CALCTLEADTIME Flow-through WKPRODLOCLOCFR Flow-through transpor Used as an input into

Transportation Lead tation lead time in the Single Stage
Time weeks (can be frac simulation
tional).
CALCTMINLOTSIZE Flow-through WKPRODLOCLOCFR Flow-through transpor Used as an input into

Transportation tation minimum lot the Single Stage
Minimum Lot Size size simulation
CALCTINCLOTSIZE Flow-through WKPRODLOCLOCFR Flow-through transpor Used as an input into

Transportation tation incremental lot the Single Stage
Incremental Lot Size size simulation
CALCTLEADTIMEVARI Flow-through WKPRODLOCLOCFR Flow-through transpor Used as an input into

ABILITY Transportation Lead tation lead time coeffi- the Single Stage
Time Error CV cient of variation in simulation
weeks (can be frac
tional)
For more information about the SAP3 sample planning area, see Sample Planning Area for Inventory
Optimization
Changes to Loop Handling in Inventory Optimization
In 1811, the inventory optimization algorithms can now run successfully when time-varying sourcing ratios
create cycles (loops). The ENABLE variable has been added to the LOOP_HANDLING global configuration

parameter to enable the inventory optimization algorithms to run when loops are present. The parameter now
performs as follows:
INVENTORY LOOP_HANDLING REMOVE If the parameter value is set to LOG, then the
loops (cyclical sourcing in algorithms) are logged
in business logs. If the parameter is set to
REMOVE, then the loops are logged and re
moved. If the parameter value is set to ENABLE,
the system creates logs and the inventory opti
mization algorithms run successfully when time-
varying sourcing ratios create loops. If any other
value besides LOG, REMOVE, or ENABLE is pro
vided or the parameter is missing, then the loops
are logged and removed (default behavior).
Save Scenario to Baseline in DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
After running a scenario in the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, you can now save the key figure output results to a
baseline scenario by clicking Save to Baseline at the bottom of the scenario screen. The system then updates
the baseline to these results.
For more information, see Creating and Running Scenarios in DDMRP Buffer Analysis
Redesign of Summary Information Section in DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
The bar chart was replaced by a summary table to improve usability and readability.
Additions to SAP3B Sample Planning Area to Support Multiple Buffer

Profiles
The master data attribute PROFILESETID has been added to the IBPLOCATION and IBPBUFFERPROFILE
master data types.
Users can establish more than one buffer profile by setting a unique PROFILESETID. This allows users to apply
different buffer profile settings at each location, depending on definitions of item type, lead time and variability
categories.

Attribute PROFILESETID is a key attribute in the IBPBUFFERPROFILE master data type and a non-key
attribute in the IBPLOCATION master data type.
If no PROFILESETID value exists in theIBPLOCATION master data, buffer values are not calculated.
Additions to SAP3B Sample Planning Area to Override Buffer Profile

Categories
Users can override the IBPBUFFERPROFILE master data attributes ITEMTYPECATEGORY,

LEADTIMECATEGORY and VARIABILITYCATEGORY with the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data attributes
ITEMTYPECATEGOVERRIDE, LTCATEGOVERRIDE and VARCATEGOVERRIDE, respectively.
Users can use the override attributes in cases where users want to revise the DDMRP inventory operator
category attribute results at the product-location level, such as by a priori segmentation analysis.
ITEMTYPECATEGOVERRIDE, LTCATEGOVERRIDE and VARCATEGOVERRIDE are non-key attributes in the

IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. For the override attributes to generate results, users must change
the attribute values in the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type.
New Global Configuration Parameters for Global (Multi-Stage) Inventory

Optimization Algorithm Enhancements
Two algorithm enhancements have been made to the Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization operator:
● Smoothing for continuous binary sourcing

● Fractional exposure in backlog calculation
These enhancements are switched on and off using the following global configuration parameters in the
INVENTORY parameter group :

Algorithm Enhancement Driver Result
With the 1811 release, the global config- In a multi-sourcing scenario, whenever Spikes and dips are detected based on
uration parameter a node changes the sourcing ratio the sum of the incoming supply ratios
SMOOTH_SS_AROUND_SRC_CHANGE has across suppliers that have different lead offset by their respective lead times.
been added. times, the recommended safety stock
A spike on a period is removed using
for that node can have either a spike or
If the parameter value is set to Yes, the maximum arc’s recommended
a dip.
smoothing for continuous binary sourc safety stock for that period.
ing is enabled for the Global (multi- Switching from a short lead time to a
A dip is removed using the average of
stage) inventory optimization operator. long lead time source of supply creates
the recommended safety stock before
a spike on recommended safety stock,
If the parameter value is set to NO, and after that period
whereas switching from a long lead
smoothing is not enabled. If the setting
time to short lead time source of supply
is missing or set to any other value
creates a dip.
other than YES or NO, the default value
(NO) is used.
 Note
Binary sourcing input data must ex
ist in each period of the planning
area’s planning horizon configura-
tion for smoothing to work.
With the 1811 release, the global config- Prior to this release, the Global (multi- With the 1811 release, the algorithm
uration parameter stage) inventory optimization algorithm now considers fractional exposure in
EXPOSURE_ROUNDING_FOR_BACKLOG rounded the fractional exposure up to a the calculation of backlog (still in a
has been added. multiple of weeks in the calculation of weekly model).
backlog.
If the parameter value is set to YES, the For example, if periods between review
Global (multi-stage) inventory For example, if periods between review (PBR) = 1 day and lead time = 1 week,
optimization algorithm considers frac (PBR) = 1 day and lead time = 1 week, exposure of 1.14 is considered the full
tional exposure when calculating the the exposure of 1.14 is rounded up to 2 demand in the last week and 0.14 pe
backlog. When set to NO, the Global weeks. riod of demand in week 2, to evaluate
(multi-stage) inventory optimization al the unmet demand.
The backlog is then calculated based on
gorithm does not consider fractional ex the demand over the past two weeks.
posure when calculating the backlog
(the behavior of the operator before the
1811 release).
If the setting is missing or set to any

other value other than YES or NO, the
default value (YES) is used.

In this release, we provide the new SAP4S sample planning area. For details, see the New Heuristic Type: Time-
Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic [page 551], New Master Data Type: Shelf Life [page 551], and New
Sample Planning Area: SAP4S [page 552] sections in this document.
New Heuristic Type: Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic
The time-series-based shelf life planning heuristic is a new heuristic type that enables you to take the shelf life
of products into account when creating an infinite demand and supply plan with no shortages. The shelf life
planning heuristic is similar to the time-series-based supply planning heuristic (type: infinite without
shortages). It follows the same planning philosophy, which is to balance insufficient supply with negative
projected stock for the location products in question.
The shelf life planning heuristic is the only algorithm that enables you to plan for shelf life and it supports the
following features:
● Time aggregation
● Validity of sources of supply
● Multiple modes of transport
● Transport and production lead time
● Minimum lot size and rounded values
● Demand categories
● Adjusted key figures, except for ADJDEPENDENTCUSTOMERDEMAND and
ADJDEPENDENTCUSTOMERDEMANDDS
● Optionally: shelf life of components. Components are only consumed by a production source of supply if
their remaining shelf life is equal to, or higher than, the minimum shelf life defined by the production source
item.
For more information, see Time-Series-Based Shelf Life Planning Heuristic.
New Master Data Type: Shelf Life
A new master data type Shelf Life (SL4SHELFLIFE) is available for use exclusively with the new shelf life
planning heuristic. Its root attribute SHELFLIFEID defines the shelf life of a product as a number of periods.
For more information, see Shelf Life.

New Sample Planning Area: SAP4S
You must set up a planning area dedicated to running the shelf life planning heuristic. To help you do this, we're
delivering a new sample planning area called SAP4S. It contains all the master data types, attributes, key
figures, and planning levels you need to run the shelf life planning heuristic. You can use them as a basis for
your configuration.
For more information, see SAP4S Sample Planning Area.
TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY Required for Late Delivery of Independent

Demand
With release 1802, we introduced the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure to support late delivery of
independent demand. Since that release, only this new key figure provides the correct value for the projected
stock calculation for those customers who use the late delivery feature for independent demand.
As of release 1811, planning algorithms return an error and abort if you use late delivery for independent
demand and TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY is not yet configured.
If you use late delivery for independent demand, be sure to have the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure
configured after the upgrade to 1811 at the very latest.
For more information, see Late Delivery.
Changed Definition of Handling Resources
To improve usability and consistency, the definition of handling resources has changed. As of 1811, the
As announced in the previous release, you need to change the attribute values manually if you have already
used handling resources before release 1811.
As of 1811, you will receive a warning if a handling resource still has the value 0 or NULL. As of 1902, the
planning algorithm will return an error in this case.
Be sure to change the RESOURCETYPE for handling resources from 0 or NULL to 2 in the 1811 release.
Supply Propagation Heuristic Respects MAXRECEIPT
The time-series based supply propagation heuristic now respects the Maximum External Receipts key figure
(MAXRECEIPT). This means you can limit the external receipts computed by this heuristic.

Optimizer-Related Checks in Check Mode Algorithm
For planning areas that have an optimizer profile assigned, the Check Mode algorithm now performs optimizer-
related consistency checks by default.
For example, it checks whether costs have been maintained at all, and whether definitions like quota
arrangements and minimum and maximum values for aggregated constraints make sense.
You can switch off the optimizer-related checks in the S&OP Operator Profiles app: To do so, add the
CHECK_MODE/OPTIMIZE_CHECK parameter to the check mode operator profile in the Additional Parameters
section and set its value to NO.
Production Version Descriptions
You can now change the production version description for production data structure master data types in the
IBP Excel add-in. This is possible for versions that have version-specific master data.
If, for example, in one of your versions the lead time of a production data structure changes from four to three
days, you can make this change visible by adapting the production version description. The production version
description could then be Production Version with Lead Time of 3 Days.
To view production version descriptions, create a master data workbook. As master data type, choose
Production Data Structure. In the sheet that opens, you can make the changes in the new Production Version
Description column.

Changed Field Labels in View Projected Stock App
In the View Projected Stock app, the field labels to simulate new purchase documents or to simulate changes to
them have been renamed.
Planning Area Updates
In this release, new and changed sample model entities are delivered for order-based planning, as desribed in
the sections Modes of Transport [page 554], Sample Cost Key Figures for the Order-Based Planning:
Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer [page 558], and SAP Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration in the SAP7
Sample Planning Area [page 561]. To use them, make sure they're added to your company's planning areas.
They've already been added to the SAP7 sample planning area for order-based planning.
Modes of Transport
Using multiple modes of transport you can model transportation lanes on which materials are shipped faster
or slower than on the default transportation lane. This can be useful, for example, if you have a demand that
comes in on short notice. In that case you can exceptionally use a plane instead of a truck to ship the receipts.
Mandatory Tasks to Enable Multiple Modes of Transport
 Note
If you already used SAP Integrated Business Planning 1808 or lower and want to use multiple modes of
transport for the first time, please refer exclusively to SAP Note 2720312 .
● You have to set up multiple modes of transport for your transportation lanes in SAP ERP, supply chain
integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Planning. For more information, see Application Help on SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon under Application Help How Does the Integration Work?
Integrating Data from SAP ERP to IBP Order-Based Planning Areas Master Data Transportation Lanes
Setting Up Multiple Modes of Transport or at http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon under
Application Help How Does the Integration Work? Integrating Data from SAP S/4HANA to IBP Order-
Based Planning Areas Master Data Transportation Lanes Setting Up Multiple Modes of Transport .
● You need to make changes to the planning area.
 Note
If you're enhancing your current planning area to use multiple modes of transport, you need to
manually adjust it using the enhancements below. If you're copying the SAP7 sample planning area, the
copied planning area will already reflect the changes.
○ The new SMD_MALAMOT external data source was introduced. If you plan to use multiple modes of
transport, you have to replace the SMD_MALA external data source of your external lane product
master data types, for example, S7LANEPRODUCT, with it.

○ The new STD_MALAMOT external data source was introduced. If you plan to use multiple modes of
transport, you have to replace the STD_MALA external data source of your lane product planning levels,
for example, PERPRODLANE with it.
○ The MOTIDOBP attribute was added. Add it as a key attribute to your external lane product master data
types, for example, S7LANEPRODUCT, and use the MODE_OF_TRANSPORT referenced column for it.
● You need to make changes to the API versions for integration.
To consider the new attributes for multiple modes of transport in the integration processes, you need to
use the new OpenAPI versions. Note that you can continue to use old data sources STD_MALA and
SMD_MALA if you do not plan to use multiple modes of transport. In this case if you switch to the 1811
OpenAPI versions, only default modes of transport will be visible in your planning area.
For more information, see New OpenAPI Versions [page 556] in this topic.
Affected Order Types
The order types affected by the possibility of using different modes of transport are, of course, those for
receipts moving from location to location. These are the following:
● Purchase requisitions
● Purchase orders
● Stock transfer requisitions
● Stock transfer orders
● Deployment stock transfer requisitions
● Inbound deliveries
Blocking Transportation Lanes
If you need some transportation lanes to be ignored by the planning engine, you can manually block them for
planning. You can do it directly in the IBP Excel add-in after the data has been integrated, or in SAP ERP, supply
chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Planning before integrating the data to IBP. When a transportation lane with a
mode of transport is blocked, one of the other transportation lanes with modes of transport that are not
blocked will be used by the planning engine.
Note that you have to do the following to be able to filter for the blocked transportation lanes in the IBP Excel
add-in:
1. Create the BLOCKED attribute and assign it to your master data type using the referenced column
BLOCKED_FOR_PLANNING.
2. Assign this attribute to your planning area to a planning level where you would like to use it as a filter (for
example, PERPRODLANE).
For more information, see Using Multiple Modes of Transport.
For information about how to change the mode of transport for an indefinite amount of time in the SAP ERP,
supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or the SAP S/4HANA, supply chain
integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning, see Application Help on SAP Help Portal at http://
help.sap.com/ibp_erp_addon under Application Help How Does the Integration Work? Integrating Data
from SAP ERP to IBP Order-Based Planning Areas Master Data Maintaining Master Data Maintaining
Transportation Lanes or at http://help.sap.com/ibp_s4hana_addon under Application Help How Does
the Integration Work? Integrating Data from SAP S/4HANA to IBP Order-Based Planning Areas Master Data
Maintaining Master Data Maintaining Transportation Lanes .

Changes in Apps
This new feature affects the following apps:
● In the Settings for Order-Based Planning app, you can now assign the new MOTIDOBP attribute under Mode
of Transport in the Planning-Area-Specific Settings section. To use the new feature, you have to make this
assignment.
● In the View Transportation Lanes app, the following things were added:
○ There's the new Mode of Transport column. You can also filter for mode of transport.
○ There's the new Blocked for Planning column. Here you can see whether a transportation lane, that
means a certain mode of transport, is blocked and therefore not available for planning.
● In the View Projected Stock app, the Mode of Transport and Mode of Transport ID columns were added in
the Stock Projection section.
● In the Analyze Supply Usage app, new filter options and new columns were added:
○ New filters are Mode of Transport and Mode of Transport ID
○ New columns are Mode of Transport and Mode of Transport ID
● In the Analyze Demand view, the Mode of Transport and Mode of Transport ID columns were added in the
Order Network Items section.
For more information, see Changing the Mode of Transport.

Component Version
The 1811.0.0_FULL version includes the following changes to support integration of modes of transport:
● New IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT table has been added with the MOT_ID field (Mode of Transport):
● New IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT_TEXT table has been added with the following fields:
○ MOT_ID (Mode of Transport)
○ SPRAS (Language Key)
○ MOTTEXT (Mode of Transport Description)
● The IBP_TRANSPORTATION_LANE table has been enhanced with new fields BLOCKED (Blocked for
Planning) and MOT_ID (Mode of Transport).
The 1811.0.0_FULL and the 1811.0.0_TRANS versions have been enhanced with a new field MOT_ID (Mode
of Transport) in the IBP_ORDER table.
 Note
Regardless of whether you plan to use multiple modes of transport or not, we recommend that you run
the /IBP/ECC_UPDATE_DEF_TLANES report in SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP

Integrated Business Planning: or SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated
Business Planning to assign default mode of transport to all existing transportation lanes.
The default mode of transport will also be assigned to all your transportation lanes integrated with the 1808
OpenAPI versions, but multiple modes of transport are only available as of 1811 OpenAPI versions.
For more information, see Inbound Integration (Version 1811.0.0_FULL) and Inbound Integration (Version
1811.0.0_TRANS).
With these new OpenAPI versions, new validations have been introduced to check the following for
transportation lanes and specific orders:
● Before transportation lane or an order is integrated, it is checked for the mode of transport value. The
Mode of Transport field is mandatory, and mode of transport ID can be either DEF (default), or any ID
defined in the IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT table.
● Mode of transport ID and its description cannot be defined as DEF in the IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT and
IBP_MODE_OF_TRANSPORT_TEXT tables because this ID is reserved for system use only.
 Note
If you decide to switch back from the 1811.0.0_FULL version to the older OpenAPI FULL version and you
have already integrated transportation lanes with multiple modes of transport, you will lose the
transportation lanes with these modes of transport.
Switching back from the 1811.0.0_FULL version to the older OpenAPI TRANS version after you have
already integrated transportation lanes with multiple modes of transport is not possible, you have to run
the FULL version of this older OpenAPI version first.
Component Version
With the 1811.0.0_OUTBOUND version, you can now integrate back your modes of transport data. For this, a
new field MOT_ID (Mode of Transport) has been added to the IBP_ORDER_OUT table. For more information, see
IBP_ORDER_OUT.
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of the IBP add-ons are required:
New OpenAPI Planning Result Extraction Version
The 1811.0.0 version for the planning results extraction is now available.
The new MOT_ID column in the IBP_ANALYTIC_ORDER analytical data table delivers information about the
mode of transport that was used when the pegging network was created.

Flexible Planning Start
You can now perform order-based planning runs with a planning start differing from the actual job execution
time. In this case, planning runs pretend that the day you've selected as the planning start was "now", and
calculate data like key figures, lead times, or freeze horizons accordingly. You can only use a flexible planning
start in versions other than the base version.
This function is available for the constrained forecast run (with and without optimizer), the confirmation run,
the deployment run and the gating factor analysis. To enable it, we have added the new Planning Start, Time
Zone, Weekday, and Date parameters to the affected application jobs.
For more information, see Flexible Planning Start.
New Job Parameters for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run
Using Optimizer
There are new horizon parameters for fixed costs and for lot sizes. With these you can define lot size horizons
and fixed cost horizons separately for transportation, production, and procurement.
New Horizon Parameters for Fixed Costs:
 Note
These horizons apply to the newly delivered sample cost key figures for the optimizer.
● Horizon for Fixed Transportation Cost

● Horizon for Fixed Production Cost
● Horizon for Fixed Procurement Cost
New Horizon Parameters for Lot Sizes;
● Horizon for Minimum Transportation Lot Sizes

● Horizon for Rounding Values for Transportation Lot Sizes
● Horizon for Minimum Production Lot Sizes
● Horizon for Rounding Values for Production Lot Sizes
● Horizon for Minimum Procurement Lot Sizes
● Horizon for Rounding Values for Procurement Lot Sizes
Sample Cost Key Figures for the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast
Run Using Optimizer
We have added six cost key figures to the SAP7 sample planning area. You can assign them in the Settings for
Order-Based Planning app so that the Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run Using Optimizer
considers the related cost time series.

New Cost Key Figures:
● Inventory Holding Cost Rate

● Safety Stock Violation Cost Rate
● Transportation Cost Rate
 Note
When you assign this key figure, or any other key figure, under Transportation Cost Rate, you have to
also assign an attribute under Mode of Transport in the Attributes section of the app.
● Fixed Transportation Cost
 Note
When you assign this key figure, or any other key figure, under Fixed Transportation Cost in the
Settings for Order-Based Planning app, you have to also assign an attribute under Mode of Transport in
the Attributes section of the app.
● Production Cost Rate

● Fixed Production Cost
These key figures are an alternative to the cost settings in the application job control parameters. The
advantage of using cost key figures is that you can set different transportation costs and production costs for
different sources of supply, and you can set different inventory holding costs for different location materials.
You can also combine the cost rates from the job parameters with cost key figures. Note that as soon as a key
figure is maintained for at least one period, it overrides the cost parameter. When key figures have periods with
missing values, a warning message will be displayed in the job log.
For more information, see Key Figures for the Optimizer.
Enhanced Key Completion
The system continues to check for changes in orders using fields in the ORDER_EXT table. From this release,
the system additionally checks, for demand elements, whether the number of location materials in the input
elements has changed in the order that was received from the external system.
New content for the fields that are not part of the check in the ORDER_EXT table is always taken over from the
external system and changed for the order in IBP, regardless of whether the order itself is considered as
changed (and consequently created again) or not.
 Note
This change also affects the integration using older OpenAPI versions.
For more information, see Key Completion.

Advanced Safety-Stock-Algorithm
Projected stock exceeding the defined safety stock can now be reduced during planning runs.
Like in previous releases, planning runs assign supply for sales orders and forecasts first. After that, they try to
satisfy the safety stock for those location materials for which safety stock has been defined. For days with
projected stock below the safety stock, the engine searches for additional supply. For days where the projected
stock is above the safety stock, the engine now evaluates options to reduce the projected stock by reducing or
deleting supply. It follows the defined priorities, that is, it first reduces supply from a low-priority source of
supply or a low-priority transportation lane.
This new behavior reduces the overall inventory, especially in scenarios with changing safety stock levels or lot
sizes. It also improves the safety stock situation of other locations which could benefit from the reduced
amounts.
For more information, see Buffer Stock.
Analyze Supply Usage: Show Usage for Production Versions
We have added filters to the Analyze Supply Usage app that enable you to display the supply usage for a
Production Version or Production Version ID.
Aggregated View of Gating Factors
We have changed the display in the View Gating Factors app to improve its usability: Previously, a separate line
was shown for each supply element sharing a gating factor with other supply elements. Such lines are now
aggregated into one line per primary demand, gating factor type, and gating factor date.
Integration Profiles
In preparation of a new feature, there is now a default integration profile. It is automatically assigned to
planning areas where external time-series are enabled and master data types of the External type. You do not
have to complete any additional steps for existing planning areas or master data types. When you create a new
planning area or master data type of this kind, you need to select the default integration profile.
The integration profile is shown in the following apps:
● Settings for Order-Based Planning (for the operative as well as all non-operative planning areas)
● Planning Areas - Model Configuration (for planning areas where external time series are enabled)
● Master Data Types - Model Configuration (for master data types of the External type)
● Sample Model Entities (for sample planning areas where external time series are enabled)

New Activation Checks for Integration Profile Assignments and for External Data Sources
To activate a planning area that is enabled for external time series, it must pass the following additional checks
(on top of the regular checks):
● An integration profile is assigned to the planning area.

● The same integration profile is assigned to the planning area and to each external master data type
assigned to this planning area.
● The data source of an external planning level is compatible with the data source of its root attributes.
 Note
SAP Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration in the SAP7 Sample Planning Area
To support SAP Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration, the SAP7 sample planning area has been enhanced as
follows:
● The new S7LOCSUP master data type was added. The external data source for it is SMD_SUMALA. This
master data type contains a limited number of referenced columns, for example, it does not contain
MODE_OF_TRANSPORT.
● The new copy operators were added: Copy Supplier Forecast Commit to Supplier Constraint (SAP7) and
Copy Distribution Receipt (for SCC) to Supplier Forecast.
● The new PERPRODLOCSUP planning level was introduced. This planning level contains the following new key
figures:
○ DISTRRECEIPTSCC (Distribution Receipt (for SCC))
This is a stored key figure. It is an aggregated receipt quantity of component forecast generated by
Order-Based Planning: Constrained Forecast Run. This key figure is used as an input for the Copy
Distribution Receipt for SCC to Supplier Forecast operator. The external quantity of this key figure is
DISTRIBUTION_RECEIPT.
○ SUPPLIERCOMMIT (Supplier Forecast Commit)
This is a stored key figure. You can use this key figure to collect quantities for the confirmed
component forecast which are committed by suppliers.
○ SUPPLIERCOMMITCP (Supplier Forecast Commit for Copy)
This is a stored key figure. It is the component forecast quantity used as an input for the Copy Supplier
Forecast Commit to Supplier Constraint (SAP7) operator. It defaults to Supplier Forecast Commit key
figure if it is available and to Supplier Forecast key figure if it is not available.
○ SUPPLIERFORECAST (Supplier Forecast)
This is a stored key figure. You can use this key figure to collect a supplier forecast data input before
publishing it to suppliers.
○ HLOCSUPCOUNTER
This is an attribute as key figure that is used for planning object generation.

Filter by Location
You can now filter by location when creating a supply chain network visualization in the Supply Chain Network
app. From the Location ID dropdown in the filter bar, choose the locations you want to see, along with the
required elements to create the network chart.
If you select a product with a corresponding location, only the nodes matching both the product ID and location
ID are displayed in the chart. When displaying a chart with location ID values that are not related to product ID
values, the chart displays selected product ID values, ignoring the selected non-related location IDs.
Navigation to Dashboards - Advanced and Analyics - Advanced Apps
You can now navigate from the Supply Chain Network app to the Dashboards - Advanced and the Analytics -
Advanced apps.
Click Go To at the bottom of the window and select either Analytics or Dashboards.
Related Information
Creating a Supply Chain Network Chart
6.13 Manage Navigation to Other Systems
You use the new Manage Navigation to Other Systems app to configure navigation from IBP to other SAP on-
premise systems. This app allows you to provide access to specific users to enable them to execute
transactions in the on-premise SAP systems.
You can add this app to the SAP Fiori launchpad from the new business catalog Navigation Framework
(SAP_IBP_BC_NAVIGATION_PC).
Currently, this configuration only appears in the Analytics-Advanced app as a menu button called Navigate To
and contains a list of all the systems to which navigation is possible. Only configured users are able to see this
menu button.

Related Information
Manage Navigation to Other Systems
New Time Series Statistics card
A new Time Series Statistics card has been added to the System Monitoring app. This new card allows you to
view the number of time series records that are available for a specific planning area and version.
This card allows you to use visual filters to track the growth of time series data in the IBP system.
Related Information
Time Series Statistics

Planning 1808
About this version

Collection (HFC) 8
Document Information 2.1 - January 2019
None

2.1
Miscellaneous enhancements

cel add-in)

ning


What's New
Target What's
en min UI the
hanc istra
Session
ed tor/
Statistics
con
figu for IBP
ra Excel
tion Add-In
ex card in
pert the
System
Monitorin
g app to
view in
forma
tion
about the
number
of IBP Ex
cel ses
sions and
the ver
sion of
the IBP
Excel
add-in in
use.
This card
allows
you to
use vis
ual filters
to help
you ana
lyze the
usage of
the IBP
Excel
add-in
and take
neces
sary ac
tion
when re
quired.

Target What's
en min UI the
hanc istra
Planning
ed tor/
Objects
con
figu Statistics
ra card in
tion the
ex System
pert Monitorin
g app to
help you
track the
growth of
the plan
ning ob
ject data
in the IBP
system.

Target What's
Administration New/ Ad Ap The Application Job Templates [page 711]
en min plica Purge
hanc istra tion
Key
ed tor/ job
Figure
con
figu Data ap
ra plication
tion job tem
ex plate has
pert been en
hanced
to allow
the dele
tion of
key fig-
ure data
for which
no key
figure
values
exist. Us
ing this
parame
ter, ad
ministra
tors can
optimize
the data
base
storage.
Administration Ad
 min
Ap The
plica Selection
Application Job Templates [page 711]
Man istra
tion Filter in
da tor/
tory job the Purge
con
task figu Web Key
after ra UI Figure
up tion Data ap
grade ex plication
pert job tem
plate has
been re
named to
Planning
Filter (ID
Only).

Target What's
Administration New/ Ad Web In the

en min UI Content
hanc istra
Administ
ed tor/
ration
con
figu app, you
ra can now
tion delete up
ex to 50
pert content
objects
at a time
that be
long to
the same
user.
Administration New/ Ad Ap Enhance Application Jobs [page 713]

en min plica ments
hanc istra
tion have
ed tor/
job been
con
figu made to
ra harmo
tion nize the
ex attrib
pert utes, for
Busi
example,
ness
the job
user
identifi-
cation,
between
the
Applicati
on Jobs
app, and
the Job
Status
and
Schedule
views in
the IBP
Excel
add-in.

Target What's
Data integration New/ Ad Inte You use

en min gra the new
hanc istra tion
OData
ed tor/
service
con
figu extract
ra _mdt to
tion extract
ex data
pert
types
from SAP
Inte
grated
Business
Planning.

Target What's
Data integration Ad Ap

 min
Per de
plica fault,
Data Integration [page 714]
Man istra tion

data inte
da tor/ job
tory gration
con Glob
task figu jobs sub
al
after ra con mitted
up tion figu via the
grade ex ra Data
pert tion Integratio
pa
n Jobs
ra
app are
me
ter now
proc
essed
subse
quently
instead
of imme
diately.
This
helps to
prevent
the sys
tem from
execut
ing too
many
jobs at a
time,
which
can lead
to out-of-
memory
prob
lems.
If you
want the
jobs to
be exe
cuted im
medi
ately, you
can set a
new
global

Target What's
parame
ter to
keep the
old be
havior.
Data integration New/ Ad Web To give Data Integration [page 714]
en min UI adminis
hanc istra
trators a
ed tor/
better
con
figu idea of
ra how long
tion the indi
ex vidual
pert steps of a
data inte
gration
job take,
the wait
ing time
and exe
cution
time for a
job are
now
shown in
the Data
Integratio
n Jobs
app
along
with the
overall
duration
time.

Target What's
Data integration New/ Ad Glob To limit Data Integration [page 714]
en min al the size
hanc istra con
of data
ed tor/ figu
integra
con ra
figu tion tion re
ra pa ports
tion ra from the
ex me Data
pert ter Integratio
n Jobs
app, a
new
global
parame
ter has
been in
tro
duced.
This
helps to
prevent
problems
with the
creation
of re
ports
that con
tain a lot
of data. If
required,
adminis
trators
can ad
just the
default
value.

Target What's
Data integration Ad Plan As an

 min ning nounced
Data Integration [page 714]
Man istra oper

in 1805,
da tor/ ator
tory the trig
con Inte
task figu gering
gra
after ra tion behavior
up tion of the
grade ex group
pert operator
after
data inte
gration
was
changed.
When
data is
now up
loaded,
the group
operator
is only
triggered
for a
planning
area if it
is as
signed to
that plan
ning
area. You
therefore
need to
assign
the group
operator
to each
of the
planning
areas in
which
you want
to run it if
you ha
ven’t

Target What's
done it
yet.
Data integration New/ Ad Inte We now Data Integration [page 714]
en min gra provide a
hanc istra tion
simpler
ed tor/
way to
con
figu generate
ra ABAP re
tion ports
ex from SAP
pert Cloud
Platform
Integra
tion for
data
services
(CPI-DS)
in your
Business
Suite de
velop
ment
system.

Target What's
Business net New/ Ad Inte To allow Business Network Collaboration [page
work collabora en min gra more 715]
flexible
ed tor/
mapping
con
figu of key fig-
ra ures, the
tion 10 cus
ex tom key
pert figures
that were
intro
duced for
provider
data
sharing
plans in
1805 are
now also
available
for con
sumer
data
sharing
plans.
You can
use them
to map
key fig-
ures of
the type
"quan
tity"
coming
from the
forecast
add-on
for SAP
Ariba
Supply
Chain
Collabora
tion for
Buyers to
SAP
Integrate

Target What's
d
Business
Planning.
Business net Ad Web The

work collabora  min UI Selection
Business Network Collaboration [page
715]
tion Man istra Ap Filter in
da tor/ plica the Data
tory con tion Sharing
task figu job Plan
after ra Outboun
up tion d appli
grade ex cation
pert job tem
plate has
been re
named to
Planning
Filter (ID
Only).

Target What's
Business net Pre Ad New With the Business Network Collaboration [page
work collabora pare min SAP redesign 715]
tion next istra Fiori
of mes
re tor/ app
sage
lease con Web
figu monitor
UI
ra ing,
Role/
tion busi we’ve in
ex ness troduced
pert cata two new
log business
catalogs
in 1805.
These
are plan
ned to re
place the
old busi
ness cat
alog for
message
monitor
ing in
1811.
1808 is a
transition
phase
where
both sets
of busi
ness cat
alogs co
exist.
Please
ask your
adminis
trator to
replace
the old
catalog
with the
new ones
in the
business
roles in
which

Target What's
you want
to use
message
monitor
ing be
fore the
upgrade
to 1811.
Business net New/ Ad Ap En Business Network Collaboration [page
work collabora en min plica hanced 715]
log mes
ed tor/ job
sages
con
figu provide
ra adminis
tion trators
ex who
pert monitor
outgoing
and in
coming
mes
sages
with
more in
forma
tion
about
how a
message
was
proc
essed.

Target What's
Business net New/ Ad Mode Like the Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page
work collabora en min l con SAP4 729]
tion hanc istra figu
sample
ed tor/ ra
planning
con tion
figu area, the
ra SAP4C
tion sample
ex planning
pert area has
been en
hanced
with new
attrib
utes and
key fig-
ures. For
a list of
these at
tributes
and key
figures,
please
look for
the rele
vant en
try by fil-
tering for
time-ser
ies-
based
supply
planning.

Target What's
tion en min l con Planning
hanc istra figu
Areas
ed tor/ ra
app has
con tion
figu been en
Web
ra UI hanced.
tion
You can
ex
pert now do
the fol
lowing in
this app:
● De
lete
a
plan
ning
area
● Re
stor
e the
ac
tive
in
stan
ce of
a
plan
ning
area
● Add
at
trib
utes
to
the
plan
ning
area
● Cha
nge
the
set
tings

Target What's
of
the
at
trib
ute
as
sign
men
t
● Re
mov
e at
trib
utes
from
the
plan
ning
area

Target What's
tion en min l con Transport
hanc istra figu
Model
ed tor/ ra
Entities
con tion
figu app has
Web
ra UI been en
tion hanced.
ex
pert You can
now
transport
the fol
lowing
entities:
● Tim
e ag
gre
ga
tion
pro
files
● Fore
cast
con
sum
ptio
n
pro
files
● Lag-
base
d
snap
shot
s

Target What's
Model configura- New/ Ad Mode We have Model Configuration [page 719]
tion en min l con added
hanc istra figu
new
ed tor/ ra
checks to
con tion
figu the set of
Web
ra UI checks
tion that runs
ex when you
pert activate a
planning
area, or
perform
a consis
tency
check on
a plan
ning
area.
The sys
tem now
also
checks
three ad
ditional
cases of
invalid
calcula
tion defi-
nitions of
key fig-
ures. Pre
viously,
these
cases re
sulted in
SQL er
rors or
runtime
errors
later in
the acti
vation
process.

Target What's
 No
te
You
do
not
need
to re
acti
vate
your
plan
ning
area
be
caus
e of
thes
e
newl
y in
tro
duce
d
chec
ks.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Ad Mode The uni Model Configuration [page 719]
ning en min l con fied plan
Time-series- hanc istra figu
ning area
based supply ed tor/ ra
(SA
planning con tion
figu PIBP1)
ra contains
tion miscella
ex neous
pert updates
and im
prove
ments re
lated to
time-ser
ies analy
sis, fore
casting,
demand
sensing,
and the
opti
mizer.For
a de
tailed de
scription
of these
changes,
see the
materials
in the En
hance
ment to
the uni
fied plan
ning area
and SAP
Best
Practices
for SAP
Inte
grated
Business
Planning
– release
1808 in

Target What's
novation
in
Innovatio
n
Discover
y at
https://
go.sup
port.sap.
com/
innova
tiondis
covery/
.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in New/ Ad IBP The fol SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In
en min Excel lowing for Microsoft Excel [page 709]
hanc istra add-
new
ed tor/ in
global
con
figu configu-
ra ration pa
tion rameters
ex are avail
pert able for
the IBP
Excel
add-in:
● USE
_XM
L_T
ABL
E_F
OR_
QUE
RY
You
can
use
this
glob
al
con
figu
ra
tion
pa
ra
me
ter
to
mak
e the
sys
tem
seri
alize
data
into
a ta

Target What's
ble
of
cha
r(81
92)
in
stea
d of
seri
ali
zing
it
into
a
strin
g
(wit
ha
maxi
mu
m of
2GB
size)
.
This
can
be
use
ful if,
in
your
sys
tem,
ther
e are
large
quer
ies
in
the
IBP
Ex
cel
add-
in

Target What's
ex
ceed
ing
the
in
ter
nal
limit
of
2GB
for
data
seri
ali
za
tion.
● EXT
_MI
SSI
NG_
TIM
EPE
RIO
D_C
REA
TIO
N
You
can
use
this
glob
al
con
figu
ra
tion
pa
ra
me
ter
in
ex
cep
tio

Target What's
nal
case
s,
whe
n
dur
ing
ba
sic
sim
ula
tion
ther
e are
spor
adic
oc
cur
ren
ces
of
miss
ing
time
peri
ods
in
your
sys
tem.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in New/ Busi IBP You can SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In
en ness Excel now use for Microsoft Excel [page 709]
hanc user add-
planning
ed Ad in Model Configuration [page 718]
notes in
min Mode
the IBP Application Job Templates [page 711]
istra l con
tor/ figu Excel
con ra add-in to
figu tion add addi
ra Ap tional
tion plica business
ex tion
informa
pert job
tion to
the plan
ning data
on cell
level or at
an aggre
gated
level. The
addi
tional
business
informa
tion can
then be
used by
other
planners
and par
ticipants
in the
planning
process.
If the
planning
notes are
enabled
for key
figures in
your
planning
area, the
system
performs
new

Target What's
checks
on the
planning
area.
The new
applica
tion job
template
Delete
Planning
Notes is
available
to mass
delete
obsolete
and un
neces
sary
planning
notes
created
in the IBP
Excel
add-in.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in Busi IBP As of the SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In
Time-series-  ness Excel IBP Excel
for Microsoft Excel [page 709]
based supply Man user add- add-in
planning da Ad in version
tory min 1808.2.0,
task istra if the
after tor/ planning
up con horizon is
grade figu changed
ra in the
tion planning
ex view in
pert configu-
ration,
the user
schedul
ing the
S&OP
Operator
as a
back
ground
job, or
running it
as a sim
ulation
from a
previ
ously
changed
favorite
from the
IBP Excel
add-in
must
manually
adjust
the time
horizon
in the job
defini-
tion, or
update
the favor
ite in the
IBP Excel
add-in.

Target What's
IBP Excel add-in Pre Ad IBP Cur

pare min Excel rently,
next istra add-
the Copy
re tor/ in
Version
lease con
figu (COPY)
ra operator
tion does not
ex consider
pert
fixed key
figure
values
and auto
matically
unfixes
target
key fig-
ure val
ues. As of
1811, the
behavior
of the op
erator
will
change;
it will
copy
fixed val
ues and
will no
longer
unfix tar
get key
figure
values.

Target What's
Process man New/ Ad Web To help Process Management [page 721]
agement en min UI improve
hanc istra
monitor
ed tor/
ing of
con
figu proc
ra esses in
tion the
ex Applicati
pert on Logs
app,
events
related to
automa
tion are
now log
ged for
proc
esses.
Process man New/ Busi Web Users Process Management [page 721]
agement en ness UI who need
hanc user
to moni
ed Ad
tor proc
min
esses
istra
tor/ can now
con also view
figu the most
ra impor
tion
tant log
ex
mes
pert
sages in
a process
feed in
the
Manage
Processe
s app.

Target What's
Process man New/ Busi Web The Process Management [page 721]
agement en ness UI Manage
hanc user Processe
ed s app has
been en
hanced
with mis
cellane
ous UI
enhance
ments to
help fa
cilitate
the use
of the
app.

Target What's
Process man New/ Ad Web For proc Process Management [page 721]
agement en min UI ess
hanc istra
charts,
ed tor/
the sys
con
figu tem now
ra checks if
tion the data
ex shown in
pert the chart
Busi
is the lat
ness
est data,
user
or if any
changes
have
been
made to
the data
in the
mean
time. Be
cause
the sys
tem noti
fies the
user to
refresh
the chart
before
making
further
changes,
users
work with
the latest
data.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi New You can Demand [page 722]
ning en ness SAP now use
hanc user Fiori
the
ed app
Manage
Ap
Forecast
plica
tion Automati
job on
Profiles
app to
set up
time ser
ies analy
sis for a
planning
area. The
analysis
runs on
the val
ues of a
selected
input key
figure
and can
discover
proper
ties such
as trend,
seasonal
ity, type
of sea
sonality,
intermit
tency, ir
regular
ity, and
lumpy
demand.
The
Forecast
Automati
on job
template
is now
available
in the

Target What's
Applicati
on Jobs
app. You
can use it
to run
and
schedule
time ser
ies analy
sis jobs.
Demand plan New/ Busi Web You can Demand [page 722]
ning en ness UI now
hanc user
specify in
ed
each seg
menta
tion pro
file that
the sys
tem
should
consider
the re
sults of a
previ
ously
executed
time ser
ies analy
sis in XYZ
segmen
tation.

Target What's
ning en ness UI now set
hanc user
the mul
ed
tiple lin
ear re
gression
algorithm
to use a
slope
dummy
inde
pendent
variable.
The re
sulting
forecast
can take
the trend
into con
sidera
tion even
if that
trend
can't be
explained
by any
known
inde
pendent
variables.

Target What's
Demand plan Busi Web

ning  ness UI
Familiar
ize your
Demand [page 722]
Man user
self with
da
tory changes
task in the
after configu-
up ration of
grade the de
mand
sensing
(full) and
demand
sensing
(update)
algo
rithms,
which
have
been
simpli
fied.
Among
other
changes,
the
Future
Ordered
Quantity
and
Historical
Ordered
Quantity
settings
have
been
merged.
The af
fected
key fig-
ure val
ues have
been
transfer
red auto
matically.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Busi Web Time set Demand [page 722]
ning en ness UI tings
hanc user
have
ed
been en
hanced
in the
Manage
Forecast
Error
Calculati
ons app.
In addi
tion to
the past,
you can
now also
select
the fu
ture or
both the
past and
the fu
ture as
the cal
culation
horizon.
Demand plan New/ Busi Web The Demand [page 722]

ning en ness UI Manage
hanc user
Product
ed
Lifecycle
app now
offers a
where-
used list
for
phase-in
and
phase-
out
curves.

Target What's
ning en ness UI now de
hanc user
lete pro
ed
motions.
The pro
motion
success
calcula
tion now
consid
ers sea
sonality
and
trends.
You can
now se
lect a
unit of
measure
for the
promo
tions that
you cre
ate from
scratch.

Target What's
Demand plan New/ Ad New The new Demand [page 722]
ning en min SAP Manage
hanc istra Fiori
Realignm
ed tor/ app
ent Rules
con Ap
figu app is
plica
ra tion now
tion job available.
ex Demand
pert planners
Busi
and ad
ness
ministra
user
tors can
use this
app to
adjust
the plan
ning data
to reflect
the
changes
that oc
cur in the
opera
tions of
your or
ganiza
tion.
Changes
might in
volve
changes
in your
organiza
tion's
struc
tures,
new and
discon
tinued
products,
changes
in the lo
cations
of your
plants or

Target What's
distribu
tion cen
ters, and
so on.
The new
applica
tion job
template
Realign
Planning
Data is
available
to exe
cute the
changes
you de
fine in
the re
align
ment
rules that
you set
up in the
new
Manage
Realignm
ent Rules
app.
The new
business
catalog
Manage
Realignm
ent Rules
(SAP_IB
P_BC_RE
ALIGN_P
C) is
available
to enable
the busi
ness
users
that have

Target What's
this cata
log as
signed to
them to
create,
edit,
view, or
delete re
align
ment
projects.
The ex
isting
business
catalog
Basic
Planning
Tasks
(SAP_IB
P_BC_EX
CEL_ADD
IN_PC) is
en
hanced
with the
restric
tion type
Realignm
ent
Executio
n
(RLGMOD)
. The re
striction
controls
the exe
cution of
the appli
cation
job based
on the
applica
tion job
template
Realign

Target What's
Planning
Data, de
pending
on the
execu
tion
mode.
Inventory opti New/ Ad Plan The pa Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min ning rameter
hanc istra oper
PLANNIN
ed tor/ ator
G_HORIZ
con
figu ON has
ra been
tion added to
ex the fol
pert
lowing in
ventory
optimiza
tion op
erators:
● Multi
-
Stag
e
Inve
ntor
y
Opt
● Calc
ulate
Inve
ntor
y
Com
pone
nts

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Web To sup Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min UI port the
hanc istra IBP ability to
ed tor/ Excel schedule
con add- the cal
figu in culation
ra of
Plan
tion DDMRP
ning
ex scenarios
oper
pert from the
ator
Busi DDMRP
Ap
ness Buffer
plica
user Analysis
tion
app, the
job
optional
field
Scenario
has been
added to
the
Inventory
Optimiza
tion
Operator
job tem
plate. In
addition,
this op
tional
field is
available
when
schedul
ing or
running
inventory
optimiza
tion op
erators,
including
DDMRP
opera
tors, in
the IBP
add-in
for Mi
crosoft
Excel. As
this is an
optional
field, pre
viously

Target What's
sched
uled jobs
run as
before
without
the need
for
changes.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode The fol Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min l con lowing
hanc istra figu
master
ed tor/ ra
data at
con tion
Pre tributes
figu
pare
ra of the
next
tion LOCATIO
re
ex NPRODUC
lease
pert T master
data type
that
could
also be
used as
key fig-
ures are
now
modeled
as key
figures
only in
the
SAP3B
sample
planning
area:
● REC
DEC
OUP
POI
NTI
ND
● LEA
DTI
MER
ANK
● VAR
IAB
ILI
TYR
ANK
The fol
lowing
descrip

Target What's
tive at
tributes
of the
LOCATIO
NPRODUC
T master
data type
have re
placed
those at
tributes:
● MRP
TYP
E
● LEA
DTI
MEC
ATE
GOR
Y
● VAR
IAB
ILI
TYC
ATE
GOR
Y
 C
au
tio
n
You
do
not
need
to
im
me
dia
tely
chan
ge

Target What's
your
DDM
RP
plan
ning
area
after
up
grad
ing,
be
caus
e the
older
mod
eling
op
tion
is
still
avail
able
until
1905
.
How
ever,
you
will
need
to
up
date
your
plan
ning
area
by
1905
to
chan
ge
the
mas

Target What's
ter
data
at
trib
utes
RECD
ECOU
PPOI
NTIN
D,
LEAD
TIME
RANK
, and
VARI
ABIL
ITYR
ANK
to be
key
fig-
ures
only,
and
adop
t the
new
key
fig-
ures,
as
the
old
mod
el
op
tion
will
be
re
mov
ed in
1905
. We

Target What's
rec
om
men
d up
dat
ing
your
plan
ning
mod
el as
soon
as
pos
sible.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Mode In the Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min l con SAP3 (in
hanc istra figu
ventory
ed tor/ ra
con tion optimiza
figu tion)
ra sample
tion planning
ex area,
pert SALESFR
EQUENCY
has been
added as
an attrib
ute of the
SOURCEC
USTGROU
P master
data
type.
In the
SAP3B
(DDMRP)
sample
planning,
the fol
lowing
two input
key fig-
ures have
been
added to
the
DLYPROD
LOCCUST
GROUP
base
planning
level:
DDBLEND
EDSALES
and
DDFOREC
ASTEDSA
LES.

Target What's
The fol
lowing
two out
put key
figure
have
been
added to
the
WKPRODL
OC base
planning
level:
LEADTIM
EFACTOR
USED and
VARIABI
LITYFAC
TORUSED
.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Web In the Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min UI DDMRP
hanc istra Plan Buffer
ed tor/ ning Analysis
con oper app, in
figu ator addition
ra to view
tion ing sce
ex nario re
pert sults, you
Busi can now
ness do the
user following:
● Cre
ate
new
sce
nar
ios
● Edit
de
cou
pling
poin
t de
ci
sion
s for
ex
ist
ing
sce
nar
ios
● Save
new
and
edit
ed
sce
nar
ios
● Run
sce
nar
ios

Target What's
us
ing
the
Calc
ulate
DDM
PR
Buff
er
Leve
ls
op
era
tor
in
batc
h
mod
e

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Web ● The Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min UI Man
hanc istra Ap age
ed tor/ plica
Fore
con tion
figu cast
job
ra Error
tion Calc
ex ulati
pert on
Busi for
ness
Inve
user
ntor
y
Opti
miza
tion
app
has
been
en
hanc
ed
to
bet
ter
sup
port
DD
MRP
.
● You
can
cre
ate
KPI
pro
files
to
cal
cu
late
the
out
put
key

Target What's
fig-
ures
Aver
age
Hist
orica
l
Dem
and
and
Hist
orica
l
Dem
and
Coeff
icien
t of
Vari
ation
base
d on
the
Blen
ded
Sale
s
(DD
MRP
) or
Fore
cast
ed
Sale
s
(DD
MRP
) or
Actu
al
Sale
s
key
fig-
ures.

Target What's
Out
puts
are
cal
cu
late
d
from
the
key
fig-
ure
se
lecte
d in
the
Sale
s
Hist
ory
Key
Figu
re
field
in
the
plan
ning
pro
file.
● In
ad
di
tion,
two
new
pa
ra
me
ters
were
add
ed
to
the

Target What's
Man
age
Fore
cast
Error
Calc
ulati
on
for
Inve
ntor
y
Opti
miza
tion
app
to
bet
ter
sup
port
in
ven
tory
opti
miz
atio
n:
Outli
er
Peri
od
Indic
ator
and
Sale
s
Freq
uenc
y.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Busi Web Now the Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en ness UI Supply
hanc user
Chain
ed
Network
app can
render
networks
based on
version-
specific
master
data in a
planning
area.

Target What's
Inventory opti New/ Ad Plan The algo Inventory Optimization [page 725]
mization en min ning rithms
hanc istra oper associ
ed tor/ ator ated with
con the
figu Calculate
ra Target
tion Inventory
ex Compon
pert ents and
Busi the
ness Global
user (multi-
stage)
inventory
optimizat
ion inven
tory opti
mization
opera
tors have
been en
hanced
to ac
count for
the im
pact of
lot size at
upstream
flow-
through
nodes,
and to
support
the
global
configu-
ration pa
rameter
NON_STO
CKING_P
USH,
which
was in
troduced
in IBP
1802
HFC 6.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan Quota ar Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page
based supply en min ning range 729]
ments
ed tor/ ator
are now
con Mode
figu available
l con
ra figu for the
tion ra time-ser
ex tion ies-
pert based
Busi
supply
ness
planning
user
optimizer
as well.
Previ
ously,
they
were only
available
for the
heuris
tics.
Dedi
cated key
figures
have
been
added to
the SAP4,
SAP4C,
and
SAPIBP1
sample
planning
areas.

Target What's
Time-series- Ad Plan As of

based supply  min ning now, the
planning Man istra oper
S&OP
da tor/ ator
tory Operator
con Ap
task figu and the
plica
after ra tion S&OP
up tion job Optimize
grade ex Mode r
pert l con Explanati
Busi figu on algo
ness ra
rithms
user tion
started
from the
Applicati
on Jobs
app use
the time
profile
level on
which the
time-ser
ies-
based
supply
planning
key fig-
ures are
defined.
Previ
ously,
they
used the
most
granular
time pro
file level
(PERIOD
ID0).
The
change
has been
imple
mented
to har

Target What's
monize
the be
havior of
the
S&OP al
gorithms
started
from the
Applicati
on Jobs
app with
their be
havior if
started
from the
IBP Excel
add-in.
No
te
The
man
da
tory
task
after
up
grad
e
con
sists
in fa
mil
iariz
ing
your
self
with
the
new
be
hav
ior.

Target What's
Existing
jobs and
job
chains
sched
uled from
the
Applicati
on Jobs
app or
using an
external
schedu
ler work
as before
consider
ing the
PERIODI
D0.
Existing
custom
tem
plates
and job
chains
contain
ing the
S&OP
Operator
or the
S&OP
Optimize
r
Explanati
on algo
rithm
switch to
the time
profile
level of
the TS-
based
supply
planning
key fig-

Target What's
ures as
soon as
they are
opened
in either
the
Applicati
on Jobs
app or in
the
Applicati
on Job
Template
s app.
If they
are
sched
uled from
the IBP
Excel
add-in or
by an ex
ternal
schedu
ler, exist
ing pre-
filled cus
tom job
tem
plates
and job
chains
work as
before
using
PERIODI
D0.

Target What's
Time-series- Ad Plan As of

based supply  min ning 1808,
planning Man istra oper
only the
da tor/ ator
NVARCHA
tory con Mode
task figu R data
l con
after ra figu type is
up tion ra sup
grade ex tion ported
pert
for the
attrib
utes that
you de
fine to
enable
subnet
work-
specific
segmen
tation of
planning
objects.
For more
informa
tion, see
Subnet
work-
Specific
Segmen
tation of
Planning
Objects.
If you
have only
used at
tributes
of type
INTEGER
for sub
network-
specific
segmen
tation so
far, you
must add
the

Target What's
NVARCHA
R attrib
utes
manually
after the
upgrade.
In that
case, the
first
time-ser
ies-
based
supply
planning
algorithm
you run
after the
upgrade
will have
an ex
tended
runtime.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Busi Plan When Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en ness ning running 729]
planning hanc user oper
the opti
ed ator
mizer ex
Ap
planation
plica
tion function
job from ei
IBP ther the
Excel IBP Excel
add- add-in or
in
the
S&OP
Optimize
r
Explanati
on appli
cation
job tem
plate,
you no
longer
need to
set a fil-
ter to
limit the
explana
tion to
selected
customer
products
or loca
tion
product
combina
tions.
Now you
can se
lect the
Ignore
Filter
checkbox
to make
the filter
optional
and run

Target What's
the ex
planation
function
on all
your
data.
 C
au
tio
n
Be
awar
e
that
this
may
take
a
long
time
to
run.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Busi Web In the Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en ness UI Time 729]
planning hanc user
Aggregati
ed
on
Profiles
app, you
can now
make
your pro
files ac
tive and
inactive,
allowing
you to
edit ac
tive pro
files in a
safe
manner.
You can
delete in
active
profiles,
but you
can only
delete
active
profiles if
they’re
first
marked
for dele
tion. You
can also
restore a
profile
that’s
marked
for dele
tion.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan We've Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply en min ning made the 729]
following
ed tor/ ator
enhance
con Mode
figu ments to
l con
ra figu forecast
tion ra con
ex tion sump
pert tion:
Busi
ness ● A
user new
mas
ter
data
type
FOR
ECA
STC
ONS
UMP
TIO
NMO
DE is
avail
able
in
the
SAP
4,
SAP
4C,
and
SAP
IBP
1
sam
ple
plan
ning
area
s.
This
mea
ns

Target What's
you
no
lon
ger
need
to
cre
ate a
sim
ple
mas
ter
data
type
but
can
use
FOR
ECA
STC
ONS
UMP
TIO
NMO
DE
as a
ba
sis
in
stea
d.
● Two
new
di
rec
tions
are
avail
able
for
the
DIR
ECT
ION
ID

Target What's
at
trib
ute
of
the
FOR
ECA
STC
ONS
UMP
TIO
NMO
DE
mas
ter
data
type
:
○ 4
:
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
f
r
o
m
b
o
u
n
d
a
r
y
s
t
a
r
t

Target What's
○ 5
:
B
a
c
k
w
a
r
d
f
r
o
m
b
o
u
n
d
a
r
y
e
n
d
● We’v
e in
tro
duce
d
the
con
cept
of
time
bou
ndar
y
lev
els
and
bou
nda
ries.
They

Target What's
work
to
geth
er
with
the
di
rec
tion
you
spec
ify in
the
FOR
ECA
STC
ONS
UMP
TIO
NMO
DE
mas
ter
data
type
to
give
you
mor
e
con
trol
over
the
peri
ods
in
whic
h
you
want
fore
cast
s to
be

Target What's
con
sum
ed.
● A
new
S&O
P
Fore
cast
Con
sum
ptio
n
ap
pli
cat
ion
job
tem
plat
e is
avail
able
in
the
Appl
icati
on
Job
Tem
plate
s
app,
from
whic
h
you
can
run
this
algo
rith
m
type.
You

Target What's
can
also
now
spec
ify a
filter
from
this
new
ap
pli
cat
ion
job
tem
plat
e.

Target What's
Time-series- New/ Ad Plan The fol Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page
based supply en min ning lowing 729]
attrib
ed tor/ ator
utes and
con Mode
figu key fig-
l con
ra figu ures have
tion ra been
ex tion added to
pert the SAP4,
Busi
SAP4C,
ness
and
user
SAPIBP1
sample
planning
areas:
● PER
IOD
SAV
GDE
MAN
D
(Num
ber
of
Per
iod
s
for
Ave
rag
e
Dem
and
) in
mas
ter
data
type
LOC
ATI
ONP
ROD
UCT.
● MAT
TRP
ROD
UCT
ION
RES

Target What's
OUR
CE in
mas
ter
data
type
PRO
DUC
TIO
NRE
SOU
RCE
(ma
nda
tory)
.
● New
man
da
tory
at
trib
ute
for
the
PER
PRO
DLO
CTO
LOC
plan
ning
level
.
● Ten
key
fig-
ures
to
ena
ble
the
new
quot
a ar
rang
eme
nt
func
tion
for

Target What's
the
time
-ser
ies-
base
d
opti
mize
r.

Target What's
Time-series- Pre Ad Plan To im Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page

based supply pare min ning prove us 729]
planning next istra oper
ability
re tor/ ator
and con
lease con Mode
figu sistency,
l con
ra figu the defi-
tion ra nition of
ex tion handling
pert resour
Busi
ces will
ness
be
user
changed.
As of
1811, the
RESOURC
ETYPE
attribute
needs to
be set to
2 instead
of 0 or
NULL for
handling
resour
ces.
If you al
ready
use han
dling re
sources,
you need
to
change
the at
tribute
values
manually.
As of
1811, you
will re
ceive a
warning
if a han
dling re

Target What's
source
still has
the value
0 or
NULL. As
of 1902,
the plan
ning al
gorithm
will re
turn an
error in
this case.
To pre
pare for
the next
up
grades,
please be
sure to
change
the
RESOURC
ETYPE
for han
dling re
sources
from 0 or
NULL to
2. You
can
adapt the
values al
ready in
release
1808,
where
both log
ics are
tempora
rily sup
ported.
Be sure
to
change

Target What's
the set
tings in
1811 at
latest.

Target What's
Time-series- Pre Busi Plan Since re

based supply pare ness ning lease
planning next user oper
1802,
re ator
only the
lease Mode
TOTALIN
l con
figu DEPDEMA
ra NDSUPPL
tion Y key fig-
ure pro
vides the
correct
value for
the pro
jected
stock cal
culation
for those
custom
ers who
use the
late deliv
ery fea
ture for
inde
pendent
demand.
Until (in
cluding)
1808, the
planning
algorithm
calcu
lates the
projected
stock,
even if
late deliv
ery for in
depend
ent de
mand is
used
while the
TOTALIN
DEPDEMA

Target What's
NDSUPPL
Y key fig-
ure is not
available.
In that
case, it
uses the
INDEPEN
DENTDEM
ANDSUPP
LY key
figure in
stead.
Please be
aware
that the
projected
stock key
figure
(PROJEC
TEDINVE
NTORY)
may
show
wrong
values
under
these cir
cumstan
ces.
Planning
algo
rithms
return a
warning
in 1808, if
you use
late deliv
ery for in
depend
ent de
mand
and
TOTALIN

Target What's
DEPDEMA
NDSUPPL
Y is not
yet con
figured.
As of re
lease
1811, the
planning
algo
rithms
will re
turn an
error and
abort.
If you use
late deliv
ery for in
depend
ent de
mand, be
sure to
have the
TOTALIN
DEPDEMA
NDSUPPL
Y key fig-
ure con
figured
and your
planning
area re
activated
at latest
after the
upgrade
to 1811.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Web It is now Order-Based Planning [page 733]

planning en min UI possible
hanc istra Ap to have
ed tor/ plica
master
con tion
figu data in
job
ra order-
IBP
tion Excel based
ex add- planning
pert in that are
Busi
specific
ness
to a ver
user
sion. This
gives you
the op
portunity
to modify
some of
the mas
ter data
attrib
utes in
the plan
ning ver
sion us
ing the
IBP Excel
add-in
and in
doing so,
for exam
ple, sim
ulate how
changes
to the
master
data
would af
fect the
base ver
sion.
Note that
by de
fault the
version-
specific

Target What's
master
data is
empty,
so you
have to
copy the
version-
specific
master
data us
ing the
Order-
Based
Planning:
Copy
Version
Data ap
plication
job.
In the
Settings
for
Order-
Based
Planning
app,
there's
the new
Use
Version-
Specific
Master
Data op
tion in
the
Version-
Specific
Settings
section.
If a plan
ning area
version is
generally
enabled
for ver

Target What's
sion-spe
cific
master
data, you
can turn
them on
or off for
order-
based
planning
using this
option by
going
into edit
mode.
When
you se
lect the
name of
a version
in the
Manage
Versions
and
Scenario
s app,
you can
now see
in the
Master
Data sec
tion
whether
the ver
sion has
version-
specific
master
data.

Target What's
Order-based Ad New

planning  min SAP
You can
now use
Order-Based Planning [page 733]
Man istra Fiori

multiple
da tor/ app
tory planning
con Web
task figu areas.
UI
after ra This ena
Ap
up tion plica bles you
grade ex tion to test al
pert job ternative
Busi IBP planning
ness Excel area con
user add-
figura
in
tions.
Even if
you con
tinue to
use only
one
planning
area, the
following
changes
come
with this
new fea
ture:
● The
new
OBP
Plan
ning
Leve
ls
app
re
pla
ces
the
Plan
ning
Leve
l
Assi
gnm

Target What's
ents
sec
tion
in
the
Setti
ngs
for
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning
app.
● the
Setti
ngs
for
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning
app
has
been
re
stru
ctur
ed
● The
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Adju
st
Alloc
ation
Leve

Target What's
l ap
pli
cat
ion
job
is
now
calle
d
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Activ
ate
Plan
ning
Leve
l.
● In
the
sam
e
cour
se,
the
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Adju
st
Alloc
ation
Profi
le
ap
pli
cat
ion
job

Target What's
is
now
calle
d
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Activ
ate
Alloc
ation
Profi
le.
● se
lec
tions
for
ap
pli
cat
ion
job
pa
ra
me
ters
have
been
en
hanc
ed
If you do
decide
to use
multiple
planning
areas,
pay at
tention
to the fol

Target What's
lowing
changes:
● The
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Cop
y
Versi
on
Data
,
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning:
Dele
te
Versi
on
Data
, and
Data
Integ
ratio
n:
Extr
actio
n of
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning
Resu
lts
ap
pli

Target What's
cat
ion
job
tem
plat
es
have
been
re
plac
ed
with
up
date
d
ver
sion
s of
the
tem
plat
es.
You
need
to
re-
cre
ate
any
per
so
nal
ap
pli
cat
ion
job
tem
plat
es
for
the
abov
e
jobs

Target What's
that
you
cre
ated
us
ing
the
old
tem
plat
es
for
thes
e
jobs.
● You
need
to
re
acti
vate
your
plan
ning
area
ev
ery
time
you
add
a
new
OBP
plan
ning
area
in
the
Setti
ngs
for
Orde
r-
Base
d

Target What's
Plan
ning
app.
● Ther
e's a
new
API
ver
sion
for
the
Data
Integ
ratio
n:
Extr
actio
n of
Orde
r-
Base
d
Plan
ning
Resu
lts
job.
In IBP Ex
cel add-
in, multi
ple base
planning
levels for
all order-
based
planning
areas, in
cluding
non-op
erative
planning
areas,
are now
sup

Target What's
ported.
Note that
you have
to create
tem
plates for
each of
your
planning
area in
the
Maintain
Applicati
on Job
tem
plates
app.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Inte The fol Order-Based Planning [page 791]
planning en min gra lowing
hanc istra tion
new
ed tor/
OpenAPI
con
figu inbound
ra and out
tion bound
ex versions
pert are now
available:
● 180
8.0
.
0_F
ULL
● 180
8.0
.
0_T
RAN
S
● 180
8.0
.
0_O
UTB
OUN
D
To sup
port inte
gration of
produc
tion ac
tivities
data and
assign
ment of
the activ
ities to
PDS
compo
nents,
the
1808.0.
0_FULL
version
has been

Target What's
en
hanced
with a
new
IBP_PRO
DUCTION
_ACTIVI
TY table
and the
following
changes
have
been im
ple
mented:
● The
IBP
_PR
ODU
CTI
ON_
COM
PON
ENT
ta
ble
has
been
en
hanc
ed
with
a
new
field
ACT
ID
(Acti
vity
ID).
● The
DZE
IT
field
(In-
Hou
se

Target What's
Prod
uctio
n)
has
been
re
mov
ed
from
the
IBP
_LO
CAT
ION
_MA
TER
IAL
ta
ble.
The
pro
duc
tion
time
is
now
inte
grat
ed
thro
ugh
the
new
ACT
_DU
R_F
IX
field.
The
1808.0.
0_FULL
and the
1808.0.
0_TRANS
versions
have

Target What's
been en
hanced
with a
new field
DEPLOYM
ENT that
indicates
whether
the order
has been
created
by the
IBP de
ployment
run or
not.
With the
1808.0.
0_OUTBO
UND ver
sion, you
can now
integrate
back the
compo
nents
with the
re
quested
dates of
your
planned
order
without
BOM re-
explosion
in SAP
ERP or
SAP S/
4HANA
systems.
 No
te
To
use

Target What's
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
, the
fol
low
ing
ver
sions
of
IBP
add-
ons
are
re
quire
d:
● S
A
P
E
R
P
,
s
u
p
p
l
y
c
h
a
i
n
i
n
t
e
g
r

Target What's
a
t
i
o
n
a
d
d
-
o
n
f
o
r
S
A
P
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
:
1

Target What's
.
1
S
P
0
6
● S
A
P
S
/
4
H
A
N
A
,
s
u
p
p
l
y
c
h
a
i
n
i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
d
d
-
o

Target What's
n
f
o
r
S
A
P
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
:
1
.
0
S
P
0
3

Target What's
Order-based Pre Ad Inte The fol Order-Based Planning [page 791]
planning pare min gra lowing
next istra tion
OpenAPI
re tor/
versions
lease con
figu will no
ra longer be
tion available
ex as of SAP
pert Inte
grated
Business
Planning
1902:
● In
bou
nd
inte
gra
tion:
6.1
.
0.0,
6.3
.
0.0,
6.4
.
0.0,
170
2.0
.
0_F
ULL,
and
170
2.0
.
0_T
RAN
S
● Out
bou
nd
inte

Target What's
gra
tion:
6.2
.
0.0
 C
au
tio
n
If
you
are
us
ing
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
, you
can
con
tinue
to
use
them
in
SAP
Inte
grate
d
Busi
ness
Plan
ning
1808
and
1811
with
a
warn
ing

Target What's
re
turn
ed.
Note
that
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
will
ceas
e to
func
tion
as of
1902
re
lease
and
any
jobs
that
use
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
will
fail
after
the
up
grad
e to
the
1902
re
lease
of
SAP

Target What's
Inte
grate
d
Busi
ness
Plan
ning.
We
there
fore
stron
gly
rec
om
men
d
that
you
can
cel
or
de
lete
any
sche
dule
d
jobs
that
use
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
, and
re
place
them
with
jobs
us
ing

Target What's
newe
r
Open
API
ver
sions
.
If
you
ha
ven't
used
thes
e
Open
API
ver
sions
, you
will
not
be
able
to
sche
dule
a job
us
ing
them
as of
1808
re
lease
of
SAP
Inte
grate
d
Busi
ness
Plan
ning.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Inte You can Order-Based Planning [page 733]
planning en min gra now use
hanc istra tion
activities
ed tor/ Web
to define
con UI
figu compo
IBP
ra nent
Excel
tion add- lead-time
ex in offsets,
pert that is,
Mode
Busi l con different
ness figu re
user ra
quested
tion
dates for
the indi
vidual
compo
nents of
a plan
ned or
der.
Planners
create
activities
for pro
duction
data
struc
tures
(PDS),
they de
fine dura
tions for
activities,
and as
sign
compo
nents of
the PDS
to the ac
tivities.
The pro
duction
data
struc
tures (in

Target What's
cluding
activi
ties) are
inte
grated
into IBP
using the
OpenAPI
inbound
version
1808.0.
0_FULL.
To enable
the use
of activi
ties, the
PDS
Activit
y master
data type
has been
added to
SAP7
sample
planning
area. You
can
check
the activ
ities data
in the
View
Productio
n Data
Structure
s app.
You can
view ac
tivity du
rations
and their
sequen
ces in the
IBP Excel

Target What's
add-in. If
a usage
of ver
sion-spe
cific
master
data is
enabled
for your
PDS ac
tivity ver
sion, you
can also
change
activity
dura
tions.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Ap You can Order-Based Planning [page 733]
planning en min plica now
hanc istra tion
choose a
ed tor/ job
pegging
con Web
figu strategy
UI
ra when
tion creating
ex rules and
pert seg
Busi
ments.
ness
You can
user
decide
whether
demands
should
prefera
bly be
fulfilled
using
just-in-
time sup
ply or
stable
supply.
This way
you can
achieve,
for exam
ple, that
stock is
prefera
bly allo
cated to
short-
term
high-pri
ority de
mands.
No
te
Ex
ist
ing

Target What's
rules
and
seg
ment
s
con
tinue
to
fol
low
the
de
fault
just-
in-
time
peg
ging
strat
egy.
The peg
ging
strategy
of the
segment
a de
mand
was put
into can
be dis
played in
a new
column
in the fol
lowing
apps:
● View
Dem
ands
by
Prior
ity

Target What's
● Anal
yze
Sup
ply
Usa
ge
● and
in
the
Anal
yze
Dem
and
view
(Vie
w
Conf
irma
tions
app)
.

Target What's
Order-based Ad Ap

planning  min
If you
plica take
Order-Based Planning [page 733]
Man istra tion

master
da tor/ job
tory data out
con Web
task figu of your
UI
after ra integra
Mode
up tion l con tion se
grade ex figu lection in
pert ra the SAP
Busi tion ERP, sup
ness
ply chain
user
integra
tion add-
on for
SAP Inte
grated
Business
Planning
or the
SAP S/
4HANA,
supply
chain in
tegration
add-on
for SAP
Inte
grated
Business
Planning,
the IBP
system
com
pares the
newly in
tegrated
master
data to
the al
ready ex
isting
master
data.
Master
data re

Target What's
cords
that are
no longer
part of
the inte
gration
selection
are
marked
for dele
tion in
IBP. You
must reg
ularly de
lete this
master
data
from IBP
using the
Order-
Based
Planning:
Delete
Master
Data ap
plication
job to
keep the
volume
of obso
lete mas
ter data
low.
To sup
port the
deletion
of master
data, the
new ref
erence
column
MARKED_
FOR_DEL
ETION
has been

Target What's
added to
the exter
nal data
sources
of the
data
types to
the SAP7
and
SAP74
sample
planning
areas.
Whether
objects
have
been
marked
for dele
tion, can
be dis
played in
the fol
lowing
apps:
● Sup
ply
Chai
n
Dep
ende
ncie
s
● View
Cust
ome
rs
● View
Loca
tion
Mate
rials

Target What's
● View
Loca
tions
● View
Mate
rials
● View
Prod
uctio
n
Data
Stru
ctur
es
● View
Reso
urce
s
● View
Sup
plier
s
● View
Tran
spor
tatio
n
Lane
s

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Web You can Order-Based Planning [page 733]
planning en min UI now see
hanc istra Mode whether
ed tor/ l con
inte
con figu
figu grated
ra
ra tion master
tion data is
ex not rele
pert vant for
Busi
the IBP
ness
planning
user
process
in the fol
lowing
apps in
the new
Invalid
for
Planning
reference
column:
● View
Prod
uctio
n
Data
Stru
ctur
es
● View
Tran
spor
tatio
n
Lane
s
The plan
ning val
idity of
PDS and
transpor
tation
lane
master

Target What's
data de
pends on
their pro
cure
ment
type and
if these
master
data
have
been
marked
for dele
tion in
IBP.
The sys
tem au
tomati
cally
marks
master
data as
not rele
vant for
planning
in the fol
lowing
cases:
● Pro
cure
men
t
type
of a
tran
spor
ta
tion
lane
is In-
Hou
se
Prod

Target What's
uctio
n.
● Pro
cure
men
t
type
of a
PDS
is
Exte
rnal
Proc
ure
men
t.
● This
tran
spor
ta
tion
lane
or
PDS
has
been
mar
ked
for
de
le
tion
in
IBP.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Inte Previ

planning en min gra ously,
hanc istra tion
you could
ed tor/ Web
limit the
con UI
figu maxi
Ap
ra mum
plica
tion tion number
ex job of warn
pert ing mes
Glob
Busi al sages
ness con displayed
user figu
in the log
ra
details of
tion
pa the Data
ra Integratio
me n Using
ter SAP
HANA
SDI
(Inbound
) applica
tion job
using the
OPENAPI
_LOG_DI
SPLAY_L
IMIT
global
parame
ter. In ad
dition to
this fea
ture, you
can now
down
load all
available
warnings
in an at
tach
ment in
the lan
guage
which
you used

Target What's
to log
onto IBP.
You can
specify
the maxi
mum
number
of warn
ing mes
sages to
be dis
played in
the log
attach
ments of
the appli
cation
job using
a new
configu-
ration pa
rameter
OPENAPI
_LOG_AT
TACHMEN
T_LIMIT
in the
Response
parame
ter
group.
The de
fault
value is
0, which
means
that all
the mes
sages are
saved in
the at
tach
ment. To
display
fewer

Target What's
warning
mes
sages in
the at
tach
ment af
ter the
next inte
gration
run, up
date the
parame
ter value
accord
ingly.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Plan As of this

planning en min ning release,
hanc istra oper
only
ed tor/ ator
SAP7
con Mode
figu sample
l con
ra figu planning
tion ra area will
ex tion be up
pert dated
Busi
with all
ness
the new
user
function
ality for
order-
based
planning.
Please
check
this
docu
ment to
find out
which
features
are also
sup
ported in
SAP74
sample
planning
area.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Plan In SAP7 Order-Based Planning [page 733]

planning en min ning and
hanc istra oper
SAP74
ed tor/ ator
sample
Pre con Mode
figu planning
pare l con
next ra figu areas,
re tion ra some
lease ex tion master
pert data
types
now have
a new
version
of exter
nal data
sources
(V2). It
has been
done to
enhance
the gen
eration of
master
data keys
during in
tegra
tion.
If you
have
been us
ing these
master
data
types
with the
previous
versions
of the ex
ternal
data
sources,
you can
continue
to do so,
but

Target What's
please
note that
the sup
port of
old data
sources
will stop
in a year.
Order-based New/ Ad Plan SAP Best

planning en min ning Practices
hanc istra oper for SAP
ed tor/ ator Inte
con Mode grated
figu l con Business
ra figu Planning
tion ra have
ex tion been en
pert hanced
Web
with a
UI
scope
item IBP
for
Response
and
Supply –
Response
Planning.
For more
informa
tion, see
SAP Best
Practices
Explorer
at http://
rapid.sap
.com/bp
/rds_ibp
.

Target What's
Order-based New/ Ad Mode The fol Order-Based Planning [page 733]
planning en min l con lowing
hanc istra figu
reference
ed tor/ ra
columns
con tion
figu have
ra been
tion depre
ex cated
pert and are
no longer
visible for
the new
users:
● SAP
7
sam
ple
plan
ning
area:
INH
OUS
E_P
ROD
UCT
ION
_TI
ME
and
HIE
RAR
CHY
1-9
● SAP
74
sam
ple
plan
ning
area:
INH
OUS
E_P
ROD

Target What's
UCT
ION
_TI
ME
and
HIE
RAR
CHY
1-2
If you
have
been us
ing these
reference
columns,
you can
continue
to do so,
but
please
note that
the sup
port of
them will
stop in a
year.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web The Analytics [page 743]

en ness UI Downloa
hanc user
d to CSV
ed
File func
tion in
the
Analytics
-
Advance
d app has
addi
tional op
tions that
allow you
to
choose
the de
limiter
and the
value for
matting.
Analytics New/ Busi Web The cho Analytics [page 743]

en ness UI ropleth
hanc user and geo
ed bubble
chart
types
have
been en
hanced
with a
legend,
the
transpar
ency of
the cir
cles and
more.
Analytics New/ Busi Web You can Analytics [page 743]

en ness UI now filter
hanc user
on top or
ed
bottom n
values of
a chart.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web In the

en ness UI dash
hanc user
board,
ed
you can
now posi
tion the
tiles by
dragging
them by
the
header
instead
of the
body of
the tile as
in the
past.
You can
now filter
on the
type of
chart you
want to
add to
the dash
board.
Analytics New/ Busi Web You can Analytics [page 743]

en ness UI now dis
hanc user
play the
ed
descrip
tion at
tributes
for ID,
descrip
tion and
both ID
and de
scription
in the
Analytics
-
Advance
d app.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web You can

en ness UI now see
hanc user
a mes
ed
sage dis
played on
the ana
lytics
chart in
the
Analytics
-
Advance
d app to
inform
the user
when the
maxi
mum
number
of re
cords
has been
ex
ceeded.
This re
quires
that the
global
parame
ter
MAX_REC
ORDS has
been set
by the
system
adminis
trator.

Target What's
Analytics New/ Busi Web Now the Supply Chain Network [page 720]
en ness UI Supply
hanc user
Chain
ed
Network
app can
render
networks
based on
version-
specific
master
data in a
planning
area.

Target What's
Exception han New/ Busi Web You can Custom Alerts [page 745]
dling en ness UI use the
hanc user
DBSCAN
ed
or k-
Means
machine
learning
algo
rithms in
the
Define
and
Subscrib
e to
Custom
Alerts
app to
configure
your
alerts.
You use
these al
gorithms
as either
stand
alone or
in combi
nation
with alert
rules. You
can con
tinue to
use
standard
rules for
alerts
without
machine
learning
capabil
ity.

Target What's
Exception han New/ Busi New You can Custom Alerts [page 745]
dling en ness SAP use the
hanc user Fiori
new
ed app
Define
Role/
Custom
busi
ness Alerts
cata Overview
log app to
create
and cus
tomize
your
alerts
over
views.
Exception han New/ Busi Web You can

dling en ness UI now filter
hanc user
on alerts
ed
that have
cases in
the
Monitor
Custom
Alerts
app.

Target What's
Security New/ Ad Inte A new Secure Communication for Inbound Inte
en min gra root cer gration [page 747]
hanc istra tion
tificate of
ed tor/
certifica-
con
figu tion au
ra thority
tion (CA) is
ex now ac
pert cepted
for in
bound in
tegration
to the
IBP land
scape:
COMOD
O RSA
Certificat
ion
Authority
.
Cross applica New/ Ad Doc Applica

tions en min umen tion help,
hanc istra ta
What's
ed tor/ tion
New, and
con
figu model
ra configu-
tion ration
ex guide are
pert now also
Busi
available
ness
in Ger
user
man
(DE).

Target What's
Cross applica New/ Ad Plan A new Application Job Templates [page 711]
tions en min ning applica
hanc istra oper
tion job
ed tor/ ator
template
con Ap
figu for the
plica
ra tion copy op
tion job erator is
ex available
pert that al
lows ad
ministra
tors to
run this
operator
for cer
tain time
periods.

Target What's
Cross applica Pre Ad Plan There are Group Operator [page 745]
tions pare min ning plans to
next istra oper
discon
re tor/ ator
tinue the
lease con Ap
figu group
plica
ra tion operator
tion job as of
ex 1902. As
pert a re
place
ment,
you can
use a job
chain to
run the
opera
tors that
were for
merly in
cluded in
a group
operator.
We rec
ommend
that you
start
convert
ing the
group
opera
tors
you’re
using
into jobs
chains
before
the up
grade to
1902.

If you are interested in what has happened in the recent releases, please check the following places:

 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note
7.2 SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In for Microsoft

Excel
 Note
Planning Notes
You can use planning notes in the IBP Excel add-in to add additional business information to the planning data
on cell level or at an aggregated level, provided that disaggregation of the planning note won't result in more
than 20 million attribute - period level combinations.

The business information can then be used by other planners and participants in the planning process. For
example, if your company receives a customer order for 10,000 pieces and the demand planner adds this data
in the planning view on customer-product level. They can then add a planning note to tell other planners the
reason for the change in data. Other planners reviewing the data global level, for example, can check the
demand planner's planning note and be informed about the reason for the increase in demand.
You can create, view, edit, and delete planning notes for up to 20 key figures, as long as they are stored key
figures. You can delete old comments that are no longer needed using the Delete Planning Notes application job
template.
For more information, see Planning Notes.
USE_XML_TABLE_FOR_QUERY
The result set size of large queries in the IBP Excel add-in might exceed the internal limit of 2GB for data
serialization. The global configuration parameter USE_XML_TABLE_FOR_QUERY in parameter group
PLAN_VIEW can be used to overcome such problems by serializing data into a table of char(8192) instead of
serializing it into a string (with a maximum of 2GB size).
 Caution
Please do not change the default value of this global configuration parameter. Instead, please open an
incident, and SAP support will determine whether it is necessary to activate serializing data into a table,
instead of a string.
NEW_ADD_NEW_TIMEPERIOD
You can use the new global configuration parameter EXT_MISSING_TIMEPERIOD_CREATION in the parameter
group PLCNTRL in the exceptional case when a time period is missing for an existing planning object. This can
happen, for example, when a missing key figure value is defaulted from the value of another figure that is stored
on a different base planning level. In such a case, it might happen that the missing key figure value cannot be
saved due to the time period missing from the database. If you set the parameter value to YES, the system
checks the existence of time periods for all changed cells during basic simulation, and where required, creates
the missing time periods for the existing planning objects.
 Caution
Setting the value of this global configuration parameter to YES can have a detrimental effect on system
performance. We recommend that you activate this global configuration parameter only temporarily in the
case described above, then deactivate it again after the missing time periods are created.

Change in the Consideration of Changes in the Time Horizon for S&OP
Operator Profiles (S&OP Operator)
As of IBP Excel add-in version 1808.2.0, the behaviour of the system changes in regard to planning horizon
changes in the planning area, and how these changes are handled by the IBP Excel add-in, when the S&OP
Operator is run as a simulation from a previously saved favorite, or is scheduled as a background job.
As of 1808.2.0, if the planning horizon is changed in the General tab in planning area configuration, the user
scheduling the S&OP Operator as a background job, or running it as a simulation from a previously changed
favorite must manually adjust the time horizon in the job definition, or update the favorite in the IBP Excel add-
in.
For more information, see Consideration of Changes in the Time Horizon for S&OP Operator Profiles (S&OP
Operator).
Enhancements to Application Jobs
Enhancements have been made to harmonize the job status and job scheduling views in the Application Jobs
app to be similar to the views in the IBP Excel add-in. For more information. see Application Jobs [page 713].
7.3 Administration
Analyze Time Series Data
You can now use the application job template Forecast Automation to analyze the time series of a selected key
figure and label it with properties such as trend, seasonality, and intermittency.
The properties can be useful inputs for several automatic and manual forecasting processes. In the current
version of SAP Integrated Business Planning, they can be leveraged automatically by XYZ segmentation, where
they allow the system to remove trend from the time series data and thus calculate more exact segmentation
results.
If you save the properties in an attribute and other results in key figures, you can use them for limiting and
filtering your planning views in the IBP Excel add-in and for filtering the set of available planning objects in the
Assign Forecast Models app. This allows you to assign the most suitable forecast model to each planning
object.

Delete Planning Notes
The new application job template Delete Planning Notes is available to mass delete obsolete and unnecessary
planning notes created in the IBP Excel add-in.
Realign Planning Data
The new application job template Realign Planning Data is available to execute the changes you define in the
realignment rules that you set up in the new Manage Realignment Rules app.
Copy Operator with Time Period Filter
With the new Copy Operator with Time Period Filter application job template, administrators can run the copy
operator for a selected range of time periods. Because you can overwrite the duration and period offset defined
in the settings for the copy operator, this new application job template allows you to flexibly adapt the range of
time periods for which you want to copy key figure data.
The range of time periods can be selected for each time profile level. The time profile levels proposed by the
system are based on the base planning level of the target key figures defined in the copy operator settings. For
a better overview, the key figures are shown as well.
For each of the time profile levels, you can define the time periods for which key figure values should be copied.
The copy operator settings for period offset and duration are used to calculate default “from” and “to” values.
You can overwrite these default values by selecting different time periods in the application job template. Note
that changing the time periods for one time profile level does not automatically change the time periods for
other time profile levels. This needs to be done separately for each time profile level. This application job
template cannot be run from the IBP Excel add-in.
Purge Key Figure Data
Previously, the Purge Key Figure Data application job did not consider the existence of key figure values on base
planning levels. Key figure data was deleted whether key figure values still existed or not.
With a new additional parameter, administrators now can decide that key figure data should only be deleted if
all key figure values on a base planning level are null. To do so, they need to select the new If All KF Values Are
Null checkbox. Deleting key figure data that does not contain any key figure values can help to optimize the
database storage.

Renaming of Selection Filter
The Selection Filter in the Purge Key Figure Data application job template and in the Data Sharing Plan
Outbound application job template has been renamed to Planning Filter (ID Only).
Related Information

Planning Notes
Data Realignment
7.3.2 Application Jobs
Enhancements to Job Status and Job Schedule
The integration with Application Jobs has been enhanced for the following operators:
● Data Sharing Plan Outbound

● Copy Operator
● Snapshot Operator
● Redo Snapshot Operator
● Forecast Error Calculation Operator
● Inventory Optimization Operator
● Copy Version Operator
● Delete Version Operator
● S&OP Operator
● S&OP Optimizer Explanation
● Copy and Disaggregate Key Figure Operator
Enhancements to Recurrent Jobs
The following enhancements have been made to recurrent jobs:
● The jobs scheduled recurrently from the Application Jobs app are now displayed in the Scheduled view of
operators. The job description in the Schedule view is the same as the job description within the
● Each execution creates a different job ID, making the ID unique (instead of sharing the same job ID for all
recurrences). The ID is created once the job is executed; occurrences scheduled in the future does not get
a job ID until execution starts.

Enhancements to Jobs Scheduled from IBP Excel Add-In
The following enhancements have been made to jobs scheduled from the IBP Excel add-in:
● Jobs can be copied in the Application Jobs app and you can see the parameters on the Job Details view of
the Application Jobs app.
● When the job is recurrent, the job description is reflected within the Application Jobs app.
Enhancements to Data Integration Jobs App
Changed Processing of Data Integration Jobs
Previously, data integration jobs submitted via the Data Integration Jobs app were executed immediately.
If you had data integration configured to allow multiple data integration jobs or batches to be executed at the
same time, this could lead to a deadlock if the system had to process too many jobs at a time.
As of 1808, jobs submitted via the Data Integration Jobs app are now queued in the background by default so
the system can process them one after the other. This helps to prevent deadlocks. It also means that you may
need to wait longer for a submitted job to be executed if there are other data integration jobs running or
queued.
If you want to continue to use the old mode of execution, you can use the new INTERACTIVE_DATA_UPLOAD
global parameter. To do so, you need to add this parameter to your planning area and enter X as the value. This
way, data integration jobs are executed immediately as before.
Display of Waiting Time and Execution Time for Data Integration Jobs
Now that the data integration jobs are being processed in series, administrators wanting to check the time
required for the individual steps of the jobs can do this via the enhanced UI of the Data Integration Jobs app.
The app still shows the overall duration of the job, but now it also shows the waiting time and the execution
time. This way you can see how long a job was waiting in the queue to be executed, and how long the actual
execution of that job took.
Enhancements for Data Integration Report
Success and error messages that are contained in a data integration report are now shown in your log-on
language.
Some of the parameters contained in these messages may contain a longer list of information, like a list of
attributes, which cannot be shown in the message itself for technical reasons. To provide you with the
information from the parameters, their content is shown in four new columns within the report.

Limiting the Number of Rows in Data Integration Report
To help control the size of data integration reports, we’ve introduced the new MAX_REPORT_ROWS global
parameter that limits the number of rows shown in a data integration report. By default 50 000 rows are now
included in a report. This is especially useful for reports for jobs that contain large amounts of data because it
can help to prevent out-of-memory problems during the creation of those reports. Administrators can adjust
this default value according to their needs.
Changed Triggering Behavior of the Group Operator after Data Integration
As announced in the What’s New information for 1805, the triggering behavior of the group operator has been
changed.
Previously, when you uploaded data in one planning area for a key figure that triggers the group operator, the
group operator was automatically run for all planning areas in which this key figure exists. This happened even
if the group operator was not assigned to the other planning areas.
To help prevent the group operator from being triggered in planning areas other than the one to which you
uploaded key figure data and to avoid unintended side effects, the group operator is now only triggered for the
planning area it is assigned to. You therefore now need to assign the group operator to each of the planning
areas in which you want to run it if you haven’t done it yet.
For more detailed information, please see the What’s New information for 1805.
Please also note that there are plans to discontinue the group operator as of 1902. For more information, see
Group Operator [page 745].
Simplified ABAP Report Generation
We now provide a simpler way to generate ABAP reports from SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data services
(CPI-DS) in your Business Suite development system. You can trigger the report from the data flow definition in
CPI-DS using the button Generate and view ABAP report. You can either directly generate the source code in
the development system or just display it.
Related Information
Viewing Import Job Status

New Custom Key Figures of Type "Quantity" for Consumer Data Sharing
Plans
With 1805, we introduced 10 custom key figures that you can use to map key figures that have the type
"quantity" for your provider sharing plan. They are useful if you want to allow your suppliers to see additional
key figures that you want to collaborate on.
With 1808, these 10 custom key figures for quantities are now also supported in the incoming
cXML_ProductReplenishmentMessage_In message from the forecast add-on for SAP Ariba Supply Chain
Collaboration for Buyers. You can use them in your consumer data sharing plan to map key figures that are
sent from the SAP Ariba forecast add-on to SAP Integrated Business Planning. When you create a new field
mapping, you can choose the custom key figures called Ariba Key Figure [n] Quantity from the dropdown list for
the source field. In the field mapping they appear as CUSTOM_QUANTITY_KFn_QUANTITY.
Changes to SAP4C Sample Planning Area
Miscellaneous enhancements have been made to the SAP4C sample planning area. For more information,
please see the section about planning area updates in Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page 729].
Renaming of Selection Filter in Data Sharing Plan Outbound Job
The Selection Filter in the Data Sharing Plan Outbound application job template has been renamed Planning
Filter (ID Only).
Enhanced Logging for Data Sharing
To support administrators who monitor outgoing and incoming messages for data sharing, we have extended
the log messages to show information about how the data was processed. In the Application Logs app, you can
now see for which arrangements an inbound or outbound message was processed and if the message was
processed successfully or if an error happened during processing.
Message Monitoring
With the redesign of message monitoring in 1805, we’ve introduced two new business catalogs that are
planned to replace the old business catalog for message monitoring.
The discontinuation of the old business catalog is planned for the next release, SAP Integrated Business
Planning 1811. If you are using the message monitoring functionalities to keep track of the messages exchanged
with the forecast add-on for SAP Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration for Buyers, we recommend that your
administrator replace the old catalog with the new ones in the business roles for message monitoring.

For detailed information on the new enhancements and changes, please see the What’s New information about
message monitoring for 1805.
Related Information
Sharing Additional Key Figures for Quantities
The System Monitoring app has now been enhanced with two new cards - Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In
and Planning Object Statistics as well as an enhanced Application Job template.
You can use the Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card to view information about the number of Excel add-
in sessions logged and the version of the add-in in use. You can now use visual filters to help you analyze the
usage of the add-in and take necessary action when required, for example, if you see older Excel add-in
versions are still in use in your landscape.
 Note
The Session Statistics for IBP Excel Add-In card doesn’t count unique logins to the Excel add-in but shows
the total number of sessions logged.
All data can be viewed based on week, day or version using graphs, detailed table view, or both. The data is
collected on a daily basis and is retained in the system for 60 days.
Planning Object Statistics
You can use the Planning Objects Statistics card to view the number of planning object records available in the
SAP Integrated Business Planning system. This card allows you to use visual filters to help you analyze the
usage pattern of the system. It also shows the unique number of planning object records based on root
attribute objects of planning levels. You can share this card link by email or SAP JAM or save this as a personal
favorite tile.
All data can be viewed based on week, day or version using graphs, detailed table view, or both. The data is
collected on a daily basis and is retained in the system for 60 days.

Related Information

Planning Objects Statistics
Changes to the Configuration App
On the Key Figures screen, you can now enable planning notes for key figures. To enable the use of planning
notes, open the Configuration app and go to the Key Figures screen. Select the planning area, find the key figure
you want to enable planning notes for and select the Enable Planning Notes checkbox. For more information
about planning notes, see Planning Notes.
 Note
You can enable the use of planning notes for 20 key figures. The key figures must be stored key figures.
● Delete a planning area

● Restore the active instance of a planning area
● Add attributes to the planning area
● Change the settings of the attribute assignment
● Remove attributes from the planning area
You can now transport the following entities:
● Time aggregation profiles

● Forecast consumption profiles
● Lag-based snapshots

 Note
Checks Related to Planning Notes

If you enable the planning notes for key figures, the system will perform the following checks when you activate
a planning area or perform a consistency check on it:
● Only stored key figures can be enabled for planning notes.

● A planning area can contain up to 20 key figures enabled for planning notes
If any of the above checks fail, the planning area cannot be activated. Change the configuration so that
planning notes are enabled for not more than 20 key figures, and each of them is a stored key figure.
Checks Related to Calculation Definitions

We have added new checks to detect cases of invalid calculation definitions. Previously, such invalid calculation
definitions resulted in an SQL error, or in a runtime error at a later point in time. Now the checks are executed
before activation. If they detect an invalid calculation of the types listed below, they provide an informative error
message in the log.
The newly developed checks handle the following cases of invalid calculation definition:
● There is an attribute transformation specified for an attribute, but the output planning level doesn't include
the attribute.
● The output planning level of the calculation includes an attribute, which is not a calculated attribute, and
cannot be sourced from any of the input planning levels either.
In addition, the system now also checks that if the output planning level doesn't contain all root attributes of
the input planning level (that is, the calculation is an aggregation), the calculation expression must start with an
aggregation function (SUM, MIN, MAX, or AVG).
Global Configuration Parameters for the IBP Excel Add-In

The following new global configuration parameters are available for the IBP Excel add-in:
● USE_XML_TABLE_FOR_QUERY
● EXT_MISSING_TIMEPERIOD_CREATION
For more information, see SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In for Microsoft Excel [page 709].
Global Configuration Parameters for the Packaged Processing of the Disaggregation

(DISAGG) Operator
NUMBER_OF_PROCESSING_PACKAGES: You use this parameter to specify the number of packages you want the
DISAGG operator run to be split into.

MIN_RECORDS_FOR_MEMORY_WARNING: You can define the threshold for the number of records in the warnings
in the DISAGG operator by entering the appropriate value in this parameter.
For more information, see Packaged Processing of the DISAGG Operator.
New Parameter for the Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator
You can use the new NUMBER_OF_PROCESSING_PACKAGES parameter of the DISAGG operator to split the
processing of individual operators based on the DISAGG operator type into packages. This can improve system
performance and prevent time out situations.
For more information, see the following:
● Packaged Processing of the DISAGG Operator

● Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator
following:
● The planning area has been enabled for time-series analysis

● The best-fit algorithm has been added as an example for a forecasting algorithm
● The demand sensing forecast profile has been simplified
● Key figures have been added for adherence to optimizer quotas
Version Specific Master Data Available in the Supply Chain Network App
Now the Supply Chain Network app can render networks based on version-specific master data in a planning
area. This allows you to render and view supply chain planning results for different networks. Choose a version
other than the base version from the Versions field in the app.
For more information, see Creating a Supply Chain Network Chart.

Enhanced and New Options for Monitoring Processes
Users who monitor processes can now get more detailed information about what is happening in a process.
The range of events that are logged has been extended. In addition to manual activities in a process, the
following events related to automation are now also logged:
● Start, closure, and deletion of processes

● Updates of processes
● Start and completion of process steps
● Creation and assignment of tasks in SAP Jam, completion of tasks including information about the place
where the task is completed
 Note
Information about completion of tasks is only logged if those tasks are completed from the Tasks app
or the IBP Excel add-in.
● Creation of ad hoc tasks in the Tasks app

● Orchestration of application jobs
● Assignment and removal of permission filters
The log messages also show if anything has happened that prevents the process from continuing, like a failed
application job or a situation that leads to an exception. The logged information can help you to identify and
correct errors.
The logged information can be found in the following places:
● Application Logs app

Shows detailed log messages about the events. To see those messages, you filter for the area IBP Process
Management.
● New process feed in the Manage Processes app
Shows you a preview of the information that is logged in the Application Logs app. You can navigate from
the process feed to the Application Logs app if you want to see all the details.
Process Feed
If you want to get a quick overview of the events in a process but without searching for that process in the
Application Logs app, you can use the new process feed.
The process feed in the detail view of the Manage Processes app allows you to take a quick look at a
chronological list of the events that have happened in the process so far. For example, you can see when the
process was created and by whom. You can either display an overview of all the events in the process, or you
can display events for each process step. For quick orientation, icons are shown next to the listed events. If you
want to look for a certain type of event, you can search the feed by entering a specific keyword in the search
field. For example, you can enter “application job” if you want to scan the feed for all application jobs that ran
during the process.

If you want to see further technical information, you can navigate to the detailed log for the process in the
Application Logs app from here.
UI Enhancements in Manage Processes App
In the Gantt chart of the view for the details of the process, non-workdays are now highlighted in a different
color to make them easier to see.
The status of start jobs and end jobs is shown in the header of the view for the details of the step. By clicking on
the status, you can view the details of the job in the Application Jobs app in a new window.
Improved Buffering for Process Charts in Dashboards – Advanced App
Data shown in the charts on a dashboard is buffered, which means that you need to refresh the chart if you
want to see the most recent data. For process charts, the system now checks if the buffered data shown in the
chart is the latest data, or if anything has changed in the meantime. This way, users work with the latest data.
Related Information
Monitoring a Process
7.10 Demand
You can now see at a glance where your phase-in/phase-out curves are used. The Where-Used list in the Curves
area shows you the total number of assignments and you can drill down to the relevant products with their
launch dimensions. You can also see who created and last changed the curve.
Analyze Promotions
You can now delete promotions in the Analyze Promotions app. When you delete a promotion the following data
related to the promotion is deleted as well:

● Key figure values
● Planning objects
● Master data
The promotion success calculation now considers seasonality and trends. The average for unpromoted periods
is now calculated with exponential smoothing. For more information, see Calculate Promotion Success.
When you create a promotion from scratch, you can now specify a unit of measure for the promotion. Up until
now, the base unit of measure of the first selected product was used by default.
ABC/XYZ Segmentation
You can specify in each segmentation profile that the system should consider the results of a previously
executed time series analysis in XYZ segmentation.
Time series analysis can identify properties like trend and seasonality in the data. If you choose this new option,
all identified trends and seasonality patterns are smoothed before the affected planning objects are assigned
to XYZ segments. Since both patterns are known to distort the data in terms of volatility, smoothing them can
lead to more accurate segmentation results.
For more information, see Leveraging the Results of Time Series Analysis.
Time Series Analysis

You can now set up and run time series analysis on a selected input key figure and save the identified
properties in the background.
The process consists of the following steps:
1. You set up the rules for the analysis in the new Manage Forecast Automation Profiles app.
2. You schedule and run time series analysis in the Application Jobs app based on the new Forecast
Automation job template.
The properties of time series data can be useful inputs for several automatic and manual forecasting
processes. In the current version of SAP Integrated Business Planning, they can be leveraged automatically by
XYZ segmentation, where they allow the system to remove trend from the time series data and thus calculate
more exact segmentation results.
If you save the properties in an attribute and other results in key figures, you can use them for limiting and
filtering your planning views in the IBP Excel add-in and for filtering the set of available planning objects in the
Assign Forecast Models app. This allows you to assign the most suitable forecast model to each planning
object.
Slope Dummy
You can now set the multiple linear regression algorithm to use a slope dummy for the forecast calculations
when trends in the historical data can’t be explained by any known independent variables.

The slope dummy is a dummy independent variable whose values are multiplied with a regression coefficient
for each period. As a result, the algorithm can predict trend values for the future and calculate a forecast that
takes the trend into consideration.
New Time Settings in Forecast Error Calculation

Time settings have been enhanced in the Manage Forecast Error Calculations app. In addition to the past, you
can now also select the future or both the past and the future as the calculation horizon.
Demand Sensing
The configuration of the demand sensing (full) and demand sensing (update) algorithms has been simplified.
This means that the following changes took place:
● The Future Ordered Quantity and Historical Ordered Quantity settings have been merged.
As a result, you don’t need to choose a key figure and periodicity for Historical Ordered Quantity anymore,
and the related signal horizon is not displayed on the screen.
● Future Ordered Quantity has been renamed Ordered Quantity. It is now a non-editable parameter that is
always identical to the main input selected for forecasting steps in the Overall Parameters section.
● The signal horizon that was displayed for Future Ordered Quantity is now not visible.
● You cannot choose the Adjusted Delivered Quantity key figure as the main input for forecasting steps
anymore.
If Adjusted Delivered Quantity was already chosen as the main input in an existing forecast model, it is now
replaced automatically with the Future Ordered Quantity key figure.
New App: Manage Realignment Rules
While operating your organization, a number of business changes might occur, such as, for example, changes
in your organization's structures, new and discontinued products, changes in the locations of your plants or
distribution centers. Such changes must be reflected in the planning data in your IBP system. Realignment is
the process of adjusting planning data, such as planning objects and key figure values, to reflect such business
changes.
The new Manage Realignment Rules app is now available. Your company's demand planners and administrators
can use this app to adjust the planning data as necessary, based on the business changes that take place in
your organization.
The new application job template Realign Planning Data is available to execute the changes you define in the
realignment rules that you set up in the new Manage Realignment Rules app.
The new business catalog Manage Realignment Rules (SAP_IBP_BC_REALIGN_PC) is available to enable the
business users that have this catalog assigned to them to create, edit, view, or delete realignment projects. The
existing business catalog Basic Planning Tasks (SAP_IBP_BC_EXCEL_ADDIN_PC) is enhanced with the
restriction type Realignment Execution (RLGMOD). The restriction controls the execution of the application job
based on the application job template Realign Planning Data, depending on the execution mode.
For more information, see Data Realignment.

Optional field Scenario Added to Inventory Optimization Job Template
To support the ability to schedule the calculation of DDMRP scenarios from the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, the
optional field Scenario has been added to the Inventory Optimization Operator job template. In addition, this
optional field is available when scheduling or running inventory optimization operators, including DDMRP
operators, in the Integrated Business Planning add-in for Microsoft Excel. As this is an optional field, previously
scheduled jobs run as before without the need for changes.
For more information, see:
● Using Inventory Optimization

● Using DDR Planning Operators
Changes to the SAP3B Sample Planning Area (DDMRP)
The following three attributes as key figures of the LOCATIONPRODUCT master data type are now modeled as
key figures only in the SAP3B sample planning area:
● RECDECOUPPOINTIND
● LEADTIMERANK
● VARIABILITYRANK
The following descriptive attributes of the LOCATIONPRODUCT master data type have replaced those attributes:
● MRPTYPE
● LEADTIMECATEGORY
● VARIABILITYCATEGORY
 Caution
You do not need to immediately change your DDMRP planning area after upgrading, because the older
modeling option is still available until 1905. However, you will need to update your planning area by 1905 to
change the master data attributes RECDECOUPPOINTIND, LEADTIMERANK, and VARIABILITYRANK to be
key figures only, and adopt the new key figures, as the old model option will be removed in 1905. We
recommend updating your planning model as soon as possible.
The following input key figures have been added to the SAP3B sample planning area:

DDBLENDEDSALES Blended Sales (DDMRP) DLYPRODLOCCUSTGROUP Blends ACTUALS input key

figure for past periods and
DDFORECASTEDSALES for
current and future periods.
DDFORECASTEDSALES Forecasted Sales (DDMRP) DLYPRODLOCCUSTGROUP Forecasted order/sales.
The following output key figures have been added to the SAP3B sample planning area:
LEADTIMEFACTORUSED Lead Time Factor Used WKPRODLOC Lead time factor used
VARIABILITYFACTORUSED Variability Factor Used WKPRODLOC Variability factor used
Ability to Create, Edit, and Run Scenarios in the DDMRP Buffer Analysis App
In the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app, in addition to viewing scenario results, you can now:
● Create new scenarios

● Edit decoupling point decisions for existing scenarios
● Save new and edited scenarios
● Run scenarios using the Calculate DDMPR Buffer Levels operator in batch mode
Scenarios run using the DDMRP Buffer Analysis support subnetwork filtering. In addition, scenarios created in
the DDMRP Buffer Analysis app are visible in the IBP Excel add-in, and vice versa.
For more information, see Creating and Running Scenarios in DDMRP Buffer Analysis.
Changes to the Manage Forecast Error Calculation for Inventory

Optimization App
Increased Support for DDMRP

Through standard configuration in the SAP3B sample planning area for DDMRP, Average Historical Demand
serves as an input to the key figure Average Daily Usage. Average Daily Usage in SAP3B has been updated to
consume input data for past, future, and past and future time horizons.
 Note
The Manage Forecast Error Calculation for Inventory Optimization app requires a selection in the Forecast
Key Figure field, which is used to calculate other forecast error metrics. However, input into this field does
not impact Average Daily Usage outputs.

You can create KPI profiles to calculate the output key figures Average Historical Demand and Historical
Demand Coefficient of Variation based on the Blended Sales (DDMRP) or Forecasted Sales (DDMRP) or Actual
Sales key figures. Outputs are calculated from the key figure selected in the Sales History Key Figure field in the
planning profile.
New Parameters for Inventory Optimization

Two new parameters were added to the Manage Forecast Error Calculation for Inventory Optimization app,
outlier period indicator, and sales frequency indicator.
● Outlier Period Indicator

The output key figure OUTLIERPERIOD detects which periods in the historical horizon are outliers based
on the forecast error between sales and historical forecast. A value of 1 indicates the period is an outlier.
You can influence the indicator by providing inputs in the following Calculation Settings Related to Input
Data settings: Outlier Multiplier and Minimum Number of Periods with Sales and Forecast.
For cases where you select Trend Curve in Application Jobs, OUTLIERPERIOD is written for the defined base
period only. For more information, see Error Measures in the Manage Forecast Error Calculations App.
 Note
You can only choose a time-dependent key figure for this error measure.
● Sales Frequency
The output attribute SALESFREQUENCY defines whether a historical demand is:
○ Intermittent = Intermittent
○ Seasonal = Frequent
○ Frequent = Frequent
○ InsufficientData = Insufficient Data
The attribute is only updated for baseline scenarios, and not for other scenarios.
 Note
The roots of the master data where sales frequency (SALEFREQUENCY) is defined should support the input
planning level selected in the KPI profile. For example, SALESFREQUENCY defined in SOURCECUSTGROUP
master data type has PRDID, LOCID and CUSTGROUP as keys. SALESFREQUENCY defined in
SOURCECUSTOMER master data type has PRDID, LOCID and CUSTID as keys. SALESFREQUENCY defined in
a new master data type such as SOURCECUSTGROUP should have PRDFAM, LOCID and CUSTGROUP as keys
for a planning level with root attributes PRDFAM, LOCID and CUSTGROUP.
Changes to the SAP3 Sample Planning Area (Inventory Optimization)
SALESFREQUENCY was added as an attribute of the SOURCECUSTGROUP master data type.

Attribute Attribute Descrip Key (X) Required (X) Referenced At
tion tribute Notes
SALESFREQUENCY Sales Frequency Output attribute

Indicator, either defines whether a
Frequent, historical demand
Intermittent, or is intermittent, fre
Insufficient quent (seasonal or
Data frequent), or insuf
ficient data.
Attribute only up

dates for baseline
scenarios and not
for other user sce
narios. Attribute is
calculated in Fore
cast Error KPI Pro
file Templates.
Enhancements to Inventory Optimization Algorithms
The following enhancements have been made to the Calculate Target Inventory Components and the Global
(multi-stage) inventory optimization inventory optimization operators:
Algorithm Enhancement Driver Intuitive Impact to Results
The Calculate Target Inventory For a relationship: When all else is held constant:
Components operator accounts for im
Stocking Node A → Non-Stocking Node The higher Lot Size Quantity at Stock
pact of lot size at upstream flow-
B → Stocking Node C ing Node B, the higher Cycle Stock at
through nodes.
Stocking Node C.
Cycle Stock at Stocking Node C did not
consider Lot Size Quantity at Stocking
Node B.
 Note
: Stocking Node A can be an inter
nal or external (vendor) node.

Algorithm Enhancement Driver Intuitive Impact to Results
The Global (Multi-Stage) Inventory For a relationship: When all else is held constant, if inputs
Optimization now takes in consideration
exist for Lead Time and Lead Time
the global configuration parameter Stocking Node A → Non-Stocking Node
Variability between Stocking Node A
NON_STOCKING_PUSH. If setting is not B → Stocking Node C
configured, or any other value provided, and Non-Stocking Node B:
the application will default to YES. Lead Time and Lead Time Variability be
When the NON_STOCKING_PUSH pa
tween Stocking Node A and Non-Stock
If the non-stocking node is multi- rameter is set to YES:
ing Node B is pushed to Stocking Node
sourced or multiple components in a
C as an option to better support push ● The higher the Lead Time or Lead
bill of material, then the lead time is not
logic. Time Variability, the higher the
pushed.
Recommended Safety Stock at
 Note Stocking Node C.
Stocking Node A can be an internal ● The Recommended Safety Stock at
or external (vendor) node, and sup Stocking Node C is aligned with
ports BOM in non-stocking compo pure push logic (that is, cumulative
nents.
lead time is considered).
When the NON_STOCKING_PUSH pa

rameter is set to NO:
● The higher the Lead Time and Lead

Time Variability, the higher the
Recommended Safety Stock at
Stocking Node C.
● The Recommended Safety Stock at
Stocking Node C is aligned with
up-stream backlog safety stock
(that is, service variability safety
stock).
The following updates have been made to the SAP4, SAP4C, and SAPIBP1 sample planning areas:
● New integer attribute PERIODSAVGDEMAND (Number of Periods for Average Demand) for master
data type LOCATIONPRODUCT. This relates to the lot-sizing policy static periods of supply based on average
demand, and enables you to define the required number of periods.
● New NVARCHAR(1) attribute MATTRPRODUCTIONRESOURCE for master data type PRODUCTIONRESOURCE.
This mandatory attribute deletes any planning combinations that remain after a record in the source
production table has been deleted, ensuring that such combinations are completely removed from the
system.

● New mandatory attribute for the PERPRODLOCTOLOC planning level. This deletes any planning
combinations that remain after a record in the source location table has been deleted, ensuring that such
combinations are completely removed from the system. This entails the following additions:
○ New mandatory NVARCHAR(1) attribute MATTRSOURCELOCATIONR(Mandatory Attribute
Source Location Reference) for master data type SOURCELOCATION.
○ New reference master data type SOURCELOCATIONR.
○ New mandatory attribute MATTRSOURCELOCATIONR from SOURCELOCATIONR.
○ New attribute MATTRSOURCELOCATIONR for the PERPROLOCTOLOC planning level.
● To enable the new quota arrangement function for the time-series-based optimizer, dedicated key figures
have been added to the SAP4, SAP4C, and SAPIBP1 planning areas (see the section about quota
arrangements for the optimizer).
Quota Arrangements for the Optimizer
Quota arrangements are now available for the time-series-based supply planning optimizer as well. Previously,
they were only available for the heuristics. For more information, see Source Determination Using Quotas.
To use this function, you have to enable it in the optimizer profile, where you can also define violation costs that
occur if the optimizer does not respect the defined quotas.
Dedicated key figures have been added to the SAP4, SAP4c, and SAPIBP1 sample planning areas. You can use
them to set a minimum and a maximum for customer sourcing quotas, location sourcing quotas, or external
receipt quotas, respectively. In addition, we deliver new key figures to define the number of periods covered by
the quota arrangements. For more information, see Key Figures.
Adjusted Time Periods for the S&OP Operator and S&OP Optimizer
Explanation Job Templates
As of now, the S&OP Operator and the S&OP Optimizer Explanation algorithms started from the Application
Jobs app use the time profile level on which the time-series-based supply planning key figures are defined.
Previously, they used the most granular time profile level (PERIODID0).
The change has been implemented to harmonize the behavior of the S&OP algorithms started from the
Application Jobs app with their behavior if started from the IBP Excel add-in.
Existing jobs and job chains scheduled from the Application Jobs app or using an external scheduler work as
before considering the PERIODID0.
Existing custom templates and job chains containing the S&OP Operator or the S&OP Optimizer Explanation
algorithm switch to the time profile level of the TS-based supply planning key figures as soon as they are
opened in either the Application Jobs app or in the Application Job Templates app.
If they are scheduled from the IBP Excel add-in or by an external scheduler, existing prefilled custom job
templates and job chains work as before using PERIODID0.

Changed Data Type for Attributes Enabling Subnetwork-Specific
Segmentation
As of 1808, only the NVARCHAR data type is supported for the attributes that you define to enable Subnetwork-
Specific Segmentation of Planning Objects.
If you have only used attributes of type INTEGER for subnetwork-specific segmentation so far, you must add
the NVARCHAR attributes manually after the upgrade.
In that case, the first time-series-based supply planning algorithm you run after the upgrade will have an
extended runtime.
Enhancements to Forecast Consumption
New S4FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODEMaster Data Type

There’s a new master data type in the S4 sample planning area: S4FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODE (Forecast
Consumption Mode). This means you no longer need to create a simple master data type from scratch, but
can use S4FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODE as a basis instead.
We’ve also added two new directions to the DIRECTIONID attribute in this master data type:
● 4: Forward from boundary start

● 5: Backward from boundary end
For more information, see Forecast Consumption Mode master data type.
Time Boundary Levels and Boundaries

We’ve introduced the concepts of time boundary levels and boundaries. They work together with the direction
you specify in the S4FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODE master data type to give you more control over the periods
in which you want forecasts to be consumed.
The time boundary level is the period in which you want the forecast to be consumed. You define the time
boundary level in the Forecast Consumption Profiles app, and it can be different from the time profile level you
specified in the S&OP operator profile. For example, you can specify a time boundary level of a month in your
forecast consumption profile, whereas in your S&OP operator profile you might have a time profile level of a
calendar week.
The boundary defines on which side you want the forecast to be consumed, such as left or right. In effect,
you're defining the boundary limit. For example, a time boundary level of monthly and a boundary of left and
right means that you want forecasts to be consumed within one month. You specify the boundary in the
BOUNDARYID attribute of the S4FORECASTCONSUMPTIONMODE master data type.
New S&OP Forecast Consumption Application Job Template

The new S&OP Forecast Consumption application job template lets you specifically run the forecast
consumption algorithm, rather than choosing this algorithm type when running the S&OP Operator application
job template. You can also specify a filter from this new application job template, which was not previously
possible when running the forecast consumption algorithm from the S&OP Operator application job template.

The new S&OP Forecast Consumption application job template is available from the Application Job Templates
app.
For more information, see Predefined Application Job Templates.
Activate/Deactivate Time Aggregation Profiles
In the Time Aggregation Profiles app, you can now make your profiles active and inactive. If you want to update
an existing active profile, edit it and then save it. This creates an inactive version, which you can work on work
on until you’re happy with it and, when it’s ready, make it active. It then overwrites the currently active version.
Essentially this allows you to edit active profiles in a safe manner.
You can mark active profiles for deletion and then delete them. If you mark a profile for deletion and
subsequently change your mind, you can restore it and it automatically becomes active.
You can delete inactive profiles, but you can only delete active profiles if they’re first marked for deletion.
For more information, see Time Aggregation Profiles.
Ignore Filter Option in Optimizer Explanation
You can now run the optimizer explanation function on all your data by selecting the Ignore Filter checkbox
from either the IBP Excel add-in or the S&OP Optimizer Explanation application job template, making the filter
optional. When running the optimizer explanation function, you no longer need to set a filter to limit the
explanation to selected customer products or location product combinations.
 Caution
Selecting Ignore Filter runs the explanation function on all your data. Be aware that the job may take a long
time to run.
For more information, see Explanation of Optimizer Results.
Definition of Handling Resources to be Changed
To improve usability and consistency, the definition of handling resources will be changed. As of 1811, the
If you already use handling resources, you need to change the attribute values manually.
As of 1811, you will receive a warning if a handling resource still has the value 0 or NULL. As of 1902, the
planning algorithm will return an error in this case.

To prepare for the next upgrades, please be sure to change the RESOURCETYPE for handling resources from 0
or NULL to 2. You can adapt the values already in release 1808, where both logics are temporarily supported.
Be sure to change the settings in 1811 at latest.
TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY Required for Late Delivery of Independent

Demand
With release 1802, we have introduced the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure to support late delivery of
independent demand. Since then, only this new key figure provides the correct value for the projected stock
calculation for those customers who use the late delivery feature for independent demand.
Until (including) 1808, the planning algorithm calculates the projected stock, even if late delivery for
independent demand is used while the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure is not available.
In that case, it uses the INDEPENDENTDEMANDSUPPLY key figure instead. Please be aware that the projected
stock key figure (PROJECTEDINVENTORY) may show wrong values under these circumstances.
To avoid this miscalculation, configure the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure and reactivate your planning
area.
Planning algorithms return a warning in 1808, if you use late delivery for independent demand and
TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY is not yet configured. As of release 1811, the planning algorithms will return an
error and abort.
If you use late delivery for independent demand, be sure to have the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure
configured at latest after the upgrade to 1811.
Pegging Strategy
You can now choose between pegging strategies in segments. Depending on your selection, either stable
supply or just-in-time supply is preferred by the system when fulfilling the demands.
The following pegging strategies are available:
● Prefer just-in-time supply: This is the standard behavior of the planning engine and is the pegging strategy
your rules and segments are following now.
● Prefer stable supply: Switching the pegging strategy so that stable supply is preferred can enable you to
fulfill high-priority demands earlier, for example, with the help of an extra shift, without worsening the
confirmation situation for demands with lower prioritization.

 Note
You do not have to work on rules or segments that you created previously. The existing rules and segments
continue to follow the default just-in-time pegging strategy.
The Analyze Supply Usage app, the Competing Sales Orders section in the Analyze Demand view, as well as
View Demands by Priority app provide information about the pegging strategy that was used in the last
planning run for each demand element. This helps to understand why certain demands can be fulfilled while
others cannot, and which demands will prefer to consume stable supply in the next planning run.
For more information, see Prioritizing Demand and the subtopics as well as Pegging Strategies in Comparison.
Usage of Multiple Planning Areas
It is now possible to use multiple planning areas. This enables you to have a range of separate base versions for
your planning processes, for example, when you integrate from one external system to IBP but would like to
plan individually for different divisions or regions.
Even if you decide not to use more than one planning area, this new feature brings the following changes in
how you define and deal with planning levels:
● You now create planning levels for order-based planning by assigning attributes from the sales order field
catalog in the new OBP Planning Levels app. The app replaces the Planning Level Assignments section in
the Settings for Order-Based Planning app.
The attributes assigned in the planning levels can point to several planning areas. Make sure that all
attributes that are used in your OBP planning levels are mapped to attributes in the planning area.
 Note
When you change the attributes assigned to an OBP planning level, you need to run the Order-Based
Planning: Activate Planning Level application job to make the changes take effect, regardless of whether
the OBP planning level is used in a forecast consumption, product allocation or fair-share set profile.
Until the job is run, the system continues to use the attributes that had already been assigned.
For more information about the new app, see OBP Planning Levels.
● As stated above, the sections in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app have been rearranged. There are
now three main sections:
○ Section to select the planning area where you can also see which one is currently the operative
planning area.
○ Planning-Area-Specific Settings tab where you assign attributes and sales order fields.
○ Version-Specific Settings tab, where you can select whether version-specific master data should be
used (only for versions other than the base version) and choose the key figures to be used.
● The following application jobs have been renamed:
○ The Order-Based Planning: Adjust Allocation Level application job is now called Order-Based Planning:
Activate Planning Level.
This is because planning levels in order-based planning are no longer mapped to planning levels in the
planning area, but are created planning-area-independent using the OBP Planning Levels app instead.
When the planning level is used in a forecast consumption profile, product allocation profile or fair-
share set profile and you then change the attributes of the planning level, the profile continues to use

the old state of the planning level. The updated state of the planning level is only activated and used in
the respective profile after you run this application job.
○ Similarly, the Order-Based Planning: Adjust Allocation Profile application job is now called Order-Based
Planning: Activate Allocation Profile.
If you do decide to use multiple planning areas, pay attention to the following changes:
● The following application job templates have been replaced with updated versions of the templates:
○ Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data
○ Order-Based Planning: Delete Version Data
○ Data Integration: Extraction of Order-Based Planning Results
You need to re-create any personal application job templates for the above jobs that you created using the
old templates. You can then schedule the jobs again using these new templates.
● Every time you add a new OBP planning area in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app, you need to
reactivate it.
● There's a new API version for the Data Integration: Extraction of Order-Based Planning Results job. In the
new 1808.0.0 version of the API, you can also extract information about the planning area.
To support multiple planning areas in order-based planning, the following changes have been implemented in
the Order-Based Planning: Regenerate Planning Objects application job:
● For the Planning Area selection:

○ Search view Planning Area for Order-Based Planning has been renamed Operative Planning Area to
reflect changes in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app.
○ New search view Planning Areas for OBP has been added to allow you to search for all planning areas
that are used for order-based planning processes.
○ New Description column has been added.
● For the Version selection, a new Description column has been added to help you identify the base version. If
you have already entered the planning area, only versions relevant for this planning area and with version-
specific master data are displayed in the search results.
Note that after you have selected a planning area, you can either select the base version from the list or
leave the Version field blank, the system will choose the base version for this planning area automatically.
In the IBP Excel add-in, multiple base planning levels for all order-based planning areas, including non-operative
planning areas, are now supported. Note that you have to create templates for each of your planning area in the
Maintain Application Job Templates app. After that, you can start a planning run from the IBP Excel add-in for
an order-based planning area by selecting a corresponding template for the base version of the planning level.
Introduction of Activities to Model Component Lead-Time Offset
You can now use activities to define component lead-time offsets, that is, different requested dates for the
individual components of a planned order.
Planners create activities for production data structures (PDS), they define durations for activities, and assign
components of the PDS to the activities. The production data structures (including activities) are integrated
into IBP using the OpenAPI version 1808.0.0_FULL.

 Note
Note the following, if you use the SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business
Planning, or the SAP S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning:
● If you want to use activities, use BAdI /IBP/ECC_SAVE_PDS to transform the activity data.
● Run report /IBP/ECC_SEND before using the OpenAPI version 1808.0.0_FULL.
The S7PDSACT master data type has been added to enable the use of activities in the SAP7 sample planning
area (see S7PDSACT).
The View Production Data Structures app has been enhanced with the following:
● New column Activity in the Components table

● New Activities table on the Details screen for a production data structure to display activities data including
the following:
○ Activity ID
○ Activity Description
○ Activity Duration (in days)
Note that the In-House Production Time field in the View Location Materials app is now empty if you use
OpenAPI version 1808 and higher. This data is now displayed in this new Activity Duration field instead.
○ Sequence Number
○ Marked for Deletion in IBP
You can view activity durations and their sequences in the IBP Excel add-in. If a usage of version-specific
master data is enabled for your PDS activity version, you can also edit activity duration in the IBP Excel add-in.
If you are not a new customer, you have to do the following to use this functionality:
1. Create or copy the S7PDSACT master data type from the sample and activate it.
2. Assign the Activity ID field to your planning area.
3. Reactivate your planning area to display activities data in the IBP Excel add-in.
For more information, see Component Lead-Time Offset.
Deletion of Master Data
If you take master data out of your integration selection, the system compares the newly integrated master
data to the already existing master data. Master data records that are no longer part of the integration
selection are marked for deletion in IBP, provided they pass a check for dependencies.
 Caution
You must regularly delete the master data that has been marked for deletion from IBP using the Order-
Based Planning: Delete Master Data application job to keep the volume of obsolete master data low.
Before master data is deleted, it has to pass another check for dependencies.

To allow you to see whether objects have been marked for deletion, a new referenced column
MARKED_FOR_DELETION has been added to the following external data sources of the data types to the SAP7
and SAP74 sample planning areas:
External Data Source Sample Master Data Type
SMD_CUST S7CUSTOMER
SMD_MALA S7LANEPRODUCT
SMD_LOC S7LOCATION
SMD_MALO S7LOCATIONPRODUCT
SMD_PDS_V2, SMD_PDS S7PDS
SMD_PDSACT S7PDSACT
SMD_PDSCOMP_V2 S7PDSCOMP
SMD_PDSRES_V2 S7PDSRES
SMD_MAT S7PRODUCT
SMD_RES S7RESOURCE
SMD_REMA S7RESOURCEPRODUCT
SMD_SUPL S7SUPPLIER
SMD_SUMA S7SUPPLIERPRODUCT
SMD_CUST S74CUSTOMER
SMD_LOC_S S74LOCATION
SMD_MALO_S S74LOCATIONPRODUCT
SMD_MALA_S S74LOCTOLOC
SMD_MAT S74PRODUCT
SMD_PDSRES_S_V2 S74PRODUCTIONRESOURCE
SMD_PDSCOMP_S_V2 S74PRODUCTIONSOURCEITEM
SMD_RES_S_V2 S74RESOURCE

SMD_RELO_S_V2 S74RESOURCELOCATION
SMD_MALA_S S74SOURCELOCATION
SMD_PDS_S_V2, SMD_PDS S74SOURCEPRODUCTION
SMD_SUPL S74SUPPLIER
SMD_SUMA S74SUPPLIERPRODUCT
The following apps allow you to see whether objects have been marked for deletion:
● Supply Chain Dependencies

● View Customers
● View Locations
● View Materials
● View Resources
● View Suppliers
In these apps, you can filter for the objects and also view this information in a new column.
Note that these new attributes have not been added to the sample master data types. You can add them as
attributes to your planning area and to the corresponding planning levels to use these attributes for filtering in
the IBP Excel add-in.
For more information, see Deletion of Master Data.
Master Data Invalid for Planning
You can now see whether integrated master data is not relevant for the IBP planning process in the following
apps in the new Invalid for Planning referenced column:

The planning validity of PDS and transportation lane master data depends on their procurement type and
whether this master data has been marked for deletion in IBP.
The system automatically marks master data as not relevant for planning in the following cases:
● Procurement type of a transportation lane is In-House Production.

● Procurement type of a PDS is External Procurement.
● This transportation lane or PDS has been marked for deletion in IBP.

A new referenced column INVALID_FOR_PLANNING has been added to the following external data sources of
the data types to the SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas:
SMD_MALA S7LANEPRODUCT
SMD_PDS_V2, SMD_PDS S7PDS
SMD_PDS_S_V2, SMD_PDS S74SOURCEPRODUCTION
Inbound and Outbound Integration
Component Version
The 1808.0.0_FULL version includes the following changes to support integration of production activities
data and assignment of the activities to PDS components:
● New IBP_PRODUCTION_ACTIVITY table has been added with the following fields:
○ PP_SOS_ID (Source of supply for production planning)
○ ACTID (Activity ID)
○ ACT_DUR_FIX (Activity duration fixed in days)
○ ACT_TEXT (Activity description)
○ SEQNR (Sequence number)
● The IBP_PRODUCTION_COMPONENT table has been enhanced with a new field ACTID (Activity ID).
● The DZEIT field (In-House Production) has been removed from the IBP_LOCATION_MATERIAL table. The
production time is now integrated through the new ACT_DUR_FIX field.
The 1808.0.0_FULL and the 1808.0.0_TRANS versions have been enhanced with a new field DEPLOYMENT
that indicates whether or not the order has been created by the IBP deployment run.
For more information, see Inbound Integration (Version 1808.0.0_FULL) and Inbound Integration (Version
1808.0.0_TRANS).

Component Version
With the 1808.0.0_OUTBOUND version, you can now integrate back the components with the requested dates
of your planned order without BOM re-explosion in SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA systems. For more information,
see Outbound Integration (Version 1808.0.0_OUTBOUND)).
Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the following versions of IBP add-ons are required:
Component Version
INBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 6.1.0.0
6.3.0.0
6.4.0.0
1702.0.0_FULL
1702.0.0_TRANS
OUTBOUND STATIC DATA MODEL 6.2.0.0
If you are using these OpenAPI versions, you can continue to use them in 1808 and 1811 releases of SAP
Integrated Business Planning with only a warning returned. Note that these OpenAPI versions will cease to
function as of 1902 release and any jobs that use these OpenAPI versions will fail after the upgrade to the 1902
release of SAP Integrated Business Planning. We therefore strongly recommend that you cancel or delete any
scheduled jobs that use these OpenAPI versions, and replace them with jobs using newer OpenAPI versions.
If you haven't already used these OpenAPI versions, you will not be able to schedule a job using them as of
1808 release of SAP Integrated Business Planning.
See also Version Information.

Version-Specific Master Data in IBP Excel Add-In
You can now use version-specific master data for external master data types in the IBP Excel add-in. To be able
to do this, make sure that the following has been done:
1. In the Configuration app, on the Versions tab, the Version-Specific Master Data checkbox has been
selected.
2. In the Settings for Order-Based Planning, the Use Version-Specific Master Data option must be set to Yes.
3. You have copied the version-specific master data using the Order-Based Planning: Copy Version Data
application job since by default, the version-specific master data is empty.
You can edit some of these attributes in the IBP Excel add-in. For the full list of the attributes you can edit, see
Editable Attributes for External Version-Specific Master Data Types.
For more information about version-specific master data in OBP, see Planning Versions.
Other Changes in SAP7 and SAP74 Sample Planning Areas
 Caution
As of this release, only the SAP7 sample planning area will be updated with all the new functionality for
order-based planning. Please check this document to find out which features are also supported in the
SAP74 sample planning area.
In both sample planning areas, the following master data types now have new external data sources to enhance
the generation of master data keys during integration:
SMD_PDS_V2 S7PDS
SMD_PDSCOMP_V2 S7PDSCOMP
SMD_PDSRES_V2 S7PDSRES
SMD_PDSCOMP_S_V2 S74PRODUCTIONSOURCEITEM
SMD_RES_S_V2 S74RESOURCE
SMD_RELO_S_V2 S74RESOURCELOCATION
SMD_PDS_S_V2 S74SOURCEPRODUCTION

The following planning levels have also been enhanced with the corresponding new versions of data sources::
● STD_PDSCOMP_V2
● STD_PDSRES_V2
● STD_PDS_V2
● STD_REMA_V2
● STD_RES_V2
If you have been using these master data types with the previous versions of the external data sources, you can
continue to do so, but please note that the support of old data sources will stop in a year.
To switch to the master data types with the new versions, please do the following:
1. Create a new planning area either by copying the new sample data for IBP 1808 and applying custom
configurations or by copying your current planning area and switching to the new V2 data sources.
2. Activate your new planning area.
3. Extend the original V1 master data types with the new key attributes of the V2 data sources.
4. Activate your new planning area.
5. Export the stored key figure data using the csv file.
6. Manually create the csv file to be uploaded and upload the stored key figure values.
The following referenced columns have been deprecated:
Sample Master Data Type Attribute
S7LOCATIONPRODUCT INHOUSE_PRODUCTION_TIME
S7PRODUCT HIERARCHY 1-9
Sample Master Data Type Attribute
S74LOCATIONPRODUCT INHOUSE_PRODUCTION_TIME
S74PRODUCT HIERARCHY 1-2
If you have been using these referenced columns, you can continue to do so, but please note that the support
of them will stop in a year. Please note the following:
● If you have been using the INHOUSE_PRODUCTION_TIME referenced column, it will still be visible in the
View Location Materials app, but it will be empty if you use OpenAPI version 1808.0.0 or higher.
● The HIERARCHY fields have been removed from the View Materials app.

Display of Warnings in the Data Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound)
Application Job
Previously, you could limit the maximum number of warning messages displayed in the log details of the Data
Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound) application job using the OPENAPI_LOG_DISPLAY_LIMIT global
parameter. In addition to this feature, you can now download all available warnings in an attachment in the
language you used to log onto IBP. You can specify the maximum number of warning messages to be displayed
in the log attachments of the application job using a new configuration parameter
OPENAPI_LOG_ATTACHMENT_LIMIT in the Response parameter group. The default value is 0, which means
that all the messages are saved in the attachment. To display fewer warning messages in the attachment after
the next integration run, update the parameter value accordingly.
Please note that a high number of warning messages could lead to memory issues in the system.
Best Practices: New Scope Item for Order-Based Planning
SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning have been enhanced with a scope item IBP for
Response and Supply – Response Planning.
For more information, see the materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning area and SAP Best
Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning – release 1808 innovation in Innovation Discovery at https://
go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/ and SAP Best Practices Explorer at http://rapid.sap.com/bp/
rds_ibp .
7.14 Analytics
Download CSV File
The Download CSV File function has additional options that allow you to choose the delimiter and the value
formatting.
Choropleth and Geo Bubble Chart Types
The choropleth and geo bubble chart types have been enhanced with the following features:
● The title of charts is now displayed.

● Legend feature has been added to display the distribution of the colors used on the circles within the map.

● Color assignment and matching with ranges on legend are available. The Analytics-Advanced app enables
color option for the choropleth and geo bubble chart types. You can select from a collection of the
supported sequential colors palettes.
● A popup dialog is now displayed, which is triggered when you select a circle on the map in which the data
for the target location is displayed. The numbers on the popup dialog can be formatted by selection
number formatting options in the Analytics-Advanced app.
● The colors used for the circles on the maps use a transparency factor, which helps make the circles more
visible in the case of overlapping circles.
Description Attributes
On the Analytics-Advanced app, if you have selected one or more attributes in the Group By field that have a
description attribute, you can choose a display option along with the attribute ID.
You have the following options to choose from under Chart Options Attribute Display Options :
● ID
● Description
● ID-Description
● Description-ID
You can also search the list of attributes when adding a filter. The attributes in the Filters section support
description attributes.
Filtering on Top N and Bottom N Values of a Chart
You can choose to filter on the top n values or bottom n values, where n represents the number of records you
want to see on the chart. You do this in the Analytics-Advanced app under the Basic tab.
For example, if you want to see the top three values for the consensus demand key figure, you must do the
following:
1. Choose the value help for the Filter for Key Figure Values and choose the Top N option from the Operators
dropdown list.
2. Enter 3 in the Value field to be able to see the top three values.
Similarly, you must select the Bottom N option and enter a value to see the lowest values for the consensus
demand key figure.

7.15 Custom Alerts
Define Custom Alerts Overview
You can use the new Define Custom Alerts Overview app to define and customize your alerts overview and add
them to a dashboard.
A custom alerts overview can be defined with a subset of your alerts subscriptions or with some other criteria
such as category, severity or key figure.
The number of alerts can be viewed in a chart and can be grouped by subscription, category, severity or
attribute. For example, you're able to visualize the number of alerts by productID. Additionally, you can now
filter on alerts that have cases in the Monitor Custom Alerts app.
Machine Learning Algorithms
You can use the DBSCAN or k-Means machine learning algorithms to configure your alerts. You use these
algorithms individually or in combination with standard alert rules. You can continue to use standard rules for
alerts without machine learning capability.
Machine learning algorithms enable you to organize alerts by specific attributes, values or both, and help you to
identify the outliers in the different clusters.
7.16 Group Operator
Planned Discontinuation of the Group Operator
There are plans to discontinue the group operator as of 1902. Since a group of operators can also be run with a
job chain, you can use the job chain as a replacement for the group operators you’ve been using up to now.
With the group operator, several individual operators can be executed in sequence. The same action can be
accomplished by a job chain. The advantage of using the job chain is that you can configure each step of the
chain in more detail. Also, executing a sequence of operators as steps in a job chain takes up less memory than
executing the same sequence in a group operator. This is because in a group operator, the changes done by an
individual operator are only committed after the last operator in the group has finished. In a job chain, however,
the changes done by an operator are immediately committed after that operator has run.

Unlike in the group operator, changes that have already been committed by a job chain cannot be rolled back if
one of the operators finishes with an error. If this happens, the execution of the remaining operators in the job
chain is stopped. Because you can’t restart the chain from the operator that finished with an error, you either
need to execute the job chain again, or create and run a new job chain with the operators that have not yet been
executed.
If one of the operators in the group operator finishes with an error, the group operator can continue to process
the subsequent operators, unless you have set the STOPONERROR parameter to prevent this behavior. However,
because a job chain is stopped automatically if one of the operators finishes with an error, you don’t need to
carry the STOPONERROR parameter over to the template for the job chain if you used this parameter in your
group operator.
In 1808, you can still create and run group operators. However, there are plans to disable the creation of new
group operators as of 1811, and to completely cease the support of the group operator with 1902. We therefore
recommend that you start adjusting your processes to the planned change and create job chains to replace the
group operators that you have used so far.
 Note
If a group operator was previously triggered by data integration and you want to replace that group
operator with a job chain, you need to use the Data Integration Using Cloud Platform Integration for data
services application job template as the first step of your job chain. For more information, see Data
Integration Using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for Data Services.
 Example
To replace a group operator with a job chain, you need to create an application job template and create a
step for each parameter that has been set for an operator assigned to a group operator. The following
example shows which steps you need to create in order to replace a group operator with a job chain:
Parameters from the Group Operator Steps you Need to Create in the Job Chain
1) Parameter DI_KFIDn Step 1: Add the Data Integration Using Cloud Platform
Integration for data services application job template.
If key figure data is imported into this key figure, the group
operator is scheduled.
2) OPERATOR_TYPEn/ OPERATOR_IDn: copy operator Step 2: Add application job template for the copy operator.
This copy operator is run after key figure values have been
imported into the key figure defined in parameter
DI_KFIDn.
3) OPERATOR_TYPEn/ OPERATOR_IDn: supply planning Step 3: Add application job template for the supply plan
operator ning operator.
This operator is rune after the copy operator is finished.
Note that you need to schedule the job chain in the Application Jobs app or in the IBP Excel add-in.

7.17 Secure Communication for Inbound Integration
A new certification authority (CA) root certificate is now accepted for inbound integration to the IBP landscape:
COMODO RSA Certification Authority.
If you would like to use it in your inbound integration scenarios, please upload the following ceriticate in the
Maintain Communication Users app:
Common Name Thumbprint Issue
COMODO RSA Certification Authority af e5 d2 44 a8 d1 19 42 30 ff 47 9f e2 f8 CN=COMODO RSA Certification

97 bb cd 7a 8c b4 Authority, O=COMODO CA
Limited, L=Salford, SP=Greater
Manchester, C=GB
Related Information
Secure Communication for Inbound Integration

Planning 1805
Planning from 1802 to 1805. Please also check this section for mandatory activities that you need to perform
after the upgrade.
About this version

Collection (HFC) 9
Document Information 2.3 - October 2018
None

2.3
Minor corrections

cel add-in)

ning

What's New

Topic Type Group Impact What's New mation
Admin New/ Admin Web UI With the new System Monitoring app, you can check System
istra en istrator/ the system workload at a particular date and time Monitoring
tion hanced configu
and compare performance at different time periods [page 782]
ration
for various KPIs.
expert
Admin New/ Admin Web UI You can now use the Content Administration app to Content Ad
istra en istrator/ IBP Ex share, unshare, reassign, and delete scenarios de ministration
tion hanced configu cel add- fined in the IBP add-in for Microsoft Excel. [page 771]
ration in
expert
Admin New/ Admin Applica The Purge Master Data application job template has Application
istra en istrator/ tion job been enhanced to allow more selective purging of Job Tem
tion hanced configu
master data. You can now delete specific master data plates
ration
by selecting a planning filter. [page 772]
expert
Data in Prepare Admin Plan There are plans to change the triggering behavior of Data Inte
tegra next re istrator/ ning op the group operator after data integration. As of 1808, gration
tion lease configu erator
when you upload data, the group operator is only trig [page 773]
ration Integra
gered for a planning area if it is assigned to that plan
expert tion
ning area. We therefore recommend that you assign
the group operator to each of the planning areas in
which you want to run it before the upgrade to 1808.
Data in New/ Admin Integra You can integrate data from SAP S/4HANA, on-prem Data Inte
tegra en istrator/ tion ise edition using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for gration
tion hanced configu
data services. This integration is supported for all IBP [page 773]
ration
releases.
expert
Data in New/ Admin Integra You can now upload business users from an external Data Inte
tegra en istrator/ tion data source such as an identity management system gration
tion hanced configu
to SAP Integrated Business Planning using the SOAP [page 773]
ration
service SAP_COM_0093.
expert
Data in New/ Admin Integra The SAP Cloud Platform Integration Guide now con Data Inte
tegra en istrator/ tion tains detailed information on extension options for gration
tion hanced configu
the integration of SAP Integrated Business Planning [page 773]
ration
with SAP Business Suite systems using SAP Cloud
expert
Platform Integration for data services.

Data in New/ Admin Integra The OData service for data extraction has been en OData
tegra en istrator/ tion hanced to also allow the extraction of master data. Service for
tion hanced configu
Master
ration
Data Ex
expert
traction
[page 774]
Data in New/ Admin Role/ You can now restrict the actions that users are al Data Inte
tegra en istrator/ busi lowed to perform with different data types when up gration
tion hanced configu ness
loading data via the Data Integration Jobs app. You do [page 773]
ration catalog
so by maintaining the restrictions for the business
expert Integra
role that contains the business catalog for data inte
tion
gration.
Web UI
Busi New/ Admin New In 1805, we've redesigned message monitoring. This Message
ness en istrator/ SAP includes the following enhancements and changes:
Monitoring
network hanced configu Fiori ● Roles for message monitoring have been intro [page 777]
collabo Prepare ration app duced.
ration next re expert Web UI ● The new SAP Fiori Assign Recipients to Users app
lease Role/ was introduced to support administrators in as
busi signing the recipient for the IBP interface to busi
ness ness users.
catalog ● Two new business catalogs were introduced to
replace the old business catalog for message
monitoring.
● The unused apps from the old business catalog
for message monitoring were removed.
Because there are plans to discontinue the old busi

ness catalog as of 1811, we recommend that you re
place the old catalog with the new ones in the busi
ness roles in which you want to use message monitor
ing.
Busi New/ Admin Integra In the consumer data sharing plan, new key figures Business
ness en istrator/ tion for manufacturing visibility can be received from SAP Network
network hanced configu
Ariba. With these new key figures, the buyer can gain Collabora
collabo ration
visibility into the supplier manufacturing process and tion [page
ration expert
proactively detect supply disruptions. 775]
Busi
ness For provider data sharing plans, 10 new custom key
user
figures were added to allow a more flexible mapping
of key figures. These new key figures are suitable for
mapping quantities.
We’ve improved the handling of the data load for out

going messages.

Busi New/ Admin Integra You can now use the data sharing plan attribute as a Business
ness en istrator/ tion source category to provide additional information Network
that is needed in SAP Integrated Business Planning. Collabora
collabo ration
For example, if a supplier ID in SAP Integrated Busi tion [page
ration expert
ness Planning differs from the supplier ID maintained 775]
in SAP Ariba, you can provide the correct supplier ID
expected by IBP.
Model New/ Admin Model As of 1805 Hotfix Collection 3 you can't replace the Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- time profile in an existing planning area using this figuration
ration hanced configu ration [page 778]
app. To replace the time profile in a planning area, use
ration Web UI
expert
Model New/ Admin Model In the Planning Areas app, you can now do the follow Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- ing: figuration
ration Web UI ● Create a new planning area and edit the planning
expert area settings and time settings of an existing
planning area.
● In the list of planning areas, you now have the op
tion to switch between displaying the latest in
stance of the planning areas and active ones
only.
Model New/ Admin Model The new SHOW_STPL global configuration parameter Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- figuration
controls whether the system displays the Storage
Time Profile Level field in the Planning Areas app.
ration Web UI
expert
Model New/ Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains miscel Model Con
laneous updates and improvements. For a detailed
description of the changes, see the materials in the
ration
expert Enhancement to the unified planning area and SAP
Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning –
release 1805 innovation in Innovation Discovery at
https://go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/
.
Model New/ Admin Model Activation is now executed as an application job. You Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- can now find information about the activation runs in figuration
the Application Jobs app.
ration Applica
expert tion job

Model New/ Admin IBP Ex To be able to control whether the Disaggregation Model Con
configu- en istrator/ cel add- (DISAGG) operator copies fixing information, and figuration
ration hanced configu in whether it unfixes fixed target key figures, you can [page 778]
ration Model use the following new parameters:
expert configu- ● UNFIX_TARGET_KF
ration If you use this parameter, fixed target key figure
values are unfixed.
● COPY_KF_FIXING
If you use this parameter, the DISAGG operator
copies fixing information.
IBP Ex Prepare Admin IBP Ex Currently, the Copy Version (COPY) operator does not
cel add- next re istrator/ cel add-
consider fixed key figure values and automatically un
in lease configu in
fixes target key figure values. As of 1811, the behavior
ration
expert of the operator will change; it will copy fixed values
and will no longer unfix target key figure values.
IBP Ex New/ Admin IBP Ex The new global configuration parameter SAP Inte
cel add- en istrator/ cel add- MAX_ADD_NEW_PLAN_OBJECT in parameter group grated
in hanced configu in
PLAN_VIEW is now available. You can use this param Business
ration
eter to set the maximum number of new planning ob Planning,
expert
jects that can be created from the IBP Excel add-in. Add-In for
The number of planning objects is counted at the Microsoft
base level of the key figure. Excel [page
770]
IBP Ex New/ Admin IBP Ex You can now fix key figure values of certain periods on SAP Inte
cel add- en istrator/ cel add- detailed or aggregated level from unintentional grated
changes by disaggregation. Business
ration
Planning,
expert
Add-In for
Busi
ness Microsoft
user Excel [page
770]
IBP Ex New/ Admin Applica You can now delete fixing information for your plan Application
cel add- en istrator/ tion job ning area using the application job template Unfix Key Job Tem
in hanced configu plates
Figure Values.
ration [page 772]
expert
Busi
ness
user

Process New/ Admin Web UI You can now view log messages for your processes in Process
man en istrator/ the Application Logs app. Manage
age hanced configu
ment [page
ment ration
783]
expert
Process Admin New

man  istrator/ SAP
As announced in the “What’s New” information for
1711, the old non-SAP Fiori Process Modeling app has
Process
Manage
age Manda configu Fiori
been discontinued. It has been replaced with two new ment [page
ment tory ration app
task af SAP Fiori apps, which were introduced in 1711. If you 783]
expert
ter up are still using the old app version and are upgrading
Busi
grade ness to 1805, you now need to switch to the new SAP Fiori
user apps. For more information, see the detailed “What's
New”.
Process Admin Applica The application job template that enabled process
man  istrator/ tion job step automation based on the completion of applica
Process
Manage
age Manda configu
tion jobs is no longer supported. This means that if ment [page
ment tory ration
task af you have configured your process steps to start or 783]
expert
ter up end when an application job has completed, the sta
grade tus change no longer happens immediately, but with
a delay of up to 30 minutes.
We strongly recommend that you remove the tem

plate from the application job templates in which you
use it. For more information, see the detailed “What's
New”.
De New/ Busi Web UI You can now create promotions from within the Demand
mand en ness Analyze Promotions app. Planning
plan hanced user
[page 784]
ning
De New/ Busi Web UI You can now compare up to four simulations for Demand
mand en ness phase-in or phase-out curves on the Curves tab of the Planning
plan hanced user
Manage Product Lifecycle app. [page 784]
ning
De Admin Role/

mand  istrator/ busi
Bias horizon values are only visible among the set
tings of the demand sensing (full) algorithm in the
Demand
Planning
plan Manda configu ness
Manage Forecast Models app if you have special au [page 784]
ning tory ration catalog
task af thorizations or an unrestricted business role. Other
expert Web UI
ter up wise the system uses the default values, which are
Busi
grade ness not displayed on the screen.
user
After the upgrade, the administrator needs to provide
the required authorizations.

De New/ Admin IBP Ex You can now get an insight into how the sensed de Demand
mand en istrator/ cel add- mand is transformed into the final values by checking Planning
plan hanced configu in
the intermediate results of demand sensing jobs. [page 784]
ning ration Web UI
These intermediate results are saved in key figures
expert
for which you have specified a predefined business
Busi
ness meaning.
user
De Admin Model con

mand  istrator/ figuration
Two new key figures have been added to the SAP6
sample planning area to support the use of lag-based
Demand
Planning
plan Manda configu
snapshots in demand sensing and other areas such [page 784]
ning tory ration
task af expert as time-based waterfall analysis and alerting:
ter up ● CONSENSUSDEMANDSNAPSHOT
grade
● HCONVCONSENSUSDEMANDSNAPSHOT
Two new planning levels have also been added to

SAP6 with the same purpose:
● LOCPRODCUSTLAGWEEKLY
● LOCPRODCUSTLAGUOMTOWEEKLY
If you want to use lag-based snapshots, you need to

include these key figures and planning levels in your
planning area and reactivate it.
De New/ Admin IBP Ex Key figure fixing has been activated for the Demand
mand enhanced istrator/ cel add- Planning
CONSENSUSDEMAND and DEMANDPLANNINGQTY key
plan configu in
figures in the SAP6 sample planning area. If you apply [page 784]
ning ration Model
expert fixing on these key figures for certain periods, their
configu-
Busi ration values will be protected from unintentional changes
ness by disaggregation.
user

De New/ Admin Model To avoid technical issues related to key figure round Demand
mand enhanced istrator/ configu- ing and to improve performance, the aggregation Planning
plan configu ration
mode of several key figures has been changed from [page 784]
ning ration
CUSTOM to SUM in the SAP6 sample planning area.
expert
Existing planning areas are not affected by this
change.
However, as announced in What's New in SAP Inte

grated Business Planning 1802, before 1802, many
key figures in the sample planning areas used aggre
gation mode CUSTOM due to conversions. However,
as of 1802, it is no longer necessary to use aggrega
tion mode CUSTOM when using a conversion in a key
figure for unit of measure or currency conversions.
Not using aggregation mode CUSTOM can result in a

significant performance improvement in disaggrega
tion. Therefore, we recommend that you only use this
aggregation mode in the following special circum
stances:
● When a key figure has a complex calculation at

request level, for example, Unit Price, which has
inputs at request level.
● When the planning level used in the request level
calculation is different from both the base plan
ning level of the key figure and from the planning
level that is used in unit of measure or currency
conversions.
Time- New/ Admin New This release supports the time-series-based forecast Time-Series
series- en istrator/ SAP consumption process, which reduces your planned Based Sup
based hanced configu Fiori
forecast by sales order quantities when sales orders ply Plan
supply ration app
are placed. To facilitate this, we have introduced the ning [page
plan expert Role/
ning new Forecast Consumption Profiles app and added a 789]
Busi busi
ness ness new planning algorithm to the S&OP Operator Profiles
user catalog app.
To use the Forecast Consumption Profiles app, you re

quire business catalog SAP_IBP_BC_FCPP_PC.

Time- New/ Admin Model The new MINAGGINVENTORY and MAXAGGINVENTORY

series- en istrator/ configu-
key figures (new base planning level: period – product
based hanced configu ration
– location) are available. You can use them to set a
supply ration Plan
plan expert minimum or maximum inventory level in a defined pe
ning op
ning Busi erator riod for any combination of product and location at an
ness aggregate level. Aggregated constraint key figures let
user you model constraints for the time-series-based sup
ply planning optimizer.
Time- New/ Admin Model Two new key figures have been included in the Time-Series
series- en istrator/ configu- SAPIBP1 sample planning area to enhance the shelf- Based Sup
life visibility functions: LSLWASTAGEQTY and ply Plan
supply ration Plan
LSLWASTAGEQTYPLB. They show the wastage quan ning [page
plan expert ning op
ning tity on WKPRODLOCCUSTBATCH level and on 789]
Busi erator
ness WKPRODLOCBATCH level, respectively. The wastage
user quantity is the remaining batch quantity at the end of
the shelf life, which cannot be used to fulfill customer
demands.
Time- New/ Admin Model New checks have been introduced in the context of
series- en istrator/ configu- shelf-life visibility. They ensure that the calculations
can be correctly performed based on the data pro
supply ration Plan
vided. For example, it is checked that the values for
plan expert ning op
ning Customer Demand Plan Quantity and
Busi erator
ness Remaining Shelf Life – Batch Product are
user consistent.
Time- New/ Admin Model The Aggregate Constraint master data type with Time-Series
series- en istrator/ configu-
the Aggregate attribute has been included in sample Based Sup
planning area SAP4. Adding the attribute to a plan ply Plan
supply ration
ning level, you can indicate that the planning level is ning [page
plan expert
ning an aggregate level. 789]
The existing SAP4 planning levels

PERPRODLOCCUSTAGG, PERPRODLOCLCOCFRAGG,
PERPRODLOCSRCAGG, and PERPRODLOCTOLOCAGG
have been enhanced with the Aggregate attribute as
a root.
 Tip
If you upgrade from a lower release, enhance
these planning levels accordingly to support their
identification as aggregated planning levels.
The Aggregate attribute has also been added to the

new planning level PERPRODLOCAGG.

Time- Prepare Admin Model Since release 1802, only the Time-Series
series- next re istrator/ configu- TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure provides the Based Sup
based lease configu ration
correct value for the projected stock calculation for ply Plan
supply ration Plan
those customers who use the late delivery feature for ning [page
plan expert ning op
ning independent demand. 789]
erator
Until (including) 1808, the planning algorithm calcu
lates the projected stock, even if late delivery for inde
pendent demand is used while the
TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key figure is not availa
ble.
In that case, it uses the

INDEPENDENTDEMANDSUPPLY key figure instead.
Please be aware that the projected stock key figure
(PROJECTEDINVENTORY) may show wrong values un
der these circumstances.
Planning algorithms will return a warning in 1808, if

you use late delivery for independent demand and
TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY is not yet configured. As
of release 1811, the planning algorithms will return an
error and abort.
If you use late delivery for independent demand, be

sure to have the TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY key fig-
ure configured and your planning area reactivated at
latest after the upgrade to 1811.
Time- New/ Admin Model The set of checks that run when you activate a plan Time-Series
series- en istrator/ configu- ning area that is enabled for time-series-based supply Based Sup
planning and also includes versions, or perform a ply Plan
supply ration
consistency check on such a planning area, now in ning [page
plan expert
ning cludes a check to verify that all output and input/ 789]
output key figures exist as version-specific key fig-
ures.
This is to avoid a planning run for a time-series-based

supply planning algorithm that results in an error.

Order- New/ Busi Web UI In the View Confirmations app (in the Competing Order-
based en ness Sales Orders view) and in the View Demands by Based Plan
plan hanced user
Priority app, the Rank column has been replaced by ning [page
ning
the Priority column. 791]
This new column shows the segment priority, se

quence number, and, if applicable, subsequence
number of demands. This information is also availa
ble in new separate columns (Segment Priority,
Sequence Number and Subsequence Number).
In addition, the Segment Type column displays the

type of segment the demand is in.
Order- New/ Admin New There's a new possibility to prioritize demand when Order-
based en istrator/ SAP demand exceeds supply: this is called demand fair Based Plan
plan hanced configu Fiori
share. Demand fair share means that, within a de ning [page
ning ration app
mand fair-share segment, balanced demand fulfill- 791]
expert Web UI
ment takes place.
Busi Model
ness configu- This balanced demand fulfillment takes place in a
user ration round-robin manner between groupings of demands,
the fair-share sets. The demands in each set share
characteristics based on which they are considered
equivalent. One way to use this feature could be that
you want demands to be grouped by customer region
– fair-share sets would then be built for, for example,
EMEA and APJ.
There are new planning levels for aggregation in the

SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas.
How much of the available supply is given to each fair-

share set in each round-robin turn is controlled via
the portion size. You can use newly introduced key
figures in the SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas
to set the portion size.
The Rules for Demand Prioritization and Settings for

Order-Based Planning apps have been enhanced for
demand fair share. In addition, to maintain profiles for
the creation of fair-share sets, you can now use the
Fair-Share Set Profiles app.
Order- New/ Busi Web UI With the new demand fair-share feature, you now Order-
based en ness have to choose between two different segment types Based Plan
plan hanced user when creating demand prioritization segments in the ning [page
ning Rules for Demand Prioritization app. In addition to de 791]
mand sequence segments, you can now create de
mand fair-share segments in your rule.

Order- New/ Admin Web UI When you click the name of a version in the Manage Order-
based en istrator/ Versions and Scenarios app, the information about Based Plan
plan hanced configu the version that is displayed is now divided into the ning [page
ning ration following three sections: Master Data, Key Figure 791]
expert Business Meanings, and Administrative Information.
Busi
ness
user
Order- New/ Admin Integra Two types of freeze horizons have been introduced to Order-
based en istrator/ tion Based Plan
support the interaction of order-based planning with
plan hanced configu Plan ning [page
external execution systems. The freeze horizons for
ning ration ning op 791]
production and for distribution enable you to keep
expert erator
your planned supply stable for a defined time period.
Busi
ness Additionally, you can use the new plan deletion hori
user zon to have planning runs delete planned supply or
ders that fall into a defined time period.
To support this functionality, new reference columns

have been added to the external data sources of the
LOCATION master data types in the SAP7 and SAP74
sample planning areas.
Order- New/ Admin New You can now view connections between the objects in Order-
based en istrator/ SAP Based Plan
the supply chain using the new Supply Chain
plan hanced configu Fiori ning [page
Dependencies app.
ning ration app 791]
expert
Busi
ness
user
Order- New/ Admin Web UI The Analyze Supply Usage and View Gating Factors
based en istrator/ Plan apps as well as the Analyze Demand screen now con
plan hanced configu ning op sider dependent demands that are not used by any
ning ration erator
primary demand. In addition, they now indicate
expert
whether a supply element has been created for a
Busi
ness fixed receipt, or whether a gating factor date has been
user derived from a fixed receipt, respectively.

Order- Prepare Admin Model Now, during planning runs, a check that the attributes
based next re istrator/ configu- defining the relevant forecast consumption levels are
plan lease configu ration
included in the base planning levels of the forecast
ning ration Plan
key figure and the constrained forecast key figure is
expert ning op
performed. If the check fails, the following occurs:
Busi erator
ness ● For new installation customers, forecast con
user sumption is not carried out for the location ma
terials affected and an error is raised.
● For customers upgrading to 1805, only a warning
is returned and the system behavior is un
changed with respect to 1802. In the next re
lease, this warning will turn into an error.
 Note
To avoid ad hoc necessities for reconfiguration
and reactivation of planning areas, be sure to
have the affected key figures correctly configured
before the upgrade to the next release.
Order- New/ Admin Model As of now, planning runs are completed with a warn
based en istrator/ configu- ing message in the following cases:
plan hanced configu ration
ning ration Plan 1. A forecast consumption profile has been as
expert ning op signed to one or more location materials that are
Busi erator part of the planning area for order-based plan
ness ning, but no forecast key figure has been main
user tained in the Settings for Order-Based Planning
app.
2. A product allocation profile has been assigned to
one or more location materials that are part of
the planning area for order-based planning, but
no allocation key figure has been maintained in
the Settings for Order-Based Planning app.
So far, planning runs were completed without a mes

sage in the first case and with an error message in the
second case. The outcome of the planning runs re
mains the same.
Order- Admin Plan

based  istrator/
To display gating factors in existing scenarios, up
ning op grade customers have to start a planning run.
plan Manda configu erator
ning tory ration Web UI The reason for this is the introduction of a new key at
task af expert tribute for gating factor tables. This is related to the
ter up Busi new feature that enables the Analyze Supply Usage
grade ness and View Gating Factors apps as well as the Analyze
user
Demand screen to consider dependent demands that
are not used by any primary demand.

Order- New/ Admin Integra The following new OpenAPI inbound versions are now Order-
available:
plan hanced configu ning [page
ning ration ● 1805.0.0_FULL 791]
expert ● 1805.0.0_TRANS
The 1805.0.0_FULL version has been extended with

the new fields to support geolocation and freeze hori
zon procedures.
Both versions have been extended with the following

new checks:
● A check to ensure that SAP ERP order number

contains no other characters but numbers
● A check to ensure that the customers for sales
order or outbound delivery items (the field
LOC_KUNNR in the table IBP_ORDER) and the
corresponding sales doc filed catalog (the field
PKUNWE in the table
IBP_SALES_DOC_FIELD_CATALOG) are identi
cal.
If you use SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-
on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP
S/4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for
SAP Integrated Business Planning to integrate
this data, please implement SAP note 2636469
.
Note that to use these OpenAPI versions, the follow

ing versions of IBP add-ons are required:


Order- New/ Admin Integra As of 1805.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version, integration

based en istrator/ tion
of the following data from the external systems to IBP
plan hanced configu Applica
has been removed from the OpenAPI integration with
ning ration tion job
expert SDI ABAP adapter:
Busi ● Calendar
ness
● UoM
user
● Currency
This functionality has been replaced with a new appli

cation job Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI
(Calendar, UoM, Currency). If you decide to use the
1805.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version, please schedule
and run this application job after the upgrade. Note
that this application job is only available for integra
tion with SDI ABAP adapter.
In previous versions of OpenAPI, integration of calen

dar, UoM, and currency data will continue to work as
before so no action is required.
Order- New/ Admin Web UI You can now visualize your order-based-planning Order-
based en istrator/ Integra data, specifically geographic location of your plants Based Plan
plan hanced configu tion ning [page
and suppliers, using geographic charts in the
ning ration 791]
Analytics-Advanced app.
expert
Busi To enable this functionality, the LOCATION and
ness
SUPPLIER master data types have been extended
user
with the GEOLONGITUDE and GEOLATITUDE attrib
utes assigned to the sample master data types.
Order- New/ Admin Model The following key figures are now available in the
based en istrator/ configu- SAP7 and SAP 74 sample planning areas to allow you
to display data about the delivered sales orders:
ning ration
expert ● DELIVEREDSALESQTY
Busi ● DELIVEREDDISTRIBUTIONRECEIPT
ness
user The STOCKINTRANSIT key figure has been deleted
from the SAP7 and SAP 74 sample planning areas. It
has been replaced with the new key figure
NONPLANNINGRELEVANTSTOCK.

Order- New/ Admin Integra You can now specify the maximum number of warn
based en istrator/ tion ing messages displayed in the log details of the Data
plan hanced configu Web UI Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound) applica
ning ration Applica
tion job using a new configuration parameter
expert tion job
OPENAPI_LOG_DISPLAY_LIMIT. By default, only the
Busi Global
ness first ten messages are displayed. To display more
configu-
user ration warning messages after the next integration run, up
param date the parameter value accordingly.
eter
Order- New/ Busi Web UI In the Order-Based Planning: Regenerate Planning

based en ness Applica Objects application job, you can now search for your
plan hanced user tion job planning area using the new Planning Area for Order-
ning
Based Planning search option. This way, you can find
your default order-based planning area without
searching in all available planning areas.
Inven New/ Admin Model In the SAP3 sample planning area, you can now model Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu-
both normal and gamma distribution for forecast er Optimiza
timiza hanced configu ration
ror for the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. tion [page
tion ration
Set the DISTRIBUTIONTYPE attribute to G for 787]
expert
Busi gamma distribution or N for normal distribution.
ness
If null, inventory operators use default to Gamma dis
user
tribution.
Inven New/ Admin Model In the SAP3 sample planning area, the Multi-Stage Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu-
Inventory Opt now generates the master data type Optimiza
attribute NETWORKID in the LOCATIONPRODUCT mas tion [page
tion ration
ter data type. This value can be used to identify con 787]
expert
Busi nected networks.
ness
user
Inven New/ Admin Model For DDMRP, in the SAP3B sample planning area, two Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu- Optimiza
output key figures have been added:
tion [page
tion ration ● PCRITICALPATHINDICATOR, a critical path indi
787]
expert cator for production sourcing
Busi ● TCRITICALPATHINDICATOR, a critical path indi
ness
cator for transportation
user

Inven New/ Admin Model For DDMRP, in the SAP3B sample planning area, the Inventory
DDMRP operators now list decoupling point reason
codes in the DECOUPLINGPOINTREASON attribute of tion [page
tion ration
the master data type IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT. These 787]
expert
Busi codes help you to understand decoupling point rec
ness ommendations.
user
You do not need to reactivate your planning area. The
planning operators now populate this field automati
cally.
Inven New/ Busi Web UI The DDMRP Buffer Analysis app has been enhanced Inventory
tory op en ness with a bar chart on a scenario page that shows the Optimiza
timiza hanced user
percentage difference between the baseline and a tion [page
tion
scenario. 787]
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI The Supply Chain Network app now supports the fol Supply
ics en ness lowing sample planning areas: Chain Net
hanced user
work [page
● SAP7 - IBP for response
798]
● SAP74 - IBP for response and supply
Additionally, the following features have been added:
● When the Period Type filter is used, rolling peri

ods are applied.
● There is now a symbol legend to help explain the
node types for a rendered chart.
● When you move nodes in a chart, you can save
their position. Previously, the chart would revert
to the default placement.
● A new set of error messages help explain why a
chart has not rendered.

Analyt New/ Busi Web UI An additional chart type, Dual X-Axis Combination, Analytics
ics en ness has been added to Analytics - Advanced. [page 797]
hanced user
In addition, you can now choose which key figures are
represented as bars and which as lines in combina
tion charts. There is also now an option to stack bars.
You can now download chat data to a CSV file. To

download data when viewing a chart, click the
Download CSV File icon.
Also, you can now turn off and on the auto-refreshing

of analytics charts. By default, as you modify your se
lections for the chart (for example, add key figures or
choose a chart type) the chart refreshes. If you're
changing many elements, it can take time for each re
fresh to complete. If you don't want the chart to auto
matically refresh when you change elements, you can
pause the auto-refresh feature by clicking the Auto-
Refresh Off button.
You can turn auto-refresh back on by clicking the

Auto-Refresh On button.
Analyt New/ Admin Applica You can now automate the refresh of the buffering for Analytics
ics en istrator/ tion job analytics charts and custom alerts by using the new [page 797]
Excep hanced configu Web UI Alerts and Analytics buffering application job tem
tion ration Custom
plate. This way, you can refresh a number of charts
han expert Alerts
and alerts all in one go at a specific point in time,
dling [page 799]
rather than relying only on manual refreshing by
users.
Analyt Admin Global

ics  istrator/ configu-
As of 1805, the BACKEND and FRONTEND values have
been removed for the BUFFERING global configura-
Excep Manda configu ration
tion parameter. Setting the parameter to TRUE, the
tion tory ration param
task af expert eter default and recommended value, can help improve
han
dling ter up Web UI the performance.
grade Model
configu-
ration

Excep New/ Admin Global Custom alerts are now buffered by default. Buffering Custom
tion en istrator/ configu- alerts helps improve the performance of the excep Alerts
han hanced configu ration
tion handling apps. [page 799]
dling ration param
expert eter The number of alerts for each subscription is calcu
Busi Web UI lated during the following events, then placed in a buf
ness Model fer:
user configu-
ration ● Defining and saving a custom alert definition
● Opening the Monitor Custom Alerts app for the
first time during a session.
You can manually refresh alerts with the Refresh but

ton in the Custom Alerts Overview app, the Monitor
Custom Alerts app, or refresh individual subscriptions
in the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app. The
amount of time since the last refresh is listed next to
the button.
You can turn off buffering for custom alerts, analytics,

and dashboards by setting the global configuration
parameter BUFFERING to FALSE, but this is not rec
ommended.
Cross New/ Busi Web UI The ABC segmentation methods have been renamed. ABC/XYZ
applica en ness The change doesn’t affect their functionality so they Segmenta
tions hanced user
calculate segmentation values the same way as be tion [page
fore. 800]
Cross New/ Busi Web UI The (5) By Segmentation Measure (Single Values) ABC/XYZ
applica en ness segmentation method is now available for ABC seg Segmenta
tions hanced user
mentation in the Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation tion [page
Rules app. It calculates the segments based on the to 800]
tal value produced by each item in terms of the seg
mentation measure, and the sums are compared one-
by-one to the predefined thresholds.
This method is useful if you don’t want to compare

the planning objects to each other, only to the thresh
olds.
Cross New/ Busi Web UI You can now choose between two different calculation ABC/XYZ
applica en ness strategies for XYZ segmentation in the Manage Segmenta
tions hanced user
ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules app: Calculate tion [page
Variation, which calculates variance values during the 800]
segmentation runs, and Aggregate over Periods,
which works with segmentation measure values that
were previously calculated by other tools such as the
Manage Forecast Error Calculations app.

Cross New/ Busi Web UI You can now choose time-independent key figures as ABC/XYZ
applica en ness segmentation measures in the Manage ABC/XYZ Segmenta
tions hanced user
Segmentation Rules app. This is useful if you want to tion [page
use a measure that is different for each planning ob 800]
ject but the same for each time period. Usually it is a
single value that can be recalculated or updated regu
larly by another process.
Cross Prepare Admin Applica Change history snapshots are planned to be discon
applica next re istrator/ tion job tinued in the near future. We recommend that you
tions lease configu
start using lag-based snapshots instead when you set
ration
up a planning area for demand sensing and other
expert
processes such as time-based waterfall analysis and
alerting.
Lag-based snapshots are taken of selected planning

objects with predefined lags and saved in a key figure
that has LAG as a root attribute in its base planning
level.
Identity New/ Admin Web UI The User Groups app now offers a change history. Identity and
and ac en istrator/ Access
cess hanced configu
Manage
man ration
ment [page
age expert
ment 782]
Identity Admin Web UI

and ac  istrator/
If you are upgrading from a lower release, please be
aware that read-only access is now supported for the
Identity and
Access
cess Manda configu
following business catalogs: Manage
man tory ration
task af ment [page
age expert ● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RM
ment ter up 782]
● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RA
grade
● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_UM
● SAP_IBP_BC_VISFILTER_PC
If you are interested in what has happened in the previous release 1802, please check What's New in SAP
Integrated Business Planning 1802 [page 802].

 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note

Excel
 Note
Fixing of Key Figure Values
If a planner has some special knowledge about the reliability of certain planning data, such as, a special
agreement with a customer on a planned order or event, this information should be considered in the planning
process.

In such cases, the planner can fix key figure values in certain periods to protect key figure values of certain
periods on detailed or aggregated level from unintentional changes by disaggregation.
For more information, see Fixing of Key Figure Values.
Deleting Fixing Information
You can delete fixing information in the following ways:
● By unfixing the cells, rows, or ranges of cells directly in the planning view in the IBP Excel add-in. For more
information, see Fixing and Unfixing Values in the IBP Excel Add-In.
● By using the new Unfix Key Figure Values application job template. For more information, see Predefined
Application Job Templates.
Using the application job template, you can delete all fixing information from your planning area, for
example, when your company starts a new planning cycle, and the fixing information for the previous
planning cycle has become obsolete.
Setting the Number of New Planning Objects that can be Created from the
IBP Excel Add-In
The new global configuration parameter MAX_ADD_NEW_PLAN_OBJECT in parameter group PLAN_VIEW is now
available. You can use this parameter to set the maximum number of new planning objects that can be created
from the IBP Excel add-in. The number of planning objects is counted at the base planning level of the key
figure.
Using this global configuration parameter can prevent business users from unintentionally creating large
numbers of planning object combinations that would likely result in combinations that cannot exist in reality,
but that, once existing in the system, could likely be automatically and unintentionally considered during
planning runs and thus lead to false planning results.
8.3 Content Administration
Content Administration
You can now use the Content Administration app to share, unshare, reassign, and delete scenarios defined in
the IBP add-in for Microsoft Excel.

8.4 Application Job Templates
Deleting Specific Master Data with the Purge Master Data Template
In the Purge Master Data application job template, you can now narrow down the master data that you want to
delete by selecting a planning filter. This way, only the master data that matches the attribute values that you
specified in the planning filter are deleted.
For example, if you have created a planning filter that contains the attribute value 101 for the attribute
Customer ID, only those master data records that match these filter criteria are deleted.
To delete specific master data, select a single master data type in the Purge Master Data template. You can
then select a planning filter. The planning filters are dynamically proposed based on the master data type you
selected: only those planning filters that contain attributes which belong to the selected master data type are
shown. These planning filters can be connected to any planning area in which the selected master data type
exists. Please note that you can only use planning filters that you created yourself.
Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency)
With the Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency) application job template, you can
integrate the calendar, UoM, and currency data from the external systems to IBP using SDI ABAP adapter in
the 1805.0.0_FULL inbound OpenAPI version.
Unfix Key Figure Values
With the Unfix Key Figure Values application job template, you can perform a mass deletion of fixing
information from your planning area, for example, when your company starts a new planning cycle, and the
fixing information for the previous planning cycle has become obsolete.
In addition to the mandatory information (planning area and version for which you want to delete fixing
information), you can add filters for key figures, attributes, and a time range that you want the system to
consider when deleting fixing information.
Related Information
Predefined Application Job Templates

This topics describes changes and enhancements in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1805 that affect data
integration.
Integrating Data from SAP S/4HANA, on-premise edition
You can integrate data from SAP S/4HANA, on-premise edition using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data
services. This integration is supported for all IBP releases.
The following new key figure templates for the unified planning area are now available in SAP Cloud Platform
Integration for data services:
● IBP_KF_Actuals
● IBP_KF_InitialInventory
● IBP_KF_SafetyStock
● IBP_KF_OpenOrders_S4
● IBP_KF_OpenOrders_ERP
● IBP_KF_OpenOrders_ERP
Changed Triggering Behavior of Group Operator as of 1808
Currently, when you upload data in one planning area for a key figure that triggers the group operator, the
group operator is automatically run for all planning areas in which this key figure exists. This happens even if
the group operator is not assigned to the other planning areas. This may have unintended side effects.
 Example
A group operator that copies the key figure SOURCE_KF to key figure TARGET_KF is assigned to planning
area PA X. The key figure that triggers the group operator is key figure TRIGGER_KF, which exists in
planning area PA X and PA Y. However, the group operator is not assigned to planning area PA Y. The key
figures SOURCE_KF and TARGET_KF exist in both planning areas.
When you load data into the key figure TRIGGER_KF in PA X, the group operator gets triggered for PA X and
PA Y, meaning that key figure SOURCE_KF is copied to TARGET_KF in both planning areas.
As of 1808, the group operator will only be triggered for the planning area to which it is assigned. This means
that when you upload data in one planning area for a key figure that triggers the group operator, the operator is
only run for that particular planning area. It will not be triggered in any other panning area, even if the same key
figure exists in another planning area, too. This allows you to use the group operator in a more targeted way
and prevents it from being triggered in planning areas other than the one to which you upload key figure data.
To prepare for the planned change, we recommend that you assign the group operator to each of the planning
areas in which you want to run it before the upgrade to 1808.

Upload Business Users Using Service SAP_COM_0093
You can now upload business users from an external data source such as an identity management system to
SAP Integrated Business Planning using the SOAP service SAP_COM_0093.
Extensibility Information
The SAP Cloud Platform Integration Guide now contains detailed information on extension options for the
integration of SAP Integrated Business Planning with SAP Business Suite systems using SAP Cloud Platform
Integration for data services.
New Restriction Areas for Data Integration Jobs App
In SAP Integrated Business Planning 1711, we introduced the option to restrict the master data and key figure
data that a user can upload via the Data Integration Jobs app by maintaining restrictions for the user’s business
role.
As of 1805, we’ve enhanced those restrictions. To give you more control, you can now also decide which actions
a user is allowed to perform with specific data types in an import job. You can give users the permission to
insert or update, replace, and delete key figure data, master data, time-periods, and snapshots in an import
job.
You restrict the actions for the business role in the new Data Integration Type restriction area. You can select
the corresponding data types that you want to restrict and specify the operation type that users can use for
those data types in an import job.
Related Information
Key Figure Templates for Unified Planning Area

Shared Global Variables for Unified Planning Area
Unique Global Variables for Each Template
Integrating Business Users from an External Identity Management System
Extensibility Information
8.5.1 OData Service for Master Data Extraction
You can now use the OData service for data extraction to extract master data.

Extracting Master Data with the OData Service for Data Extraction
You can now extract master data from SAP Integrated Business Planning using the /IBP/EXTRACT/
extract_md OData service. This is useful if you want to extract key information of your organization, for
example, if you need to extract all products that contain a specific description.
The data is extracted on behalf of a business user that you specified for this service. This way, the permission
filters that are assigned to this business user are applied when data is extracted.
To access the IBP system from outside the IBP cloud and extract data using this OData service, you need to do
the following:
● Create one or more communication users and associate them with the communication scenario
SAP_COM_0143. The communication user for this scenario is authorized to access the API.
● Set up the new communication scenario SAP_COM_0143.
● Create the user group EXTERNAL_DATA_ACCESS and add business users to it. Data can only be extracted
on behalf of these business users.
This topics describes changes and enhancements in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1805 that affect
business network collaboration.
New Key Figures for Manufacturing Visibility
The following time-series key figures for manufacturing visibility are now supported by the
cXML_ProductReplenishmentMessage_In message:
● Manufacturing Order Quantity (MFGORDER_QUANTITY)

This key figure provides information about the production orders that your suppliers have created.
● Shipments Quantity (SHIPMENT_QUANTITY)
This key figure provides information about the quantity that suppliers can ship to cover the requested
quantities.
● Firm Receipt Quantity (FIRMRECPT_QUANTITY)
This key figure provides information about the purchase order confirmations that your suppliers have
received from their suppliers.
● Planned Receipt Quantity (PLANRECPT_QUANTITY)
This key figure provides information about the forecast commit that your suppliers have received from
their suppliers.
● Projected Stock Quantity (PRJSTOCK_QUANTITY)
This key figure provides information about the stock that your suppliers expect to have available at their
location at the end of this day.

New Custom Key Figures of Type Quantity
To allow more flexibility for the mapping of key figures, up to 10 custom key figures are now supported in the
outgoing cXML_ProductActivityMessage_Out message to SAP Ariba. They are suitable for mapping
quantities. The key figures are named and numbered accordingly from Ariba Key Figure 01 Quantity to Ariba
Key Figure 10 Quantity.
Improved Handling of Message Size
Previously, empty time-series values were sent as “0” values in the outgoing message to SAP Ariba. If your
forecast contained a lot of those empty values, this created a lot of data that was sent in the cXML message,
thereby increasing the size of the message.
To help limit the size of outgoing messages, periods with empty values are not sent anymore.
 Example
Let’s assume the forecast that you send out to your supplier contains time-series values for the periods
April, June, and July, but no value for May. In the outgoing message, only values for April, June, and July are
sent. Because there is no value for May, this period is omitted.
April May June July
Forecast 10 - 10 0
Use Data Sharing Plan Attributes to Provide Additional Information in the

Incoming Message
You can now use the data sharing plan attribute as a source category to provide additional information that is
needed in IBP. For example, previously when the supplier ID maintained in SAP Integrated Business Planning
differed from the supplier ID of the incoming message from SAP Ariba, the committed forecast data provided in
the message could not be mapped to the planning area. In this case, IBP was not able to successfully process
the incoming key figure data.
To provide the supplier ID value that is maintained in IBP and that IBP needs to map the incoming data
correctly, you can now use the data sharing plan attribute as a source category in consumer data sharing
plans.
To do so, you need to do the following:
1. Create a data sharing plan attribute for the supplier ID in your consumer data sharing plan in IBP.
2. Map this data sharing plan attribute to the attribute for your supplier ID in IBP.
3. In the data sharing arrangement, enter the value of your supplier ID in IBP for the data sharing plan
attribute.

 Example
The IDs of your suppliers have leading zeros in IBP, while the IDs of your suppliers do not have leading zeros
in Ariba. Because of this, supplier A has the ID 0000012345 in IBP, but has the ID 12345 in Ariba.
The mapping for your data sharing arrangement for supplier A would look like this:
Source Category Source Field Target Category Target Field
Message From: Supplier ID Data Sharing Plan Attribute SUPPLIER_ID_IN_ARIBA
12345
Message To: Network ID Data Sharing Plan Attribute BUYER_NET

WORK_ID_IN_ARIBA
AN678
Data Sharing Plan Attribute SUPPLIER_ID_IN_IBP Attribute Supplier ID
0000012345
8.6.1 Message Monitoring
Redesign of Message Monitoring
In 1805, we’ve redesigned message monitoring. This redesign includes the following enhancements and
changes:
● Introducing roles
You can now distinguish between the roles of the administrator for message monitoring and the business
user who does the actual message monitoring. This is achieved by having two different apps, one for admin
tasks and one for monitoring tasks, which are contained in two new business catalogs.
● New app for administration tasks
The new SAP Fiori Assign Recipients to Users app was introduced to support administrators in their tasks
and allow them to set up message monitoring in a more selective way. In this app, the administrator can
decide which users are allowed to monitor the IBP interfaces in the Message Dashboard app. This is done
by assigning the IBP recipient ALL_RECIPIENTS to users. The administrator can specify which user can
see which types of messages, like warning messages or application errors. Additionally, the administrator
can assign technical user rights to allow a user to do technical monitoring.
● New business catalogs
For the redesign, we introduced two new business catalogs: the SAP_CA_BC_COM_CONF_PC business
catalog contains the Assign Recipients to Users app, and the SAP_CA_BC_COM_ERR_PC business catalog
contains the Message Dashboard app. These catalogs replace the old SAP_CA_BC_COM_PC business
catalog.

● Clean-up of unused Apps
With the introduction of the two new business catalogs, we removed the apps in the tile group for message
monitoring that were only visible for technical reasons. After you replace the old business catalog with the
new ones, these unsupported apps will not be visible anymore.

To use enhanced message monitoring, you need to replace the old business catalog with the one or both of the
new business catalogs in the business user roles in which you want to use the corresponding app.
The ALL_RECIPIENTS recipient is automatically assigned to users who had access to the Message Dashboard
app in previous releases, meaning that it does not need to be assigned manually in the Assign Recipients to
Users app. However, if you create a new business user after the upgrade or if you haven’t used the message
monitoring functionalities before, you need to assign the business users manually in the Assign Recipients to
Users app.
 Caution
Because there are plans to discontinue the old SAP_CA_BC_COM_PC business catalog in 1811, we
recommend that you replace the old business catalog before the upgrade to 1811.
Changes to the Configuration App
On the Key Figures screen, you can now enable fixing for key figures. To use fixing, open the Configuration app
and go to the Key Figures screen. Select the planning area, find the key figure you want to enable for fixing and
select the Enable Fixing checkbox. You might find that the checkbox is disabled for certain key figures. This is
can happen because there are a number of prerequisites that must be met for a key figure to be fixable. For
more information about the prerequisites, see Configuration of Key Figure Fixing.
For more information about fixing, see Fixing of Key Figure Values.
Validation checks now run when you create a calculation definition for a key figure to make sure that the
functions and expressions are used correctly. For more information about the functions and expressions see
Commonly Used Functions and Expressions.
You can no longer replace the time profile in an existing planning area using this app. To replace the time profile
in a planning area, use the Planning Areas app.
You can now create a new planning area and edit the planning area settings and time settings of an existing
planning area. To create a planning area from scratch, choose New. To edit an existing planning area, find the

planning area in the list and open it. You can edit the description, the planning area settings, and the time
settings of the planning area separately. If you want to change its description, choose Edit Header. If you want
to change the planning area settings or the time settings, enable them for editing by choosing the
corresponding Edit button.
In the list of planning areas, you now have the option to display the latest instance of the planning areas or
choose to see the active ones only by selecting the Show Latest or Show Active buttons respectively.
Activation as an Application Job
When you activate time profiles, master data types, or planning areas, activation now runs as an application
job. With that, it is now possible to monitor the job status, display the job details, and cancel the job in the
If the system cannot schedule an application job for activation, check in the Application Jobs app whether other
jobs are running, because there may be a conflict with another job. For more information about the possible job
conflicts that might occur, see Activating Planning Models.
We have added new checks to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area, or perform a
 Note
If you reactivate your planning area that has already been activated in a lower IBP release for any reason,
activation of the planning area won't fail because of the newly introduced checks that are listed below.
General Planning Area Configuration
The system now checks that when a planning area is enabled for change history, it doesn't include a planning
level attribute or a key figure whose ID is CHID. When a planning area is enabled for change history, CHID is part
of the change history record in the database. If a user-defined CHID attribute is used in any planning levels, or
the planning area contains a user-defined CHID key figure, a conflict occurs.
In the calculations of key figures, the system now also checks the following:
● If an input key figure is specified as a stored input, but a calculation for the key figure at the given planning
level exists.
● If a stored input key figure is read from a planning level that has a different set of root attributes, or a
different set of non-root attributes than its base planning level.
In this case, not all values of the key figure might be read, compared to the values stored at its base
planning level.
● If an attribute transformation has multiple inputs. It should have one input only.

In a planning area enabled for time-series-based supply planning, the system now checks that if versions exist,
all output key figures and input/output key figures exist as version-specific key figures in each version. If any of
the output or input/output key figures doesn't meet this requirement, the check will fail, and you have to adapt
the configuration.
Fixing Key Figure Values
There are a number of requirements for enabling fixing for a key figure. The checks related to fixing will check if
all of the following requirements are met:
● The key figure you want to enable for fixing must be stored.
● The Edit Allowed field is set to All Editable or Editable in the Current or Future or Editable in the Past.
● The key figure must have one of the combinations of aggregation and disaggregation modes listed in the
following table:
Possible Combinations of Aggregation-Disaggregation Modes for Fixing
Aggregation Mode Disaggregation Mode
Sum Equal distribution
Sum Proportional if aggregated value is not zero; otherwise

equal distribution
Avg Proportional if aggregated value is not zero; otherwise

copy value to
● The key figure does not use L script in its calculation definition.
● If you enable fixing for a key figure, remember that it can't have the following settings at the same time:
○ Be an alert key figure
○ Be marked as Output for Supply Planning, or Input and Output for Supply Planning
○ Be a snapshot key figure
○ Have the business meaning Promotion Final, Promotion Total (Source), or Promotion Uplift (Source)
assigned to it
● A planning area can contain up to 20 key figures enabled for fixing.
SHOW_STPL
The SHOW_STPL global configuration parameter is now available in the MODEL_CONFIGURATION group. This
parameter controls whether the system displays the Storage Time Profile Level field in the Planning Areas app.
 Caution
The Storage Time Profile Level setting is gradually phased out and will be discontinued in the future releases
of SAP Integrated Business Planning.

OPENAPI_LOG_DISPLAY_LIMIT
The OPENAPI_LOG_DISPLAY_LIMIT global configuration parameter is now available in the RESPONSE group.
Using this parameter, you can specify the maximum number of warning messages displayed in the log details
of the Data Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound) application job. To display more warning messages for
the next integration run, update the parameter value accordingly.
MAX_ADD_NEW_PLAN_OBJECT
The MAX_ADD_NEW_PLAN_OBJECT global configuration parameter is now available in the PLAN_VIEW group.
You can use this parameter to set the number of new planning objects that can be created from the IBP Excel
add-in. For more information, see SAP Integrated Business Planning, Add-In for Microsoft Excel [page 770].
following:
● The Custom aggregation mode has been changed to Sum for certain key figures
● Key figures that are relevant for SCM output in a version are now marked as version-specific key figures
● The planning area has been updated for the new lag-based snapshots in demand sensing
● Key figures related to late delivery have been added
● Modeling changes have been made to remove day level calculations in S&OP key figures
● The LOCALDEMANDPLANQTY key figure has been enabled for fixing
● Changes have been made related to shelf life visibility:
○ New wastage quantity key figures have been added: LSLWASTAGEQTY and LSLWASTAGEQTYPLB
○ The L script of the SLREMBATCHQTY and SLFULFILLEDDMNDQTY key figures have been adjusted for
validation checks
New Parameters for the Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator
To be able to control whether the Disaggregation (DISAGG) operator copies fixing information, and whether it
unfixes fixed target key figures, you can use the following new parameters:
● UNFIX_TARGET_KF
If you use this parameter, fixed target key figure values are unfixed.
● COPY_KF_FIXING
If you use this parameter, the DISAGG operator copies fixing information.
For more information, see Disaggregation (DISAGG) Operator.

Related Information
User Groups
The User Groups app now offers change history.
Business Roles
If you are upgrading from a lower release, please be aware that read-only access is now supported for the
following business catalogs:
● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RM
● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_RA
● SAP_CORE_BC_IAM_UM
● SAP_IBP_BC_VISFILTER_PC
All roles containing one of these business catalogs in which the write option was set to No access have been
migrated. As a consequence, the impacted role settings have changed as follows:
● Write access is set to Unrestricted if the assigned business catalogs do not have any restriction type
● Write access is set to Restricted if their assigned business catalogs contain one or more restriction types.
Please check if the roles you have previously configured still meet your requirements.
The new System Monitoring app gives administrators an overview of the system's performance on a specific
day and time in the last ten days.
The app allows you to find out when there were spikes in CPU or memory usage. With this information, you can
use the job statistics to find out which jobs may have caused those spikes.
For more information, see System Monitoring.

This topics describes changes and enhancements in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1805 that affect
process management.
Process Modeling App Discontinued
The non-SAP Fiori Process Modeling app has been discontinued. If you are still using this app version and are
upgrading to 1805, you now need to switch to the new SAP Fiori Manage Process Templates and Manage
Processes apps.
The new apps cover all of the functionalities that were available in the Process Modeling app and also provide
the following new features:
● A Gantt chart in both new apps provides a more transparent visualization of a process, including
application jobs that can be triggered at the start or end of process steps
● Workdays or weekdays can be set for a process template in the Manage Process Templates app and are
considered for the process
● Time zone settings for process templates facilitate the managing of global processes
● In addition to monitoring process lifecycles in the process chart, you can also monitor them in the Manage
Processes app using the enhanced overview screens.

To use the new apps, you need to add the business catalogs SAP_IBP_BC_PROCTEMPLATE_PC (Manage
Process Templates app) and SAP_IBP_BC_PROCINSTANCE_PC (Manage Processes app) to the business role in
which you want to use the corresponding app. The Manage Process Templates app is then available in the
Administrator group on the launchpad, and the Manage Processes app can be found in the General Planner
group.
You can limit the activities that users can perform in the apps by granting them read or write access. For more
information, see Authorizations for Process Management.
The process templates and process instances that you created in the Process Modeling app are available in
both new apps.
Logs for Processes
Monitoring your processes is now supported by the Application Logs app, where you can now view log
messages.
The log messages show manual activities, like the creation or update of a process, or the starting or completion
of a process step. If your process steps include start and end jobs, you can also see information about these
jobs. You can see if the jobs were successfully scheduled, or if the scheduling of the jobs failed. This can help
you to identify errors. Note that the log does not show information about the state in which an application job
finished, for example, if it finished with errors.

Delay in Process Automations Based on the Completion of Application Jobs
Previously, process steps that were configured to start or end automatically after an application job had
completed were started or ended without a delay. This automation was enabled if the PROCESS MANAGEMENT
AUTOMATION TEMPLATE was used as last step in the job chain of the corresponding application job.
As of 1805, process steps that are configured this way are no longer started or ended immediately, but with a
delay of up to 30 minutes. This is because the automation is now handled by a technical job for process
orchestration that is scheduled to run in the background every 30 minutes. This change was required because
the application job template that enabled this automation is no longer supported as of this release.
If you are using the PROCESS MANAGEMENT AUTOMATION TEMPLATE application job template as the last step
of any of your job chains for process management, we strongly recommend that you remove this application
job template. Keeping the template does not cause any issues, however, the template does not trigger the
immediate automatic start or end of a process step anymore. Please expect the described delay in the
automatic start and end of process steps, and inform the persons that are involved in process management
about this delay. There are plans to discontinue the template in a future release.
8.11 Demand Planning
Analyze Promotions
You can now create promotions from within the Analyze Promotions app.
You can specify a product, all other root attributes of the promotion level, for example customer, and the
promotion total. The system distributes the total equally over time and planning objects. For more information,
see Creating Promotions.
You can now compare up to four simulations for phase-in or phase-out curves on the Curves tab.
Demand Sensing
Special Authorization for Viewing and Editing Bias Horizon

You can now view and edit bias horizon values in the Manage Forecast Models app only in the following cases:
● If a business role with no restrictions is assigned to your business user

● If the Forecast Model (SAP_BCR_IBP_FORECASTMODEL_PC) business role is assigned to your business
user and the Display all parameters for demand sensing read access restriction is selected for it
Otherwise the system uses the default values, which are not displayed on the screen.
Intermediate Results Can Be Saved and Displayed

You can now get an insight into how the sensed demand is transformed into the final values by checking the
intermediate results of demand sensing jobs. These intermediate results are saved in key figures for which you
have specified a predefined business meaning.
The following business meanings are available for this purpose, shortened on the screen for technical reasons:
● Wkly Orgnl Sensed Demand (weekly original sensed demand)

● Wkly Capped Sensed Demand (weekly capped sensed demand)
● Wkly Base Balanced SenDmd (weekly base balanced sensed demand)
● Wkly Uplft Balncd SenDmd (weekly uplift balanced sensed demand)
To see the intermediate results, you need to add the key figures with these business meanings to your planning
view.
You can obtain further information by assigning the Weekly Open Orders business meaning to a key figure
that you add to your planning view. The key figure will store the weekly quantities in open orders, which is one
of the inputs for demand sensing.
Changes in the SAP6 Sample Planning Area
New Key Figures and Planning Levels

The following key figures have been introduced to support the use of lag-based snapshots in demand sensing
and other areas such as time-based waterfall analysis and alerting:
● Consensus Demand Snapshot (CONSENSUSDEMANDSNAPSHOT) – used to store lag-based snapshot data

● HCONVCONSENSUSDEMANDSNAPSHOT – helper key figure used as input for the demand sensing algorithms
The following planning levels have been introduced to support the use of lag-based snapshots:
● LOCPRODCUSTLAGWEEKLY -- the same as LOCPRODCUSTWEEKLY but with LAG as an additional root

attribute
● LOCPRODCUSTLAGUOMTOWEEKLY – the same as LOCPRODCUSTUOMTOWEEKLY but with LAG as an additional
root attribute
Key Figure Fixing Activated

The new key figure fixing functionality allows you to protect key figure values of certain periods against
unintentional changes by automated processes or interactive disaggregation.
Key figure fixing was activated for the following key figures in SAP6:
● CONSENSUSDEMAND
● DEMANDPLANNINGQTY
You may activate this feature for other or additional key figures according to your needs.
For more information, see Fixing of Key Figure Values.

Key Figure Calculations Changed
In order to avoid technical issues related to key figure rounding, the aggregation mode of the following key
figures was changed from Custom to Sum (no other changes are needed):
● ACTUALSREV
● ADJDELIVQTY
● ADJDELIVQTYHELPER
● ADJSENSEDDEMANDQTY
● CONFQTY
● CONSENSUSDEMAND
● DELIVQTY
● DEMANDPLANNINGQTY
● DEMANDPLANNINGQTY1MLAG
● DEMANDPLANNINGQTY3MLAG
● MARKETINGFCSTQTY
● PROMOBASELINE
● PROMOSPLITALL
● REQQTY
● SALESFCSTQTY
● SENSEDDEMANDQTY
● SENSEDDEMANDQTY1WLAG
● SENSEDDEMANDQTY3WLAG
● STATISTICALEXPOSTFCSTQTY
● STATISTICALFCSTQTY
● STATISTICALFCSTQTY1MLAG
● STATISTICALFCSTQTY3MLAG
● CONSENSUSDEMANDREV
● FINALCONSENSUSDEMAND
● FINALSENSEDDEMANDQTY
● FUTUREORDEREDQTY
● MARKETINGFCSTREV
● PROMOSPLITHELPER
● SALESFCSTREV

Distribution Type Enhancement
In the SAP3 sample planning area, you can now model both normal and gamma distribution for forecast error
for the IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. Set the DISTRIBUTIONTYPE attribute to G for gamma
distribution or N for normal distribution.
If null, inventory operators use default to Gamma distribution.
Attributes Attribute Description Key (X) Required (X) Referenced Attribute
DISTRIBUTIONTYPE Distribution Type; G -

Gamma distribution
(default); N - Normal
distribution
Addition of Network ID
In the SAP3 sample planning area, the Multi-Stage Inventory Opt now generates the master data type
attribute NETWORKID in the LOCATIONPRODUCT master data type. This value can be used to identify connected
networks.
Attributes Attribute Description Key (X) Required (X) Referenced Attribute
NETWORKID Network ID
DDMRP Critical Path Indicators
For DDMRP, the SAP3B sample planning area, two output key figures have been added for critical path
indicators for transportation and production sourcing:
● PCRITICALPATHINDICATOR
● TCRITICALPATHINDICATOR

PCRITICALPATHINDI Decoupling PRODLOCSRC Production Sourcing

CATOR Critical Path Decoupling Critical
Indicator ( P) Path Indicator
TCRITICALPATHINDI Decoupling PRODLOCLOCFR Transportation Decou

CATOR Critical Path pling Critical Path Indi
Indicator (T) cator
DDMRP Decoupling Point Reason Codes
For DDMRP, in the SAP3B sample planning area, the DDMRP operators now list decoupling point reason codes
in the DECOUPLINGPOINTREASON attribute of the master data type IBPLOCATIONPRODUCT.
The DDMRP operators generate decoupling point reason code to help you better understand decoupling point
recommendations. The code is listed in the DECOUPLINGPOINTREASON master data type attribute.
Decoupling Point Reason Codes
Decoupling Point Reason Code Explanation
User_Input Specified as a decoupling point by user.
Customer_Tolerance_Time Meets the customer tolerance time constraint. For instance,

for a customer facing node, when the customer tolerance
time is less than its incoming lead time, then the node is
chosen as decoupling point.
Quick_Turn_Market Specified by the quick turn market input flag.
Critical_Operation_Protection Specified by the critical operation protection input flag.
External_Variability If variability (demand or supply) is categorized as high at a

node, that node is chosen as decoupling point.
Inventory_Leverage_And_Flexibility If a node is identified as one with common components

along the longest cumulative coupled lead time chain (that
is, the critical path) for a finished product, then the node is
chosen as decoupling point.
DDMRP Buffer Analysis App Enhancement
The DDMRP Buffer Analysis app has been enhanced with a bar chart on a scenario page that shows the
percentage difference between the baseline and a scenario.

8.13 Time-Series Based Supply Planning
described in the sections about aggregated constraint key figures and the aggregate constraint master data
type below. To use them, make sure they're added to your company’s planning areas. They’ve already been
added to the SAP4 sample planning area for time-series-based supply planning. The new wastage quantity key
figures have been added to the SAPIBP1 sample planning area.
Time-Series-Based Forecast Consumption
Time-series-based forecast consumption helps you to improve your planning processes by preventing the
planning algorithms from considering a demand quantity twice. If your demand includes both forecasts and
sales orders, and if a new sales order is then placed, the forecast consumption process reduces the planned
forecast by the sales order quantity.
New Time-Series-Based Forecast Consumption Profiles App

To support the forecast consumption process, a new Forecast Consumption Profiles app has been added to the
TS Supply Planning Configuration section of the Launchpad. By creating a forecast consumption profile and
including it in the planning algorithm, you can define the way in which incoming sales orders consume the
forecast demand.
To use this app, you require business catalog SAP_IBP_BC_FCPP_PC.
For more information, see Forecast Consumption Profiles.
New Planning Algorithm: Time-Series-Based Forecast Consumption

In the S&OP Operator Profiles app, you will find the new planning algorithm TS-Based Forecast Consumption.
This algorithm enables you to calculate the forecast consumption independently of other planning algorithms
(heuristics or optimizer).
You can, however, also calculate the consumption forecast in conjunction with another planning algorithm. In
this case, the forecast consumption is calculated first, and the result is passed to the planning algorithm as
input data.
Aggregated Constraint Key Figures for Inventory
The new MINAGGINVENTORY and MAXAGGINVENTORY key figures (new base planning level: period – product –
location) are available. You can use them to set a minimum or maximum inventory level in a defined period for

any combination of product and location at an aggregate level. Aggregated constraint key figures let you model
constraints for the time-series-based supply planning optimizer.
New Wastage Quantity Key Figures for Shelf-Life Visibility
Two new key figures have been included in the SAPIBP1 sample planning area to enhance the shelf-life visibility
functions: LSLWASTAGEQTY and LSLWASTAGEQTYPLB. They show the wastage quantity on
WKPRODLOCCUSTBATCH level and on WKPRODLOCBATCH level, respectively. The wastage quantity is the
remaining batch quantity at the end of the shelf life, which cannot be used to fulfill customer demands. Based
on the key figure data, you can have the wastage quantity replenished or written off.
To plan the replenishment of the wastage quantity, you can copy the key figure value to the
INVENTORYCORRECTION key figure as an input for the supply planning algorithms.
New Data Input Validations for Shelf-Life Visibility
New checks have been introduced in the context of shelf-life visibility. They ensure that the calculations can be
correctly performed based on the data provided. For example, it is checked that the values for Customer
Demand Plan Quantity and Remaining Shelf Life – Batch Product are consistent.
New Aggregate Constraint Master Data Type with Aggregate Attribute
The Aggregate Constraint master data type with the Aggregate attribute has been included in sample
planning area SAP4. Adding the attribute to a planning level, you can indicate that the planning level is an
aggregate level.
The existing SAP4 planning levels PERPRODLOCCUSTAGG, PERPRODLOCLCOCFRAGG, PERPRODLOCSRCAGG, and

PERPRODLOCTOLOCAGG have been enhanced with the Aggregate attribute as a root.
 Tip
If you upgrade from a lower release, enhance these planning levels accordingly to support their
identification as aggregated planning levels.
The Aggregate attribute has also been added to the new planning level PERPRODLOCAGG.
New Activation Check for Version-Specific Key Figures
We have added a new check to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area, or perform a
consistency check on a planning area that is enabled for time-series-based supply planning. The new check
serves to identify incomplete configuration already in the modeling phase, rather than detecting it during a
planning run only.

If versions exist, the system now checks that all output key figures and input/output key figures exist as
version-specific key figures in each version. If any of the output or input/output key figures doesn't meet this
requirement, the check will fail, and you have to adapt the configuration.
New Columns in the View Demands by Priority and View Confirmations Apps
You can now see information about the segment a demand has been prioritized in.
In the Segment Type column, you can see whether the demands in the segment are handled in a sequence or
using demand fair share.
The Priority column (formerly Rank column) in the View Confirmations app (in the Competing Sales Orders
view) and in the View Demands by Priority app shows you information about the segment priority (xxx),
sequence number (yyy) and subsequence number, if applicable, (zzz) at one glance. The format used is xxx-
yyy-zzz. The same information is also available, for example for further analysis in an Excel sheet, divided up
into three individual columns, the Segment Priority, Sequence Number and Subsequence Number columns.
Demand Fair Share
In the Rules for Demand Prioritization app, you can now also create demand prioritization segments in which all
demands are considered equivalent. This segment type is called demand fair-share segment. Balanced
demand fulfillment takes place in a round-robin manner between groupings of demands, the fair-share sets.
The criteria based on which these sets are put together are defined in a fair-share set profile, which you can
create in the new Fair-Share Set Profiles app. When you create a profile in this app, you also have to select a
portion size key figure.
Portion size key figures are now available in the SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas, but you can also
choose other key figures. You can specify the key figures you want to use as portion size key figures for each
version in the Settings for Order-Based Planning app. The new key figures in the SAP7 and SAP74 sample
planning areas are the following:
Portion Size Key Figures in Sample Planning Areas
Sample Planning Area Key Figure Base Planning Level
SAP7 Demand Fair-Share Portion Size PERPRODLOC

(PORTIONSIZE)

Sample Planning Area Key Figure Base Planning Level
SAP74 Demand Fair-Share Portion Size PERPRODLOCCUST

(PORTIONSIZE)
There are also new planning levels for aggregation in the context of demand fair share:
● SAP7 sample planning area:

○ PERLOC
○ PERPROD
○ PERCUST
○ PERLOC
○ PERPROD
For more information about demand fair share, see Demand Fair Share.
Freeze Horizons and Plan Deletion Horizon
The concept of freeze horizons has been introduced to support the interaction of order-based planning with
external execution systems. Two types of freeze horizons - for production and for distribution - enable you to
keep your planned supply stable for a defined time period: Adjustments from the execution system are fixed for
the planning runs; changes in IBP (such as changed forecasts) do not lead to modifications of planned orders.
Additionally, you can use the new plan deletion horizon to have planning runs delete planned supply orders that
fall into a defined time period.
The following new reference columns have been added to the following external data sources of the following
master data types to the SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas:
External Data Source Sample Master Data Type Available Attribute Name
SMD_MALO S7LOCATIONPRODUCT FREEZE_HORIZON_DISTRIBUTION
FREEZE_HORIZON_PRODUCTION
PLAN_DELETION_HORIZON
SMD_MALO_S S74LOCATIONPRODUCT FREEZE_HORIZON_DISTRIBUTION
FREEZE_HORIZON_PRODUCTION
PLAN_DELETION_HORIZON
For more information, see Freezing the Supply Plan.

New App: Supply Chain Dependencies
You can now view connections between the objects in the supply chain using the new Supply Chain
Dependencies app. For example, you can do the following:
● For a specific material, find its dependent objects to understand planning run dependencies.
● Show which location materials use a specific resource.
For more information, see Supply Chain Dependencies.
New Layout in Manage Versions and Scenarios App
The information about a version that is displayed when you click the version's name is now divided into three
sections:
● Master Data
● Key Figure Business Meanings
● Administrative Information
Consideration of Fixed Receipt Involvements and of Dependent Demands
The Analyze Supply Usage and View Gating Factors apps as well as the Analyze Demand screen now consider
dependent demands that are not used by any primary demand. In addition, they now indicate whether a supply
element has been created for a fixed receipt, or whether a gating factor date has been derived from a fixed
receipt, respectively.
New Consistency Check for Forecast Key Figures During Planning Runs
During planning runs, checks are now performed to verify that the attributes defining the relevant forecast
consumption levels are included in the base planning levels of the forecast key figure and the constrained
forecast key figure. If the check fails, the following occurs:
● For new installation customers, forecast consumption is not carried out for the location materials affected
and an error is raised.
● For customers upgrading to 1805, only a warning is returned and the system behavior is unchanged with
respect to 1802. In the next release, this warning will turn into an error.
 Note
To avoid ad hoc necessities for reconfiguration and reactivation of planning areas, be sure to have the
affected key figures correctly configured before the upgrade to the next release.

Forecast and Allocation: Changed Planning Run Status in Case of Missing
Key Figures
As of now, planning runs are completed with a warning message in the following cases:
1. A forecast consumption profile has been assigned to one or more location materials that are part of the
planning area for order-based planning, but no forecast key figure has been maintained in the Settings for
Order-Based Planning app.
2. A product allocation profile has been assigned to one or more location materials that are part of the
planning area for order-based planning, but no allocation key figure has been maintained in the Settings for
Order-Based Planning app.
So far, planning runs were completed without a message in the first case and with an error message in the
second case. The outcome of the planning runs remains the same.
Additional Key Attribute for Gating Factor Tables
To display gating factors in existing scenarios, upgrade customers have to start a planning run.
The reason for this is the introduction of a new key attribute for gating factor tables. This is related to the new
feature that enables the Analyze Supply Usage and View Gating Factors apps as well as the Analyze Demand
screen to consider dependent demands that are not used by any primary demand.
Inbound Integration
Component Version
The 1805.0.0_FULL version has been extended with the following new fields to support geolocation and
freeze horizon procedures:
● IBP_LOCATION_MATERIAL
○ PROD_HOR
○ DISTR_HOR
○ DEL_HOR
● IBP_LOCATION
○ LONGITUDE
○ LATITUDE

Both versions have been extended with the following new checks:
● A check to ensure that SAP ERP order number contains no other characters but numbers
● A check to ensure that the customers for sales order or outbound delivery items (the field LOC_KUNNR in
the table IBP_ORDER) and the corresponding sales doc filed catalog (the field PKUNWE in the table
IBP_SALES_DOC_FIELD_CATALOG) are identical.
If you use SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning or SAP S/
4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning to integrate this data,
please implement SAP note 2636469 .
Note that to use these 1805 OpenAPI versions, the following versions of IBP add-ons are required:
See also: Inbound Integration: SDI ABAP Adapter, Inbound Integration (Version 1805.0.0_FULL) and Inbound
Integration (Version 1805.0.0_TRANS).
New Application Job: Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM,
Currency)
As of 1805.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version, integration of the calendar, UoM, and currency data from the external
systems to IBP using SDI ABAP adapter has been removed from the OpenAPI integration. This functionality
has been replaced with a new application job Data Integration using SAP HANA SDI (Calendar, UoM, Currency).
Please schedule and run this application job after you have upgraded to the 1805.0.0_FULL OpenAPI version.
Note that this application job is only available for integration with SDI ABAP adapter. For more information, see
Inbound Integration: SDI ABAP Adapter.
In previous versions of OpenAPI, integration of calendar, UoM, and currency data will continue to work as
before so no action is required.
Geolocation Data for Order-Based Planning
You can now visualize your order-based-planning data, specifically geographic location of your plants and
suppliers, using geographic charts in the Analytics-Advanced app.
To enable this functionality, the following master data types have been extended with the following attributes
assigned to the sample master data types:
Attribute Master Data Type External Data Source
GEOLONGITUDE S7LOCATION SMD_LOC
S74LOCATION SMD_LOC_S
S7SUPPLIER SMD_SUPPL

Attribute Master Data Type External Data Source
S74SUPPLIER SMD_SUPPL_S
GEOLATITUDE S7LOCATION SMD_LOC
S74LOCATION SMD_LOC_S
S7SUPPLIER SMD_SUPPL
S74SUPPLIER SMD_SUPPL_S
New and Changed Key Figures
The following key figures are now available in the SAP7 and SAP 74 sample planning areas to allow you to
display data about the delivered sales orders and purchase orders:
● DELIVEREDSALESQTY
● DELIVEREDDISTRIBUTIONRECEIPT
For more information, see Transportation Lane and Supplier Key Figures and Demand Key Figures.
The STOCKINTRANSIT key figure has been deleted from the SAP7 and SAP 74 sample planning areas. It has
been replaced with the new key figure NONPLANNINGRELEVANTSTOCK. For more information, see Stock and
Buffer Stock Key Figures.
Display of Warnings in the Data Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound)
Application Job
You can now specify the maximum number of warning messages displayed in the log details of the Data
Integration Using SAP HANA SDI (Inbound) application job using a new configuration parameter
OPENAPI_LOG_DISPLAY_LIMIT. By default, only the first ten messages are displayed. To display more
warning messages after the next integration run, update the parameter value accordingly.
Enhanced Search for Planning Areas in the Order-Based Planning: Regenerate

Planning Objects Application Job
In the Order-Based Planning: Regenerate Planning Objects application job, you can now search for your planning
area using the new Planning Area for Order-Based Planning search option. This way, you can find your default
order-based planning area without searching in all available planning areas.

8.15 Analytics
New Analytics Chart Type and New Chart Options
A new chart type, Dual X-Axis Combination, has been added. Similar to the Dual Y-Axis Combination chart, this
combination chart is a visualization that combines the features of the bar chart and the line chart. The
combination chart displays the data using a number of bars and/or lines, each of which represent a particular
category. A combination of bars and lines in the same visualization can be useful when comparing values in
different categories, since the combination gives a clear view of which category is higher or lower. For more
information, see Chart Types.
In the Chart Options tab, there is a new option, Key Figures, which is only available for dual axis and
combination charts. For dual axis charts, you can choose which key figures to show on the primary and
secondary axes. For combination charts, you can choose which key figures appear as lines and which appear as
bars. In addition, you can choose for bars to be stacked. For more information, see Creating Analytics Charts.
Ability to Turn Auto-Refresh Off and On
By default, as you modify your selections for the chart (for example, add key figures or choose a chart type) the
chart refreshes. If you're changing many elements, it can take time for each refresh to complete. If you don't
want the chart to automatically refresh when you change elements, you can pause the auto-refresh feature by
clicking the  Auto-Refresh Off button. When auto-refresh is off, the Drill Down, Download CSV File, Show/Hide
Legend, and Refresh buttons are disabled.
You can turn auto-refresh back on by clicking the  Auto-Refresh On button. The chart then refreshes to its
current settings.
For more information, see Analytics Details.
Automating the Refresh of Custom Alerts and Analytics Charts
You can automate the refresh of custom alerts and analytics charts by using the new Alerts and Analytics
buffering application job template. For example, if new key figure data is uploaded to your system daily at 2 am,
and you want this new data to be reflected in the charts the next morning, you can set up the job to run and
refresh the corresponding charts daily at 4 am. This way, the charts show the most recent data when your
business users log on to the system the next morning, without you having to refresh each chart manually.
The template offers several options to fine-tune the refresh. You can specify for which planning area or
category you want to refresh custom alerts and analytics charts, or you can even select specific charts that you
want to refresh. You can also specify that these charts are refreshed for certain users or user groups.
For example, if you enter a specific planning area, all custom alerts and analytics charts of that planning area
are refreshed automatically at the date and time you specified for the job.

The parameters of the job template are considered independently of each other. This means that if you select
category ABC and planning area PA1, all custom alerts and analytics charts of category ABC and all custom
alerts and analytics charts of planning area PA1 are refreshed.
Download Chart Data to a CSV File
You can now download chart data to a CSV file. To download the data, click the  Download CSV File icon.
For more information, see Analytics Details.
Support for Additional Sample Planning Areas
The Supply Chain Network app now supports the following sample planning areas:
● SAP7 - IBP for response

● SAP74 - IBP for response and supply
Rolling Periods
When the Period Type filter is used, rolling periods are applied.
New Symbol Legend
There is now a symbol legend to help explain the node types for a rendered chart. You can turn on and off the
legends by clicking the Chart Legend  button and selecting the legend you want to be displayed. By default,
both the heatmap (values) and the icon legend (symbols) are displayed.
Saving Modified Placement of Nodes in a Chart
Now, when you move nodes in a chart, you can save their position. Previously, the chart would revert to the
default placement.

New Error Messages
A new set of error messages help explain why a chart has not rendered:
Error Message Explanation
Planning Area not supported Based on available master data type, a planning area is not
configured to have the required attributes to match the Sup
ply Chain Network data model.
Network Model not initialized Indicates a coding error.
Planning area <area> is not activated. Planning area either flagged as inactive or pending deletion.
Master data <master data type> missing or invalid in plan Sufficient master data types exist for the data model, but
ning area they have not been added to the planning area configuration
itself.
If a master data type does not exist, generally because the

master data type has not been activated.
If a master data type is represented by a view instead of a ta

ble, but the view has been invalidated.
Either sourcecustomer or sourcecustomergroup must exist Indicates that neither SOURCECUSTOMER master data type
in planning area nor SOURCECUSTGROUP master data has been added to the
planning area configuration.
Sorry, a technical error occurred! Please try again later. An unidentifiable error was returned by one secondary
ODATA service, generally indicating a problem loading the
model used for filters, such as unit of measure, currency, or
product.
Unable to load Planning Area - Semantic Model not sup Attributes for the planning area master data have the "Se
ported mantic" column set in the database, indicating that the se
mantic mapping is used.
8.17 Custom Alerts
Buffering and Refreshing of Custom Alerts
Custom Alerts are now buffered by default. The number of alerts for each subscription is calculated during the
following events, then placed in a buffer:

● Defining and saving a custom alert definition
● Opening the Monitor Custom Alerts app for the first time during a session.
You can manually refresh alerts with the Refresh button in the Custom Alerts Overview app, the Monitor Custom
Alerts app, or refresh individual subscriptions in the Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts app. For more
information, see Custom Alerts.
 Note
You can turn off buffering for custom alerts, analytics, and dashboards by setting the global configuration
parameter BUFFERING to FALSE, but this is not recommended. For more information, see Global
Configuration Parameters.
Automating the Refresh of Custom Alerts and Analytics Charts
You can automate the refresh of custom alerts and analytics charts by using the new Alerts and Analytics
buffering application job template. For example, if new key figure data is uploaded to your system daily at 2 am,
and you want this new data to be reflected in the charts the next morning, you can set up the job to run and
refresh the corresponding charts daily at 4 am. This way, the charts show the most recent data when your
business users log on to the system the next morning, without you having to refresh each chart manually.
The template offers several options to fine-tune the refresh. You can specify for which planning area or
category you want to refresh custom alerts and analytics charts, or you can even select specific charts that you
want to refresh. You can also specify that these charts are refreshed for certain users or user groups.
For example, if you enter a specific planning area, all custom alerts and analytics charts of that planning area
are refreshed automatically at the date and time you specified for the job.
The parameters of the job template are considered independently of each other. This means that if you select
category ABC and planning area PA1, all custom alerts and analytics charts of category ABC and all custom
alerts and analytics charts of planning area PA1 are refreshed.
8.18 ABC/XYZ Segmentation
New Names for ABC Segmentation Methods
The ABC segmentation methods have been renamed in the Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules app. The
new names are the following:
● (1) By Pareto Principle (Sorted and Cumulated %)

● (2) By Pareto Principle (Sorted and Cumulated Values)
● (3) By Number of Items (Sorted %)

● (4) By Number of Items (Sorted Values)
The change affects only the names, not the functionality. The methods calculate segmentation values the
same way as before.
New ABC Segmentation Method
You can now choose the (5) By Segmentation Measure (Single Values) segmentation method for ABC
segmentation in the Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules app. If you do so, the segments are calculated
based on the total value produced by each item in terms of the segmentation measure, and the sums are
compared one-by-one to the predefined thresholds.
This is useful if you don’t want to compare the planning objects to each other, only to the thresholds. For
example, if you want to assign every product bringing more than EUR 1.000.000 revenue to segment A, you
can choose this new method for your segmentation profile.
New XYZ Calculation Strategies and Methods
You can now choose between two different calculation strategies when setting the rules for XYZ segmentation:
Calculate Variation and Aggregate over Periods. The main difference between the two is that Calculate Variation
calculates variance values during the segmentation runs, while Aggregate over Periods works with values that
were previously calculated by other tools such as the Manage Forecast Error Calculations app.
If you choose the Calculate Variation strategy, you can choose Coefficient of Variation (CV) or Coefficient of
Variation Squared (CV Squared) as the calculation method. CV Squared is considered more convenient than CV
for evaluating demand fluctuation.
If you choose the Aggregate over Periods strategy, you can choose Minimum, Maximum, Average, or Sum as the
aggregation method. This calculation strategy is useful, among others, for classifying planning objects based
on a forecast error measure such as MAPE. For example, if if your key figure used as segmentation measure
contains a previously calculated forecast error and you want to assign every product with a 3-month rolling
forecast error of less than 20% to X, you can choose this new strategy in your segmentation profile with the
aggregation method Average.
Time-Independent Key Figures As Segmentation Measures
You can now choose time-independent key figures as segmentation measures in ABC and XYZ segmentation.
This is useful if you want to use a measure that is different for each planning object but the same for each time
period. Usually it is a single value that can be recalculated or updated regularly by another process. For
example, MAPE and the inventory turnover rate are time-independent properties that can be used via key
figures as segmentation measures.

Planning 1802
About this version

Collection (HFC) 8
Document Information 2.3 - August 2018
None

2.3
Miscellaneous enhancements.

cel add-in)

ning

What's new in 1802, and what you need to do after the upgrade from 1711?
more innformation, see How to Use the What's New Table [page 36].
What's New

Admin New/ Admin Applica You can use the application job template Purge Key Application
istra en istrator/ tion job Figure Data Outside Planning Area Planning Horizon to Job Tem
tion hanced configu
permanently delete key figure data that is outside the plates
ration
planning area's planning horizon. [page 829]
expert
Admin New/ Admin Applica The Purge Key Figure Data application job template Application
istra en istrator/ tion job has been enhanced to allow more selective purging of Job Tem
tion hanced configu
key figure data. You can now permanently delete key plates
ration
figure data that is newer than a specified period. A [page 829]
expert
new selection filter allows you to narrow down the
data that you want to delete. Additionally, you can use
the template to permanently delete planning objects
that don’t have associated key figure data.
Admin New/ Admin Web UI As announced in 1711, the Visibility Filters app is now Permission
istra en istrator/ called Manage Permission Filters. Filters
tion hanced configu
[page 828]
ration
expert
Admin New/ Admin Web UI Permission filters now allow you to separate the privi Permission
istra en istrator/ leges for read and write access on key figure and Filters
tion hanced configu
master data attribute level. By using filter criteria for [page 828]
ration
read and write access you can refine restrictions that
expert
apply to the selected key figures.
Admin New/ Admin Web UI When you navigate from one of the following apps to Application
istra en istrator/ the Application Logs app, now you can see only the Logs [page
tion hanced configu
application logs that were generated in the last 90 829]
ration
days:
expert
● Time Profiles
● Planning Areas
● Configuration

Data in New/ Admin Integra The new /IBP/EXTRACT_SRV/extract_kf OData Data Inte
tegra en istrator/ tion gration
service is now available to extract key figure data
tion hanced configu
from SAP Integrated Business Planning. To use this [page 830]
ration
expert OData service, you need to set up the communication
scenario SAP_COM_0143.
Data in New/ Admin Integra The SAP Cloud Platform Integration Guide has been Tips and
tegra en istrator/ tion enhanced with tips and tricks and troubleshooting in Tricks
tion hanced configu
formation.
ration
expert
Busi New/ Admin Model SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business
ness en istrator/ configu- Planning have been enhanced with the scope item
network hanced configu ration
IBP – Business Network Collaboration – Supplier
collabo ration
Commit with SAP Ariba.
ration expert
For more information, see the SAP Best Practices Ex
Busi New/ Admin Integra The information that can be shared with SAP Ariba Business
ness en istrator/ tion Supply Chain Collaboration has been extended to in Network
clude attribute values for the “Manufacturing Type”. Collabora
collabo ration
tion [page
ration expert
831]
Busi New/ Admin Integra You can now define your own shared secret without Business
ness en istrator/ tion having to contact SAP. Network
Collabora
collabo ration
tion [page
ration expert
831]
Busi New/ Admin Web UI A new splitting feature for outgoing messages is avail Business
ness en istrator/ Integra able. To help improve message handling, outgoing Network
network hanced configu tion messages to your suppliers are now automatically Collabora
collabo ration Applica
split into several messages when the limit of 10,000 tion [page
ration expert tion job
records per message is reached. You can change this 831]
default value by entering a value of your own choice
into the new field Max Records per Message that is
available in the Data Sharing Plan Outbound ap
plication job template.

Model New/ Admin Model The Planning Areas app is now available to display, Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- copy, check, and activate non-sample planning areas. figuration
ration hanced configu ration
[page 832]
ration New
expert SAP
Fiori
app
Model New/ Admin Model In the Attributes app you can now see the following Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- data: figuration
[page 832]
ration Web UI ● Planning levels the attribute is assigned to
expert ● Key figures that use the attribute as period
weight factor
Model New/ Admin Model In the Master Data Types app you can now do the fol Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- lowing: figuration
[page 832]
ration Web UI ● Navigate to the Planning Areas app
expert ● See the status of a copy operation in the Last
Detailed Log column
Model New/ Admin Model In the Time Profiles app, you can do the following: Model Con
ration hanced configu ration ● Navigate to the Planning Areas app
[page 832]
ration Web UI ● See the status of a copy operation in the Last
expert Detailed Log column
Model New/ Admin Model The unified planning area (SAPIBP1) contains miscel Model Con
laneous updates and improvements. For a detailed
description of the changes, see the materials in the [page 832]
ration
expert Enhancement to the unified planning area and SAP
Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning –
release 1802 innovation in Innovation Discovery at
https://go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/
.

Model New/ Admin Model The global configuration parameter Model Con
configu- en istrator/ configu- KF_UPLOAD_NO_PROPORTIONAL_DISAGG for disag figuration
gregation is now available. [page 832]
ration Integra
expert tion During data upload with time disaggregation you
might not want to consider old values already stored
in the database. You can use this parameter to over
write the default disaggregation behavior.
For the same purpose, the Disaggregation DISAGG op

erator has the new parameter
NO_PROPORTIONAL_DISAGG.
If you set the value of the global configuration param

eter, or the new parameter of the DISAGG operator to
X or x, you tell the system to ignore the existing val
ues. The disaggregation modes are overwritten as fol
lows:
● Proportional if aggregated value is not zero,

otherwise equal distribution becomes disaggre
gation mode Equal, unless a period weight factor
is defined, in which case the period weight factor
is used.
Proportional if aggregated value is not zero,
otherwise copy becomes disaggregation mode
Copy

Model New/ Admin Model Before 1802, many key figures in the sample planning
configu- en istrator/ configu- areas used aggregation mode CUSTOM due to conver
sions. However, as of 1802, it is no longer necessary
ration
expert to use aggregation mode CUSTOM when using a con
version in a key figure for unit of measure or currency
conversions. (Please note that the sample planning
areas, for example, the SAP6 sample planning area for
demand and the unified planning area will be updated
with this change as of the next release, 1805.)
Not using aggregation mode CUSTOM can result in a

significant performance improvement in disaggrega
tion. Therefore, we recommend that you only use this
aggregation mode in the following special circum
stances:
● When a key figure has a complex calculation at

request level, for example, Unit Price, which has
inputs at request level.
● When the planning level used in the request level
calculation is different from both the base plan
ning level of the key figure and from the planning
level that is used in unit of measure or currency
conversions.
Model New/ Administra Model con Missing information about the global configuration
configu- enhanced tor/configu figuration parameter APJT was added to the Model Configura-
ration
ration ex tion Guide.
pert
IBP Ex New/ Admin IBP Ex The IBP Excel add-in provides information to users SAP Inte
cel add- en istrator/ cel add- about which cells they do not have permissions to grated
edit in the planning view. Business
ration
Planning,
expert
Add-In for
Busi
ness Microsoft
user Excel [page
826]
IBP Ex New/ Admin IBP Ex The service call to check time out helps to identify SAP Inte
cel add- en istrator/ cel add- whether there are systems between the IBP Excel grated
add-in and the IBP back end that closes the connec Business
ration
tion between the IBP Excel add-in and then IBP back Planning,
expert
end in a shortened time. Add-In for
Microsoft
Excel [page
826]

IBP Ex New/ Admin IBP Ex Leading zeroes have been added to relative time pe SAP Inte
cel add- en istrator/ cel add- riod properties in the EPM formatting sheet to make grated
sure that time periods are sorted correctly, and for Business
ration
matting works as expected. Planning,
expert
Add-In for
If you have been using the RELATIVE property in the
Microsoft
EPM formatting sheet, please adjust your formatting
Excel [page
settings manually.
826]
If your formatting setup in the EPM sheet options
does not require the correct sorting of values, for ex
ample, you want to highlight only one value, you can
revert back to the old property values by setting the
value of the global configuration parameter
DISABLE_LEADZEROS_TIME_RELATIVES to any
value, for example to YES.
Process New/ Admin Web UI Planning-Data Permissions Process

man en istrator/ IBP Ex You can now grant participants a temporary permis Manage
age hanced configu cel add-
sion to view or edit planning data in Excel during a ment [page
ment ration in
certain process stage by assigning permission filters 837]
expert
to a process step.
Overview Gantt Chart for Viewing Multiple Proc

esses at a Glance
In the Manage Processes app, you can now view multi

ple processes at a glance in an overview Gantt chart.
Process Prepare Admin New For the next release, SAP Integrated Business Plan Process
man next re istrator/ SAP ning 1805, there are plans to replace the Process Manage
age lease configu Fiori
Modeling app with the Manage Process Templates and ment [page
ment ration app
Manage Processes apps. We therefore recommend 837]
expert
that your business users begin to familiarize them
Busi
ness selves with the new apps now, in preparation for the
user planned switch in 1805.

De New/ Admin Web UI The automated autoregressive integrated moving Demand
mand en istrator/ Plan average algorithm and its seasonal version (auto- Planning
plan hanced configu ning op ARIMA/SARIMA) algorithms are now available in the [page 838]
ning ration erator/
Manage Forecast Models app. They combine autore
expert algo
gression and moving average to provide reliable fore
Busi rithm
ness casts after calculating the optimal values for certain
user parameters automatically and differencing the histor
ical data to make it stationary if needed.
The Brown’s linear exponential smoothing algorithm

is also available in the Manage Forecast Models app. It
lessens the effects of trends on the forecasts like dou
ble exponential smoothing does, but it uses a single
coefficient to smooth both the level and the trend in
the historical data.
De New/ Admin Web UI You can now define a test phase in the Manage Demand
mand en istrator/ Plan Forecast Models app when you add more than one Planning
plan hanced configu ning op forecasting algorithm to a forecast model and you se [page 838]
ning ration erator/
lect the Choose Best Forecast method for the system
expert algo
to utilize multiple forecasts.
Busi rithm
ness If you define a test phase, the historical horizon is
user
split into a training phase, which is used by the sys
tem to train the various algorithms in your forecast
model, and a test phase, which is reserved to assess
the forecasting accuracy of each algorithm after the
training phase.
De New/ Admin Web UI You can now enable trend dampening also for the au Demand
mand en istrator/ Model tomated exponential smoothing algorithm in the Planning
plan hanced configu configu- Manage Forecast Models app. [page 838]
ning ration ration
expert Plan
Busi ning op
ness erator/
user algo
rithm

De New/ Admin Web UI The system now uses a snapshot key figure instead of Demand
mand en istrator/ Model a snapshot suffix when the demand sensing (full) al Planning
plan hanced configu configu- gorithm is added to a forecast model. [page 838]
ning ration ration
expert Plan If your forecast model was created in a previous re
Busi ning op lease of SAP Integrated Business Planning and con
ness erator/ tains a snapshot of the Change History type, the
user algo snapshot key figure is automatically selected for the
rithm
model and named after the consensus demand key
figure with the _REV suffix added to it.
If your forecast model is newly created, the selection

of the snapshot key figure depends on the types of
the snapshot key figures added to the planning area,
and on the business meaning assigned to the lag-
based key figures.
The Versions of Forecast business meaning,

which is required for the option of automatic selec
tion, is now available in the Configuration app.
De New/ Busi Web UI The Manage Product Lifecycle app has been en Demand
mand en ness hanced as follows: Planning
plan hanced user
[page 838]
ning ● You can now generate the phase-out for a refer
ence product based on the phase-in of a new
product.
● Several mass maintenance features are now
available.
● You can now navigate from the list of assigned
reference products to the details of the individual
reference products.

De Admin IBP Ex Demand

mand  istrator/ cel add-
 Note Planning
plan Manda configu in In this case, mandatory task after upgrade [page 838]
ning tory ration Plan means that your business users need to familiar
task af expert ning op ize themselves as soon as possible with the new
ter up erator/ way of configuring and scheduling forecasting
grade algo without using a planning operator. There is no
rithm need for you to change any configuration or busi
Applica ness settings immediately after the upgrade to
tion job keep things up and running.
In the Configuration app, you cannot create new plan

ning operators of the IBPFORECAST type, and you
cannot assign such planning operators to new plan
ning areas.
Instead, you can use the Manage Forecast Models app

to set the parameters and the Statistical Forecasting
application job template in the Application Jobs app
or in the IBP Excel add-in to run the forecasting.
Note that all existing planning operators of the

IBPFORECAST type that are assigned to a planning
area will be automatically migrated to the new app
and will be available as planning profiles. Existing
planning operators that are not assigned to a plan
ning area will not be automatically migrated.
De New/ Busi Web UI The Use Grouping option is now available in the ABC/XYZ
mand en ness IBP Ex Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules app. If you se Segmenta
plan hanced user cel add- lect it, the planning objects are grouped by the attrib tion [page
ning in
ute that you choose in the Grouping Attribute field 855]
Inven
and the items are assigned to segments separately in
tory op
timiza each group.
tion
De New/ Admin New Lag-based snapshots can now be taken of the histori Lag-Based
mand en istrator/ SAP cal forecast using various lags. The snapshots that Snapshots
plan hanced configu Fiori
are taken based on the same lag-based configuration [page 855]
ning ration app
are saved in the same target key figure and can be
Inven expert Applica
used as inputs in demand sensing, statistical fore
tory op tion job
timiza casting, and inventory optimization.
tion
You can create lag-based snapshot configurations us
ing the new Manage Lag-Based Snapshots app.
The application job template Lag-Based Snapshots is

now available for taking lag-based snapshots of the
historical forecast.

Inven New/ Admin Global A new global configuration parameter, Inventory

tory op en istrator/ configu- NON_STOCKING_PUSH, has been added. The parame
Optimiza
timiza hanced configu ration ter controls whether the Multi-Stage Inventory
tion [page
tion ration param Opt optimizer considers lead-time through a non-
841]
expert eter stocking node when optimizing inventory. If the pa
Plan rameter value is set to Yes, or any other value, then
ning op the Multi-Stage Inventory Opt operator uses
erator/ the lead-time through a non-stocking node when opti
algo mizing inventory. If the value is set to No, then the
rithm Multi-Stage Inventory Opt operator uses the
lead-time from the non-stocking node.
Inven New/ Admin Model As of 1802 HFC 5 in the SAP3 sample planning area, Inventory
the master data type attribute DISTRIBUTIONTYPE
has been added to the master data type tion [page
tion ration
LOCATIONPRODUCT to both gamma and normal dis 841]
expert
Busi tribution. G denotes gamma distribution (default),
ness while N denotes normal distribution.
user
Inven New/ Admin Global You can now control whether to log or log and remove Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu- cyclical sourcing (loops) in inventory optimization us Optimiza
ing the new global configuration parameter tion [page
tion ration param
LOOP_HANDLING. 841]
expert eter
Inven New/ Admin Model Two new planning operators have been introduced to Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu- support DDMRP strategic inventory positioning and Optimiza
DDMRP buffer profiles and level maintenance: tion [page
tion ration Plan
841]
expert ning op ● Recommend Decoupling Points (DDMRP_SIP)
Busi erator/ Uses heuristics to recommend decoupling
ness algo points.
user rithm
● Calculate DDMRP buffer levels (DDMRP_BUFFER)
Allows users to load their own decoupling point
decisions and run scenarios of recommended
outputs.
Inven New/ Admin Model A new sample area, SAP3B, has been introduced to Inventory
support DDMRP inventory planning, separate from
the SAP3 sample planing area. This new planning area tion [page
tion ration
allows users to maintain buffer profiles for DDMRP. 841]
expert
Busi
ness
user

Inven New/ Busi New The new DDMRP Buffer Analysis SAP Fiori app helps Inventory
tory op en ness SAP users analyzing decoupling point scenarios. For sce Optimiza
timiza hanced user Fiori
narios that have been created the IBP add-in for Mi tion [page
tion app
crosoft Excel, users can compare results of scenarios 841]
IBP Ex
versus baseline for the key figures Decoupled Lead
cel add-
in Time, Average On Hand Quantity, and Average On
Model Hand Value.
configu-
The app includes list of scenarios and their relevant
ration
information and scenario details page where users
can review baseline compared to scenario results,
and filter those results.
 Note
The app supports view mode only. Scenarios are
not editable in the app.
Inven New/ Admin Model You can now create versions of data modeling with Inventory
tory op en istrator/ configu- different values and settings for any attribute in any Optimiza
master data type. tion [page
tion ration Plan
841]
expert ning op All of the following inventory operators support ver
erator/ sion-specific master data:
algo
rithm ● Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization
(MULTI STAGE IO)
(IO_DETERMINISTIC)
● Decomposed (single-stage) inventory
optimization (SINGLE STAGE IO)
● Expected loss demand (LOST SALES IO)
● Calculate Forecast Error CV (FORECAST_ERROR)
In addition, Manage Forecast Calculations - Inventory

Optimization also supports version-specific master
data, but in batch mode only.
Time- New/ Admin Model A new lot-sizing procedure is available: static periods Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- of supply based on average demand. It works similar ies-Based
based hanced configu ration Supply
to the static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure,
supply ration Plan Planning
but uses an average forecast demand to calculate the [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning safety stock.
Busi erator/
ness algo
user rithm

Time- New/ Admin Model The new time-series-based supply propagation heu Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- ristic is now available for infinite supply planning. In ies-Based
contrast to the existing time-series-based supply
planning heuristic, the new planning algorithm propa [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning gates only the available supply downstream through
Busi erator/
ness algo the supply chain and does not fulfill all demands if
user rithm supply is insufficient.

Time- Admin New Time-Ser

series-  istrator/ SAP
 Note ies-Based
based Manda configu Fiori In this case, mandatory task after upgrade Supply
supply tory ration app means that your business users need to familiar Planning
plan task af expert Role/ ize themselves as soon as possible with the new [page 844]
ning ter up Busi busi way of configuring and scheduling time-series-
grade ness ness based supply planning algorithms using S&OP
user catalog operator profiles. There is no need for you to
Model change any configuration or business settings
configu- immediately after the upgrade to keep things up
ration and running.
Plan
ning op The new S&OP Operator Profiles app allows planning
erator/ profiles to be configured for the planning algorithms
algo and auxiliary algorithms used in time-series-based
rithm
supply planning. The new app replaces planning oper
Web UI
ator configuration using the Configuration app, which
was previously used to configure planning operators
of the type S&OP Operator (SCM).
Note the following:
● All existing SCM planning operators that are as

signed to a planning area will be automatically
migrated to the new app and will be available as
S&OP operator profiles.
● All SCM planning operators created up to and in
cluding 1711 will still be available in display mode,
for example, in the Configuration app. However,
the SCM planning operator type can no longer be
used to configure planning operators for the
time-series-based supply planning algorithms.
● As opposed to the S&OP planning operators,
S&OP operator profiles are not automatically
transported with the planning area. When trans
porting a planning area with the Transport Model
Entities app, you need to select the operator pro
files explicitly.
● The only post-upgrade activity required is for
configuration experts to familiarize themselves
with the new app and with the transporting of
S&OP operator profiles (previous point). There
are no changes to the planning process in the
IBP Excel add-in.

Time- New/ Admin New Time aggregation has been enabled for the time-ser Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ SAP ies-Based
ies-based supply planning optimizer. You can use it to
based hanced configu Fiori Supply
set different planning granularities over the planning
supply ration app Planning
horizon. [page 844]
plan expert Role/
ning Busi busi To manage time aggregation, new app has been intro
ness ness duced: Time Aggregation Profiles.
user catalog
Model
configu-
ration
Plan
ning op
erator/
algo
rithm
Time- New/ Admin Model You can now configure your planning model so that Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- late deliveries are accepted for independent demand ies-Based
as well. New key figures and a new attribute have
been introduced to enable this function. [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning Busi erator/
ness algo
user rithm
Time- Admin Model Time-Ser

A check that was introduced in the previous release
configu- returns an error instead of a warning as of 1802. It ies-Based
based Manda configu ration Supply
checks that all output and input/output key figures in
supply tory ration Plan Planning
task af a version are flagged as version-specific. If this is not [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning ter up the case, the S&OP operator aborts.
erator/
grade algo To avoid ad hoc necessities for reconfiguration and
rithm
reactivation of planning areas, be sure to have these
key figures correctly configured before the upgrade.
At latest after the upgrade to 1802, the configuration
needs to be adjusted and reactivated to resolve the
error.

Time- New/ Admin Model The default setting of the SCM_LOCAL_MODE global Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- ies-Based
configuration parameter has been changed from 'Yes'
(enabled) to 'No' (disabled) to improve system per Planning
supply ration Plan
plan expert formance. [page 844]
ning op
ning Busi erator/ So far, the parameter being enabled by default
ness algo
caused some calculations (deficit, shortage, pro
user rithm
jected stock) to be performed for particular location
products after simulating or saving data in the IBP Ex
cel add-in.
For existing customers, the current parameter set

tings will be migrated during the upgrade.
Time- New/ Admin Model The explanation of optimizer results can now be acti Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- vated using a simple switch in the optimizer profile. ies-Based
(Previously, you had to set a parameter to activate
the function.) [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning Busi erator/ No migration activity is required from customers'
ness algo side, since the parameter settings (yes or no) are
user rithm
transferred to switch settings (on or off), and the old
parameter is deleted during migration.
Time- New/ Admin Model The set of checks that run when you activate a plan Time-Ser
series- en istrator/ configu- ning area that is enabled for supply planning, or per ies-Based
form a consistency check on such a planning area,
now includes a check to verify if all output and input/ [page 844]
plan expert
ning output key figures are stored key figures.
This is to ensure that the planning run for the time-

series-based supply planning algorithm can save its
output in the database.
Time- New/ Admin Model Subnetwork-specific segmentation of planning ob Time-Ser

series- en istrator/ configu- jects has been introduced to improve the perform ies-Based
ance of the loading phase of the time-series-based
planning algorithms. [page 844]
plan expert ning op
ning Busi erator/
ness algo
user rithm

Order- New/ Admin Model SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business
based en istrator/ configu- Planning have been enhanced with the following
scope items:
ning ration
expert ● IBP for Response and Supply – Response
Planning
● IBP- Order-Based Planning Inbound Integration
with SAP S/4HANA
● IBP -Order-Based Planning Outbound Integration
with SAP S/4HANA
● IBP – Business Network Collaboration – Supplier
Commit with SAP Ariba
For more information, see SAP Best Practices Ex

Order- New/ Busi Web UI In the View Confirmations and View Demands by Order-
based en ness Based Plan
Priority apps, the Competing Demands tab in the
plan hanced user ning [page
Analyze Demand view is now called Competing Sales
ning 848]
Orders to better reflect the kind of demand displayed
in this tab.
Order- New/ Busi Web UI There's a new tab in the Analyze Supply Usage app Order-
based en Based Plan
ness that shows you which production resources are occu
plan hanced ning [page
user pied and which primary demand they produce for.
ning 848]
Order- New/ Admin Web UI The following apps have been renamed: Order-
based en istrator/ Based Plan
plan hanced configu ● Maintain Forecast Consumption Profiles, now ning [page
ning ration Forecast Consumption Profiles 848]
expert ● Maintain Product Allocation Profiles, now Product
Busi Allocation Profiles
ness
● Maintain Settings for Order-Based Planning, now
user
Settings for Order-Based Planning
● Maintain Available-to-Deploy Profiles, now
Available-to-Deploy Profiles

Order- Admin Model Order-

based  istrator/
The set of checks that run when you activate a plan
configu- ning area that includes external planning levels, or Based Plan
plan Manda configu ration ning [page
perform a consistency check on such a planning area,
ning tory ration 848]
task af now include checks to verify if an external planning
expert
ter up level contains the attributes needed, and if the as
grade signment of the reference column is valid.
With these new checks, you can detect the incom

plete configuration of order-based planning earlier
than in the previous releases of IBP.
To avoid that the activation of a planning area fails be

cause of the new checks for order-based planning,
make sure that the external planning levels are cor
rectly configured, at latest before the first activation
after the upgrade to 1802.
Order- New/ Admin Integra The following new OpenAPI versions are now availa Order-
ble:
plan hanced configu ning [page
ning ration ● Inbound integration: 1802.0.0_FULL, and 848]
expert 1802.0.0_TRANS
● Outbound integration: 1802.0.0_OUTBOUND
These versions allow you to integrate sales order field

catalog data for outbound deliveries from SAP S/
4HANA, supply chain integration add-on for SAP Inte
grated Business Planning, and SAP ERP, supply chain
integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Plan
ning. Also, they have been extended with the addi
tional check for the mandatory fields.
OpenAPI documentation for 1802.0.0_FULL and

1802.0.0_TRANS inbound integration has been en
hanced with the allowed values description and
ABAP-specific data.

Order- New/ Admin IBP Ex You can now view information about the supply peg Order-
based en istrator/ cel add- ging in IBP Excel add-in after performing the order- Based Plan
plan hanced configu in ning [page
based planning run. Note that you have to create and
ning ration Applica 848]
run a new application job Order-Based Planning: Key
expert tion job
Figure Upload for External Planning Levels to view the
Busi Model
ness correct results in the IBP Excel add-in.
configu-
user ration You can choose to display different level of details for
supply pegging using new key figures in SAP7 and
SAP74 sample planning areas on the new planning
level PERPRODLOCASU. SAP7 and SAP74 sample plan
ning areas have also been enhanced with the new at
tributes and master data types to enable this func
tionality.
Order- New/ Admin Model For a new scope item IBP – Business Network Col Order-
based en istrator/ configu- laboration – supplier commit with SAP Ariba of SAP Based Plan
plan hanced configu ration ning [page
Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning,
ning ration Plan 848]
SAP74 sample planning area has been enhanced with
expert ning op
the following:
Busi erator/
ness algo ● New planning level PERPRODLOCSUP
user rithm
● New key figures SUPPLIERFORECAST,
SUPPLIERCOMMITTS, SUPPLIERCOMMITOR
● New disaggregation operators: Copy to
Customer Demand, Copy to Stock on
Hand, Copy to Supplier Constraint
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI A new red-based color palette is available as a cus Analytics
ics en ness tom color palette. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI Versions and scenarios are now supported in drill Analytics
ics en ness down charts. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI You can now download a .csv file of analytics chart Analytics
ics en ness data by clicking the Download CSV File icon when [page 853]
hanced user
viewing a chart.
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI You can now save a copy of an analytics chart by Analytics
ics en ness clicking the Save As button. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI Special characters are now supported for the name Analytics
ics en ness and description of objects in multiple analytics apps. [page 853]
hanced user

Analyt New/ Busi Web UI You can restrict the data in a chart by filtering for null Analytics
ics en ness or empty values. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI With the zoom option, you can now show all data for a Analytics
ics en ness chart. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI Moving and resizing of charts is now only possible on Analytics
ics en ness dashboards that you created yourself. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI You can now save filter variants for a dashboard and Analytics
ics en ness reuse these variants for any other dashboard. [page 853]
hanced user
Analyt New/ Busi Web UI In the Supply Chain Network app, you can now display Supply
ics en ness key figures by currency type and unit of measure Chain Net
hanced user
type. In addition, a clear button has been added to the work [page
header bar that allows you to clear the values of the 854]
Product ID, Key Figure, Period Type, and From/To fil-
ters.
Analyt Prepare Admin Global As of 1805, the BACKEND and FRONTEND values will be
ics next re istrator/ configu- removed for the BUFFERING global configuration pa
lease configu ration rameter. Setting the parameter to TRUE, the default
ration param and recommended value, can help improve the per
expert eter formance. We recommend that you set the TRUE
Web UI value before the upgrade to 1805.
Model
configu-
ration

Cross appli
cations
 Business
user
Web UI SAP CoPilot is now available in SAP Integrated Busi
ness Planning. SAP CoPilot is a messaging tool that is [page 855]
SAP CoPilot
Manda
available in the SAP Fiori launchpad and in SAP Fiori
tory
task af apps and that enables collaboration between online
ter up IBP users. Using SAP CoPilot, users can chat with
grade other users and share information essential for work
ing on a particular issue together, which includes
notes, screenshots, and object details that are auto
matically wrapped up by SAP CoPilot.
 Note
Configuration of SAP CoPilot for IBP has started
and we aim to have it available in all systems by
the end of the second quarter in 2018.
 Caution
If your organization is using a corporate identity
provider, and SAP CoPilot has also been deployed
to your systems, you must configure the use of
the corporate identity provider for the SAP CoPi
lot as well. For more information, see the Knowl
edge Base Article 2633828 .
Cross New/ Admin Model You can now use change-history-based calculations Change-
applica en istrator/ configu- to perform operations on historical key figure values History-
tions hanced configu ration
that you have captured via the change history or the Based Cal
ration
shared data tracking feature in business network col culations
expert
laboration. [page 835]
Busi
ness By tracking and exporting the values of your key fig-
user
ures over time, you can see, for example, how your
forecasted demand has changed, how your supplier's
commit has changed, or how your supplier's compo
nent forecast has changed. Based on this informa
tion, you can work out further metrics such as the
average key figure value or the range of values over
the period in question.

Cross New/ Admin Integration As of March, 10, 2018, you can use API access to in Secure
applica en istrator/ bound integration scenarios using extended authenti Communi
tions hanced configu
cation methods with the client certificate-based au cation for
Secur ration
thentication of your technical users. For certificate- Inbound In
ity expert
based authentication in such scenarios, your system tegration
must use a certificate signed by an appropriate certif [page 856]
ication authority (CA).
If you would like to use a certificate-based authentica

tion in inbound integration scenarios, please do the
following:
1. In the Maintain Communication Users app, up

load a valid certificate.
2. In the Maintain Communication Arrangement
app, verify that your inbound integration sce
nario supports certificate-based authentication.

 Recommendation


 Note
where required.
tory
upgrade.
(!) release. recom
mended

you.
 Note

Excel
New Version of the IBP Excel Add-in
 Note
Permission Filters
Permission filters are available in 1802 to allow administrators to provide read and write permissions to users
to specific key figure values. They replace visibility filters, which before 1802, were used to provide read
permissions to users.

It is now possible to visualize the effects of visibility filters, in other words, whether you can change cell values
in a planning view, in an indirect way in the IBP Excel add-in.
At the moment, it is not possible to set up formatting in the EPM formatting sheet to highlight cells that the
user has write permissions for. It is also not immediately visible which cells the user can't edit when they first
open the planning view. When the user with a set of permissions changes some cells that they have no write
permission for and clicks Save Data or Simulate (Basic), the IBP Excel add-in displays a dialog from which the
user can choose the following options:
● Details...
Opens a new window with the details of the cells that the user had changed and has no write permission
for. The user gets additional information, such as the old value and the new value that the user entered.
● Highlight Cells
Highlights the cells that the user had changed but has no write permission for.
● Resend Valid Entries
Saves or simulates only the changes for which the user has the permission to change cells.
● Close
Closes the dialog, no changes are saved.
 Note
Permission filters are relevant for manual changes in the IBP Excel add-in only. The system disregards
permission filters when the change is done by a planning operator, or version copy, and so on.
For more information about permission filters in the IBP Excel add-in, see Display the Editability of Cells in a
Planning View.
For more information about permission filters, see Permission Filters [page 828] and Manage Permission
Filters.
Service to Check Timeout Situation in the IBP Landscape
 Note
This function is intended to be used by system administrators and SAP support colleagues.
There are several systems, such as customer proxy, load balancers, Web Dispatcher, and so on, running
between the IBP Excel add-in and the IBP backend. These systems all have their individual timeout settings.
 Note
We recommend 10 minutes as the value for timeout settings.
The service call to check time out helps to identify whether there are systems between the IBP Excel add-in and
the IBP back end that closes the connection between the IBP Excel add-in and then IBP back end in a
shortened time. You can start it in the IBP Excel add-in, by clicking Help Connection Time Out Check .

Adding Leading Zeroes to Relative Time Period Properties in the EPM
Formatting Sheet
Before 1802, it was not possible to correctly use the formatting based on the RELATIVE property for time
periods in the EPM formatting sheet. Since EPM sorted the values in an incorrect order (1 10 11 12 2 20 21
22 ...), the formatting in the planning view yielded unexpected results. To correct the sorting, leading zeroes
have been added to the identifiers of the time periods, and the result is now sorted correctly (0001 0002
0003 ... 0010 0011 0012 ...).
 Note
When you set up formatting using the RELATIVE property, we recommend that you do the following:
● Make sure that you use the between or equal operators.

● Avoid mixing positive and negative attribute relatives in the same formatting rule.
If you have been using the RELATIVE property in the EPM formatting sheet, for example RELATIVE = 0, and
you want to keep using it, you have the following options:
● Adjust your formatting settings manually in the EPM formatting sheet.

● If your formatting setup in the EPM sheet options does not require the correct sorting of values, you can
revert back to the old property values without leading zeroes by setting the value of the global
configuration parameter DISABLE_LEADZEROS_TIME_RELATIVES to any value, for example to YES.
For more information, see Formatting Based on the RELATIVE Property.
9.3 Administration
9.3.1 Permission Filters
The Visibility Filters app is now called Manage Permission Filters.
To reflect the fact that visibility filters can now also be used to control write access, the term “permission filter”
replaces “visibility filter” in the IBP applications and in the documentation.
Permission filters allow you to separate read and write privileges: You can specify filter criteria for write access
to define the set of visible key figure values and master data types. You can then restrict write access by
selecting the key figures a user should be able to edit. Using filter criteria for write access you can refine the
write restrictions that apply to the selected key figures.
This separation of read and write access only applies to key figure values. Master data that is visible is is also
editable. The added permission filter conditions do not apply to master data.
To verify the resulting filter queries, you can view the permission filter report.

Purge Key Figure Data Outside Planning Area Planning Horizon
You can use the application job template Purge Key Figure Data Outside Planning Area Planning Horizon to
permanently delete key figure data that is outside the planning area's planning horizon. This key figure data is
not used by any planning functions. If required, you can also delete planning objects that don't have any
associated key figure data.
New Options for Purging Key Figure Data
In the Purge Key Figure Data application job template, you can now control in a more selective way which key
figure data is permanently deleted from your system.
The template offers the following options:
● You can now delete key figure data that is newer than a specified period.
● If you want to further narrow down the data that you want to delete, you can add a selection filter. For
example, you could choose to only delete the key figure data for a specific product family or a specific
location.
● Additionally, you can delete planning objects that don’t have any associated key figure data.
9.3.3 Application Logs
When you navigate from one of the following apps to the Application Logs app, now you can see only the
application logs that were generated in the last 90 days:

● Time Profiles
● Planning Areas
● Configuration
To display older application logs, just change the date of the Created From filter.

With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1802, the following enhancements have been introduced for data
integration:
OData Service for Data Extraction
If you want to extract key figure data from SAP Integrated Business Planning, you can now use the new /IBP/
EXTRACT_SRV/extract_kf OData service. You can integrate the extracted data into an external system such
as a legacy system, or use it for external reporting tools. The data is extracted on behalf of a business user that
you specified for this service. This way, the standard business user authorizations and permission filters that
are assigned to this business user are applied when data is extracted.
To access the IBP system from outside the IBP cloud and extract data using this OData service, you need to do
the following:
● Create one or more communication users and associate them with the SAP_COM_0143 communication
scenario. The communication user for this scenario is authorized to access the API.
● Set up the new SAP_COM_0143 communication scenario.
● Create the EXTERNAL_DATA_ACCESS user group and add business users to it. Data can only be extracted
on behalf of these business users.
When you request data using this service, you need to provide the attributes, key figures, and the filters for the
data you would like to extract. The service returns the requested data in JSON format. The data can be
returned for any planning area, version or scenario. For more information on the structure of the service and an
example of a request, see Extracting and Importing Key Figure and Master Data.
 Caution
Do not use this service for mass extraction of key figures. If you would like to extract large amounts of key
figures, we recommend that you extract those key figures using SAP Cloud Platform Integration for data
services.

Business network collaboration enables you to share your key figure data with external business partners who
are on-boarded with Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration. As of this release, the following enhancements have
been made.
Defining Your Own Shared Secret
You can now define the shared secret yourself using the Manage Ariba Network Credentials and Endpoints app.
A screen-sharing session with SAP is therefore no longer required. For more information, see Specify Ariba
Network Credentials.
Additional Attributes Shared with Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration
The information that can be shared with Ariba Supply Chain Collaboration has been extended to include
attribute values for the “Manufacturing Type”.
Best Practices: New Scope Items for Business Network Collaboration
SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning have been enhanced with the scope item IBP –
Business Network Collaboration – Supplier Commit with SAP Ariba.
For more information, see the SAP Best Practices Explorer at http://rapid.sap.com/bp/rds_ibp .
New Splitting Feature for Outgoing Messages
To help control the size of outgoing messages in your data sharing arrangement, we’ve introduced a new
parameter to specify how many data records are sent together in one message. The Max Records per Message
parameter can be set in the Data Sharing Plan Outbound application job template and has a default value of
10,000 records per message. This means that when the limit of 10,000 records is reached, the message is split,
and the remaining records are sent in a second message. The default value covers most use cases.
If you need to change this value to adapt it to your use case, you can enter a value of your own choice. Note that
all time buckets that belong to one planning object must be sent together. For example, if the key figure data
you want to share covers 12 weeks, the number you enter should be at least 12.
This parameter can only be set in the system, not in the IBP Excel add-in. When you want to share your data on
an ad hoc basis from the IBP Excel add-in, remember the following:
● If you run data sharing as operator, messages are split when the default value of 10,000 records per
message is reached.

● If you run data sharing based on an application job template, messages are split when the value that is
specified in the template is reached.
New App: Planning Areas
The Planning Areas app is now available in the Model Configuration group on the SAP Fiori Launchpad.
You use this app to display, copy, check, and activate the non-sample planning areas available in your system.
You can also download the content of the planning areas to a CSV file.
Enhanced Attributes App
You can now navigate to the Planning Areas app. To do this, choose Go To... in the worklist and select Planning
Areas.
You can now see the planning levels the attribute is assigned to. If you click the number in the Planning Levels
column in the worklist, you can see all such planning levels grouped by the planning areas they belong to. You
can navigate to a selected planning level in the Planning Areas app by clicking its ID.
You can now also see the key figures that use the attribute as period weight factor. If you click the number in
the Key Figures column in the worklist, you can see a list of such key figures grouped by the planning areas they
belong to. You can navigate to a given key figure in the Planning Areas app by clicking its ID.
 Note
Both columns are hidden by default. To display these columns, choose Settings and select the checkboxes
for Planning Levels and Key Figures on the Columns tab on the View Settings dialog.
Enhanced Master Data Types App
Areas.
If you copy a master data type, the Last Detailed Log column is updated with a link to the detailed log. The link
text tells you the status of the copy operation.

Enhanced Time Profiles App
Areas.
If you copy a time profile, the Last Detailed Log column is updated with a link to the detailed log. The link text
tells you the status of the copy operation.
Changes in the Configuration App
You can no longer create operators of the following operator types on the Manage Planning Operators screen:
● Statistical Forecasting (IBPFORECAST)

● S&OP (SCM)
For more information see the Planning Operator in Display Mode section in Demand Planning [page 838] and
the New S&OP Operator Profiles App section in Time-Series-Based Supply Planning [page 844] respectively.
Navigation to the Application Logs App: Fewer Logs Shown
When you navigate from one of the following apps to the Application Logs app, now you can see only the
application logs that were generated in the last 90 days:

● Time Profiles
● Planning Areas
● Configuration
To display older application logs, just change the date of the Created From filter.
In a planning area enabled for supply planning, the system now checks if all output key figures and input/
output key figures are stored key figures. If any of the output or input/output key figures doesn't meet this
requirement, the check will fail, and you can't activate the planning area until you adapt the configuration.
The system now also checks the configuration of the external planning levels to ensure that a planning area is
set up for order-based planning correctly:
● An external planning level must have a root attribute other than the time attribute.
● For each root attribute of an external planning level, a reference column of the external data source must
be assigned.

● For the time root attribute of the external planning level, the DATE_TIME reference column must be
assigned.
● Non-root attributes must not have a reference column assigned.
If any of the external planning levels doesn't meet these requirements, the checks will fail, and you can't
activate the planning area until you adapt the configuration.
following:
● simplification of price and profit key figures

● changed key figure defaulting between ADJUSTEDDELIVQTY and ACTUALSQTY
● replacement of all copy operators with disaggregation operators
For a detailed description of the changes, see the materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning area and
SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning – release 1802 innovation in Innovation Discovery at
https://go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/ .
KF_UPLOAD_NO_PROPORTIONAL_DISAGG
The global configuration parameter for disaggregation KF_UPLOAD_NO_PROPORTIONAL_DISAGG is now
available. During data upload with time disaggregation you might not want to consider old values already
stored in the database. You can use this parameter to overwrite the default disaggregation behavior.
You can use this parameter to overwrite the disaggregation mode for data integration process. If you set the
value to X or x, you tell the system to ignore the old values. The disaggregation modes are overwritten as
follows:
● Proportional if aggregated value is not zero, otherwise equal distribution becomes disaggregation mode
Equal, unless a period weight factor is defined, in which case the period weight factor is used.
● Proportional if aggregated value is not zero, otherwise copy becomes disaggregation mode Copy.
DISABLE_LEADZEROS_TIME_RELATIVES
The global configuration parameter for the IBP Excel add-in DISABLE_LEADZEROS_TIME_RELATIVES is now
available.
In 1802, leading zeroes have been added to the identifiers of the time periods, to ensure that result is sorted
correctly, and formatting works as expected.
If you are using formatting in the EPM sheet options using the RELATIVE property but your formatting setup
does not require the sorting of values, for example, you want to highlight only one value, you can revert back to
the old property values by setting the value of the global configuration parameter
DISABLE_LEADZEROS_TIME_RELATIVES to any value, for example to YES.
For more information, see Formatting Based on the RELATIVE Property.

New Parameter for the DISAGG Operator
The DISAGG operator has the following new parameter: NO_PROPORTIONAL_DISAGG.
If you set the value of this parameter to X or x, you tell the system to ignore the existing values. The
disaggregation modes are overwritten as follows:
● Proportional if aggregated value is not zero, otherwise equal distribution becomes disaggregation mode
Equal, unless a period weight factor is defined, in which case the period weight factor is used.
Proportional if aggregated value is not zero, otherwise copy becomes disaggregation mode Copy.
9.7 Change-History-Based Calculations
You can now perform operations on historical key figure values that you have captured via the change history or
the shared data tracking feature in business network collaboration.
By tracking and exporting the values of your key figures over time, for example, you can see how your
forecasted demand has changed, how your supplier's commit has changed, or how your supplier's component
forecast has changed. Based on this information, you can work out further metrics such as the average key
figure value or the range of values over the period in question. By viewing and analyzing the trends in your data,
you can assess and improve your collaborative processes with your business partners.
Sources of Historical Data
The historical key figure values originate from two sources within IBP:
● Change history of key figures

Change history tracks changes to stored key figures and their dependent calculated key figures. You enable
change history for the planning area first, then for the key figure.
● Past data sharing events
In Business Network Collaboration, you can track all shared key figure values, irrespective of whether they
are published to an external business partner or received from an external business partner.
Configuring Change-History-Based Calculations
Enabling the Planning Area for Change-History-Based Calculations
In the Configuration app, the Planning Area and Details screen now includes the Change-History-Based
Calculations checkbox.
First select the Planning Area Enabled checkbox, then the Change-History-Based Calculations checkbox to
enable the planning area for this feature.

Configuring the Planning Levels
In a planning area that has been enabled for change-history-based calculations, when you define a planning
level, the list of available attributes now includes the following history attributes and data sharing attributes:
Attribute ID Attribute Description Comment
S_CHANGEDBY Changed By ID of the user who changed the key fig-

ure
TSCHANGEIDFR Change ID Corresponds to the existing Change ID

valid from column in key figure value/
time series table
TSCHANGEIDTO Change ID To Corresponds to the existing Change ID

valid to column in key figure value/time
series table. TSCHANGEIDTO = -1 for
current values
S_CHINPERIODID Changed in PERIODID Time of the change mapped to PERI

ODID according to time profile defini-
tion
S_CHINPERIODIDx Changed in PERIODIDx Time level PERIODIDs corresponding

with S_CHPERIODID as defined in time
profile (S_CHPERIODID1, S_CHPERIO
DID2, S_CHPERIODID3, …)
S_DSPID Data Sharing Plan Data Sharing Plan ID
S_DSAID Data Sharing Arrangement Data Sharing Arrangement ID
S_DSEVENTID Data Sharing Event Data Sharing Event ID
For a history planning level, select the attributes you need, and set the TSCHANGEIDFR attribute to root.
 Note
Adding any of the history attributes or data sharing attributes to a planning view in the IBP Excel add-in
makes the planning view read-only.
You can't edit cells, run simulations, and can't use scenarios in such a planning view.
Setting up the Key Figures for Change-History-Based Calculations
Depending on your business needs, you can set up a dedicated key figure to track the changes of the key figure
values, or you can use the original key figure.
The key figure, which is used to record the changed values, must have the Stored and Change History Enabled
checkboxes selected.
The dedicated history key figure and the key figure to be tracked must have the same base planning level.

Activation of a Planning Area Enabled for Change-History-Based
Calculations
When you start the consistency check or the activation of a planning area that is enabled for change-history-
based calculations, the system performs the following checks on the planning area and on the model entities
that are activated together with a planning area (planning levels, key figures, and versions):
● Checks for the definition of the planning area

○ The planning area must be enabled for change history.
○ A version cannot contain a key figure that is enabled for change history.
● Checks for the planning levels
○ A planning level can contain history attributes only if the planning area is enabled for change-history-
based calculations.
○ Stored key figures cannot have a base planning level that contains history attributes or data sharing
attributes.
● Checks for the calculations of key figures
○ A key figure can be a stored input at a history planning level only if this input key figure is enabled for
change history.
○ A key figure can be a stored input at a history planning level only if the TSCHANGEIDFR attribute is set
to root.
○ A key figure can be an input at a history planning level only if the history planning level is compatible
with the base planning level of the input key figure.
The history planning level is compatible with the base planning level if it contains exactly the same set
of attributes that the base planning level of the key figure contains, plus the history attributes. The
history planning level must have the same root attributes as the base planning level, plus the
TSCHANGEIDFR history attribute.
You can activate a planning area that is enabled for change-history-based calculations only if – on top of the
general checks – all of the above listed checks are successful.
Planning Data Permissions
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1802, we have enhanced the available process step settings: you can
now grant participants who are involved in a process step a temporary permission to view and edit planning
data in the IBP Excel add-in. This planning data permission uses one or more permission filters, and enables
users to edit the planning data covered by the permission filter while the process step is in progress.
For example, during the process stage for the sales forecast, sales planners work on the key figure values for
the sales forecast. By setting up a planning data permission, you can make these key figure values editable for
the sales planners for the duration of the sales forecast process step.

You can set up a planning data permission when you create a process step in a process template. You can
assign one or more permission filters to a participant group or a participant. When later the process step is
started, the permission filters contained in the planning data permission are applied for the duration of the
process step. After the process step is completed, they are removed automatically.
 Note
The permission filters are not removed if they were assigned to the user group or user in the Manage
Permission Filters app beforehand.
Overview Gantt Chart for Viewing Multiple Processes at a Glance
The new overview Gantt chart is an alternative way to view multiple processes at a glance in the Manage
Processes app. It provides detailed insights into how your process is coming along and it is particularly useful if
you want to compare processes.
The overview Gantt chart provides a hierarchical view of process templates and the processes created from
them. By clicking on a process template in the table area, you can view all the processes that have been created
from the template in the last two months. The start and end date of each process are shown as well. By further
expanding the tree, you can also view the process steps and tasks of the corresponding process.
In the visualization of the process steps and tasks in the chart area, the status of each process step and task is
highlighted in the color that is appropriate for the status. It also shows any application jobs you may have
assigned and their status. If you use SAP Jam, the progress of the process step is shown in percent.
Planned Replacement of the Process Modeling App
For the next release, SAP Integrated Business Planning 1805, there are plans to replace the Process Modeling
app with the Manage Process Templates and Manage Processes apps. We therefore recommend that your
business users begin to familiarize themselves with the new apps now, in preparation for the planned switch.
For information on how to add the two new apps to your launchpad, see the release information about Process
Management for 1711.
9.9 Demand Planning
You can now generate the phase-out for a reference product based on the phase-in of a new product. The
generated phase-out period of the reference product is identical to the phase-in period of the reference

product. The generated phase-out curve mirrors the selected phase-in curve: The phase-out curve starts at the
end value of the phase-in curve and ends at the start value of this curve. The generated curve name contains
the date the curve was created, for example Generated 20180205 Superlinear Curve. If there is already a
curve with matching parameters the system uses this curve instead of generating a new one.
Several mass maintenance features are now available:
● You can assign multiple reference products to a new product at the same time.
● You can assign phase-in or phase-out dates and phase-in or phase-out curves to several forecast dates at
the same time.
● You can copy the assignment of reference products to several new products.
You can now navigate from the list of assigned reference products to the details of the individual reference
products.
New Forecasting Algorithms

Auto-ARIMA/SARIMA
The automated autoregressive integrated moving average algorithm (auto-ARIMA/SARIMA) is now available in
the Manage Forecast Models app. Auto-ARIMA is useful for the high-level automation of forecasting jobs that
are characterized by the following:
● Forecasts are calculated for the near future

● Products have long lifecycles
● Considerable sales history is available
● Sudden changes in trends require automatic and rapid adjustments of the forecast OR
● Long-term correlation between the historical data points can’t be observed
● Dependency between the historical sales and other variables can’t be observed OR
● Data on other demand influencing variables is not available
SARIMA is the seasonal version or ARIMA. It is useful in the same circumstances with the addition that
seasonal cycles can also be observed in the time series.
Brown’s Linear Exponential Smoothing
The Brown’s linear exponential smoothing algorithm is also available in the Manage Forecast Models app. This
algorithm lessens the effects of trend on the forecast like the double exponential smoothing algorithm does,
but the forecasts it calculates respond to changes in the trend more rapidly.
If you choose the adaptive method for Brown’s linear exponential smoothing, it continuously recalculates the
coefficient used for smoothing both the level and the trend in the historical data.
Optional Test Phase

You can now specify the number of test phase periods in the Manage Forecast Models app when you add more
than one forecasting algorithms to a forecast model and select the Choose Best Forecast method. If you do so,
you split the historical horizon into a training phase, in which the system trains the forecasting algorithms
based on the ex-post forecast, and a test phase, in which it validates the algorithms by assessing their
prediction accuracy (that is, their forecast accuracy in the historical horizon).

As a result of this separation, real predictions (and not ex-post forecasts) are compared with the historical sales
data. Therefore, the system can more reliably choose the algorithm that calculates the best forecast.
If you don't specify the length of the test phase, the system trains the algorithms using all data, without
validating the prediction accuracy of the algorithms. The forecast error calculated for the selected algorithm
might be small, but this doesn't guarantee a good prediction for the future.
Trend Dampening
You can now enable trend dampening for the automated exponential smoothing algorithm. If you do so, the
forecasted trend is gradually eliminated from the forecast based on a phi parameter calculated by the system.
Demand Sensing
If you add the demand sensing (full) algorithm to your forecast model, you should now choose a snapshot key
figure instead of a snapshot suffix.
If your forecast model was created in a previous release of SAP Integrated Business Planning and it contains a
snapshot of the Change History type, the snapshot key figure is automatically selected for the model and
named after the consensus demand key figure with the _REV suffix added to it.
If your forecast model is newly created, the selection of the snapshot key figure depends on the types of the
snapshot key figures added to the planning area, and on the business meaning assigned to the lag-based key
figures. The following scenarios may occur:
Types of Snapshot Key Figures Business Meaning Assigned Selection of Snapshot Key Figure
Change History Versions of Forecast Automatic (modifiable)
Lag-based
Change History - Manual
Lag-based
Change History - Manual
Lag-based Versions of Forecast Automatic (modifiable)
Lag-based - Manual
Planning Operator in Display Mode
In the Configuration app, you cannot create new planning operators of the IBPFORECAST type, and you cannot
assign such planning operators to new planning areas.
The reason for the change is that this planning operator type is not required now for the demand planning
process. Instead, you can use the Manage Forecast Models app to set the parameters and the Statistical
Forecasting application job template in the Application Jobs app or in the IBP Excel add-in to run the
forecasting.

Note the following about upgrading from a lower release:
● No post-upgrade activities are required, because all existing planning operators of the IBPFORECAST type
that are assigned to a planning area will be automatically migrated to the new app and will be available as
planning profiles. Existing planning operators that are not assigned to a planning area will not be
automatically migrated.
● All planning operators created prior to 1802 will still be available in display mode in the Configuration app.
Global Configuration for Loop Handling
The new LOOP_HANDLING global configuration parameter allows you to set how cyclical sourcing in algorithms,
that is loops, are handled in inventory optimization.
If the parameter value is set to LOG, then the loops are logged in business logs. If the parameter is set to
REMOVE, then the loops are logged and removed. If any other value besides LOG or REMOVE is provided, then the
loops are logged and removed. If LOOP_HANDLING is not configured, loops are logged but not removed. The
number of loops reported in business logs is limited to 100.
Loop Handling Logic
Logic Example
1. Identify one lane to remove from opti Step 1: Identify all loops and the lanes Lanes AB, BC and CA, where for lane
mizer for each loop. and nodes in each loop. Node refers to AB, A is the source node and B is the
a product-location combination. Refer target node.
to steps below for each loop.
Step 2: Identify lanes for which the tar Loop: Lanes AB, BC and CA
get node has multiple sources of sup
Additional lanes: DB
ply. If only one such lane then ignore
this lane, otherwise go to Step 3. Node B has multiple sources → Lane BC
Step 3: Identify lanes after Step 2 for Loop: Lanes AB, BC and CA
which the source node has multiple tar
Additional lanes: DB, DC, CG
get nodes. If only one such lane, then ig
nore this lane, otherwise go to Step 4. Nodes B, C have multiple sources →
In most of our test cases, Step 3 was Lanes BC and CA
sufficient to identify the lane to ignore.
Node C has multiple targets → Lane BC

Logic Example
Step 4: Identify lanes after Step 3 for

which the sourcing ratio key figure is
the lowest in the current week. If only
one such lane, then ignore this lane,
otherwise go to Step 5.
Step 5: Identify lane after Step 4 for

which the sourcing location is most re
cently added to the data. Ignore this
lane.
2. Log ignored lane(s) A warning business log message is cre

ated that is visible to the user in the
add-in for Microsoft Excel or in the ap
plication logs for the Fiori app. The
number of such log entries is limited to
100.
For more information about setting global configuration parameters, see Global Configuration Parameters.
DDMRP in SAP Integrated Business Planning for Inventory
SAP IBP for inventory now supports the first two components of DDMRP as defined by the Demand-Driven
Institute: strategic inventory positioning and buffer profiles and level maintenance. As part of supporting
DDMRP, two new planning operators, new master data and key figures, a new sample planning area, and a new
Fiori app have been introduced.
New Planning Operators

Two new planning operators have been introduced to support strategic inventory positioning and buffer profiles
and level maintenance:
● Recommend Decoupling Points (DDMRP_SIP)

Uses heuristics to recommend decoupling points, including to:
○ Identify critical path for decoupling lead time
○ Determine if product location is on multiple critical paths and recommends that as decoupling point.
Outputs include:
○ Decoupling points
○ Decoupled lead time
○ Lead Time and Variability categories
○ Buffer levels
● Calculate DDMRP Buffer Levels (DDMRP_BUFFER)
Allows users to load their own decoupling point decisions and run scenarios of recommended outputs.
Outputs include:
○ Decoupling points

○ Decoupled lead time
○ Buffer levels
Both operators support:
● Batch mode run in both the Application Jobs App and the SAP Integrated Business Planning add-in for
Microsoft Excel
● Creation of scenarios in Batch mode
● Version-specific master data and key figure
● Subnetwork-based planning.
 Note
The operators do not support simulation in the add-in for Microsoft Excel.
New Sample Planning Area SAP3B
A new sample area, SAP3B, has been introduced to support DDMRP inventory planning, separate from the
SAP3 sample planing area. This new area allows users to maintain buffer profiles for DDMRP.
DDMRP Buffer Analysis Fiori App
The new DDMRP Buffer Analysis Fiori app helps users analyzing decoupling point scenarios.
For scenarios that have been created the add-in for Microsoft Excel, users can compare results of scenarios
versus baseline for:
● Decoupled Lead Time

Average On Hand Quantity
Average On Hand Value
The app includes:
● List of scenarios and their relevant information

● Scenario details page where users can:
○ Review baseline compared to scenario results
○ Filter results by Product, Location, Planning Unit, Time, Currency and Unit of Measure
 Note
The app supports view mode only. Scenarios are not editable in the app.
Support for Version-Specific Master Data
You can now create versions of data modeling with different values and settings for any attribute in any master
data Type.
For instance you can create an inventory plan with a version that models sourcing from vendors only by
assigning SOURCETYPE = U for all PRDIID_LOCID_SOURCEID combinations in the SOUCREPRODUCTION master
data type.

Or you could create an inventory plan with a version that models non-stocking customer-facing nodes by
assigning STOCKINGNODETYPE = N to product-location combinations in the LOCATIONPRODUCT master data
type.
All of the following inventory operators support version-specific master data:
● Global (multi-stage) inventory optimization (MULTI STAGE IO)

● Calculate Target Inventory Components (IO_DETERMINISTIC)
● Decomposed (single-stage) inventory optimization (SINGLE STAGE IO)
● Expected loss demand (LOST SALES IO)
● Calculate Forecast Error CV (FORECAST_ERROR)
In addition, Manage Forecast Calculations - Inventory Optimization also supports version-specific master data,
but in Batch mode only.
In this release, new key figures and a new attribute for late deliveries have been introduced for time-series-
based supply planning, as described in the corresponding section below. To use them, make sure they're added
to your company’s planning areas. They’ve already been added to the SAP4 sample planning area for time-
series-based supply planning.
New Planning Algorithm: Time-Series-Based Supply Propagation Heuristic
The new time-series-based supply propagation heuristic planning algorithm is now available. It is a variant of
the existing time-series-based supply planning heuristic for infinite planning without shortages. Both planning
algorithms create an infinite demand and supply plan, but they take contrasting approaches to insufficient
supply:
● The existing time-series-based supply planning heuristic (infinite without shortages) fulfills all demands,
balancing insufficient supply with negative project stock for the location products in question. This allows a
planner to see exactly where the shortages originate and take measures to resolve them.
● The new time-series-based supply propagation heuristic propagates only the available supply downstream
through the supply chain and does not fulfill all demands. In this case the planner can see the impact of the
supply problem, that is, which customer demands and net demands of which customer products and
location products will not be met.
Note that since neither heuristic considers finite resource capacities as a limiting constraint, insufficient supply
is always caused by other issues such as adjusted key figures or a missing source of supply for a location
product.

 Note
In many situations, an optimized supply planning solution is required. In these cases, SAP offers the time-
series-based supply planning optimizer. Note, however, that the optimizer is available only with the license
SAP Integrated Business Planning for response and supply.
New S&OP Operator Profiles App
The new S&OP Operator Profiles app allows users such as configuration experts to configure, display, and
delete planning profiles for the planning algorithms and auxiliary algorithms used in time-series-based supply
planning. The new app replaces planning operator configuration using the Configuration app, which was
previously used to configure planning operators of the type S&OP Operator (SCM).
The app UI has a new design in comparison to the Configuration app, with algorithm-specific UIs that show only
those parameters that need to be set or displayed according to the algorithm type. Instead of assigning the
technical name of each parameter, which was the case in the planning operator, the parameters are already
available on the UIs in the form of checkboxes, switches, and input fields that need to be configured according
to the requirements of the planners. The initial screen of the app provides a list of profiles that have been
configured (or migrated from a lower release). Each profile can be called individually and displayed, edited, or
deleted, depending on the user’s level of authorization.
Note the following about upgrading from a lower release:
● All existing SCM planning operators that are assigned to a planning area will be automatically migrated to
the new app and will be available as S&OP operator profiles.
● The only post-upgrade activity required is for configuration experts to familiarize themselves with the new
app and its UIs. There are no changes to the planning process in the Excel add-in.
● Existing SCM planning operators that are not assigned to a planning area will not be automatically migrated.
● All SCM planning operators created up to and including 1711 will still be available in display mode, for
example, in the Configuration app. However, the SCM planning operator type can no longer be used to
configure planning operators for the time-series-based supply planning algorithms.
Note also the following:
● Predefined profiles are delivered only as part of the sample planning areas for time-series-based supply
planning (for example, SAP4). If you copy the planning area, the profiles are also copied.
● To use the app, the business catalog SAP_IBP_BC_SOPOPERATOR_PC needs to be assigned to the relevant
business role, with the required authorization for PPF object maintenance. The app will then be available in
the TS Supply Planning Configuration group on the Launchpad.
● Message type 7056 for inconsistent assignment of planning operator parameters and values has been
removed from the business log, because the planner no longer enters the technical name of the planning
operator parameter and the corresponding value.
Time Aggregation and Related New App: Time Aggregation Profiles
Time aggregation has been enabled for the time-series-based supply planning optimizer. You can use it to set
different planning granularities over the planning horizon.

Time aggregation takes into account that planning for a further future is more uncertain, and thus fine-granular
planning – in days, for example - buys artificial precision at the expense of longer run-time.
A new app has been introduced to manage time aggregation: Time Aggregation Profiles.
In this app, you can create different aggregation levels - such as day, week, month, and so on – and define as of
when each level applies. For example, you can define that your planning starts with a daily granularity, but
switches to a weekly granularity as of week 2 of your planning horizon.
For a time aggregation profile to be considered by the optimizer, it must be assigned to the relevant optimizer
profile.
Static Periods of Supply Based on Average Demand
A new lot-sizing procedure is available: static periods of supply based on average demand.
The new procedure works similarly to the static periods of supply lot-sizing procedure which already existed
previously. They both cause the time-series-based supply heuristic to build up safety stock to fulfill the demand
of a definable number of subsequent future periods.
 Note
The static periods of supply based on average demand lot-sizing procedure is considered by the time-
series-based supply heuristic only (by both types, the supply planning and the supply propagation
heuristic). It is ignored by the time-series-based supply planning optimizer.
What differentiates the new lot-sizing procedure is that it bases the safety stock calculation on the average
demand of (another definable number of) future periods.
This approach can reduce the effect of potential forecast errors when calculating the safety stock.
For more information, see Static Periods of Supply Based on Average Demand.
Late Delivery of Independent Demand
You can now configure your planning model so that late deliveries are accepted for independent demand as
well. Previously, this was only possible for customer demands.
To enable this function, the following new entities have been introduced:
Input Key Figures:
● Maximum Late-Delivery Periods for Independent Demand (INDEPDEMLATEDELIVMAX)

● Late-Delivery Cost Rate for Independent Demand (INDEPDEMLATEDELIVCOSTRATE)
Output Key Figures:
● Independent Demand Delivered Late (INDEPDEMDELIVEREDLATE)

● Average Delivery Delay of Independent Demand (INDEPDEMDELIVEREDLATEAVG)
● Total Supply for Independent Demand (TOTALINDEPDEMANDSUPPLY)
New attribute of the LOCATIONPRODUCT master data type: LOCPRODLATEDELIVERYCOSTPOLICY

The description of the already previously existing INDEPENDENTDEMANDSUPPLY key figure has been changed
from Independent Demand Supply to Total Independent Demand Delivered (Demand-Centric).
Check During Planning Runs for Versions can Cause Errors
A check that was introduced in the previous release returns an error instead of a warning as of 1802. It checks
that all output and input/output key figures in a version are flagged as version-specific. If this is not the case,
the planning run for the time-series-based supply planning algorithm aborts.
 Caution
To avoid ad-hoc necessities for reconfiguration and reactivation of planning areas, be sure to have these key
figures correctly configured before the upgrade. At latest after the upgrade to 1802, the configuration
needs to be adjusted and reactivated to resolve the error.
Changed Default Setting for SCM_LOCAL_MODE Global Configuration

Parameter
The default setting of the SCM_LOCAL_MODE global configuration parameter has been changed from 'Yes'
(enabled) to 'No' (disabled) to improve system performance.
So far, the parameter being enabled by default caused some consistency calculations (deficit, shortage,
projected stock) to be performed for particular location products after simulating or saving data in the IBP
Excel add-in.
For existing customers, the current parameter settings will be migrated during the upgrade. That is, if the
operator is currently being run after basic simulation, the migration sets the parameter to 'Yes' and creates a
LOCAL profile for the affected planning area.
New customers need to explicitly set the parameter to "Yes" to activate it, and they need to configure one Local
Updates algorithm for each planning area in which they want the consistency calculations to be performed.
New Switch for Explanation of Optimizer Results
The explanation of optimizer results can now be activated using a simple switch in the optimizer profile, in the
General section of the S&OP Operator Profiles app. (Previously, you had to set the OPT/BEXPLAINRESULTS
parameter to Yes to activate the function.)
No migration activity is required from customers' side, since the parameter settings (yes or no) are transferred
to switch settings (on or off), and the old parameter is deleted during migration.

New Activation Check
We have added a new check to the set of checks that run when you activate a planning area that is enabled for
supply planning, or perform a consistency check on such a planning area to ensure that a planning area is set
up for the time-series-based supply planning algorithms correctly.
The system now checks if all output key figures and input/output key figures are stored key figures.This is to
ensure that the planning run for the time-series-based supply planning algorithm can save its output in the
database.
Subnetwork-Specific Segmentation of Planning Objects
Even if a planner has selected only one or a few subnetworks when planning with subnetworks, the planning
algorithm always unnecessarily reads the key figure data of all subnetworks. With subnetwork-specific
segmentation of planning objects, the time-series based planning algorithms (supply planning heuristic, supply
propagation heuristic, or supply planning optimizer) read only the key figure data belonging to the subnetworks
that a planner has selected for the planning session in the IBP Excel add-in or for a batch run. This data
segmentation can significantly speed up the initial loading process and hence the entire batch run or the
loading phase of an interactive planning session.
To use this feature, the configuration expert has to define master data attributes of the type integer, for
example, PLUNITNUM1 and PLUNITNUM2, and assign them to the PLANNINGUNIT master data type. When the
planner runs the planning algorithm, segmentation is performed automatically if master data has been
changed or a new planning object has been created since the last planning run.
Note that after activating this feature, the runtime of the first planning run will take longer than usual.
Best Practices: New Scope Items for Order-Based Planning
SAP Best Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning have been enhanced with the following scope items:
● IBP for Response and Supply – Response Planning

● IBP- Order-Based Planning Inbound Integration with SAP S/4HANA
● IBP -Order-Based Planning Outbound Integration with SAP S/4HANA
For more information, see the materials in the Enhancement to the unified planning area and SAP Best
Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning – release 1802 innovation in Innovation Discovery at https://
go.support.sap.com/innovationdiscovery/ and SAP Best Practices Explorer at http://rapid.sap.com/bp/
rds_ibp .

New Tab in the Analyze Supply Usage App
In addition to the Supply Usage tab, there's now a new tab called Resource Usage. You use this tab to see which
production resources are occupied. This way you can check if, for example, a resource produces parts for a
primary demand that has low priority and whether it makes sense to free up this resource to produce parts for
a primary demand of higher priority.
Renamed Tab in View Confirmations App
In the View Confirmations and View Demands by Priority apps, the Competing Demands tab, available in the
Analyze Demand view, is now called Competing Sales Orders. This is to better reflect the kind of demand that is
displayed in this tab.
App Renamings
The following apps have received a new, more concise name:
Old name New name
Maintain Forecast Consumption Profiles Forecast Consumption Profiles
Maintain Product Allocation Profiles Product Allocation Profiles
Maintain Settings for Order-Based Planning Settings for Order-Based Planning
Maintain Available-to-Deploy Profiles Available-to-Deploy Profiles
The functional scope of the apps has remained unchanged. The name change reflects the fact that editing
rights for individual users depend on their actual authorizations.
The following new OpenAPI versions are now available:
Component Version
1802.0.0_TRANS

These versions allow you to integrate sales order field catalog data for outbound deliveries from SAP S/4HANA,
supply chain integration add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning, and SAP ERP, supply chain Integration
add-on for SAP Integrated Business Planning. Also, they have been extended with the additional check for the
mandatory fields.
The documentation for 1802.0.0_FULL and 1802.0.0_TRANS inbound integration has been enhanced with
the allowed values descriptions and ABAP-specific data.
consistency check on a planning area. With these new checks, you can detect the incomplete configuration of
order-based planning earlier than in the previous releases of IBP. The system now checks the configuration of
the external planning levels to ensure that a planning area is set up for order-based planning correctly:
● An external planning level must have a root attribute other than the time attribute.
● For each root attribute of an external planning level, a reference column of the external data source must
be assigned.
● For the time root attribute of the external planning level, the DATE_TIME reference column must be
assigned.
● Non-root attributes must not have a reference column assigned.
If any of the external planning levels doesn't meet these requirements, the checks will fail, and you can't
activate the planning area until you adapt the configuration.
Viewing Order-Based Supply Pegging Data in IBP Add-In for Microsoft Excel
You can now view information about the supply pegging in IBP Add-In for Microsoft Excel after performing the
order-based planning run, such as constrained forecast run or confirmation run. Note that you have to create
and run a new application job Order-Based Planning: Key Figure Upload for External Planning Levels to view the
correct results in IBP Add-In for Microsoft Excel.
You can choose to display different level of details for supply pegging using the following new key figures that
are now available in the SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas on the new planning level PERPRODLOCASU:
● Distribution Receipt (Confirmed) Used by Demand

● Distribution Receipt (Deployment) Used by Demand
● Distribution Receipt (Planned) Used by Demand
● Production (Confirmed) Used by Demand
● Production (Planned) Used by Demand
● Initial Stock Used by Demand
● Total Receipt Used by Demand
● Production Receipt Used by Demand
● Distribution Receipt Used by Demand

The SAP7 and SAP74 sample planning areas have also been enhanced with the following new key figures on the
new planning level PERPRODLOCASU:
Sample Planning Area Key Figure
SAP7 and SAP74 Distribution Receipt
SAP7 and SAP74 Distribution Demand
SAP7 and SAP74 Production Receipt (PDS)
SAP7 Helper key figure HASUCOUNTER
SAP74 Helper key figure HCVCASU
To enable this functionality, the following new attributes have been assigned to a new planning level
PERPRODLOCASU:
● Product ID - Demand
● Product Descr - Demand
● Material Group - Demand
● Material Type - Demand
● Location ID - Demand
● Location - Demand
● Location Type - Demand
● Planner - Demand
● Demand Type
● Demand Type Description
These new attributes have the following new master data types as sources:

○ S7LOCATIONDEM
○ S7PRODUCTDEM
○ S7LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM
○ S7DEMANDTYPE
○ S74LOCATIONDEM
○ S74PRODUCTDEM
○ S74LOCATIONPRODUCTDEM
○ S74DEMANDTYPE
Note that in SAP74 sample planning area, you can display pegging data on a customer level using the CUSTID
attribute on the PERPRODLOCASU planning level. In SAP7 sample planning area, this attribute is not added by
default.
You can display pegging information on additional levels such as delivery priority or sales district as follows:
1. Configure the external master data types based on the following new external data sources:
○ SMD_SFC_CUSTOMATTR1

○ SMD_SFC_DELIVERYGROUP
○ SMD_SFC_DELIVERYPRIORITY
○ SMD_SFC_SALESDISTRICT
2. Assign attributes for external master data types to your planning area.
3. Assign attributes for external master data types to your planning level PERPRODLOCASU and to your
planning level for forecast and sales order data, either PERPRODLOC or PERPRODLOCCUST.
For more information about viewing supply pegging data in IBP Add-In for Microsoft Excel, see Analyzing
Supply Usage.
Other changes in SAP74 Sample Planning Area
The new scope item IBP – Business Network Collaboration – supplier commit with SAP Ariba of SAP Best
Practices for SAP Integrated Business Planning allows you to share a component forecast with suppliers in SAP
Ariba and to receives committed quantities for further constrained supply planning. To enable this
functionality, SAP74 sample planning area has been enhanced with the following:
● New planning level PERPRODLOCSUP

● New key figures:
○ SUPPLIERFORECAST
○ SUPPLIERCOMMITTS
○ SUPPLIERCOMMITOR
● New disaggregation operators:
○ Copy to Customer Demand: this operator copies calculated values of the Forecast Unconstrained
source key figure to the Customer Demand target key figure.
○ Copy to Stock on Hand: this operator copies calculated values of the Initial Stock source key
figure to the Stock On Hand target key figure.
○ Copy to Supplier Constraint: this operator copies calculated values of the Supplier Forecast
Commit (Order-Based Plan) source key figure to the Supplier Constraint target key figure.

9.13 Analytics
With SAP Integrated Business Planning 1802, the following enhancements have been introduced for analytics:
General
Special Characters
The special characters . , ; : ' " $ % & + - * / ( ) @ are now supported for the name and
description when you create or update objects in the following apps:
● Analytics – Advanced
● Dashboards – Advanced
● Manage Cases
● Define and Subscribe to Custom Alerts
● Manage Categories
Null Values as Option for Filtering Attribute Values

When you filter for attribute values in a chart in the Analytics - Advanced and Dashboards - Advanced apps, you
can now also choose null or empty values to restrict the data.
Analytics
Save as Option
After you’ve saved a chart using the Save as option, this new chart is automatically added to all of your
personal dashboards that you maintained for the new chart. However, if you maintained dashboards for the
new chart that are not your own dashboards, the new chart is not automatically added to those dashboards.
New Custom Color Option

When creating or editing a chart, you can now choose a red color palette when selecting Custom Colors under
Color in the Chart Options tab. The red palettes are Sequential Five and Reverse Sequential Five.
Version/Scenarios supported in Drilldown Charts

When you create a drilldown, all the selected filters for the current chart are passed down to the drilldown
chart. For example, if you have multiple versions/scenarios selected for a chart, and you select a value for only
one version, then click Drill Down, the created drilldown chart contains that value from both versions/scenarios
filtered in the original chart. If you want the drilldown path to contain data from only one version/scenario, you
can delete the other version/scenario from the filter for that dilldown. Filters can be added and deleted from
each drilldown.
New Chart Zoom Option

When you create or edit a chart, you can now choose to set a chart so that the full chart displays, rather than an
automatically zoomed version. This is useful if you have a large chart and want the whole chart to display when

you open it. This option is not available for pie, donut, table, heat map, scatter, and geographic charts. To fully
display a chart, on the Basic tab in Analytics Details, under the Zoom option, set Show Data Overview to On.
Export Analytics Chart Data to CSV file
You can now export analytics chart data to a CSV file. To download the data from an analytics chart to a CSV
file, click the Download CSV File icon.
Dashboards
Zoomed Charts
The zoom option you selected for a chart in the Analytics - Advanced app is reflected in the dashboard.
Depending on whether you enabled or disabled the data overview, the chart on the dashboard also shows all
data of a chart or part of it.
Individual Chart Functions
You can move and resize charts only on dashboards that you created yourself. To help prevent that users
accidentally change the layout of a dashboard, it is no longer possible to move or resize charts on shared
dashboards.
Saving of Filter Variants
You can now save filter variants within a dashboard. For example, if you filter regularly for specific attributes in a
dashboard, you can save this filter and reuse it later. You can also set this filter as default, so that each time you
open the dashboard, that filter is immediately applied. You can reuse this filter variant for any other dashboard.
New Filters for Currency and Unit of Measure
In the Supply Chain Network app, you can now display key figures by currency type and unit of measure type.
Select the currency type from the Currency To ID filter and the unit of measure type from the Unit Of Measure
To ID filter.
Ability to Clear Filters
A Clear button has been added to the header bar that allows you to clear the values of the Product ID, Key
Figure, Period Type, and From/To filters.

9.15 Lag-Based Snapshots
You can now create, edit, and delete configurations for lag-based snapshots in the Manage Lag-Based
Snapshots app.
Once you have created a lag-based snapshot configuration, you can choose it for application jobs that take lag-
based snapshots of the forecast key figure selected in the app as input. Lag-based snapshots are saved in a
lag-based target key figure and can be used as inputs in demand sensing, statistical forecasting, and inventory
optimization.
 Note
Snapshots of the Change History type are still available so you can continue using them in demand sensing
if you wish.
To use the Manage Lag-Based Snapshots app, you need to have the business catalog
SAP_IBP_BC_DMLAGSNAP_PC assigned to your business role. The app will then be available in the General
Planner group on the launchpad.
9.16 ABC/XYZ Segmentation
The Use Grouping option is now available in the Manage ABC/XYZ Segmentation Rules app. If you choose this
option, the planning objects are grouped by the attribute that you specify and items are assigned to segments
separately in each group.
For example, if you select Country as the attribute for grouping, the segmentation is executed country by
country. This means that a product could be in segment A/X in country 1 and in segment B/Y in country 2 as
each country is analysed separately.
9.17 SAP CoPilot
As of 1802, SAP CoPilot is available in SAP Integrated Business Planning (IBP). SAP CoPilot is a messaging tool
that is available in the SAP Fiori Launchpad and in SAP Fiori apps, allowing collaboration between online IBP
users.
 Note
Configuration of SAP CoPilot for IBP has started and we aim to have it available in all systems by the end of
the second quarter in 2018.
You can use SAP CoPilot to take notes and screenshots when working with an IBP app. In some apps, you can
get detailed technical information about the business object you are working on (for example, promotions).
You can chat with other IBP users and share your notes, screenshots, and the object details. The object details

include a link that you or the recipient can click to directly call up the object (provided they have the required
authorization for the object).
You can create different chats with different groups of users, and invite more users for a chat at any time.
You can open SAP CoPilot in the top right corner of the screen. If someone has shared information with you
using SAP CoPilot, you get a notification in the top right corner.
 Note
How is SAP CoPilot different from the other collaboration tool used with IBP, SAP Jam? SAP Jam allows for
a more structured collaboration through the use of groups, tasks, and sharing of documents with co-
workers inside and outside of IBP. SAP CoPilot is meant to be used for ad-hoc collaboration between IBP
users.
Please note the following restrictions for SAP CoPilot:
● SAP CoPilot is available for native SAP Fiori apps, but not for older apps that are based on SAPUI5. The
Configuration app, for example, does not support SAP CoPilot, but its successor apps for individual
aspects of planning model configuration.
● The retrieval of object data is supported in apps where the system can clearly identify a single object, but
not in complex situations, for example, in apps that deal with time series data.
 Note
If your organization has implemented a corporate identity provider, and the SAP CoPilot is deployed in your
system landscape, you must configure the use of the corporate identity provider for the SAP CoPilot as
well. For more information, see the Knowledge Base Article 2633828 .
9.18 Secure Communication for Inbound Integration
As of March, 10, 2018, you can use API access to inbound integration scenarios using extended authentication
methods with the client certificate-based authentication of your technical users. For certificate-based
authentication in such scenarios, your system must use a certificate signed by an appropriate certification
authority (CA).
If you would like to use a certificate-based authentication in inbound integration scenarios, please do the
following:
1. In the Maintain Communication Users app, upload a valid certificate. The following root CAs accepted for
inbound integration to the SAP IBP landscape:
Baltimore CyberTrust Root d4 de 20 d0 5e 66 fc 53 fe 1a 50 88 2c CN=Baltimore CyberTrust Root,

78 db 28 52 ca e4 74 OU=CyberTrust, O=Baltimore,
C=IE

DigiCert Global Root CA a8 98 5d 3a 65 e5 e5 c4 b2 d7 d6 6d CN=DigiCert Global Root CA,

40 c6 dd 2f b1 9c 54 36 OU=www.digicert.com,
O=DigiCert Inc, C=US
DigiCert Global Root G2 df 3c 24 f9 bf d6 66 76 1b 26 80 73 fe CN=DigiCert Global Root G2,

06 d1 cc 8d 4f 82 a4 OU=www.digicert.com,
O=DigiCert Inc, C=US
GeoTrust Primary Certification Au 03 9e ed b8 0b e7 a0 3c 69 53 89 3b CN=GeoTrust Primary

thority - G3 20 d2 d9 32 3a 4c 2a fd Certification Authority - G3,
OU=(c) 2008 GeoTrust Inc. -
For authorized use only,
O=GeoTrust Inc., C=US
2. In the Maintain Communication Arrangement app, verify that your inbound integration scenario supports
certificate-based authenication.
If you would like to extend this list of CAs or find out more information, see SAP note 2607432 .
Related Information
Secure Communication for Inbound Integration

Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:
● Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:
● The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.
● SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
● Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering a SAP-hosted Web site. By using such
links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.
Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.
Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Gender-Related Language
We try not to use gender-specific word forms and formulations. As appropriate for context and readability, SAP may use masculine word forms to refer to all genders.
Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

858 PUBLIC Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 859
www.sap.com/contactsap
© 2020 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.
Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.
These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.
SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.
Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for

additional trademark information and notices.
THE BEST RUN

Integrated Business Planning IBP

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Integrated Business Planning IBP

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.2 – 2020-02-28

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP

THE BEST RUN

1 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

2 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

3 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1908. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212

4 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1905. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

5 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1902. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

6 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1811. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

7 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1808. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

8 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1805. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748

9 What's New in SAP Integrated Business Planning 1802. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

About this version

Product SAP Integrated Business Planning 2002, including Hotfix

Document Information 1.2 - February 2020

New Software Features in HFC 5

Software Corrections in HFCs

See SAP Note 2810207 (patch collection information

Documentation Enhancements and Corrections in this

Miscellaneous enhancements and corrections

Important SAP Notes 2836308 (central note)

2836266 (release restriction note)

2836383 (release information note)

2836365 (patch collection information note)

2870939 (documentation corrections)

2135948 (prerequisites for the installation of the IBP Ex­

2394311 (version information for the IBP Excel add-in)

Licensing Information Applications and Features of SAP Integrated Business Plan­

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

A new global parameter

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

The user interface for this application job has been

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

Driver- Change Busi­ Web UI New Fea­

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

● In calculation definitions, an input planning level

To find out if a planning area has already been nor­

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

In calculation definitions, an input planning level

This is an existing modeling requirement, which is

To find out if calculation views are already used as

Model Admin­ Model

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

● *S* Attribute &1 doesn't exist at PL &2, but has

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

For a detailed description of these changes, see the

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

Accordingly, you can no longer switch back to the

There still might be exceptional cases where a techni­

For exceptional access to the Configuration app,

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

The Copy Operator (Advanced) operator combines

What's New in Previous Releases of SAP Integrated Business Planning

2135948 (prerequisites for the installation of the IBP Ex

Licensing Information Applications and Features of SAP Integrated Business Plan

Driver- Change Busi Web UI New Fea

To find out if a planning area has already been nor

Model Admin Model

● S Attribute &1 doesn't exist at PL &2, but has

There still might be exceptional cases where a techni

Inven Admin Global

In release 2005, the affected global configuration pa

De Change Admin Plan As announced in 1911, the Demand-Driven Removal of

Since the way the demand-driven replenishment op

Note that to use these new OpenAPI versions, the fol

SAP ERP, supply chain integration add-on for SAP In

Order- Admin Integra As announced in SAP Integrated Business Planning

Order- Prepare Admin Plan New Appli

Secur Admin Web UI